How do I determine if a completed Journal Voucher has been posted? Using SAPweb to determine whether a completed journal voucher has been posted, from the Accounting tab go to JV/Credit Card Report, select Posted Journal Vouchers, enter the document number and select a document type and click Run Report.

Using SAPgui to determine whether a completed journal voucher has been posted, from the MIT SAP Easy Access screen, follow the menu path Role ZMIT >> Journal Vouchers >> JV Reports >>JV s Posted.

In the screen that appears, enter the JV Document Number in the Document Number field. Remove all other information, including the Posting Date, and click on the execute checkmark.

If your JV has been posted it will be displayed.

Another way to tell: from the MIT SAP Easy Access screen, follow the menu path Role ZMIT >>Reports>>Transaction Reports>>JVs Parked.

In the screen that appears, in the Originator's SAP Userid field, enter your userid. Remove all other information, including the Posting Date, and click on the execute checkmark.

If you don't see your journal voucher in the list that appears, you can assume it has been posted.

4 0 Journal Voucher SAP, SAPweb, voucher Has a completed journal voucher been rejected? Accounting will send a message to your SAP Inbox saying that a journal voucher is rejected. When you logon to SAP, you will be notified that you have a message in your Inbox. You can then modify and resubmit the journal voucher. Using SAPweb, select JV Inbox, choose the JV that has been rejected and you can modify and resubmit the journal voucher. 5 0 Journal Voucher SAP, SAPweb Can I correct an error in a completed journal voucher? Once a journal voucher has been approved the journal voucher document cannot be changed. The proper business procedure is to submit a correcting journal voucher entry. 6 0 Journal Voucher SAP, undo Is the text portion of the Journal Voucher required? Yes, a text description of the journal voucher is required. Accounting will reject journal vouchers with blank text fields. 7 0 Journal Voucher SAP, joke, bingo Who should use the Document Type "SA"? ..."SP"? Everyone should use the document type SA. 8 0 Journal Voucher SAP, jv, journal, voucher What goes in the "Reference Doc" Field ? Nothing. Leave it blank. 9 0 Journal Voucher SAP Do departments post or complete journal vouchers? Departments complete journal vouchers. Accounting posts them. From the user's point of view, it looks like the journal voucher has been submitted, but in reality it goes to Accounting to be approved. 10 0 Journal Voucher SAP,Sapweb When is the journal voucher document number assigned? Only when you save the document -- be sure to write the document number down! You will need to refer to this number on any backup material. It is also how you can find it again. 11 0 Journal Voucher SAP How do I create a Blanket Purchase Order in SAP? You can find instructions for creating a Blanket Purchase Order in SAPweb at http://web.mit.edu/sapweb/specreqs.html#blankets.

For more on how to create a purchase order in SAP and SAPweb, see the Requisitioning in SAP User Guide, section 1.14. 13 0 Requisitioning SAP If a requisition has multiple material groups, is it necessary to enter a material group on the header page? No. You can either pick a material group at the start, then override the material groups on individual line items later or you can enter them line item by line item on the detail screens. 14 0 Requisitioning SAP Can I create a requisition for items from multiple vendors? No. Although SAP permits multiple vendors on a single purchase requisition, the MIT rule is to have only one vendor per requisition. 16 0 Requisitioning SAP What goes into "Item Notes" for sole source justification, etc.? All requisitions with a total of $5,000.00 or more require justification. This is where you will supply the information you currently provide on the Selection of Source form. If the vendor is a Sole Source, please specify this and supply an explanation. If you have chosen other than the lowest bidder, please specify bidders and pricing as well as an explanation. If you have chosen the lowest bidder, Please specify and list all bidders and pricing. Please forward any quotes you have to the Procurement Office in NE49-4122 or fax to 258-7575. Please be sure to indicate the requisition number on any backup forwarded to the Procurement Office. 17 0 Requisitioning SAP Are bidder forms still on paper? Do I send them to Purchasing under separate cover? Yes, bidder forms are still on paper. Send bids to the Procurement Office, NE49-4122, as usual - be sure to write the requisition number on the bids for reference. 19 0 Requisitioning SAP To whom do we send backup? Send backup material to Procurement, NE49-4122. Put the requisition number on the backup and send it to Procurement. Procurement will look it up and route the backup to the correct buyer. 20 0 Requisitioning SAP Does SAP check fund availability before it "creates" a requisition? Yes, SAP will check funds availability before permitting the requisition to be created. The approver does not have to check funds availability. 23 0 Requisitioning SAP Message: Please enter material number or account assignment. This means that you have not entered the X in the account assignment category on the first page of your requistion. To enter it now type X in the A field on the second line under Purchase requisition items. Requisitioners will always use X as the account assignment category. 24 0 Requisitioning SAP, req Where can I find the text explaining why a requisition was rejected? When you receive a rejection notice in your Workflow Inbox in SAP, double click on the Attachment column (AT).

Result: the note included by the person who rejected the requisition is displayed.

Note: the creator can also include texts as an attachment.

25 0 Requisitioning SAP, workflow, inbox Where does a rejected requisition go? Back to the person who created it. The requisitioner can then either change it or delete it. 26 0 Requisitioning SAP How can I know whether a requisiton has been approved and a PO issued? Look up the requsition number in SAPweb.

Requisitioners can be notified by email if SAP Email Notification is set up. To set up Email Notification go to SAPweb and under the Settings tab select Email Notification. 28 0 Requisitioning SAP What are the dollar tolerances in SAP for purchase orders? Dollar tolerances define how large a discrepancy SAP will permit between the PO amount and the actual amount invoiced before a change order must be issued to pay the invoice. SAP permits a tolerance of 50% per line item up to a maximum of $100 on the total PO. If the invoice is more than $100 greater than the PO, or the cost of any single line item is more than 50% greater than the PO, a change order must be issued to pay the invoice. 29 0 Requisitioning SAP Can I create travel vouchers and RFPs in SAP? No. Use the CAO paper forms for RFPs and Travel Vouchers or Advances.

However, you can view completed RFP and Travel Reports in SAP by following the menu path from the "MIT Financial System" screen: Reports>>Purchasing Reports >> Payment Report. 30 0 Requisitioning SAP, Request for Payment Does deleting a requisition automatically relieve the commitment? Yes. 32 0 Requisitioning SAP Find the fast path to a particular task? If you're in the task, you can click on System >> Status to bring you to a screen that shows a field called "Transaction". The contents of the Transaction field is the fast path code. For example, if Transaction is "zmit", then /nzmit is the fast path to that task.

The status window contains lots of valuable information. For instance, on this window you also find all the client and host information about your SAP session.

45 0 General SAP Errors: "GSS-API Misc. failure: Clock Skew too great" (Windows) or "Kerberos Login Failed: Delta_t is too big" (Mac) There is too large a difference between the time stamp stored in your kerberos ticket and the network servers on the internet. The difference can be as small as three minutes in order to cause trouble.

You need to change your computer's clock settings to reflect the actual time on the network time servers. (Before changing the time shutdown all applications that require kerberos tickets, e.g., Eudora, SAP R/3.)

Go to Changing the time on your computer for instructions on how to set the time. 46 0 General SAP, Kerberos 3.0 When is SAP unavailable? The SAP system is taken down three times a week for system maintenance. These times are:

Please schedule your work around these planned outages.

You can check the system status in the Web for timely information. 47 0 General SAP Can I run SAP over Tether? Yes and not just via Tether but via most any Internet Service Provider (ISP) including MediaOne. However, you can but may not want to install SAP using Tether. The Installer is 14000K in size and will take hours to download and install. If at all possible, bring your machine to MIT to connect it to the network, then download and run the installer before bringing it home again. Alternatively, if you have Zip drive you can copy the installer at work onto a Zip cartridge, take it home and install it from the Zip drive on your home computer. The idea is to avoid downloading 14M of data over a slow phoneline connection. 48 0 General SAP Finish up and complete a saved JV? Follow the menu path from the MIT Financial System (/nzmit) menu:
Journal Vouchers>>Parked JVs>>Change a Parked JV

Fastpath: /nfbv2

  1. In the "Change Parked Document: Initial Screen", enter the document number, if you know it, or click on the List button.

  2. When the "List of Parked Documents" screen appears, enter your username in the Entered by field and click on the Execute button.

    Result: a list of your parked documents appears.

  3. Select the parked document you want to complete (double click on it).

    Result: The "Change Parked Document: Overview" screen appears.

  4. Make any changes you wish.

  5. Post the document. Follow the path: Document>>Complete (Shift+F5)
64 0 Journal Voucher SAP, park, post, change Error message: No authorization for FM area MIT action 10 post This error message occurs when you try to complete a journal document that you previously created and saved. If you receive this message, you have followed the wrong menu path or used the fastpath /nfbv0, which takes you to the system task for Deleting a Parked Journal Document.

The correct menu path is:Accounting>>Financial accounting>>General ledger>>
(new menu) Document>>Parked documents>>Change
65 0 Journal Voucher SAP, jv, journal voucher, document,park,post,delete,complete Error message: [cost objects] do not exist (Cost center, Internal order, WBS element) You have entered your cost object in the wrong field. For instance, you have entered a cost center in the internal order field.

You can determine which kind of cost object you are using in SAP in two ways.

66 0 General SAP, jv, req, internal order, wbs, cost center Set up a printer for SAP? For instructions, see Get a Printer Setup on MITnet. 67 0 General SAP, printer, configure, setup Macintosh Type 2 error on starting SAP The Time Zone (city selected as a member of) is probably incorrect.

You can obtain tickets if the clock looks right (date and time say the right thing). This error seems to occur in some "initial" state after an upgrade or fresh install may let the user logon and then crash.

See Changing the Time on Your Computer 69 0 General type 2, mac, clock skew, time Printing problems See Help Resolving Printing Problems. 70 0 General print, sap, lpr, spool SAP error message -- long info Often SAP error messages seem cryptic. You can sometimes find out more about the message (or any message that appears at the bottom of your SAP screen) by double clicking on the message. This results in the display of a dialog box with further information about the problem. 72 0 General Error message: E: Val.FI_DOCU: Enter JV explanation (menu: You need to enter an explanation for this item. From the Fast Entry screen, do the following:

Enter a description of the transaction for this line item. If this line item uses a G/L account for equipment, you must include the PO# of the original purchase.

Follow menu path: Extras>>Texts... to enter an explanation. (This is required.)

Remember to Save the text.

See the Quick Guide for Creating Journal Vouchers in SAP 74 0 Journal Voucher Unable to load the GSS-API DLL named gssapi32.dll (or sncgss32.dll) The environment variable snc_lib is not set. This happens if you installed without being Administrator on your NT 4.0 system. If you installed when you weren't Administrator, do the following:

  1. From the Desktop, go to Start>Settings>Control Panel>System>Environment Panel

  2. In the Variable field type: snc_lib and press theTab key.

  3. In the Value field enter: gssapi32.dll

  4. Click the Set button.

  5. Click the Apply button.

  6. Click the OK button.
77 0 Error Messages NT, sap, SAP Unmapped memory exception (Mac error) Reset City and Time Zone in the Date & Time Control Panel. 79 0 Installation and Logging On SAP, You are not authorized to use transaction SE38 SE38 was removed from the system. Anyone who was using SE38 and now cannot should use SA38 instead.

SA38 provides the same ability to run programs, but not some of the other abilities of SE38. 81 0 Error Messages SAP, Can I use a document date that's in the future? SAP allows a document date in the future, although you will receive a warning message.

If you receive a warning message when you try to use a date in the future, do the following:

  1. Click on the Fast entry button.
    Result: You may get another warning message

  2. Click on the green check until the fast entry screen appears.
83 0 Journal Voucher SAP Can I "clone" a jv? Yes, you can clone a JV using SAPweb. Under the accounting tab, select Clone or Reverse a JV. Make sure that Clone a JV is selected. 85 0 Journal Voucher SAP, SAPweb, template, spreadsheet, upload Incorrect originator name on JV (6/4/1998) When you look at a jv on which you are working, you may see the wrong originator name. This is a bug on which we are working. We are trying to find from where the wrong information is coming. However, the good news is that when the document is completed the correct user information is applied. This is because the validation rule that fills in the user's information is run when the document is completed (Document>>Complete). 88 0 Journal Voucher SAP, jv E: Val.CO_ITEM (itm001): Rcpt date 06/04/1998 outside cost obj. start-end: Expand the text of the error message by double clicking on the error message.

You will see something like:

Val.CO_ITEM(itm 001: Rcpt date 06/08/1998 outside cost obj.start-end: 05/01/1997-04/30/1998.

This means that the date of the document you are creating is falling outside the defined start and end dates of the Cost Object.

Solution: Check the Cost Object data in the Roles database at the following URL: http://rolesweb.mit.edu/cost_object_info.html 91 0 Error Messages SAP, Manual reservations error, requisition, expired Kerberos Type 10 error on a Macintosh This may mean that your computer date and time differs from the network time.

Make sure your date an time settings are correct. See Changing the time on your computer for instructions.

92 0 General time, logon, clock, synchronize Remove the cover page? You can get rid of the cover page by changing your printing defaults on the "Print Screen List" screen in SAP. See : http://web.mit.edu/sapr3/docs/sap-print/print04a.GIF . This is the screen that appears when you issue a print command.

When you get to "Print Screen List" screen, go to the SAP cover sheet area in the lower right and click on the matchcode arrow. Select the "no cover sheet" option and remember to click on the Save button before exiting the screen.

Unfortunately, you cannot change this setting permanently and must make the change everytime you print. 93 0 Printing print Can I print a JV? To print a JV, you must either Save or Complete the document

Open a new SAP session.

If you saved the document, from the "MIT Financial System" screen (zmit), follow the menu path:

Journal Vouchers >> JV Reports >>JVs Parked

If you completed the document, from the "MIT Financial System" screen (zmit), follow the menu path:

Journal Vouchers >> JV Reports >>JVs Posted

Result: The "Listing of Journal Vouchers by selection criteria" screen appears.

In the Document Number field, enter the document number (if you know it. In the Originator's SAP Userid field, enter your userid.

Click on the execute button.

You can print a copy of your JV from the screen that appears. Use the File>>Print command or click on the SAP printer icon. 94 0 Journal Voucher journal document, print Val. F1_Docu: Balance of acct.set should be zero When transferring income between fund accounts, use the G/L accounts 800325 Unrestricted Transfer In and 800326 Unrestricted Transfer Out. These accounts have to zero balance. The error message is generic.

However, CAO plans to do the following:

  1. Change the error to a warning and allow the user to get the entry into workflow.

  2. Activate the Fund Transfer part of the workflow so that these G/L accts will be reviewed and assistance given to the initiator as needed.

    For assistance with this problem, contact to Guy Spina, gspina@mit.edu, x3-2785. 95 0 Journal Voucher SAP, jv,g/l How do I check funds availibility? For now, you can't. The Funds Availibilty options in SAP are currently unavailable. 97 0 Funds Availability Document cannot be opened since the application that created it could not be found. This message sometimes appears after SAPgui v 3.1 has been newly installed. This does not seem to be a problem for the SAPgui v4.5.

    1. Logon to Kerberos5 Logon
    2. Find the folder SAP on your hard drive and open it.
    3. Open the folder SAP Frontend - ALL and the folder SAPGUI
    4. In the SAP Frontend-ALL folder, click once on the icon you want to open (e.g., Production-1) and drag it over the SAPGUI icon.

      Result: SAP should open properly. The next time you start SAP, you can simply click on the icon you want.

    99 0 Installation and Logging On logon What do the abbreviations PReq, POrd, FdRe, and MRes mean? PReq is a Purchase Req POrd is a Purchase Order FdRe is Fund Reservations MRes is Manual Reservations 109 0 General SAP, req, requistion How can I stop an SAP print job? See How to Stop SAP Printing Jobs. 110 0 Printing How to kill a long running job in SAP. You can 'kill' your own long running jobs by doing the following.

    1. Open a new SAP session.

    2. In the new session, from the SAP R/3 screen, follow
      the menu path: Tools>>Administration
      (new screen) Monitoring >>System monitoring>>User overview
      Fastpath: /nsm04

      Result: the "Overview of Users" screen appears. This is a list of the jobs currently running.

    3. Find your username in the list and click on it

    4. Click on the Sessions button .

      Result: the Overview of Sessions screen appears.

    5. Click on the End session button .
    112 0 General report Is there a way in SAP to print DTR/transaction details for multiple periods for a cost object. There are two possible answers to your question regarding the printing of DTRs for multiple months. One is to drill down (double click) in the Summary statement on the Total DIRECT EXPENSES line for FYTD. This displays a detail transaction list for everything from the beginning of the fiscal year up to the period that you selected as the reporting period for that report. You can print the resulting screen. The other option is to do the same with the Sloan 18-column AMR report (From the MIT Financial System screen (/nzmit) follow the menu path Reports>>Management Reporting>>Sloan 18-column AMR There are some differences between the AMR and the Summary statement, but working with the Actuals columns in the AMR should give you the same line item results as the Summary Statement drill downs. The beauty of the Sloan report is that you are not limited by the fiscal year. Of course, with General Accounts (cost centers) you probably don't have that concern. 113 0 Reports report, wbs, internal order What is Tether? For more information about Tether, see Tether Dial-up Internet Access Service at MIT.

    Tether went into beta testing on November 1, 1994, and became a production service on May 1, 1995. At that time, Internet Service Providers (ISPs) were few. Since then, many ISPs have started doing business in the Boston area, many with competitive rates. The feature that still distinguishes MIT's Tether service is that users get an IP address in the MIT network domain, which lets them continue to use certain programs that require an MIT.EDU hostname or IP address. 114 0 Getting Started Who can use Tether? Tether is intended for use by MIT faculty, students, and staff only. Access to this system is through Kerberos authentication. Use of the system is restricted to the individual whose Kerberos name you supply when you apply for a subscription.

    Sharing your Kerberos password is a violation of the MITnet Rules of Use. Tether is available to MIT faculty, staff, and students who meet one of the following eligibility criteria:

    Retired non-faculty personnel don't qualify for Tether, since they have no access to either MIT requisitions or payroll deduction. 115 0 Getting Started Why is Tether useful? Tether provides your home computer with an internet address as if you were on MITnet at the office. MITnet access via Tether allows you to send e-mail, transfer files, and access Internet resources, such as the World Wide Web. Tether is an extension of the MIT Computing environment. Use of this service is for Institute purposes only and is subject to the MITnet Rules of Use. You can run programs like Netscape and Eudora as if you were on campus. You can use Telnet if you have an account on a computer on the network. It's important to remember Tether is a slow link to the network. Some programs will technically work over Tether, but don't work well in practice. For example, Tether supports X-Windows services over the dial-up link, but the performance of programs more complex than, say, xmh can be unacceptable. In general, the simpler and more text-oriented applications will perform the best, and those with sophisticated graphics will perform the worst. As applications require more bandwidth, users will have to make allowances for the difference in bandwidth available. 116 0 Getting Started What does Tether cost?

    117 0 Getting Started How does the Tether connection actually work? To connect with MIT, the off-campus (remote) computer makes a modem call to the Tether modem pool (617-679-4000). This pool is composed of Motorola v.90 modems, and is connected to a Xyplex 720 communications server. The communications server is set up for Kerberos user authentication, and prompts the caller for a username and password. If you are using PAP (Password Authentication Protocol) with PPP (explained below) then the server will automatically detect the type of protocol you are using, and will take your Kerberos principal from PAP. The server will then prompt you for your Kerberos password, and complete the initialization process. After your connection is completed, you can start using your network applications. The protocol underlying Tether is PPP. 119 0 How To What is PPP? "PPP" stands for "Point to Point Protocol". This is an Internet standard for TCP/IP service over a serial link, and for managing that connection. PPP is the preferred method of accessing Tether services. 120 0 How To What hardware do I need? See Tether Dial-up Internet Access Service at MIT for details. 123 0 Getting Started Tether What modems are supported? Tether is expected to work with most, though not necessarily all, Hayes compatible modems. See list of supported modems. In general, any modem supporting these standard protocols ought to work:

    V.34
    V.32bis
    V.42
    V.42bis
    K56Flex
    V.90

    Note: V.FC (aka V.Fast) and V.32ter protocols are NOT compatible.

    In practice, connections work best between modems of the same brand and type. This is why we support specific brands and models of modems. Don't be seduced by low prices on "commodity" modems - to get high speed you need high quality. 124 0 Getting Started Will Tether work over my ISDN phone? Tether is not designed to be used over the ISDN office phones common at the Institute, nor is it supported for use over home ISDN connections. 125 0 Getting Started What programs won't work? Some programs that are expecting Ethernet-class (10Mps) transmission speeds may experience timeout problems. You will not be able to download the SAP MacGUI over Tether. However, once it is loaded on your computer, it will work over Tether. 126 0 What runs over Tether? Call waiting and Tether If you have Call Waiting, you should disable it during a dialup session. If you do not disable it, incoming calls could disrupt your dial-up session. While Call Waiting is disabled, callers will receive a busy signal. At the end of your dial-up session, Call Waiting is automatically re-established.

    Add *70 at the beginning of the phone number (*70,6176794000). Separate *70 and the number proper by a comma "," to give the phone system a chance to respond to the command.

    After you disconnect, Call Waiting is automatically reset. 127 0 Bugs & Problems tether How can I find out my tether usage by hours? Your Tether usage statistics aren't routinely available because of the amount of time it takes to create and track them. The number of hours you get each month for the basic fee was set high (100 hours per month vs. 5 for most providers) in order to be "enough" for almost all customers. One hundred hours is about 25 hours per week or between three and four hours per day, every day. If your usage is less than that, don't worry about it. 128 0 How To What does "Tether" actually mean? Tether is meant to represent the information "cord" that connects MITnet users when they travel or are at home. 129 0 Getting Started Dropped connection If, while incorporating your e-mail, your connection is dropped for any reason, your mailbox on the Post Office server may become locked.

    When you restart the connection and go back to get your mail, this interruption shows up as an access failure . The system automatically cleans up after these errors with a script that runs every 15 minutes.

    Solution: Wait a short while before trying to get your e-mail and then try again.

    The mailbox should be available after fifteen minutes or so, and will then behave normally. 130 0 Bugs & Problems Failed FTP connections FTP connections to private or non-Athena workstations may fail due to potentially different ftpd programs. FTP connections to athena.dialup.mit.edu will always function correctly. 131 0 Bugs & Problems Mac PowerBook problems If your machine is a PowerBook, and you shuttle it between campus and home, then you *must* remember to reset your MacTCP (or TCPIP if you have OpenTransport) control panel document to use your on-campus connection method, rather than your PPP software. In order to avoid problems, this must be done before re-connecting to the campus network. See also DHCP instructions. 132 0 Bugs & Problems Zephyr phantom locations Zephyr use over Tether may leave behind phantom locations after logout. This particularly happens when you are disconnected from your Athena session without typing "logout". "Flushing Locations" will clean these up for you. To do this, at your athena% prompt, type: athena% zctl flush_locs athena% zctl unhide 135 0 Bugs & Problems MacRoles crashes. This is caused by the fact that the number of pixels on the screen is too small to fit all the objects on the screen.

    If you have a Macintosh with a small screen, change the resolution so you can see the whole Roles Database application on the screen (640 x 480 or more pixels) before trying to run it.

    1. Under the Apple menu, open Control Panels and choose the Monitors & Sound panel.
    2. Make sure the Resolution setting is at least 640 x 480. If it is any lower, Roles will probably crash.
    3. Close the open Control Panels.

    See also MacRoles Installation Instructions 150 0 Bugs Error: You are not authorized to use transaction F-65 The ability to create journal vouchers requires its own specific authorization. Sometimes the user's profile is created without it. To add this authorization to your profile, contact your Department's Primary authorizer or the Business Liaison Team at 2-1177. 153 0 Journal Voucher JV, error, authorization How can I use SAP from Athena? The basic process is to add the sapgui locker and run the application against the appropriate sap server.

    At the athena% prompt, type:

    add sapgui
    saplogon sap-prd1

    Other servers you can launch sapgui against include sap-prd2 (the other production server) and sap-edu.(the training environment). 162 0 SAP on Athena sap, unix, athena I try to add SAP on athena and get "saaddp: warning using compatibility for /mit/sapgui" and then SAP won't start The problem was caused during an upgrade of the Athena software release to 8.2.9. Some symbolic links seem to have broken during the upgrade. The solution: fix the links. Athena release people are able to do this. Mike Barker and Bill Cattey are the likely contacts for repairing technical aspects of SAPgui on Athena. The original Athena locker installation was set up by Ted T'so and Alex Ellwood in 1997. 163 0 Error Messages sap, unix, athena Tried to use SAPweb and got the message "please renew your certificates". In attempting to get new certificates the user realized he had forgotten his correct athena password. Contact accounts at 3-1325 to have athena password reset. After the password is reset you should be able to obtain new certificate. 165 0 Certificates sapweb, certificates How can I get a new vendor added to SAP? Call the Procurement Department's Vendor Hotline at X3-8398 or send e-mail to newvendors@mit.edu and supply the complete name, address and phone number of the vendor. In SAPweb, you can leave vendor field blank; type in all the vendor info in the Item Text field instead. Procurement will then create the vendor and process the requisition. 172 0 Requisitioning requisition Which Purchasing Group do I select? Always use UKN. Procurement only recognizes new requisitions by Purchasing Group UKN. 173 0 Requisitioning SAP, If multiple options for the same vendor, which one should I choose? Choose the vendor with the lowest vendor number. Make sure the name is exactly the same as the vendor you want. 174 0 Requisitioning SAP, Can I search on substrings in BrioQuery limits? You can set the limit operator to "Begins With," "Ends With," "Contains," or "Like." See the BrioQuery help documentation for more information about how to use these operators. 175 0 Data Warehouse BrioQuery, warehouse How can I identify the provider when I display an Internal Provider requisition? Display the requisition. In the "Item Overview" screen, find the field PLNT. The number in this field identifies the Internal Provider. To translate this number to a name, do the following.

    1. Click once on the number in the PLNT field.
      Result: A matchcode box appears.

    2. Click on the matchcode box
      Result: the list of Internal Providers and their numeric codes appears. The number in the field is highlighted and beside it you will find the Internal Provider's name.
    176 0 Requisitioning SAP, Are academic versions of Quark Xpress available? NECX offers Quark at the commercial price of $711. (Sept 1998). The Quark web site no longer offers an academically priced Lab Pak (as of 2/1999).

    You may also be able to obtain the academic version of the program locally at:

    University Computers
    533 Commonwealth Ave
    Boston
    353-1800
    sales@univcomp.com
    http://www.univcomp.com

    Their price 177 0 Quark Xpress Kerberos for Windows error -- Incorrect Net address The specific error is: 

         GSS-API(Maj): Miscellaneous failure     GSS-API(Min): Incorrect Net address

    This error seems to happen only when your computer is behind a firewall or is using IP forwarding for its network address. The kerberos ticket has the true address of your computer in it, and SAP is looking at the apparent address of your computer (often this is the firewall or ip-forwarding-server) and they don't match. When they don't match, SAP thinks you're being tricky and won't let you in.

    As of August 2002, you can solve this problem on Windows computers by obtaining "address-less tickets". These tickets apparently do not embed the IP address and pass the validity test in services that use Kerberos, such as SAP and the MIT email servers.

    The easiest way to get address-less tickets is to install and use KfW 2.5

    To read about alternative methods of obtaining address-less tickets, see Stock Answer 1192 . 180 0 Installation and Logging On Which field tells me the date of a salary increase? Look in "APPT_TX_BEGIN_DATE". 189 0 Data Warehouse SAP, Warehouse Finding Job Codes instead of Job Name? Actual Question: I am looking for a listing of all the Job Codes that are used in the data warehouse, as I find it is easier to access data by Job Code rather than by Job Title. Answer: You have access to a table called HR_JOBS, a master data table containing a list of jobs, job titles, pay grade, salary ranges and other job related data. You can query this table to get a list of Job Codes and Job Titles. You can also join it with the Appointment Tables. 190 0 Data Warehouse Warehouse, Personnel Application with id UPLD not found The whole text of the error message is: "The application with Id UPLD was not found in the current folder nor in a subfolder. Please check the installation of your SAP system."

    We were able to recreate this error on a Macintosh by finding and removing the SAP Upload file from the SAP Graphics folder in SAPGUI.

    On the customer's Mac, the SAP Upload file was physically present on the machine (so that's not the problem) but obviously SAP couldn't find it to launch it. That suspicion points to the Desktop needing to be rebuilt. 195 0 Journal Voucher SAP, JV, Journal Voucher, Upload Directions for setting up NT at MIT? Look at http://web/winnt for IS&T' documents on installing NT on the MIT network.

    Topics include:

    and more. 196 0 Windows NT Workstation Operating Systems Can I delete a requisition? Sort of. You can delete line items from an existing requisition. But audit trails require that once the requisition has been submitted and received a number you can't totally delete it... even if the requisition is still just in an Approval queue within your department. Approvers and Procurement staff can delete line items from a requisition in the following way: Enter the fast path: /nme52 In the "Purchase requisition" field, enter the requisition number. When the Purchase requisition is displayed, select the line item or items and follow the menu path Edit>Delete. When all the line items are marked as Deleted, then the req will be considered deleted, that is, nothing will ever happen with that document. 198 0 Requisitioning SAP Can I view the Overhead rate for an account in SAP? No, you cannot view Overhead rates in SAP.

    However, OSP posts the most recent overhead rate at its web site at http://web.mit.edu/afs/athena.mit.edu/org/o/osp/www/. 202 0 General Error Message: Malformed representation of principal while logging in. You probably typed your full email address, e.g., jdoe@mit.edu, instead of your username, e.g., jdoe Try logging in again and make sure you only type your username in the name field. 205 0 Installation and Logging On kerberos5, logon Error Message: No Authorization for FM area fund center ###### action 10 post This error means that you are not authorized to requisition using the fund center/cost object you are using.

    Contact your Authorized Requestor to request authorization. If you don't know your Authorized Requestor, you can check the list at http://web.mit.edu/sapr3/sw_dist/authreq.html. 206 0 SAPWeb In SAP, I can't find a vendor I know exists. Try using wildcards, e.g.,*sigma*, in your vendor search. When you click on the matchcode box, the vendor search box appears In the vendor name field, enter an asterisk (*),one word of the vendor's name, and another asterisk (*), eg., *sigma*. This should help you find all vendors with that word in the name. 207 0 Requisitioning My HP 4MV is asking for 11x17 paper. On the 4MV, when the printer is asking for the 11x17 paper, the print job has left the Athena printer spooler and is now in the memory of the printer. Turning the printer off will make the printer forget the job forever.

    The printer setting that controls 11x17 is in the Printing menu of the front panel of the printer.

    1. Press Online until the online or ready light is Off.
    2. Press Menu until you see Printing.
    3. Press Item until you see Paper=
    4. Press + (plus) until you see Paper=, probably Letter.
    5. Press Enter.
    6. Press Online to leave the menus and make the printer ready
    218 0 Printing SAP Printing, paper, size, change paper size How can I check the settings used on old SAP print jobs? The job information for print requests is kept for 8 days by default. To see the items you've printed:

    1. Follow the menu path: System --> Services --> Print Requests.

    2. In the From date field, change the date to a date in the past and click the green check mark.

      Result: The "Spool:Requests" screen appears.

    3. To examine individual print jobs from the list, double click on the item you wish to see.

      Result: A "Spool: Attributes" screen appears with detailed information about the selected print job. You can see the desired output size expressed in Rows and Columns.

    219 0 Printing SAP, Printing Can I use BrioQuery over Tether? Yes, you can use BrioQuery over Tether, and over any other internet service such as MediaOne or RCN.

    One concern you may have is the long download time of the large BrioQuery installer over the relatively slow modem connection. You can avoid this by downloading the installer to a Zip disk, say, using the fast network at work. Take the Zip disk home and run the installer from there.

    A second concern is that the BrioQuery installer will expect to access a file over the network during the installation process. You must be connected to the network while you are doing the installation. 222 0 Data Warehouse data warehouse I'm trying to run a query and I get "ORA-00942: Table or view does not exist." What's wrong? This means that the query you're running is trying to access a table for which you do not have authorization. You need to request and be granted access authorization from the providers of the data before you can run this query.

    TIP: One way to find out if you have access authorization for a table is to click once in the table to make it active, then choose Detail View from the DataModel menu. If you have access, a sampling of data will be displayed in the window. If you don't have access, the window will be empty. To return to the list of fields for the table, choose Structure View from the DataModel menu. 224 0 Data Warehouse Error message: "ORA-01045: User lacks create session privilege; logon denied." I requested and was given access authorization so why can't I log on? Your account hasn't been given create session privileges. Send email to warehouse-admin@mit.edu to report the problem. 225 0 Data Warehouse JV Upload errors: Plausibility Date Check Failed This error occurs when you prevalidate a JV upload. It indicates that SAP can't make sense of the file you've given it.

    Look at the file in Word or Excel to determine what might be wrong.

    Make sure that the Excel file is saved as Text (Tab Delimited) and not as Formatted Text (Space delimited) which is just above it in the Excel Save As... dialog box menu. 227 0 Journal Voucher Uploads With Mozilla I keeping getting asked for my certificates... over and over. Can I stop this? You can set Mozilla so that the correct certificate is selected automatically.

    In Mozilla, open Preferences > Privacy & Security > Certificates. In the section, Client Certificate Selection, click on the Select Automatically radio button. 228 0 SAPWeb SAPweb, certificates Error "incorrect MIT ID number for account" Sometimes the database of passwords for Kerberos principals doesn't have the right MIT ID number in it.

    This can happen if a person changes status with Personnel, especially from an MIT Affiliate-sort of position to a true MIT Employee status. The ID number for affiliates is not the same as for true staff. Personnel "ought" to notify User Accounts about this but doesn't. The employee would never think that he or she should.

    Solution: Call User Accounts (3-1325) to let them know about the changed status.

    Make sure that User Accounts has the new permanent employee number.

    Once the change is made, try getting certificates again. 229 0 SAPWeb SAPweb, Certificates How do I keep Excel from changing "yyyy" dates to "yy"? When you bring a .txt file into Excel, Excel reads the date file and converts four-digit years (e.g., 1998) to two-digit year format (e.g., 98). You can prevent this.

    When you open an Excel file saved as text, the Text Import Wizard lets you make some format choices.

    1. Click through the several screens (clicking on Next button).

    2. On the thrid and final screen in the "Data Preview" area, select the Date column.

    3. In the "Column data format" area, choose Text

    4. Click on Finish

    Another approach is to save the file first as an Excel spreadsheet or worksheet with the four-digit year properly formatted. The save the .txt file under a different name.

    When you need to make changes, open the Excel file, not the .txt file. Make your changes and save again in both formats.

    If four-digit years were displayed on the screen, then the tab delimited text file will have four-digit years. 231 0 Journal Voucher Uploads JV, SAP, upload SAP detected the following error: Please enter in the format ___,___,__~.__ This error means that in one of the line items you have a dollar amount that is not formatted well. It could be odd characters but it's more likely that the amount has fractional cents in it.

    For example, if items come in a box of ten for $12.08 and you enter it as 10 @ 1.208, the tenths of a penny column is unacceptable to SAP.

    The solution is to round off your pricing (e.g., $1.21 each) or order in larger unit quanities. (e.g., 1 box of ten pens at $12.08). 232 0 Creating Requisitions SAPweb Can I delete a requisition once it's been created? Yes, approvers can delete requisitions from Workflow. The following process appears to work just fine in Production.

    1. From Workflow, select the requisition to be deleted.

    2. Follow the menu path: Requisition>>Change
      Result: You leave "Workflow" and enter the "Change" screens. The requisition number defaults to the field.

    3. Click the Green Check.

    4. Click the line item selection box for each item that you wish to delete from this requisition.

    5. To confirm that you do want to delete the items, click the Yes button.

    6. Click the Save button.

    7. To get return to the Workflow Inbox, click the Back arrow and follow the menu path: Mailbox>>SAP Office Inbox.

    8. IF the requisition is still showing on the Workflow, click the Refresh button.
    233 0 Requisitioning sapweb, sap Are there any email security risks involved in using Eudora? There are several things you should bear in mind about email security and using Eudora:

    • When you download your mail from the post office server, your mail is stored on your hard disk. Anyone who has access to the Eudora mailboxes on your hard disk, either by using your computer or through Filesharing, can therefore access your mail. If you need to store confidential mail, put your mailboxes on diskettes and store them in a locked place or use an encryption program such as pgp.

    • If you're using Eudora and you've entered your username and password, this means that you, or anyone who gains access to your computer, can receive your email until you're prompted to enter your password again eight hours later, unless either you turn off your computer, or choose the Forget Password command from the Special menu. (NOTE: Quitting Eudora is not enough to prevent someone from retrieving your email. Anyone who starts up Eudora within the eight hours can check mail without entering a username and password.) It is against MIT policy for anyone to access someone else's email without permission, however if you feel you might be at risk, you should use the Forget Password command when you're going to leave your computer unattended. 237 0 Security Issues I noticed there are other versions of Eudora at different sites on the World Wide Web. If I see a newer version, should I download and use it? You should only download and use versions of Eudora that are available either through the MIT Eudora home page or from the server here at MIT. Versions of Eudora at other sites are not supported by Information Services and Technology. 239 0 Installation of Eudora Qualcomm, Web site, beta version, email, e-mail Can I contact QUALCOMM directly for technical support? As part of our site license with QUALCOMM, end users at MIT are not allowed to contact QUALCOMM's technical support department. If you need technical assistance with installation and use of Eudora, or if you think that you've found a bug, contact The Computing Help Desk. 240 0 Eudora help, question SAPweb requisitioning error message: SAP detected the following error: Use Numeric Value. Your SAP user profile probably has "Decimal notation" set as comma.

      To fix this problem, logon to SAP and follow the menu path System>User profile>User defaults. Make sure "Decimal notation" is set as Period.

      If you are only an SAPweb user (i.e., have no access or training in SAPGUI), send email to business-help describing the problem, and they'll get your profile corrected by the SAP accounts people. 243 0 Requisitioning Numeric When I try to receive mail in Eudora, I get a "Cannot communicate with Kerberos" error. What's wrong? There are several causes for this kind of error. Here are a few things you can try:

      There may be some problem with your network authentication (i.e., Kerberos tickets). Try destroying your tickets, then start up Eudora and use the Check Mail command again.

      Your configuration settings for Eudora (POP) may be incorrect.

    1. Do one of the following:

      2. -Macintosh: Choose Settings from the Special menu.
      -Windows: Choose Options from the Tools menu.

    2. Find the Checking Mail icon, and click on it to select it.

    3. Under Authentication, make sure that the Kerberos button is activated.

    4. If Authentication is set correctly, find the Getting Started icon and click on it to select it.

    5. Make sure that your-username is your network ID (also called e-mail account username or Athena username) and mail server information are entered correctly:

      6. 6.1/Macintosh:
      -User Name = your-username
      -Mail Server = hesiod

      5.2.1/Windows:
      -Login Name = your-username
      -Mail Server (Incoming) = hesiod

    6. If this information in step 5 is correct, check your Kerberos settings by locating the Kerberos icon and clicking on it to select it. Make sure your Kerberos settings are exactly as follows:

      7. POP3 port: 1109
      Realm: ATHENA.MIT.EDU (NOTE: this must be in upper case)
      Service Name: pop (NOTE: this must be in lower case)
      Service format:
      -Windows computers: %1.%4@%3
      -Macintosh computers: ^0.^3@^2

    7. Click on OK to save any changes and try Checking Mail again.

    If you still get a Kerberos error after trying these solutions, contact the Computing Help Desk. 244 0 Problems with Using Eudora cannot communicate, checking mail, check mail, get email, e-mail It says my computer isn't registered. If your host name was recently assigned, wait over night for it to propagate to the DNS servers. If you are using a host name that's been around for a while, double check that the IP address you are using matches that hostname, see http://www.mit.edu/machine. 247 0 DHCP DHCP, dhcp Should I use DHCP for my desktop computers as well? You could, but there's no benefit considering you need to statically configure it to register. Another consideration is that as DHCP implementations shake out their bugs, and we ours, you're probably better off statically configuring the computers you are not regularly moving, especially if you need them to function in unattended operation. As time goes on we will likely change this philosophy as technologies mature and we update our administrative processes. 248 0 DHCP If my service provider at home supports DHCP, do I need to do anything to move my laptop back and forth? If you are registered at MIT for DHCP and If you have a cable modem and your provider supports DHCP, then no, you should not need to change your configurations when moving from home to campus. 249 0 DHCP What if my host name or address changes, do I need to re-register? Depending on how the address change was made on the administrative end, you may or may not need to re-register your machine. Since re-registering your machine is very simple, we suggest that you do so. You can re-register here. 250 0 DHCP DHCP, dhcp How can I know if there's a network drop there? There are about 15,000 UTP Ethernet drops on campus and that number is still growing so your chances are OK. In the dorms and libraries, little green stickers that say "MITnet" are next to drops that are known to be active.

    For the past few years, IS&T has been outfitting classrooms and common spaces for this type of use however there are areas that have little networking available. 251 0 DHCP Why can't I get my hostname to follow me around campus? There are efforts within the IETF to try and make this happen, but it's still a ways away from prime time. 253 0 DHCP dhcp Why do I seem to get more name lookup failures while using DHCP? Macintoshes using Mac OS 8.1 and earlier don't seem to get configured with all three of MIT's name servers, only one. The name servers are each taken out of service for a few minutes for updating one or more times daily and the correct behavior is to use one of the other available name servers. This issue was supposedly fixed in Mac OS 8.5. Although the TCP/IP control panel only displays one name server, it should know about the other two. 254 0 DHCP mac, ot I've created a query that uses the Limit feature and when I run the query; I don't get any data. What's wrong? Here are four possible reasons why this might be happening:

    • There are no data satisfying the limit, or combination of limits, that you set. Try changing the limit(s) to see if data are returned.

    • Oracle is case sensitive which means that you need to use limit values that are consistent with the format of the data. For example, Personnel data is in all upper case, so you need to enter any Limit values you use for Personnel data in all upper case.

    • You may not have authorization to access the data. You need to request and be granted access authorization from the providers of the data before you can run this query.

    • You may have an invalid join set up between tables. Go back and double-check the joins you've set up.
    255 0 Data Warehouse BrioQuery, Data Warehouse When I use a Kerberized application, quit tether, and then restart I get the error "incorrect network address". How do I resolve this? (60/50332) You can resolve this by killing Kerberos Tickets between Tether sessions

    Problem: You need Kerberos tickets to check e-mail from Eudora. This ticket stores your computer's IP address. Tether, however, assigns IP addresses dynamically, that is, you get a new IP address everytime you logon to Tether.

    If you end a Tether session and leave Eudora open and then begin a new Tether session, the new Tether IP address will not match the tickets when Eudora is used to check email.

    For Windows the actual error message is:

    POP command error ERR Kerberos authentication failure:Incorrect: network address (krb_rd_reg)

    Solutions:

    For a Macintosh, there are two ways to kill kerberos tickets:

    1. In Eudora, from the Special menu, select Forget Password.

      2. or

    2. Open the Kerberos Manager control panel, click on the listing for your kerberos tickets, and click the "Destroy Tickets" button.

    For Windows, there are two ways to kill kerberos tickets:

    1. Open Strat>Programs>Kerberos Utilities>Leash and click Destroy Tickets.

      2. or

    2. Create a batch file that destroys the kerberos ticket. You can destroy the ticket by running this command line :
      del c:\tmp\ticket.krb

    Note: Forget Password DOES NOT work for any version of Eudora on a PC running any version of Windows.

    257 0 “Check Mail” Problems Tether Where do I sign up/register for a Tether account? To register for Tether, see Request a Tether Account. 258 0 Getting Started How can I get the statements & DTR to print on 8.5x11 paper instead of 11x17. To change the "default" setting to the letter size paper, send one of the following commands to the printer as a text document. The easiest way to do this is from Athena. Place either single line command or the multi-line command in a text file and save it. Send it to the printer using the command, lpr filename.

    Command #1: 

                                                                                 %-12345X@PJL DEFAULT PAPER=LETTER

    Command #2: 

                        COPIES=1                           ORIENTATION=PORTRAIT               PAPER=LETTER                       MPTRAY=FIRST                       MANUALFEED=OFF                     FORMLINES=60                       LPARM:PCL SYMSET=PC8               LPARM:PCL PITCH= 10.00             LPARM:PCL FONTSOURCE=I             LPARM:PCL FONTNUMBER=0             ECONOMODE=OFF                      DENSITY=3                          RET=MEDIUM                         RESOLUTION=600                     PAGEPROTECT=AUTO                   AUTOCONT=OFF                       TIMEOUT=15
    261 0 Printing I'm getting the following error "ORA-01017: Invalid username/password; logon denied" error. What's wrong? You may have typed the wrong username and/or password. Try again, making sure you've typed them correctly and used upper and/or lower case correctly. If you're certain you've typed them correctly, you may not have an account set up. You need to request and be granted access authorization from the providers of the data before you can run queries. You can also change your password to the Data Warehouse, if you have current MIT web certificates. 262 0 Data Warehouse login, error Athena Stock Answers -- see http://web.mit.edu/answers Athena maintains its own stock answer tree. See http://web.mit.edu/answers/

    267 0 Athena -- MIT's Academic Computing Environment Is there an academic version of FrameMaker for PC/Mac? MIT is a member of the Adobe Educational Licensing Program, which offers big discounts to schools like MIT.

    See Adobe Product Discount Options for additional information.

    268 0 FrameMaker framemaker How do I lock my NT system down against intruders? NT is a very open system by default, but you can protect it better with a few recommended changes. • Turn off the Guest account. • Give every account a good password. • Use secure telnet to log in over the network. • Don't use Administrator account for routine activities, especially web browsing. 270 0 Windows NT Workstation security File systems -- NTFS or FAT? NTFS is the correct choice for users at all levels. 1. It supports relatively secure user and group permissions, which FAT does not have. Security on the Internet has become of paramount importance since NT was first introduced. If you don't use NTFS, you are giving away all file and folder level security. 2. Unlike FAT, NTFS is not prone to damage from wayward programs. Furthermore, utilities such as Norton Utilities for NT, and a free version of DiskKeeperLight (defragmenting) are now available. 3. If you had decided earlier to go with FAT, the decision is not irreversible. You can easily convert from FAT to NTFS with the built-in convert command. Going the other way from NTFS to FAT is much harder. 4. If you intend to share files from your NT machine to Macintoshes, then you need to install NT Server ($400) and format your drive as NTFS. NT Server's Macintosh Services requires NTFS to run. 274 0 Windows NT Workstation WINS -- should you or shouldn't you? (please don't) WINS is a big security hole on MITnet. Even Microsoft recommends NOT using this feature when your organization is not protected by a firewall from interlopers on the Net. MIT has no firewalls. A WINS server would be a central point of contact to find networked PCs that might be open for browsing. Using WINS does not prevent broadcast traffic on MITnet, and indeed causes more than users expect. You can get an effect similar to WINS browsing by using Find Computer to locate the machine once and then save a shortcut to that machine on your desktop. 275 0 Windows NT Workstation How can I browse an office server over Tether without WINS? Using Dial-Up Networking from home over Tether, set up client-to-server connections with Start --> Find Computer, then check "Enable DNS for Windows Resolution". With this on, you can find a server whose NetBios name is the same as its IP address. This search works across TCP/IP subnets, which normally the Network Neighborhood will not do. When Find Computer reaches your server, hold down the right button and drag its icon to the desktop. That saves the connection so you don't have to Find Computer again. You should be able to open the icon and see the contents of the machine. 276 0 How To dial-up, networking, remote access Are my files really visible to just anyone over the Internet, and what can I do about it? Windows NT uses hidden shares accessible by the Administrator account to trade information between workstations. Hackers can use the well-known Administrator account name to mount the standardized share names in, at least, read-only mode. Then they can browse your drive. The actual risk is not great. Being boring is an important defense. Still, MIT tends to attract hackers. If you keep important proprietary information on your hard disk, you can protect the files through encryption, passwords, etc. One way to minimize the danger is to make files inaccessible to the Administrator account. 277 0 Windows NT Workstation security Is it OK to use my MITnet username and password? DO set the username on your account to be the same as your Kerberos username. This is planning ahead for the day when NT and MITnet can use the same authenticated login process. Do NOT use the same password as on your Athena account. Make it similar if you must but keep it different. This way, if a hacker compromises either system, the other system remains uncracked. The maximum password length in Windows NT is 14 characters. Make sure it contains an unguessable but easy to remember (hah, you say! but it can be done) combination of mixed case letters and numbers. 278 0 Windows NT Workstation security Can I use Microsoft Exchange for email? No. Exchange works over a series of trusted NT domains, a model of enterprise computing that cannot work at MIT since, among other reasons, MIT has no firewall protection from the Internet. This affects how you install programs that want to depend on Exchange, for instance the Outlook 97 personal information manager. Outlook tends to want to connect to an Exchange server to create a mailbox as the centerpiece of your desktop. It takes some work to prevent it from doing that. You can use Eudora instead of Outlook for email, but if you turn on MAPI to automate launching email, then Outlook will not run at all. Some programs such as Microsoft Fax depend on pieces of software that are called part of Exchange but that don't involve the whole Exchange system. You can let those parts of Exchange be installed without worrying about weird incompatibilities or the prospect of dragging the whole system on to your system. 280 0 Windows NT Workstation Integrating Windows with Athena WinAthena (originally Project Pismere) has been deployed and is being used on campus. For more information, visit the WinAthena project notebook at http://web.mit.edu/pismere

    The Building 37 Windows Cluster is a specialized cluster which contains twenty-five high-performance Dell workstations running WinAthena. The cluster is open to everyone with an MIT ID when it is not in use for classes. More information can be found at http://web.mit.edu/ist/help/windows/cluster/.

    If you are interested in joining your department or lab to the WIN.MIT.EDU campus-wide domain, please see the Windows 2000 Domains, Servers, and Workgroups web page at http://web.mit.edu/windows-delivery/ 281 0 Windows 2000 Professional Downloading Monthly statements from SAP to Excel Here's how to download the Monthly statements or DTRs (Detailed Transaction Reports) from SAP to Excel. The goal is to be able to do math with the numbers. The main problem is that the numbers come down as Text. The steps below convert the text to values for use in formulas.

    1. Download the file as DATA ONLY.
    2. Open the file in Excel.
    3. Select the Amount column (or any other column that you want to use as numbers in formulas).
    4. From Excel's Data menu, choose Text to Columns... .
    5. On the screen, make sure that the Original data type indicator is DelimitedClick on Finish.

      Result: The contents of the cells are now numbers instead of text.

    Two gotchas:

    1. The numbers are formatted as left-justified. You may want to click on the Right-justified format button in the Excel toolbar.

    2. Credit amounts (negative numbers) don't come out right. The DTR report formats these as "4000.00-" and not "-4000.00". Since the DTR negative numbers don't look like numbers to Excel, it leaves them as text. The only thing you can do is retype the cell contents as a negative number.

      This is an extra, manual step, but it does beat retyping the whole thing.

      Another solution is to become a DataWarehouse user. The Data Warehouse has a prepackaged "report" available that lets you download the same information as in the DTR but in a format that lends itself more to cut-and-pasting into Excel.

    313 0 Reports I'm an MIT employee. Can I use this CD to upgrade my home computer? The agreement is for one license per MIT-owned machine. If you have an MIT-owned computer at home, you will need to register for a separate license. 314 0 Windows NT CD NT, Workstation My laptop/desktop computer doesn't have a CD-ROM drive. How can I upgrade it? If you have access to another machine that has a CD ROM drive, and it is on the network running NT, 98, 2000, or XP, then you should be able to install NT on your machine. You will need to share the CD from one machine. Then boot the machine on which you wish to install the software onto the network and mount the shared CD from the other machine. You should then be able to run the setup program across the network. Note that this will take considerably longer, and if your connection is dropping packets or otherwise unstable, you may not be able to perform the installation. 317 0 Windows NT CD Does this license give me permission to connect my NT workstation to a Microsoft NT server? No. you must purchase a separate Microsoft Client Access License (CAL).

    For more information about Microsoft licensing issues, see http://www.microsoft.com/backofficeserver/guide/licensingqa.asp. 318 0 Windows NT CD Is it OK to make my machine dual boot? Many people configure their machines to boot into multiple operating systems. However, due to the added complexity of maintaining such a configuration, IS&T does not recommend this type of configuration to users, nor can it offer support for these configurations. The only reason to have a multi-boot configuration is if you need to use an application that won't run under NT. In this case, a multi-boot configuration may be very attractive. However there are several disadvantages. IS&T recommends that people use an NTFS partition when using NT. Most other operating systems cannot access NTFS partitions. Most current applications for Windows NTand 98 use the registry to store critical information required to run an application. If you install this type of software while running NT and you also want to use it while using one of your other operating systems, you will have to reinstall the software for each of the other operating systems. This is because each of the operating systems has its own unique registry. The process of installing the software makes changes to the registry for the current operating system only. The same situation occurs when de-installing software. However, since the uninstall process usually removes the uninstaller, you may have difficulties when attempting to remove the software from your secondary operating system. 319 0 Windows NT CD Can I upgrade or install an NT server with this CD? No. The current terms of MIT's volume license are only for NT Workstation. If you need NT Server, or need to upgrade an NT Server, you will have to purchase a separate license. 320 0 Windows NT CD Web documents about LDS are where? MIT's Labor Distribution System (LDS) Web pages are located at http://web.mit.edu/sapr3/lds 324 0 Labor Distribution System I am a student living off campus how do I setup my laptop to use it on campus. Using MIT's DHCP service, you can get an IP address most places on campus. But first you need to register for the service. Contact the Computing Help Desk to schedule a walk-in. Bring your MIT ID and your laptop to N42. The Help Desk will give you an IP address to use to register for DHCP. You will need to register for DHCP while you are here in N42. 325 0 DHCP off-campus, student, DHCP, IP address What is the purpose of implementing a MasterCard Procurement Card? The new ProCard has been implemented to help streamline the buy-pay process for small dollar purchases. The ProCard will reduce the need for requisitions, one time and blanket purchase orders, yellow request-for-payments, petty cash transactions and invoices. Payments to the vendors will be expedited and overall cost to the Institute reduced. 333 0 About the ProCard ProCard Why target small dollar purchases? Almost 80% of the transactions processed each year are for orders $500 or less. This 80% effort only accounts for 7% of the total dollars spent on a yearly basis. This is a great deal of work with very little value added. These resources could be used on transactions in which more value could be added and further savings realized. 334 0 About the ProCard ProCard What are the present limits? The maximum transaction limit allowed is $3,000 and monthly spending limit is $15,000. A department can request any limit up to the maximum allowed. 335 0 Business Rules ProCard How does this benefit my department? The number of steps needed to process a traditional order takes from 7-12 steps. This process will be reduced to about 3-4. There will be no need to fill out SAP or paper requisitions to process your order. No more time delays just call the orders in when the need arises. There will no longer be the requirement to reconcile you monthly statement for ProCard charges since they are reviewed up-front by your Verifier. 336 0 About the ProCard procard How do charges get verified? Each Cardholder will need to have someone within their department to be their "Verifier". This verifier will be able to review all ProCard charges on-line in SAP or SAPweb for their Cardholder(s). They will have 21 days to review, reallocate and approve the charges. 337 0 About the ProCard ProCard Can cardholders verify their own charges? No. A Cardholder can be a Verifier but not for themselves. These two functions must be independent of each other. 338 0 Business Rules ProCard What about account allocation of charges? The reallocation process will allow you to reallocate the Cost Object (account number) or G/L Expense Account (Object Code). Each transaction will be parked on-line for 21 days. During this time the transaction can be reviewed and reallocate by the authorized Verifier to any of their authorized Cost Objects. If the Verifier does not post the transaction within 21 days then the system will automatically post the charge to the secondary fund and non-recoverable G/L Account established on the ProCard application. Any future reallocation of these charges will need to be done via a Journal Voucher. 339 0 About the ProCard ProCard Can charges be reallocated to multiple Cost Objects and G/L Accounts? Yes, ProCard charges can be reallocated by the Verifier to any number of Cost Objects (accounts) or G/L Accounts (object codes) provided they have the proper authorization. 340 0 Business Rules ProCard What happens if a Vendor only ships a partial order? Vendors will inevitably ship partial orders. This should not be a problem since the vendor should only bill for the merchandise that has been shipped. 341 0 ProCard ProCard How do I get a ProCard? Complete an application form, choose a Verifier, get the proper Cost Object (account) authorizations (Administrative Officers) and submit the application to the ProCard Administrator in E19-370. Applications can be down loaded from the web site at http://web.mit.edu/purchasing/vipcard/vipindex.htm and are also available from school coordinators or by calling the VIP Administrator at 253-8366. 342 0 About the ProCard procard Is there anything I must do before getting my ProCard? Yes, the Cardholder must attend a brief training class. The departmental Verifier must have access to SAP and attend a brief Verifier training class. The Verifier must also have SAP spend & commit authorization on all cost objects that may be used in the reallocation of VIP charges. If your department has already established Spend & Commit authorization in SAP for your Verifier then you will not need to generate that authorization through the application process. If your Verifier has not yet received authorization in SAP then you can establish their authorization by properly completing page 3 of the ProCard application. 343 0 About the ProCard ProCard Is the card issued to an individual or a departments? Department approval (Administrative Officer or equivalent) will be necessary to receive a ProCard but it will only be issued to an individual. 344 0 About the ProCard ProCard Since it will be issued in my name will this affect my credit rating? No, although the card will be issued in your name it is actually the property of MIT and will in no way affect your credit rating. 345 0 About the ProCard ProCard How is the ProCard different from my personal MasterCard? The MIT MasterCard works the same as any other MasterCard with the exception that it is strictly for MIT business transactions. It should never be used for personal business or restricted items. 346 0 About the ProCard ProCard Can I use the ProCard for travel related purchases? No, the ProCard can not be used for travel related purchases. The purchase will be blocked at the point of sale for hotel and airline transactions. All travel related purchases should be done using the MIT Travel Card. You can contact the travel office for additional details. 347 0 Business Rules ProCard Can I use the ProCard at the Harvard/MIT Coop? Yes the Coop does accept MasterCard as a form of payment. However, it is the Cardholder’s responsibility to ensure that the MIT Coop number 13-3 is referenced whenever making a Coop purchase. 349 0 Business Rules ProCard Can I use the ProCard to make food purchases? At restaurants? The MIT ProCard may be used to purchase food under the following conditions: First, the prospective food purchase is determined to be permissible under MIT policy. As of 5/29/1999, it is now allowable to use the ProCard for meeting-related food purchases at local restaurants. This means the ProCard can now be used for apporpriate meeting related "sit-down" meals at local food establishments. You will still need to follow proper MIT Policies and Procedures regarding the allowability of the charge and note the following information on or along with the receipt: Agenda/purpose, Date, Location and Attendees of meeting. The ProCard should still not be used for food purchases outside of the local are or for food purchases while on travel status. Please note that the acceptability of the ProCard at the restaurants associated with the local hotels varies depending on how the hotel has classified their restaurants. Since hotels have been blocked at the point of sale on all ProCards, you will only be able to use the Card at a hotel restaurant if it is classified as something other than hotel. We have checked with the three local hotels (University Park, Marriott and Hyatt Regency) regarding their restaurant classifications. Apparently only Sidney's Grill at University Park will allow use of the card. Other hotel restaurants such as Characters, Parmizzano's or Spinnaker, will not work because they are classified as hotels. 350 0 Business Rules ProCard What about MIT’s Tax Exempt Status? MIT is exempt and should not be charged sales tax for Institute purchases made in the state of Massachusetts as well as many other states throughout the country. The Massachusetts Tax exemption number is printed on the ProCard for easy reference. The Procurement Department maintains a file of all available state tax exempt certificates. MIT’s tax-exempt status should be mentioned prior to making any purchase. If a vendor requires a copy of MIT’s exempt certificate please contact the Procurement Department. 351 0 About the ProCard ProCard Can I use the ProCard to make purchases on the Web? Yes, the ProCard can be used to make purchase on the Web but as with any Web transaction we would suggest you do whatever you can to minimize the risks associated with Web purchases. We have produced a reference guide entitled "Buying Goods on the World Wide Web: How to Reduce Your Risks", please feel free to review this guide for some suggestions. It should also be noted that it is sometimes difficult to inform the vendor of MIT’s tax-exempt status when purchasing over the Web. It may take a call to the selected vendor to ask about the correct procedure to avoid paying sales tax. 352 0 Business Rules ProCard Who can I contact to get more information? You can contact Igor Novikov at 617-253-8366 or Kim Harmon at 617-253-8360 with any questions regarding the ProCard. You can also email procard@mit.edu 353 0 About the ProCard ProCard Kerberos error 62: Password incorrect This happens when the Kerberos ticket program doesn't think you've entered the correct password for your username. Usually this is a CAPS LOCK or other typing error. If you're sure you've correctly typed what you know to be the right password, then you may want to contact User Accounts at 253-1325 to assess if the central database entry needs to be reset to a new password of your choice. 354 0 Error Messages What steps can incoming students take to ensure they will have telephone service when they arrive on campus? Dorm telephones will be located in the rooms when students arrive. Local telephone service is provided by MIT via an on-campus 5ESS switch. Long distance service is provided by Paetec's Campuslink. For more information please see the Campuslink page. 355 0 Telephones new students, ACUS, telephone service What steps can new MIT employees take to ensure they will have telephone service when they arrive for their first day of work? Telephone service for incoming MIT employees is handled by the department's Administrative Officer (AO). The AO is responsible for contacting the department's customer service representative to activate or change existing telephone service for new employees. 356 0 Telephones new employee, telephone service What should I expect when a telephone is being moved? Telephone service to the current location (where the telephone is being moved from) will be disconnected some time after 2:00 p.m. the day before the move is scheduled to be completed. The process of moving a telephone has many tasks associated with it, so to ensure that the move is completed as soon as possible on the due date it is generally better to begin the day before. This also provides a cushion of time for the technicians in the event a problem occurs. 357 0 Telephones move telephone, telecommunications What are the different telephone set options available to the MIT Community? There are currently four different telephone models available.

    1. Analog desk set. This telephone is tan in color and lacks a digital display. This particular analog set is a tabletop model and typically can be found in the MIT dorms.
    2. Analog wall set. This telephone is similar to the analog desk set both in color and function. The difference is that this set is mounted to a wall surface.
    3. 7506 digital (ISDN) set. This telephone model is black with a digital display located above the keypad and 9 designated call appearance buttons labeled a-j. It is clearly marked with either an AT&T or Lucent logo and "ISDN 7506" in the lower right corner of the faceplate. This model is often used as an individual's desktop telephone in an office.
    4. 7507 digital (ISDN) set. This telephone model is black with a digital display located above the keypad. It is larger in size than a 7506 telephone but similar in appearance. There are 30 designated call appearance buttons labeled a-z and A-D. It is clearly marked with either an AT&T or Lucent logo and "ISDN 7507" in the lower right corner of the faceplate. This model is often used as a switchboard or front desk telephone in an office.
    358 0 Telephones telephone set, telephone model, ISDN, analog Who are MIT's long distance service providers?
    • MIT Students: Intralata (1+ toll calls in Eastern Massachusetts), Domestic Long distance, and International service is provided by PaeTec Campuslink Services. For more information please see the Campuslink page . For all rate, service, and billing questions please call 1-800-962-4772. To sign up for Campuslink service call the Customer Service Center between the hours of 9:00-1:00 and 2:00-5:00 Monday through Friday.

    • MIT Faculty and Staff: Qwest is the current outgoing Domestic Long Distance Carrier. Paetec is the current outgoing Intralata (1+ toll calls in Eastern Massachusetts) and outgoing International Carrier.
    359 0 Telephones long distance, telephone Who should I contact if I would like to make changes to my existing telephone service? MIT employees should contact their department's Administrative Officer (AO) to request any changes to their existing telephone service. 360 0 Telephones change, telephone How can I obtain a new Ethernet connection or activate an existing one?

    Ethernet connections may be obtained and/or activated through MITnet Services. Their web site is located at: http://web.mit.edu/ist/help/network/install.html

    361 0 Telephones ethernet What is ISDN? ISDN (Integrated Services Digital Network) is a service offered from the local telephone company that allows you to place simultaneous voice and data calls over a pair of wires. 362 0 Telephones isdn Do I need special wiring for ISDN in my house or office? No. ISDN is wired to a terminal using the existing telephone wires in place. Of course if a new telephone jack needs to be placed then it would be placed using the same wire and jacks used for regular telephone service, although all 4 wires will be used. 363 0 Telephones isdn, wiring, telephone Do I need a special telephone for ISDN service? Yes. ISDN works with an intelligent terminal that communicates with the ISDN switch using data messages. The data messages are in the form of ISDN Q.931 call control messages. 364 0 Telephones isdn What do I get with ISDN service? With ISDN the user can have access to 2 B channels and a D channel. The B channels (bearer) are 64 Kb channels that may be used for voice, data or X.25 packet. Service can be set up where you would use a channel for voice on one call and for data on the next. The D channel is the ISDN terminal's link to the ISDN switch. It is a 16 Kb channel that will also support X.25 packet. The X.25 packet and the signal capability to the switch work simultaneously on the D channel. 365 0 Telephones isdn, telephone Are there different types of ISDN service? Yes there are. ISDN offers a customer the ability to communicate using voice, data, and/or X.25 packet. Indeed with ISDN you can use all three simultaneously. When you order ISDN there are a couple of things you need to keep in mind. First, ISDN service provides access via channels. With Basic Rate ISDN which is wired to your house or office you are given two B channels (each with a bandwidth of 64 Kb) and a D channel (16 Kb). The D channel is used for communications between the ISDN terminal and the ISDN switch. When you order ISDN service you need to tell the telephone company how you plan to use the B channels. For instance if you are planning to connect to a Picturetel video application or to an AT&T Vistium then you need to tell the telephone company to set up the channels as follows. Define circuit switched data = 2 and circuit switched voice = 1. This will allow you to use the video stuff (data on 2 channels) and also allow you to use the phone (voice on 1 channel). 366 0 Telephones isdn Do all telephone offices have ISDN service? No. ISDN is a service provided from a digital telephone office. The current digital offices that support ISDN in the US are manufactured by two corporations. The switch used at MIT and in the predominant number of ISDN locations is the AT&T 5ESS switch. The other switch type is manufactured by Northern Telecom and is known as the DMS 100. 367 0 Telephones isdn Do modems work with ISDN? A modem is an analog device used to convert a unipolar bit stream from a computer or fax machine to a voice frequency. The reason for this conversion is that the original telephone network was designed to handle voice calls. In order to switch data calls through the network the data had to be converted to a "voice" frequency. 368 0 Telephones isdn, modem, telephone Do computers work on ISDN? Yes. Computers and other communications devices can be made to work on the telephone network by use of a terminal adapter (TA). The TA is placed between the computer and the telephone office. The TA converts the unipolar bit stream from the computer to a bipolar bit stream used in digital switching. A terminal adapter is required to connect any equipment not specifically designed with an ISDN interface. 369 0 Telephones isdn What does the telephone company have to do to give me ISDN? The first thing the telephone company has to do is see if your local telephone office is an ISDN office (5ESS or DMS100). If it is not then they have to identify the closest office and provide the service from there. If this is done then the telephone number will be one associated with the ISDN office. The next thing the telephone company needs to do is loop qualify a cable pair. This means that they have to make sure that there are no load coils or bridge taps on the cable pairs. In other words it has to be a good clean copper pair. The pair also has to meet some transmission requirement tests. The third thing is to determine how far from the office to the ISDN terminal. If the distance is less than a kilometer then a T card may be used. If the distance exceeds a kilometer then a U card must be used. If a U card is used then then an NT1 device must be used as well at the ISDN terminal. 370 0 Telephones isdn, telephone company What is a T card and an AIU? A T card is used in the telephone office to provide service when it is relatively close to the telephone office. This is a 4 wire service (2 pairs). An AIU (Access Interface Unit) is needed to extend ISDN service out a distance from the office. It provides a line code with higher voltages and a stronger signal. An NT1 device is needed on the terminal side to convert this line code back to a useful level. A 2B1Q off an AIU is the standard. 371 0 Telephones isdn, t card, u card, telephone Can I get ISDN service if my local telephone office doesn't have it? Yes. If there is an ISDN office within 100 miles then the service can be provided by using a BRITE (basic rate interface terminal extender) circuit. 372 0 Telephones isdn My telephone number rings to a different set. Your telephone has been call forwarded to a different telephone number. To remove call forwarding:
    1. Lift the receiver and listen for dial tone.
    2. Press [7-3]
    3. Wait for the confirmation tone of two quick beeps, followed by the dial tone.
    374 0 Telephones telephone, help The LCD display on my ISDN set is blank or black. To the right of the display panel is a wheel for adjusting the contrast of the display. Turn the wheel upward to darken the contrast; turn the wheel downward to lighten it. 375 0 Telephones telephone, isdn, help All of my calls are going directly to voice mail without giving me a chance to answer. Your calls have been forwarded directly to voice mail, probably caused by previously dialing an outside number without using the [9] key first. To remove this feature:
    1. Lift the receiver and listen for dial tone.
    2. Press [7-3]
    3. Wait for the confirmation tone of two quick beeps, followed by the dial tone.
    376 0 Telephones telephone, voice mail My telephone set has no dial tone when I pick up the receiver to make calls. First, determine whether your telephone is an ISDN or analog set. If another similar set is available in your office, try plugging it into the outlet where the malfunctioning set is to determine if the telephone set is defective or the problem is coming from the wiring. Once you have made this determination please call the help desk at 253-4357 (3-HELP). A help desk consultant will process your trouble report and dispatch the appropriate technician to do the repair. The technicians are given one full business day to complete the repair from when it was reported. 377 0 Telephones telephone, no dial tone, help How can I avoid interruptions in my telephone service?
    • Never unplug your desk set.
    • Never plug another desk set into your phone jack.
    • Never plug any accessory into your desk set.
    • Never plug the receiver into any other jack.
    378 0 Telephones telephone, help How can I sign up for voice mail if I am a student, and how much will it cost? Go to PAETEC's Campuslink Services and click "Signup for Service" in the left-hand column. From the University drop-down list, select Mass. Institute of Technology. 379 0 Voice Mail voice mail, student, telecommunications How can I sign up for voice mail if I am an employee, and what is the cost?

    Each department on campus is assigned a Customer Service Representative (CSR). To find out which CSR handles your department's account please refer to the CSR-Department page.
    All requests for new voice mail service or changes in existing service should go through your department's Administrative Officer (AO) or designated telephone service contact person.

    For installations and changes in service the AO can fill out a Service order request form to be submitted electronically. Other employees may print out the form and submit it to their AO.

    Voice mail price information may be found at http://web.mit.edu/ist/tel/vmail-cos.html. 380 0 Voice Mail voice mail, mit employee What are the different voice mailboxes offered at MIT and what are their costs? The rates and descriptions of different voice mailbox classes can be found at: http://web.mit.edu/ist/tel/vmail-cos.html 381 0 Voice Mail voice mail, class of service How do I initialize my new voice mailbox? Dial into the Voice Mail System. From an MIT telephone dial extension 8-6245 (VMAIL). From outside MIT dial (617) 258-6245. Because this is the first time you will be accessing your mailbox the system will be prompted to run a brief introductory tutorial. You will be prompted to change your initial password. Please be aware that your password must be no less than 6 digits and no greater than 15 digits. Do not use zero as the first or last number in your password. After you have changed your password you will be prompted to record your name and a greeting. Once you have completed this introduction you will have access to your messages. 382 0 Voice Mail voice mail, help How can I check voice mail messages from within MIT? Dial extension 8-6245 (VMAIL). Listen to the introductory prompt. Press the star (*) key. Enter your 5 digit mailbox number. (If you are checking for messages on the telephone line that your voice mailbox number appears on, you will not be prompted to enter your mailbox number.) Enter your password. The system will inform you if you have any new messages or old (archived) messages. Press one (1) to play the messages. 383 0 Voice Mail voice mail, messages How can I check voice mail messages from home or abroad? Dial (617) 258-6245. Listen to the introductory prompt. Indicate that you are a voice mail subscriber by hitting the pound (#) key. Enter your 5 digit mailbox number. Enter your password. The system will inform you if you have any new messages or old (archived) messages. Press one (1) to play the messages. 384 0 Voice Mail voice mail, messages How can I reply to a voice mail message I have received? Once you have listened to the message hit 8 and record your reply. Indicate that you are done recording you message by hitting the pound (#) key. Send your message by hitting the pound (#) key again. 385 0 Voice Mail voice mail, message, reply How can I forward a voice mail message that I have received to another voice mailbox? Once you have listened to the message hit 6 and record an introduction to the message you will be forwarding. Once you have finished recording your introduction hit the pound (#) key. Enter the 5 digit voice mailbox number of the person you will be forwarding the message to. Forward the message by hitting the pound (#) key again. You may not forward a message that has been marked 'Private' by the original sender. 386 0 Voice Mail voice mail, message, forward How can I change my voice mail password? Enter your password to get to the Main voice mail menu. From the Main voice mail menu press 4 (Personal options), 2 (Administrative options), 1 (Passwords), 1 (Personal password). You will be prompted to enter your new password followed by the pound (#) key. 387 0 Voice Mail voice mail, change password How can I change my personal voice mailbox greeting? Enter your password to get to the Main voice mail menu. From the Main voice mail menu press 4 (Personal options), 3 (Greetings), 1 (Personal greeting). Select 1 to record a message that callers will hear when you are away from your desk. Select 2 to record a message that callers will hear when you are on the other line. Record your message and follow the prompts to save it, replay it or re-record it. 388 0 Voice Mail voice mail, greeting How can I find out when a voice message was sent? At the end of the message, press 5 to get "envelope information" including time and date when the message was left, as well as caller phone (and name, if an intra-MIT call) and the message length. 389 0 Voice Mail voice mail, message What should I do if I forget my voice mail password? Since your password is private, the office of telecommunications will not have a record of what your password was. Therefore, you will be issued a temporary password that will grant you access to your mail box and allow you to change the temporary password to a password that you prefer.

    Contact your Administrative Office (AO) to send a request for your temporary password to telecom-csr@mit.edu.

    391 0 Voice Mail voice mail, password My phone rings but voice mail doesn't pick up the call.

    You may not have initialized your voice mailbox or set your phone to forward calls to the voice mail system. See "Initializing Your Voice Mailbox," in the online Voice Mail User's Guide for the initialization procedure; see Section 3 of the User's Guide, "Forwarding Calls to Voice Mail," for setting up call forwarding. 392 0 Telephones voice mail, telephone I try to forward calls to voice mail and get a busy signal instead of the confirmation and dial tones.

    Call forwarding for the condition you are specifying may already be in effect. Check the call forwarding procedures in the Voice Mail User's Guide, "Forwarding Calls to Voice Mail." 393 0 Voice Mail voice mail, forward calls Callers are not being forwarded to voice mail when they call and I am not answering the phone. Your call forwarding to voice mail may have gotten canceled. Go to the Section 3 of the Voice Mail User's Guide, "Forwarding Calls to Voice Mail", and follow the procedure to activate call forwarding. If you hear the confirmation tone of two quick beeps, followed by the dial tone, you know that forwarding had been canceled and is now re-activated. If you get a busy signal after the forwarding procedure, call forwarding is in effect. This indicates a problem with the your phone or the system; call Telephone Help at x3-3670, or send email to telecom-csr@mit.edu. 394 0 Voice Mail voice mail, call forwarding When I call x8-6245 from my MIT phone I get the voice mail MIT greeting ("Welcome to the Massachusetts Institute of Technology") instead of hearing my name. If you have voice mail, this indicates a system outage. Call telephone help at x3-3670 immediately. 395 0 Voice Mail voice mail When I enter my voice mailbox I discover that new messages are in it, even though my telephone's message-waiting signal did not notify me of such. Find out if message notification for your mailbox is turned on or off. Enter your voice mailbox Main Menu and press [4-1]. If the system replies with "Message-waiting indicator off," press [3] at the prompt to activate notification. If the system says "Message-waiting indicator is on," this indicates a problem; call Telephone Help at x3-3670. 396 0 Telephones voice mail, messages The message-waiting signal on my phone indicates new messages are in my voice mailbox. When I enter the mailbox, the system says "You have no new messages to review," instead of giving me the normal prompts. Call Telephone Client Support at x3-3670, or send email to telecom-csr@mit.edu. 400 0 Voice Mail voice mail, greeting The voice mailbox of a person no longer employed at MIT should be deleted. Call Telephone Help at x3-3670, or send email to telecom-csr@mit.edu. 401 0 Voice Mail voice mail, delete mailbox Can an existing voice mailbox can be reassigned to a new person when there is a change of staff?

    Contact your Telephone Customer Service Representative for details. The new subscriber will need to register as the mailbox owner and set it up with his or her own password and greeting. 402 0 Voice Mail voice mail How do I put a requisition back into workflow for second or third approval? To return a requisition to the Inbox for others to pick up: 1. Return to the workflow/inbox screen (where the list of reqs to approve is). 2. Select the the requisition you want to put back into workflow by clicking in the box on the far left of the screen 3. Follow the menu path Work item> Replace. Hint: If you are actually in the requisition looking at the line items etc., it will not work —you must be at the list of all of the reqs. in the inbox. 403 0 Requisitioning SAP How to find a Requisition when you didn't write down the number? Procedure for Finding Requisitions by the userid of the person who created the requisition.

    1. Fastpath: /nme5a

      Result: The "List Display of Purchase Requisitions" screem appears.

    2. Click the Dynamic Selections button.

      Result: The "Field Choice for Dynamic Selections" screen is displayed.

    3. Click in the box to the left of Name of the user who created the object.

      Scroll throught the list and click in the box to the left of Requisition date.

      When you have made all your selections, click the Selections button at the bottom of the screem.

      Result: A second "List Display of Purchase Requisitions" screen appears.

    4. In the firld Created by field, type an asterisk (*) followed by the creator’s userid. In the Requisition date fields, enter the date range on which you wish to search.

    5. Click the Save button .

      Result: You are returned to the original "List Display of Purchase Requisitions" screen.

    6. Select any additional criteria for narrowing the search, e.g., Assigned Requisitions, Closed Requisitions, Partially Ordered Requisitions, Released Requisitions Only, and click the Execute button.

      Result: SAP displays a list of requisitions that meet your criteria.

    7. To print the list display, follow the menu path: System>List>Print and click on the Print button. 405 0 Requisitioning SAP, requsitioning How do I post a JV into an expired account? To post a JV into an account that has expired, set the Due Date of the JV line item (not the Document or Posting dates of the jv itself) to a date within the range of the account. For instance, if the account expired on June 30 1998, set the due date of the line referring to that account to June 29, 1998. If you are using SAPweb to post your JV the due date is referred to as the Transaction Date. 407 0 Journal Voucher SAP, journal voucher, term code Where can I learn more about Kerberos? You can go to http://web.mit.edu/ist/help/kerberos/ to find information about Kerberos at MIT as well as links for obtaining Kerberos for Macintosh and Kerberos for Windows.

      MIT also maintains a Kerberos web page that has links to many information sources about Kerberos, see http://web.mit.edu/kerberos/www/.

      Release notes about the Kerberos version 4 source distribution for Microsoft operating systems are at http://web.mit.edu/pbh/www/kerb-rel.html. 410 0 About Kerberos Why does Kerberos care what time it is? Kerberos authentication uses time stamps as part of its protocol. When the clocks of the Kerberos server and your computer are too far out of synchronization, you cannot authenticate properly. Both the Kerberos server and the Kerberos client depend on having clocks that are synchronized within a certain margin. This margin is normally 5 minutes. The Date and Time on a machine running Microsoft Windows will need to be "accurately" set. If the date or time is off "too far", Kerberos authentication will not work. In this release if a clock skew error is detected the libraries attempt to resynchronze the clock to the network time automatically one time. The user will be warned that this has occured. If this fails or if a clock skew is detected again later the user will have to manually resynchronize the machine time to the Kerberos server's time. The Leash application provides a buton which will attempt to resynchronize the clock. By default the server that the libraries will contact when synchronizing the time is "TIME". The domain name has been left off on purpose. If local system administrators create a machine with a CNAME of time within the local domain the clients will contact this machine by default. If your local system administrators are opposed to doing this for some reason, you can edit the resource LSH_TIME_HOST in the leashwXX.dll to the name appropriate for your local site. You can also edit the header files from the source distribution and recompile for your local site. However, this is not recommended. You can also avoid this problem by running a local, properly configured, ntp program on your machine.   411 0 About Kerberos Can Kerberos version 4 and Kerberos version 5 coexist on my PC? Yes. In the most recent versions of Kerberos for both Macintosh and Windows, versions 4 and 5 are joined. They use the same ticket cache and are the same application.

      If you are not using the latest version of Kerberos for your platform, you should upgrade now. Go to http://web.mit.edu/ist/help/kerberos. 414 0 About Kerberos I'm using SAP which uses Kerberos version 5, can that be causing me problems with Kerberos version 4? Not if you have the most recent versions of Kerberos for your platform.

      In the most recent versions of Kerberos for both Macintosh and Windows, versions 4 and 5 are joined. They use the same ticket cache and are the same application.

      If you are not using the latest version of Kerberos for your platform, you should upgrade now. Go to http://web.mit.edu/ist/help/kerberos. 415 0 Kerberos How Do I DELETE a Duplicate PO? Once you have a Purchase Order number, as opposed to a requisition, you cannot make any changes to it yourself. You have to send Procurement a new requisition in which you request changes to the existing Purchase Order.

      You can use SAPweb to send the Change Order. There are some detailed steps that Procurement would prefer you follow, which you can read in the SAPweb Change Order documentation at this link -- http://web.mit.edu/sapweb/specreqs.html#changeord. Follow the directions for making a change to the PO, but indicate that the change is that you want to Delete it. Use a unit of 1 each at $1.00 to get the PO to go through SAP.

      417 0 Requisitioning At the bottom of a Eudora e-mail message it says: "the remainder of the message hasn't been downloaded, click on the Fetch icon and Check Mail again to receive the message. " What does this mean? This means that you have Eudora set to skip incoming messages that are over a certain size in bytes when you use the Check Mail command.

      • To address the situation with the current message, you can either receive the remainder of it, or delete it without receiving the remainder of it if you don't need it.

      • To avoid receiving only part of a message in the future, change your Eudora setting so that all messages will be retrieved when you use Check Mail, regardless of size. (NOTE: Setting Eudora to skip messages over a certain size is useful if you're connected via a modem. Large messages can take a long time to download.)

      Receive the remainder of the message:

      1. With the message displayed on your screen, click on the Fetch button which is a down arrow at the top of the incoming message window.

      2. Use the Check Mail command again to retrieve the entire message.

      Delete the message without receiving the remainder of it:

      1. With the message displayed on the screen, click on the Trash can icon at the top of the incoming message window

      2. Use the Check Mail command again to detete the message from the post office server.

      Change Eudora setting to receive all messages regardless of size:

      1. Do one of the following:

        • Macintosh: From the Special menu, choose Settings

        • Windows: From the Tools menu, choose Options

      2. In the Category area, find the Checking Mail icon and if it's not already selected , click on it to select it.

      3. Click on the Skip Messages over -- K checkbox to de-activate it.

      4. Click on OK.
      420 0 Problems with Using Eudora skip messages over ? K, email, checking mail, checking e-mail, check mail, check e-mail, check email If I get my incoming email messages using Eudora on my computer at work, why aren't these same messages on my computer at home, or vice versa? All of your incoming email is stored on an MIT post office server before you retrieve it by using the Check Mail command. By default, when you use the Check Mail command, the messages are downloaded only to the computer you're using at the time, and removed from the post office server.

      If you use Eudora on multiple computers refer to Guidelines for Using Eudora From Home or on the Road for instructions on how to temporarily save messages on the post office server while retrieving email on the first computer, then retrieve them again on your second computer. 422 0 Procedures, i.e., How to’s Eudora, check, email How do I create a mailing list? There are two types of email lists available and both offer a range of options:

      • Listserv mailing lists: for information a on Listserv lists and how to set one up, refer to the Listserv Mailing List Quick Start.

      • Mailing lists for Athena and registered MIT.EDU users: for information on this type of list and how to set one up, refer to Mailing Lists Services.
      423 0 Mailing Lists email list, mailing list How do I find out my post office server? To find out your post office server, refer to Find Out the Name of Your Post Office Server and follow the instructions. 425 0 Problems with Using Eudora pobox, mailbox, email, e-mail, hesiod, settings, mail host, mail server, checking mail, post office server I want to find out the email address of someone outside of MIT. If you have a Web browser, one way to look up someone's email address is to go to http://www.whowhere.lycos.com/. This lets you search on a name and come up with possible email addresses. 431 0 Procedures, i.e., How to’s Is there a way I can look up someone's email address in Eudora? There's a command called Directory Services that lets you look up email addresses for MIT affiliates:

      1. Do one of the following, according to your platform:

        • Windows: Choose Directory Services from the Tools menu.

        • Macintosh: Choose Directory Services from the Window menu.

      2. Enter the person's name, then click on Lookup (Mac) or Start (Windows).
      433 0 Procedures, i.e., How to’s How do I obtain a paper manual for Eudora? You can download the Eudora 5 (Macintosh) Manual or the Eudora 5 (Windows) Manual in .pdf format and either view it or print it using Acrobat Reader. 434 0 Procedures, i.e., How to’s How do I send a file as an attachment to an email message and how do I open an attachment that has been sent to me? For instructions on how to send a file as an attachment with an email message or how to open an attachment that has been sent to you, refer to Using Attachments in the Eudora Email Program. 435 0 Procedures, i.e., How to’s How do I reply to all of the recipients of a message in Eudora? To reply to all the recipients, on a message by message basis, hold down the option key (Macintosh) or shift key (Windows) when choosing the Reply command from the Message menu. 439 0 Procedures, i.e., How to’s How do I kill my Kerberos tickets in order to use Eudora in different Tether sessions? Kerberos tickets are needed to check e-mail from Eudora. This ticket stores the IP address of the client computer, and since Tether assigns IP addresses dynamically there's always a mismatch in the tickets when Eudora is used to check e-mail during different Tether sessions.

      Update for Kerberos for Windows (8/2002) -- it is now possible to obtain tickets that have no address embedded in them. This removes the problem of mismatched addresses by removing address-checking from the validity test. Eudora and SAP users in particular benefit from this behavior. See Obtaining Address-less Tickets in Kerberos for Windows

      To kill Kerberos tickets:

      For Macintosh: Try checking for incoming mail a second time. If that doesn't work, do one of the following:

      • In Eudora, choose Forget Password from the Special menu.

      • Choose KClient from Control Panels under the Apple menu and click on the Logout button.

      For Windows: Run Leash and select Destroy Tickets, or run kdestroy by choosing it from the Start menu under Kerberos Utilities.

      NOTE: Using Forget Password to kill Kerberos tickets DOES NOT work in Eudora for Windows.

      441 0 Eudora for Windows email, e-mail, How do I see who approved a requisition? To see who approved a requisition, open the requisition, and follow the menu path: Goto > Statistics > Changes The change screen appears with a listing of any changes that have been made. If the requisition has been approved, the creator's name in the "Person resp." field is replaced with the approver's name. 444 0 General User's personal certificate says [Not Yet Valid] on the end This error message appears if you obtain your personal certificate BEFORE getting the MIT Certification Authority certificate. The Personal Certificate is designed to be backed up by the authority of the MIT Certificate, but if you don't have one, you will receive the Not Yet Valid message.

      Solution: Get the MIT certificate from http://web.mit.edu/ist/help/cert/quicksum.html#site.

      Your existing personal certificate will become usable. Note that its name does not change even after the certificate becomes valid.

      For a clean installation, make sure you have a valid MIT Certificate, then delete the existing personal certificate, and get a new one. 446 0 Certificates Mozilla, safari, certificates Where can I get a new TNSNAMES.ORA file? To download a new copy of the TNSNAMES.ORA file:

      447 0 Data Warehouse TNSNAMES.ORA,Oracle I want to change the default location for where files are saved and from where files are opened, in Word 97

      1. From the Tools menu, choose Options.

      2. Click on the File Locations tab.

      3. If Documents, under File Types, is not selected, click once on it to select it, then click on Modify...

      4. Navigate to the folder you want to use as your default then click on OK.

      5. Click on OK to exit the Options dialog box.

        Result:Each time you use either the Open or Save As... command, the folder listed in the Look In: box will be the one that you set using the Options command. 448 0 Microsoft Word folder, directory, How do I find out if my SAP monthly statements are available on-line? A way to find out if your SAP monthly statements are available online is to run a Monthly Statement and check to see if the word "Calculate" is in the description area beside the EB or OH dollar for the current month. If the word "Calculate" appears, the EB and OH have not been done. These calculations are usually made between the second and fourth work days of the month. A table is being developed that will be in SAP for look up to see if the Payroll, Facilities Procedures, Costing Sheets, and Settlements are finished for the month. For more information, contact Mary Ann Donofrio or Steve Monahan in CAO. 450 0 Reports summary, closing, month-end I just installed COEUS 3 and now Roles doesn't work. If you run both COEUS and the Roles DB application on your Macintosh, you will need to re-install the Roles application to avoid conflicts.

        To re-install the Roles application, go to http://web.mit.edu/rolesdb/www and follow the link for "Download and Installation Instructions" for the Macintosh.

        COEUS will use SQL*Net 2.3, and the Roles application previously used SQL*Net 2.1. The new Roles installer will update its config files to make it compatible with SQL*Net 2.3.

        In addition, there is a bug fix included in the new Roles and COEUS installers that might eliminate crashes caused by a bug in MacLeland, a component of MIT's installer for the Eudora email package.

        (These changes apply only to the Roles application on the Macintosh, not on Windows NT.) 452 0 Bugs How did I generate more than one requisition number for the order in SAPweb? Unfortunately, clicking on the "Submit requisition" button multiple times on the same order creates multiple requisition numbers. If this occurs, contact Procurement at 3-4270. 454 0 Creating Requisitions duplicate, PO How do I find the PO number for a requisition created in SAP? You can find this number either in SAPweb or SAP. In SAPweb, display the requisition. The PO number will display in the Related SAP PO Number field. In SAP, go to the SAP R/3 Screen and follow the menu path: Logistics>Materials management>Purchasing (new menu)Requisition>Display or use the fastpath: /nme53 In the screen that appears, enter the requisition number and click on green check. In the new screendisplaying the requisition items, select an item and click on the box that says Statistics. The Purchase order number is displayed in the Purchase order field at the bottom of the screen. 456 0 Purchase Orders requisition How do I find out the date of my last backup? If you do not run a scheduled backup, the only way to look up the date of your last backup is to use the TSM Restore facility. Look up a folder containing new or recently revised documents, then check for the last backup date in the Backed up column.

        If you do use scheduled backups, check the Schedule log file in the TSM folder after each backup. Checking the Schedule log is especially important if you have moved to a new machine or a new office.

        The log is located at:

        • Macintosh
          OS 9: Applications (OS 9)>Tivoli Storage manager folder>TSM Schedule Log
          OS X: Applications>MIT TSM 5.1.5>TSM Schedule Log
          OS X (TSM version 5.2.3): Library:Logs:tivoli:tsm:TSM Schedule Log
        • Windows
          Program Files>Tivoli>Tsm>baclient>dsmsched.log
        • Linux
          /opt/tivoli/tsm/client/ba/bin/dsmsched.log

        Start at the end of the log and look for summary statistics, below the line "successful incremental backup of [your node name]".

        If the log is too large to open with Notepad or SimpleText, open it in Word.

        Tip: Put a shortcut to the schedule log on your desktop 459 0 TSM ADSM, TSM, backup , Linux How do I restore previous versions of a file? Keep in mind that the current version of each file is kept for the duration of your subscription to the MIT Backup service. If a file is not the current version, it will be kept for only 30 days after you backed up its more recent version.

        If you want to back up and keep copies of older versions of a file, give each older version a different name, perhaps with a date in the name.

        File retention policies for TSM

        Within the 30 day retention period, you can restore older versions of a file by opening TSM and selecting Restore. The current/active versions of files and folders backed up appear. On the View menu, select Show active/inactive files. This option is a toggle between active and inactive files, so selecting it switches to a display of previous versions of files.

        If you try to restore both an active and inactive version of a file at the same time, only the active version will be restored.

        For more information about restoring files, go to the TSM product page, then to the page for your TSM version. In the Using section, look for the article called Restoring files and folders .

        460 0 TSM TSM, backup Why didn't I get a document number when I did my JV upload? Make sure that you entered an "X" in the Column A of the last line of the Excel spreadsheet you are trying to upload. An "X" must be inserted in Column A (the end-of-document marker column), to mark the last line of each journal document included in the file, even if there is only one. If your journal document contains more than 800 lines, insert an "X" at line #800 and move the remaining items to a new journal document that you upload separately. The debits and credits in each upload file must balance. 462 0 Journal Voucher Uploads SA, journal, document, voucher When I try to use the Check Mail command in Eudora for Windows, I get a "time out of bounds" error. What should I do? Most likely, the time on your computer differs from the network time.

        1. Make sure you are using the latest version of Kerberos for Windows.

        2. Find the program on your computer called Leash and start it up. Click on the Synchronize Time button to make sure your computer time matches the network time. Then try using the Check Mail command.
        464 0 Problems with Using Eudora email, e-mail, checking email, checking e-mail, checking mail, check e-mail, check email, clock When I try to use Check Mail in Eudora for Macintosh, I get an error, "Error involving Domain Name System or this domain name does not exist." How do I fix this? The setting for your username and mail server may be incorrect:

        1. Choose Settings from the Special menu.

        2. If it's not already selected, scroll through the Category list and click on the Getting Started icon.

        3. Make sure that your username, where your-username is your e-mail account username (also called Athena username), and mail server information are entered correctly:
          -UserName = your-username
          -Mail Server = hesiod (Remember that "hesiod" must be in all lower case.)

        4. Click on OK.

        467 0 Problems with Using Eudora email, e-mail, check email, check e-mail, checking email, checking e-mail, check mail, Error: /welcome_q not found This message occurs when trying to connect to NECX. It is caused by a hardware problem at NECX. Quit and try again. Don't forget to click on the Reload button. 469 0 NECX How do I close out a remaining balance on a purchase order? Request that the Purchase Order be liquidated by sending e-mail to pocloseout@mit.edu. In the message, list the vendor(s) and purchase order number (s) to be closed-out.

        472 0 Requisitioning When I try to install software on a Windows machine, I get the following error message: "Setup is unable to find a Hard Disk location to store the temp files. Make at least xxx KB of free disk space availabe and then try running setup again. Error 101" or "Failed to decompress %s" You'll get this error sometimes when running installer programs that use InstallShield. For example, you might run into it while installing Netscape, MSOffice, or any number of other programs. The install says "extracting files needed for installation" and then fails with the aforementioned error message. Rerunning the installer usually does not help, but does sometimes.

        The following suggestion is not a definitive solution - it is known to not work sometimes no matter what you do.

        1) Make sure you have the right amount of free hard drive space (always check the obvious first.)

        2) Check your autoexec.bat to see what your temp directory is. In other words, look for a line like this: SET TEMP=C:\TEMP or something like that. If you have no such line, it defaults to: C:\WINDOWS\TEMP which does often cause problems over time. Make a separate C:\TEMP directory just for running the installers on the client's machine.
        ** FYI **: Kerberos itself doesn't use a TEMP variable. It uses TMP. Set both of these variables to different directories, i.e.:
        SET TEMP=C:\TEMP
        SET TMP=C:\TMP
        That way you get Windows-generated temporary files in C:\TEMP, and Kerberos tickets, your Netscape cache, etc. are set up to go in C:\TMP. It makes it easy to quickly clear out C:\TEMP if Windows starts misbehaving on you. And always clean out these directories periodically right after boot for good measure. Make sure you don't clean them out while other applications are running.

        3) Make sure C:\TEMP really exists!

        4) Make sure C:\TEMP is completely empty. In particular, look for folders with '~' or '_' as the first character - those are symptoms of previously failed installations.

        5) Check the installer program: if it has its read-only file attribute set, uncheck it. Right click on the file name and select "Properties" to get that dialog box.

        6) Reboot

        7) Now try rerunning the installer.

        If it still doesn't work, clean out C:\TEMP again, reboot, set your video display mode down to VGA 640x480x16 colors, and try re-running again. For some reason, sometimes video drivers will cause the installer to fail. If that works, set the video mode back after you're done. 477 0 Installation of Eudora Check the network settings for various HP printers Troubleshooting an HP printer often involves checking its network setup information, such as its TCP/IP address or its AppleTalk name and zone. To see what the printer thinks its network settings are, print the Test or Configuration page. The exact steps to do so vary from model to model. Directions for many HP models are below.

        If the TCP/IP Status line reads, "Bootp/dhcp in progress", turn the printer off, pause, then turn it on. The printer tries to get its network address when it turns on. Print the configuration page again to see if the printer now knows its IP address and the status line says "Ready."

        Printer-Specific directions for obtaining the network settings

        HP LaserJet 8000 and 8100 family printers

        • Press the printer's Menu button repeatedly until INFORMATION MENU appears.
        • Press the Item button repeatedly until PRINT CONFIGURATION appears.
        • Press the Select button to print the configuration page.

          Result: The display will read PRINTING CONFIGURATION and the configuration page will print.

        For the HP 5000 series, the instructions are as follows:

        • Press the printer's Menu button until INFORMATION MENU appears.
        • Press the Item button until PRINT CONFIGURATION appears.
        • Press the Select button to print the configuration page.

          The display will read PRINTING CONFIGURATION and the configuration page will print.

        HP Laserjet 4000 N

        • Press the Menu button until you see Information Menu.
        • Press the Item button until you see Print Configuration
        • Press Select.

          Result: The second page of the printout shows the configuration details of the JetDirect network card in the printer.

        HP Laserjet 5si and 5si MX

        • Press Menus until you see Test Menu.
        • Press Items until you see PCL Configuration Page.
        • Press Select.

          Result: The HP MIO 1 section at the bottom of the page shows the TCP/IP and AppleTalk settings.

        HP Laserjet 5 M

        • Press Menu until you see Test Menu.
        • Press Item until you see Print Self Test.
        • Press Select.

          Result: The HP MIO section at the bottom of the page shows the current TCPIP and Appletalk settings.

        HP Laserjet 4M

        • Press the Online button until the Ready light is off.
        • Press Menus until you see Test menu
        • Press Item until you see Self Test
        • Press Enter

          Result: The box labelled MIO in the center of the page shows the current TCP/IP and AppleTalk settings.

        For more information and help, see Getting a Printer Set Up on MITnet or refer to the HP web pages. 478 0 Printing printer, tcpip, tcp/ip, network, address, configuration, test page Some messages that I have stored in one of my mailboxes seem to be missing. Do you know what might have happened to them? One possibility is that the messages in the mailbox have been resorted. By default mailboxes sort by Date, however you can sort on any mailbox column by clicking once on the column header.

        Try clicking on the Date column header and see if this organizes the messages in a way that is familiar to you and enables you to locate the missing messages.

        For future reference, one way to a locate message in a mailbox is to sort on one of the columns that contains the type of information you remember about it. For example, if you remember who sent the message, click once on the Who column to sort by the sender, then look for full name and/or email address of the person who sent the message. You can always return to sorting by Date just by clicking once on the Date column header. 483 0 Problems with Using Eudora I want to run an X server on my computer -- what's available? An X server is a program that allows users to run applications designed for the X-window system. Although X servers for the Windows operating systems are not officially supported by IS&T, we have managed to compile a partial listing of prominent X servers which you may consider using for running X applications under Windows.

        X servers are available from several software vendors for Macintosh and Windows computers. Some people install Linux on their PCs solely to get the built-in X server.

        The Help Desk does not provide any support for X-Windows or Linux.

        Already Licensed for use at MIT

        Freeware/OpenSource Products

        • Cygwin/XFree86
          Cygwin/XFree86 is a port of XFree86 to the Microsoft Windows family of operating systems. Cygwin/XFree86 runs on all recent consumer versions of Windows and all recent business versions of Windows; as of 2001-04-11, those versions are specifically Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows NT 4.0 and Windows 2000.

        Shareware Products

        • MI/X (http://www.microimages.com/freestuf/mix/).
          Description: A free, minimal X server which provides a single root window and unconfigurable twm-like windowmanager.
        • Omni-X (http://www.xlink.com/nfs_products/Omni-X_Server/Omni-X_Server.htm)
          Price: $69.
          Description: Superior to MI/X, offers support for independent X windows to share the windows GUI with Windows applications.
        • XwinPro -- a shareware X Server for Windows from Finland. This one seems to be popular at universities, judging from the locations of net search hits. Single user registration fee is $99. Demo version runs for 30 minutes each session before shutting down. Search for "xwp" on http://www.shareware.com/

        Commercial Products

        Free Unix Solutions

        If you don't want to spend more than $50, then shopping for X servers is probably not for you. We would like to remind you that there are other, less expensive ways of running X applications in your room, such as dual-booting Linux, NetBSD, or another UNIX clone. To find out more information about these, see the links below. If you want to be able to run more than one operating system on a single computer, information on how to do this is provided in the Linux-Athena and NetBSD-Athena guides to installation.

        WARNING: Never type your password or other sensitive information in an X server window unless you know that you have an encrypted connection for your X display. Even if you are using SSH or Kerberized Telnet to launch xterms or other programs in your X display, the connection between the destination machine and the machine running the X server will be unencrypted unless special provisions are made. 485 0 X Windows X, Windows, xwindows How do I change the Tether phone number on a Macintosh or Windows computer?

        The current phone number is 617-679-4000. The exact way to change the phone number depends on your computer.

        The following are directions for changing the Tether phone number on the common kinds of computers used for Tether.

        Windows 95 and Windows NT

        1. Open "My Computer" and then open DialUp Networking.
        2. Select the icon you have for Tether -- ours is just called "Tether".
        3. Right-click on the icon and select Properties... or use the File menu to pick Properties.
        4. Change the phone number.

        It's just about as easy to Make New Connection and enter the new phone number.   Test the settings.  Then delete the old icon. 

        Macintosh

        1. Under the Apple menu, go to Control Panels.
        2. Open the Remote Access control panel. (If you are using Mac OS 8.1 or earlier, open the PPP control panel.)
        3. Change the phone number.

        Windows 3.1 LanWorkplace Dialer (not supported)

        1. Open the Dialer program in the LanWorkplace for Windows group in Program Manager.
        2. Open the Connection Directory window.
        3. Select the entry for Tether and press Edit.
        4. Change the phone number and press OK.
        487 0 How To How can I view a Postscript file I just downloaded? Most documents stored in Postscript form are intended to be sent right to your printer. Printing them can be the easiest way to view a postscript file.

        On Athena, use

        lpr filename.ps

        to send the file to the default printer. On a Macintosh, you need to download the postscript file with the Laserwriter Utility or similar software.

        On a PC, you can

        print filename.ps

        to send the file to a postscript printer connected to LPT1:.

        On a Macintosh, the Laserwriter Utility has a menu option to "download a postscript file" to the printer.

         

        Viewing Postscript on the Screen with a Postscript Previewer

        Now, If you really want to view postscript documents on the screen before printing, download and install the postscript viewer called Ghostview. Ghostview for Windows is available from

        http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost/index.html

        Ghostview is not really supported at the Computing Help Desk but users have not had much trouble getting it going.

        You could send mail to the document authors asking them to post another version of it in a more widely accessible format, such as Adobe Acrobat's PDF (Portable Document Format).

        . 489 0 Printing Kerberos error 57: cannot send to kdc This usually means something has happened to the network layer of your machine.

        This can be a "broken" situation, requiring a reinstallation of TCP/IP, or a "flakey" situation, where the network layer has crashed or the computer is too low on memory, requiring nothing more than a reboot.

        Try restarting the computer. If the error continues, it was not "flakey" but "broken".

        Test other TCP/IP programs, such as Netscape. If these work, then your TCP/IP layer is probably fine. You may then need to reinstall the Kerberos layer.

        For Windows PCs, run the MinK installer from http://web/ist/help/kerberos/.

        For Macintoshes, reinstall MIT Kerberos for Macintosh v.2.0.2 , from http://web.mit.edu/ist/help/kerberos/.

        If the problem persists, contact the Help Desk. 490 0 Error Messages Create an authorization for a new user to spend or commit funds (Roles application only) The following is an example of creating an SAP authorization in the Roles application for a person to be able to spend or commit funds in SAP. Use this same process to create other authorizations.

        Note: Spend or Commit Funds authorization works in conjunction with other authroizations. That is, a person must also have Can Use SAP and either Requistion or Credit Card Verifier authorizations as prerequisites to Can Spend or Commit. For more on SAP authorizations and what they mean see http://web.mit.edu/rolesdb/www/definitions.html

        1. In the "Authorization List" window of the Roles Application, click on the New button.

          Result: The "Authorization Creation" window appears.

          In this window, enter information defining the person for whom you are creating an authorization and what that person can do in SAP (Can Do Function) and in Roles (Grant/View).

          You can see a description of the fields in this window and the proper entries in the table Definition of Fields in The Authorization Creation Window. All fields are required unless noted otherwise.

          The general procedure for making these selections is to click on one of the fields and then on the List Values... button. When a list with selections for the field appears, make your selection and click on the Pick button.

          When all the fields are complete, the Add button becomes active. Click on the Add button.

        2. Select the user by typing the Kerberos name or searching as described above.

        3. Select the function from the list of functions.

          • When the "Function Pick List" appears, choose "Functions by category" from the Selection field and click on Refresh. (See also Definitions of SAP Functions

          • From the list that appears, select the function you want to assign, for instance if you want this person to be able to buy things, select "CAN SPEND OR COMMIT FUNDS" and click on Pick.

          • Select a qualifier from the qualifier list.

          • When the "Qualifier Pick List" window appears, choose "Hierarchical list of Fund Centers" from the Selection field and click on Refresh.

          • When the "FCMIT ALL INSTITUTE BUDGET" hierarchy appears in the lower portion of the window, click on the for "FC_CUSTOM Custom Fund Groups" to see the list of Custom Fund Groups. You can continue to expand this list as long as there is a in front of the item in the hierarchy.

          • Select the custom hierarchy node or element you desire and click Pick.

        4. Click the Add button to save.

        5. Click the Close button to return to the "Authorization List" screen. 507 0 How to Create, Copy, Delete Authorizations Display authorizations in Roles application Display authorizations that you have created

          1. From the "Authorization List" window, in the Selection field, choose "Authorizations I created" and click the Refresh button.

            Result: In the lower portion of the screen you should see your newly created authorization(s).

          Display a person’s authorizations

          1. From the "Authorization List" window, in the Selection field, choose "Authorizations for a person."

          2. In the Person (Kerberos name)= field, type the person’s Kerberos name and click the Refresh button.

            Result: In the lower portion of the screen you should see a list of that person’s authorization(s).

          508 0 How to Display Information from the Roles Database Delete an authorization (Roles application only).
          1. From the "Authorization List" screen, click on an authorization to select it.

          2. Click the Delete button (or select Delete from the Perform menu). 509 0 How to Create, Copy, Delete Authorizations Copy authorizations from one user to another user (Roles application only). In order to copy a user's authorizations within a category, you must be authorized for each of the functions and qualifiers of all of the user's authorizations within that category. Otherwise, you will not be permitted to use the batch-copy facility for authorizations."

            To take all of the SAP-related authorizations for user XXXXX and duplicate them for user YYYYY, do the following

            1. Open the "Authorization List" screen.

            2. From the Perform menu, select Duplicate.

              Result: The "Authorization Duplication" screen appears.

            3. Complete the fields on this screen as follows:
              Where Function Category is:SAP (You can either type in the Category name or put your cursor on the field and click the List Values… button to choose it from a pick list.
              From Kerberos Name:Kerberos name of the person who has the existing authorization that you want to duplicate. (Or pick the Kerberos name from a list by clicking in the field and then clicking the List Values… button.)
              To Kerberos Name: Kerberos name of the person that you want to include in the duplicated authorization.

            4. When you have entered all the necessary information, click the Copy button to do the duplication.

              Result: For each existing authorization in the specified category for the specified From Kerberos Name for which you have create author-ity, the application will create a new authorization with the Kerberos name set to the To Kerberos Name.

              The application tells you how many authorizations were duplicated.

            Note: If an authorization already exists with the given Function and Qualifier for the "To" Person, the authorization will not be duplicated. 510 0 How to Create, Copy, Delete Authorizations I need to move my Athena mail to Eudora on a PC or Mac The basic process is to transform the Athena mail files into a format compatible with Eudora, and then transfer the result to your PC or Mac.

            1. Converting Athena Mail to Eudora format

            Eudora uses "mbox" format files, named after the default filename used by the Unix "mail" program. Athena mail is in the MH format. To convert the MH format mail to mbox format mail on Athena, use the "packf" command. (To see the manual page for packf, type "man packf" at the athena prompt.)

            1. cd ~
            2. packf -mbox -file from-athena.mbx
            The resulting file, "from-athena.mbx" will be in a format compatible with Eudora. Now transfer the file to your computer.

            2. Transferring the file to your PC/Mac

            Use an ftp program to transfer the file in "ASCII" mode. ASCII mode will correctly translate the carriage-return/linefeed characters appropriately between systems. This answer will not try to go into all the ways you can transfer files between Athena and your PC/Mac. Use your favorite. Just remember to do it in ascii mode. We'll illustrate the idea using a command-line ftp session below.
              (This transaction assumes you're using an MS-DOS Prompt window on a PC)
            1. ftp ftp.dialup.mit.edu
            2. cd ~
            3. lcd c:\eudora
            4. ascii
            5. get from-athena.mbx
            6. quit
            When you start Eudora, Eudora will see this file and display it as a valid mailbox. You'll be able to open the mailbox and read the individual messages as if you had received them on your computer in the first place.

            This process has been tested using WS-FTP for the PC, and with Fetch on the Macintosh. On the PC, your mail is usually stored in the Eudora folder itself (usually c:\eudora). On the Macintosh, the Eudora mail folder is usually ": System Folder : Eudora folder". The existing In, Out and Trash boxes will not have ".mbx" on the end but they are indeed files in the mbx format.

            Be careful not to choose an mbx file name that is the same as one already on your system. Otherwise copying the new file to the system will erase the old one. To add messages to an existing mailbox, bring them in using a unique mailbox name, and then use Eudora's transfer menu to move the messages where you want them. 511 0 Procedures, i.e., How to’s packmbox How do I stop the printed statements for terminated and unwanted accounts? Accounts have different "term codes" that affect the mailing of statements. For example, Term code 3 means "the account is closed but keep mailing statements if there's any activity." Most accounts are set to code 3 when they expire. You want to have the accounts in question set to Term Code 5.

            To get your accounts set to Term Code 5, contact the office responsible for the creation of the account. CAO suggests the following breakdown:

              Account Ranges:
            • 1000000 - 1329999 are handled by CAO
            • 1330000 - 1999999 are handled by the Budget Office
            • 2000000 - 2999999 are handled by OSP
            • 3000000 - 4999999 are handled by Guy Spina
            • 5000000 - 9999999 are handled by OSP
            516 0 Reports Who helps people with SumMIT? SumMIT (or $SumMIT) is a set of programs developed and supported by CAO. Some of the financial operations supported include payroll entry for monthly and weekly employees, and reporting of financial data contained in the legacy systems. Many of $SumMIT's functions have been replaced by features of SAP.

            For help with SumMIT, contact Diane Monahan, dianem@mit.edu, x3-6730.

            517 0 SumMIT Windows error message: GSS-API The referenced credentials have expired. Make sure that you are obtaining a Kerberos ticket before trying to launch the SAPgui.

            If you have valid kerberos tickets, check the date/time control panel. Change the clock settings to reflect Network Time. (Before changing the time shutdown all applications that require Kerberos tickets, e.g., Eudora, SAP R/3.)

            For instructions, see Changing the Time on Your Computer 520 0 Installation and Logging On ticket secure network communication sncxxall.c, clock Can I change the vendor on a Purchase Order? No, you must cancel the order by doing a change order requisition, Procurement will need a new requisition to create an order for the correct vendor. 521 0 General change, vendor, purchase order How do I determine which encryption level of a Service Pack is installed? To determine if 128-bit encryption is installed

            1. Open My Computer, click View, and then click Options.

            2. Click the View tab, select Show All Files, and click OK.

            3. Click Start, point to Find, and then click Find Files or Folders.

            4. Search for files named "Rsaenh.dll" on your local hard drives.

            5. If the file exists in the System folder in your Windows NT folder, then you have 128-bit encryption support installed. If the file does not exist, you have 40-bit encryption.
            524 0 NT Service Packs and Hotfixes servicepack, hotfix, encryption, sp3, sp4, sp5 What Service Pack should I run with my current version of Windows? To determine the current IS&T-recommended service pack for your version of Windows, please consult the appropriate page for your platform from the list below.
          3. Windows XP
          4. Windows 2000
            5.  526 0 Windows 2000 Professional 2000, XP, SP, Service Packs, service, packs, sp Where do I get the 128-bit version of NT 4.0 Service Packs? To get 128-bit US Grade Encryption
            1. For SP6a, go to http://www.microsoft.com/ntserver/nts/downloads/recommended/SP6/128bitX86/default.asp
            2. Select the type of download you want: Express or Network.
            3. Follow onscreen directions.

            An index to all the service packs is available at http://support.microsoft.com/Support/NTServer/Content/ServicePacks/Default.asp 527 0 NT Service Packs and Hotfixes NT, service packs How do I create a Requisition using a vendor who requires prepayment? If you need to requisition something from a vendor who requires prepayment, you must create both a requisition AND a Request for Payment (RFP).

            First , create the requisition. On the requisition, note that you will be submitting an RFP through Accounts Payable (so that Procurement will know that the order has been paid already).

            Once you have the PO number, create the RFP. Write the PO number on the RFP and CAO will process it. 543 0 Requisitioning SAP Can I use the Opera browser with MIT's certificates? Yes, if you set Opera to pretend to be Mozilla 5.0 first.

            Opera can be set to "identify" itself as Opera, Mozilla or IE 5.0 for the purposes of compatibility with servers that check for brand and version. MIT's Certificate Authority checks, for example, whether your Internet Explorer browser is version 5.5 or higher and refuses to work with "unsupported versions". As Opera can only pretend to be IE 5.0, that setting isn't good enough to get inside the gates.

            To obtain certificates for use with secure MIT services, then, use Opera's
            File --> Quick Preferences --> Identify as Mozilla 5.0 menu.

            Then go to http://web.mit.edu/ist/help/cert and get the MIT Certificate Authority certificate and your Personal Certificates in the usual way.

            Opera will require a password to protect usage of your certificate. It will have to be at least 6 characters and include a digit as well as letters.

            Caveats: These directions were tested in Opera 6.05 on Windows 2000. Opera is not a supported browser.

            547 0 Certificates incorrect, password, opera, certificates I'm using Emacs over telnet using NCSA Telnet and the control keys don't function properly. In NCSA Telnet:
            1. Go to Edit / Preferences/ Sessions.
            2. Click the Change button.
            3. Make sure the fields "Interrupt," "Suspend," and "Resume" are blank.
            4. Click OK.
            551 0 NCSA Telnet control keys, NCSA, emacs How do I print double-sided using LPR Spooler? In order to print double-sided, a printer must be explicitly set up with a separate print queue for double-sided printing. As a rule, only Athena public printers are already set up to print double-sided.

            On your computer,

            1. In LPR Spooler, under the Setup menu, define a new printer queue with a queue name of athena_printer2 where athena_printer is the name of the printer, and the 2 follows without a space. For example: bud2
            2. Install and configure a printer driver for the new queue.

            Choose this printer whenever you want to print your document double-sided.

            552 0 Printing lpr, spooler, double-sided, print I want to print to a printer that's plugged into my Mac, but I'm using AppleTalk over Ethernet. To print to a local (attached) printer,
            1. Plug the printer into your printer port .
            2. Open the AppleTalk control panel and choose printer port from the drop down menu.

            If you need to use your locally-attached printer, but need to leave your AppleTalk set to Ethernet (for example, if you connect to a server over AppleTalk), then you can use the method described below and attempt to make your local printer available on the MITnet Ethernet network. The solution is not very elegant and may not be supportable.

            Apple has two similar, unsupported utilities that will allow you to print to your LocalTalk-attached printer while AppleTalk remains set to Ethernet. One is called LaserWriter Bridge and the other is called LocalTalk Bridge. Both will use your Mac as a network gateway, a "bridge" between the MITnet Ethernet network and your LocalTalk network (which contains your printer).

            NOTE: Laserwriter Bridge does not work on OS 8.5 or higher and may cause damage if installed.

            Obtaining and installing Laserwriter Bridge:

            1. In Chooser, select Appleshare.
            2. Select ZONE-N42.
            3. Select the CSS File Server and click OK.
            4. Connect as "guest."
            5. Select Public, and click OK.
            6. Go to the Public volume that should now be on your desktop.
            7. Locate the control panel at:
              Public - AppleSoftware - Network-Communications - Other N-C - Localtalk/LaserWriter Bridge - LaserWriter Bridge 2.1.
            8. Copy the control panel into your Control Panels folder in the System Folder.
            9. Restart your Mac
            10. You may want to open the control panel and make sure that the settings make sense for your setup.

            Obtaining and installing LocalTalk Bridge: The same as above, except that you should download the software from Apple's software webpages: http://asu.info.apple.com/swupdates.nsf/artnum/n11358

            You should now be able to see your printer in the chooser. If performance seems flaky, this is to be expected. 555 0 Printing AppleTalk, Laserwriter, Bridge, local printer, attached printer Where can I get NT setup disks? You can make setup disks from the WindowsNT CD-ROM.

            From the start menu, go to "Run"
            In the dialog box, type

            z:\i386\winnt32.exe /ox
            where "z" is the drive letter of your CD drive.
            (for example, d:\i386\winnt32.exe /ox)

            Follow the instructions to make the setup disks. 564 0 Windows NT Workstation NT, setup, boot, disk The printer in my dorm is not printing If your dorm printer has a paper jam, please feel free to unjam it. If the dorm printer is out of toner, the dorm is responsible for replacing the toner. If the dorm printer is out of paper, the dorm is responsible for replacing the paper. For other help with dorm printers, or for help printing to dorm printers, please contact the RCC's at http://rcc.mit.edu. 565 0 Printing dorm, printing, printer, print, resnet Where can I find out more about PGP at MIT? You can find out about PGP and get a copy of the software at http://web.mit.edu/network/pgp.html. 566 0 PGP What is PGP? PGP or Pretty Good (TM) Privacy is a high-security cryptographic software application that allows people to exchange messages with both privacy and authentication. Privacy means that only those intended to receive a message can read it. By providing the ability to encrypt messages, PGP provides protection against anyone eavesdropping on the network. Even if a packet is intercepted, it will be unreadable to the snooper. Authentication ensures that a message appearing to be from a particular person can have originated from that person only, and that the message has not been altered. In addition to its support for messages, PGP also enables you to encrypt files stored on your computer. 567 0 PGP I'm getting a Hesiod lookup error when I try checking mail in Eudora for Macintosh. How can it fix this? Make sure your POP Account setting is correct:

            1. From the Special menu, choose Settings.
            2. Find and select the Getting Started category.
            3. Make sure the following setting is correct, according to the version of Eudora that you're using:
              Mail Server = hesiod
            568 0 Problems with Using Eudora hesiod, lookup, eudora, mail, email, error, e-mail, check mail, checking mail, checking e-mail, checking email When I use Check Mail in Eudora for Windows, I get the error message "Kerberos error 8, Principal unknown." How do I fix this? This error message is usually caused by some small error in the Eudora settings, often involving capitalization or an extra white space somewhere. To resolve the issue:
            1. Verify that you are able to get a Kerberos ticket directly in Kerberos (Windows), or Kerberos (Mac).
            2. Check your Eudora settings for the fields listed below, being careful to match case.
              • Enter Kerberos username only, lowercase. (Do not include @mit.edu.)
              • Incoming mail server: hesiod
              • Return address: kerberos-username@mit.edu
              • Kerberos Settings:
                -POP3 port: 1109
                -Realm: ATHENA.MIT.EDU
                -Service name: pop
                -Service format: %1.%4@%3
            3. Verify that there are no unintended white spaces in any of the above fields, by highlighting the entire field, deleting the content, and then re-entering.
            4. If you continue to get the error message, it may be that the Eudora settings file is corrupt.

            If you are unable to get a Kerberos ticket, contact the Computing Help Desk for assistance.

            572 0 Problems with Using Eudora kerberos error 8, principal unknown, eudora, email, e-mail, checking email, check e-mail, check email When I use Check Mail in Eudora for Windows, I get the error "Could not connect to 'poX.mit.edu', Cause: Connection refused (10061)." How do I fix this? Check the following and make any corrections:

            1. From the Tools menu, choose Options.

            2. Find and select the Checking Mail category.

            3. Make sure Athentication Style is set to Kerberos.

            4. Find and select the Kerberos category.

            5. Make sure POP3 port is set to 1109 with no spaces in between the digits, or before or after the setting.

            6. Click on OK.

            575 0 Problems with Using Eudora connection refused 10061, email, e-mail, email, e-mail, checking mail, check e-mail, check email I just shifted from poXX.mit.edu to poYY.mit.edu and now Eudora is being slow and causing problems The likely cause of this is that your Eudora settings are set to leave mail on server for n days. IS&T does not recommend doing this because it slows down the post office (PO) servers.

            Because Eudora only knows if it has already downloaded messages by the PO server, when you change PO servers, Eudora has to go through each mail message to see whether it has already been downloaded.

            To correct this, disable the "Leave mail on server for n days" option and check mail. It might be slow, but it will delete all the queued messages on the server. After this you can re-enable the "Leave mail on server for n days" option. 584 0 Procedures, i.e., How to’s po, server, eudora, problems, slow How do I get access to the Data Warehouse? To get access to the Data Warehouse, go to New Users: Request for Access, fill out the form and submit it.

            After your request has been received and the information has been processed, you will receive an e-mail message confirming that you have access to the information you requested. 588 0 Data Warehouse brioquery, data warehouse, access I can't create Windows NT setup disks because the option is grayed out. To correct this problem, go to the i386 directory of the Windows NT CD-ROM and type

            winnt /ox

            This will start the process.

            589 0 Windows NT CD create, windows, nt, setup, disks, option Can I access the Internet from my dorm room? Yes. Undergraduates and graduate students at MIT living in dormitories have access to MITnet through a network connection located in their dorm room. Each dorm room is equipped with a special phone-jack (called a 5ESS jack), and these jacks have two "connections" available. One connection is for a telephone, the other is for the network connection. If your room has multiple residents, there should be other network drops on other jacks in the room. 590 0 Dormitory Networking internet, network, residential computing, rcc resnet What do I need to do to access the Internet from my dorm room? 1. Obtain a computer. MIT Information Services and Technology recommends Intel-based PC systems and Apple Macintosh computers and supports them with free networking software, cables and connection assistance. The systems on the published recommended list have been tested by IS&T for compatibility with MITnet and with applications commonly used on campus (this list is updated regularly). UNIX and Linux workstations can also be connected to MITnet, but are not supported. 2.Obtain a network adapter. We maintain a list of recommended network adapters for both PC's and Mac's. A "recommended" adapter is one that we have tested. An adapter which is not on our "recommended" list may not be fully compatible with MITnet and our software. 3.Obtain an IP address, software, and network cables. Fill out the new request form once you have completed steps one and two. A Residential Computing Consultant will assign your computer a unique network address (IP address) and provide you with networking software, installation instructions, and cables. 4.Install the software Install the software the RCC pointed you to. If you have trouble, please use the help request form to inform the RCCs that you were unable to successfully install the software. An RCC will then contact you. 591 0 Dormitory Networking internet, network, residential computing, rcc resnet How do I contact the RCCs? Which RCC is covering a given dorm at a given time may change. Therefore, we ask that you fill out the form at http://rcc.mit.edu/ whenever you need to contact an RCC. This will also guarantee that your request does not get lost.

            You can return to this page at any time to add additional information to your request.

            592 0 Dormitory Networking internet, network, residential computing, rcc resnet I'm moving between dorms, do I need a new IP address? Yes, you need a new IP address when you move between dorms. You do not need a new IP address if you move within a dorm, however, remember that the RCCs will still have your old contact information on file. The next time you need help you should let us know your new contact information (room, phone #).

            To request to have your IP address moved to your new dorm, please fill out a "move" request at http://rcc.mit.edu/ and indicate whether the move is permanent or temporary.

            593 0 Dormitory Networking internet, network, residential computing, rcc, ip address, moving resnet What are the basic network configuration numbers I need at MIT?
            IP Address: 18.x.y.z
            Hostname: You choose your hostname when you apply for an IP address.
            Domain: mit.edu
            Gateway/Router: 18.x.0.1
            Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0
            DNS 18.70.0.160
            18.71.0.151
            18.72.0.3
            Your Gateway/Router depends on which building you are in. 594 0 Getting Connected internet, network, residential computing, rcc, nameserver name server, gateway, router Can I connect to the Internet from my Independent Living Group (ILG)? Yes. As of June, 1998, all MIT recognized Independent Living Groups (ILGs) have made special arrangements to have MITnet accessible from their off-campus buildings. Each ILG has a Network Contact who will help residents connect their computers to the network. If you have questions about your ILG's network connection, please ask your house's Network Contact. You can find a list of Network Contacts at http://web.mit.edu/rescomp/www/ilg-list.txt 595 0 ILG Networking internet, network, residential computing, rcc, ilg, independent living group resnet What do I need to do to access MITnet from my ILG?
            1. Obtain a computer.
              MIT Information Services and Technology recommends Intel-based PC systems and Apple Macintosh computers and supports them with free networking software, cables and connection assistance. The systems on the published recommended list have been tested by IS&T for compatibility with MITnet and with applications commonly used on campus (this list is updated regularly). UNIX and Linux workstations can also be connected to MITnet, but are not supported.

            2. Obtain an IP address and network cables.
              Each connected ILG has at least one Network Contact. Each ILG chooses its own Network Contact, so ask around your house if you don't know who it is. Your Network Contact will create an IP address for your computer. This gives your computer a unique address on MITnet. Without it, most network applications will be unusable.

            3. Obtain networking software.
              You also contact your Network Administrator for this step as well. Your Network Administrator has copies of the software needed to connect your computer with MITnet. Your Network Administrator can install and configure the software, however, installation guides are provided for those who wish to attempt it by themselves.
              596 0 ILG Networking internet, network, residential computing, rcc, ilg, independent living group resnet I'm having trouble with my network connection in my ILG, what should I do? Contact the Network Contact in your house. There is one for each house. The person we believe to be your house contact is listed at http://web.mit.edu/rescomp/www/ilg-list.txt. If this list is not correct, please let us know at ilg-net-help@mit.edu. 597 0 ILG Networking internet, network, residential computing, rcc, ilg, independent living group resnet My ILG doesn't have a Network Contact, what should we do? You need to decide within your house who should be the contact. Some houses do this by finding someone who is interested and having them do it for many years, in other houses it is an elected office. We recommend that you find someone interested in the position who will hold it for several years. When you have decided who this person is, please let us know at ilg-net-help@mit.edu. 598 0 ILG Networking internet, network, residential computing, rcc, ilg, independent living group resnet I AM the Network Contact for my ILG and I have questions, who should I contact? You should send mail to ilg-net-help@mit.edu with any questions and for additional help. We are happy to provide one-on-one training for the Network Contacts and answer any questions via email. 599 0 ILG Networking internet, network, residential computing, rcc, ilg, independent living group I submitted a request and I haven't heard from an RCC yet, what should I do? We expect an RCC to get back to you within 48 hours. Sometimes it can be longer, especially during IAP, Summer, or other MIT vacation times. If you have not heard from an RCC after 72 hours, please send e-mail to the RCC Supervisors (rccsuper AT mit DOT edu) Be sure to mention when you submitted your request and any replies you may have received. 600 0 Dormitory Networking internet, network, residential computing, rcc I'm not happy/very happy with the service I received from an RCC, what should I do? You can reach the RCC Supervisors at rccsuper@mit.edu. You may send mail there with any comments, concerns or complaints about the RCCs, or Residential Networking in general. 601 0 Dormitory Networking internet, network, residential computing, rcc Please Wait ... window never goes away and I never get a requisition number in SAPweb There are at least four possible reasons for this problem.
              1. Your personal certificate default is set to Ask Every Time.

                Solution: Change the Security default so that your personal certificate is the default choice.

                In Netscape 4, click on the Security button in tool bar.

                In the window that appears, select Navigator from the menu at the left.

                In the right hand pane, in the field "Certificate to identify you to a web site," select from the dropdown menuour personal certificate rather than "Ask Every Time"

              2. If you were using SAPweb prior to May 1999, you may have bookmarked certain pages to help start a new requisition quickly. Those bookmarks point to obsolete versions of those pages; they use the wrong version of the javascript code and thus generate this problem.

                Solution: Enter SAPweb from the starting page, http://web.mit.edu/sapweb and create new bookmarks from there.

              3. Other times, this error simply indicates a disconnection between the SAPweb server and the client browser. Sometimes the requisition is, in fact, created but the number never gets back to the client. It's worth checking the List Requisition feature.

                Solution: Search for requisitions created by a person on a specific day. On the List Requisitions page, enter the username of the person who created the requisition and the date the requisition was created.

              4. Netscape 3 is now (more or less) incompatible with SAPweb. Changes made in May 1999 to SAPweb's use of Javascript interact with bugs in Netscape's javascript in version 3 of its browers.

                Solution: Upgrade to the latest Netscape. Check http://web.mit.edu/ist/help/netscape for MIT's most recent version.

            604 0 Creating Requisitions Do I really need a Roles Database username and password? Before applying for a username/password, determine whether your needs will be met by the Web interface to the Roles Database. If so, you won't need a special username and password. The Roles Web interface will let you do the following:
            • Look up authorizations for yourself or for other people
            • Review authorizations related to your department
            • Look up information on cost objects, fund centers, profit centers, organization units, etc..
            • Find out who can requisition, approve, report, etc. on a given fund or cost object

            To use the Web interface to look up authorizations for people other than yourself, you will a need special viewing authorization.

            The full-fledged Roles application is available for Windows machines and the Macintosh. The application lets you:

            • Create, update, or delete authorizations for specific business functions and qualifiers (e.g., SAP-related functions and qualifiers within the department of Biology)
            • View authorizations using versatile "selection sets" and "criteria" that can be used to generate some reports unavailable via the Web interface.
            605 0 How to Access the Roles Database I need the full-fledged Roles application. What do I do? You need to do three things before you can use the Roles application.

            1. Install the application on your Macintosh or Windows machine. (You can download the application from the Web. See the links on Roles home page.)
            2. Request "meta-authorizations" that permit you to create authorizations related to your department. The Department's Primary Authorizor needs to make this request. Have your Primary Authorizor talk to Business Help, or send e-mail directly to business-help@mit.edu.
            3. Get a username and password for the Roles database. Send e-mail to business-help.
            606 0 How to Access the Roles Database Find out all the people who can grant authorizations within a category. (Roles application only) Use the Roles application on your Macintosh or Windows machine. (There is no way to look up a complete list using the Web interface.) You'll need to select two sets of authorizations. The first set (1) will show you the people who can grant ANY SAP-related authorizatn in the Roles DB. The second set (2) will show you people who can grant SAP-related authorizations for selected functions and qualifiers in the Roles DB.

            To see set (1) of authorizations, for people who can grant any SAP-related authorization, start the Roles application. Then

            1. Go to the Authorization List screen
            2. Select the selection set "Authorizations by category and function"
            3. In the following Value cells for criterion
              • Function category =, enter meta
              • Function =, enter create authorizations
              • Qualifier code =, enter catsap
                (For any other category XXXX, enter CAT + XXXX, e.g., CATGRAD, CATWRHS, etc.)
            4. Make sure no other criteria are checked.
            5. Click the Refresh button.

              Result: You see a list of all authorizations permitting people to create ANY Roles Database authorization related to SAP.

            To see set (2) of authorizations, for people who can grant limited SAP-related authorizations, start the Roles application. Then

            1. Go to the Authorization List screen
            2. Select the selection set Authorizations by category and function
            3. In the Value cell for criterion Function category =, enter SAP
            4. Scroll down to the criterion Can delegate this auth. Check the criterion. (The Value is ignored.)
            5. Uncheck criteria for Function = and Qualifier code = and any criteria other than those listed in steps (3) and (4).
            6. Click the Refresh button.

              Result: You see a list of all authorizations permitting people to grant SAP-related authorizations limited to certain Functions and Qualifiers.

            607 0 How to Display Information from the Roles Database roles List all of a person's authorizations in the Roles Database. You can do this either with the Roles Web interface or with the Roles application on Macintosh or Windows.

            From the Web:

            1. From the main Roles Web interface page at http://rolesweb.mit.edu/webroles.html, click on Authorizations for a person.
            2. Specify the Kerberos username of the person and select a function category.
            3. Click the Submit button.

            From the Roles application:

          5. Go to the Authorization List screen
          6. Select the selection set Authorizations for a person
          7. In the Value cell for criterion Person (Kerberos name) =, enter the Kerberos username of the person you want to look up.
          8. To filter the authorizations for that person, specify values for other criteria.
          9. Make sure there are no additional criteria checked.
          10. Click the Refresh button.

            Result: You see a list of authorizations for the specified Kerberos username. 608 0 How to Display Information from the Roles Database I want to look up authorizations for a person, and I know the person's last name, but I don't know the person's Kerberos principal. You can look up a person by last name via the Roles in the Web or the Roles application. (With the Roles application, you can also look up people by organizational unit, e-mail address, or MIT ID number).

            Note: The Roles database only has information on people with a current Kerberos ID.

            From the web

            1. From the main Roles Web page, click on Look up a person.
            2. In the field "Last name or Kerberos username," type the last name of the person you want to find.
            3. In the "Category" field, from the drop-down menu, select a function category for which you have the authority to view other people's authorizations in the Roles Database. (If you do not have this authority for SAP or any other category, you cannot use this lookup facility.)
            4. Click the Submit.
              Result: You see a list of people whose last name or Kerberos name matches the string you entered. You can now click on a person's Kerberos username to see a list of authorizations for that person.

            From the Roles application.

            1. Go to the Person List screen.
            2. Select the selection set People by last name.
            3. In the Value cell for criterion "Last name starts with...," enter the person's last name, or just the first few letters of the person's last name.
            4. Scroll through the Values cells and make sure there are no additional criteria checked.
            5. Click the Refresh button.
              Result: You see a list of people with matching last names. For more information on a person, double-click the person's name.
            609 0 How to Display Information from the Roles Database Who can perform various financial business functions for a given account (i.e., Cost Object or Fund)? Problem: I have 7-digit cost object number, and I want to find out who can do one of the following business functions--
            • Requisition creation
            • Credit card verification
            • Approval of requisitions
            • Invoice approval
            • Travel documents approval

            Solution: The easiest way to look up these authorizations is to use the Web interface to the Roles DB.

            1. From the Roles Web interface page, click on Who can requisition, approve, invoice, etc.?.
            2. Select one of the five business functions
            3. Enter a 7-digit cost object number.
            4. Click Submit. 610 0 How to Display Information from the Roles Database Can I use a hub, mini-hub, switch, or broadband home router to put multiple machines on MITnet? No, the use of network distribution devices on MITnet is not allowed. These devices include hubs, repeaters, switches and routers. While these devices might work just fine when used in a home office environment, they are not intended for use as part of a large network such as MITnet. Very often these devices fail and bring down the network for the whole building in which they are located. Therefore, we do not allow people to use them to connect multiple machines to the network. Information Services and Technology (IS&T) reserves the right to turn off network service to illegal devices (and any machines connected to such a device) in order to keep the network running smoothly for everyone.

              On-campus DLC's

              The supported method of connecting multiple machines to MITnet is to have a dedicated network drop installed for each machine. This gives you greater reliability and a higher quality of network service than using a hub, and it will not cause service problems for other users of the network. This method is generally the approach taken for on-campus offices, labs, and teaching spaces. See http://web.mit.edu/ist/topics/network/ for Ethernet installation procedures and applicable fees.

              MIT Dormitories

              In the MIT residence halls it is not usually possible to install additional drops for additional computers on demand. Reasons such as resident turnover, limited wired infrastructure capabilities, and other building constraints factor into this limitation. Most recently built or rennovated dormitories have two network drops per person, so this should not be a problem. However, many of the older dorms with aging wired infrastructure are limited to a single drop per resident and sometimes, in the case of some of the older family housing, a single drop per student*.

              MIT is working through the Department of Resident Life and IS&T to upgrade aging infrastructure as funding and resources become available, but like many physical improvement projects this will take time. In the meantime Housing and IS&T have also pursued an aggressive wireless deployment plan for the MIT residence halls to provide complete wireless coverage in the dorms by the end of 2005. Wireless network adapters are available for all types of computers and operating systems. There are even wireless interfaces that simply plug into your USB port. This should alleviate most network availability issues residents in older dorms encounter due to any shortage of physical network drops.

              AUI Transceivers

              The following information is legacy information and does not apply to many modern computers. However, in some cases AUI may still be a viable alternative (esp. with desktop PC's with separate Ethernet cards rather than built-in Ethernet). If so, the below applies and AUI transceivers are still available for your use.

              It is possible to connect multiple computers to a single network drop using a multi-port AUI transceiver. This is a supported solution in MIT residence halls only. An AUI transceiver may be used when it is not feasible to install additional network drops or use the wireless network. In order to use an AUI transceiver, each computer must have a network card with an AUI Ethernet interface. If you are in a dorm, you can get AUI transceivers by contacting the RCCs at http://rcc.mit.edu/.

              Note: Notebook PC Cards (PCMCIA) with AUI connectors are not available and these connectors are less common on modern Ethernet cards in general. You will not be able to use the AUI solution if you have a network adapter in your computer without an AUI interface. Also note that there are no allowed solutions that go from a wall Ethernet port to an AUI transceiver and then convert again to a modern RJ45 Ethernet connector on a computer. Such devices have the same issues as hubs and fall under the same restrictions.

              Reminder: AUI is not supported or recommended for use in MIT offices. To connect multiple office computers to the network, you can order jacks and network drops from the MITnet Services web page.

              * The case of only one active network drop per student is a minimal standard for rooms in MIT residence halls, which MIT will strive to meet even in the case of infrastructure problems. If you find yourself in a room with fewer than one active network drop per resident student (for example, due to crowding) please contact us via http://rcc.mit.edu and we will strive to have the minimum number of required drops installed. Please include the names and usernames of all residents in the affected room.

              612 0 Getting Connected rcc Is there Cable TV in my dorm room? All dormitory rooms are equipped with a jack for MIT Cable Television. MIT Cable provides free 21-channel cable service. Additional pay cable service is available from MediaOne at 1-888-SERVE-M1 (1-888-737-8461).

              To use MIT Cable, connect the antenna jack on your television to the wall jack with a piece of well-shielded coaxial cable. Cable is available from the MIT Cable office, x3-7431. Call for availability.

              See the MIT Cable Television web site at http://web.mit.edu/mitcable/www for channel guides, schedules and troubleshooting assistance, or call x3-7431. 613 0 Getting Connected cable, tv, resnet Where's the manual and other documentation for the HostExplorer? You can find the documentation provided by HostExplorer under the Start menu in the HostExplorer program group. 621 0 HostExplorer How can I delete a host profile or change its name? In the "Open Session" window, select the profile you wish to change and right click on it. From the menu that appears, select the appropriate option. 624 0 HostExplorer When I open a telnet session the text runs off the right edge of the window. Can I fix it? With some of the larger fonts, at least, the text may run off the right edge of the window.

              You can adjust this behavior.

              Start a HostExplorer telnet session. After connecting, under the Options menu, select Edit Session Profile....

              In the "Session Profile -" window that appears, open the Terminal folder and select General options. Turn on Auto Wrap by clicking in the Auto Wrap check box .

              In the Display folder, check Font and Screen Layout. Modifying these may fix the problem as well. The Default Screen Width should be 80 Columns. 632 0 HostExplorer What's an easy way to delete redundant authorizations for a person? (Roles application only)

              1. From the Roles "Authorizations List" screen, choose the Selection set "Authorizations within a branch of a qualifier tree."

              2. For the "Qualifier code equals or is a child of...", specify the parent qualifier (e.g., FC123456).

              3. For "Function category =" and "Function =" specify the category and function name respectively (e.g., SAP and CAN SPEND OR COMMIT FUNDS).

              4. For "Person (Kerberos name) =", specify the Kerberos name of the person with the redundant authorizations (e.g., jdoe).

              5. Click the Refresh button.
                Result: All the person's authorizations of the chosen type are displayed.

              6. Select the redundant authorizations in the list.

                Click on the first redundant authorization (for F1230001) and then shift-click on the last redundant one (for F1230007). DO NOT highlight the parent authorization (for FC123456).

              7. Click the Delete button to remove the highlighted redundant authorizations. 634 0 How to Create, Copy, Delete Authorizations roles I was creating a requisition and got the message "Please, enter a Purchasing Organization." You may have filled in the fixed vendor field instead of the desired vendor field. When creating a requisition make sure to fill in the desired vendor field. 638 0 General Purchasing, Vendor Error message: "ORA-01017: Invalid username/password; logon denied". You may have typed the wrong username and/or password. Try again, making sure you've typed them correctly. If you're certain you've typed them correctly, you may not have an account set up. Contact your database administrator to find out how to set one up. 639 0 Oracle oracle, sqlnet I'm using Eudora from home, via a commercial ISP. All of my settings are the same ones I use at MIT. When I try to send mail, I get an error about transferring the mail ("553...Config error"). In order to send e-mail, Eudora must communicate with an SMTP (or "outgoing") mail server. The name of MIT's outgoing mail server is "outgoing.mit.edu."

                It may be that your ISP does not allow customers to use any outgoing mail servers except their own.

                Contact your ISP's technical support area and find out if this is the case, and the name of the SMTP server you should use. Then modify your Eudora setting to use the correct SMTP server:

                1. Do one of the following, according to your computing platform:

                  • Macintosh: Choose Settings from the Special menu.

                  • Windows: Choose Options from the Tools menu.

                2. Find and select the Sending Mail icon in the Category list.

                3. Under SMTP server, replace outgoing.mit.edu, with the SMTP server specified by your ISP.

                4. Click on OK.
                643 0 Problems with Using Eudora ISP, email, e-mail, email, e-mail, send email, send e-mail, sending e-mail, sending e-mail, outgoing, smtp How do I change my Data Warehouse password? There are two ways:

                Web Browser with MIT Certificates

                Go to Change Data Warehouse Password and follow the directions. You don't need to "remember" the data warehouse password in order to set your new one. The MIT Certificate is considered sufficient proof that you are who you say you are and ought to be able to change the password.

                Within BrioQuery

                1. Start Brio.
                2. Go to Go to Tools-->Connections Manager and choose the file warehouse.oce
                3. Click Logon, enter your username and password and click on OK.
                4. Click Change Database Password.
                644 0 Data Warehouse The mailbox windows don't have vertical lines separating the columns. How can I add these?
                1. Choose Settings from the Special menu (Macintosh) or Options from the Tools menu (Windows).

                2. Scroll through the categories list and find and select the Mailbox Display (Macintosh) or Mailboxes (Windows) category.

                3. Click once on the Draw vertical separator lines checkbox to activate it.

                4. Click on OK.
                652 0 Eudora for Macintosh Eudora , Eudora for the Mac, email, e-mail, mailboxes, columns When I try to get tickets from Kerberos Manager, the login button is not visible on my Macintosh. This problem occurs with Macintoshes running MacOS 8.1 and earlier or Macintoshes with the Control Panel Appearance Manager 1.0.4 or earlier.

                If System Wide Grayscale Appearance is turned off in the Control Panel Appearance Manager , the Login button will not be displayed.

                Three work arounds:

                • Open Kerberos Manager and type Command-N.

                • In Kerberos Manager, from the Kerberos menu, select New Login...

                  Under the Apple menu, open the Control Panel Appearance and turn ON System-wide platinum appearance in the Appearance section of the control panel.

                This problem will be resolved in Kerberos for Macintosh 2.5 and later 654 0 Kerberos for Macintosh Mac, OS, 7.6 Why do I get the error message "Misc. failure - no credentials cache file found" when I try to start up SAP on a Windows NT machine? You will get this message if the path for Kerberos is not correct. The correct path for Kerberos is c:\Programs\Kerberos. To check if it is set correctly you must be logged in as a member of the Administrator group:

                1. From the Desktop, go to Start>Settings>Control Panel>System>Environment Panel

                2. In the System Variables column click on : Path

                3. The Value field should have c:\PROGRAMS\KERBEROS (it may appear as c:\PROGRA~1\KERBEROS) before c:\net\mit in the string. Edit the entry if necessary. Consider removing c:\net\mit from the string if it is not needed for other programs.

                4. Click the Set button.

                5. Click the OK button.

                6. Log on to SAP.
                657 0 Error Messages Kerberos Path, SAP How can I get Kerberos tickets when my network connection is behind a firewall? Your network administrator must change the configuration of the firewall. If s/he is not sure how to do this or has questions about Kerberos, these web pages may be helpful: 658 0 Kerberos Tickets I need help from a Data Recovery service -- who's out there? Information Services and Technology has no official list of recommended services of this kind. But an informal poll of folks who would know turns up these responses:
                • "A local company is -- Tech Fusion, 98 Kirkland St, Cambridge, MA 02138, (617) 491-1001. Four blocks up Kirkland from Harvard Yard, on the right. (Mar 2000).

                • "I would use Drive Savers -- http://www.drivesavers.com/ ."

                • "Ontrack -- http://www.ontrack.com -- has been in the data recovery business for a long time. They are not local but they operate data recovery labs in Los Angeles, San Jose, Washington D.C., New York, Minneapolis, Tokyo, London, Paris, and Stuttgart. I haven't been a customer for over 10 years but I was happy with their work when I used them. I don't know if MIT has used their services before but I did suggest them to another group a couple of months ago."
                664 0 Data Recovery How do I find where my req is in the SAP workflow? To check on a requisition in workflow:
                • From the zmit menu, select Purchasing >> Requisitions >> Display Requisition. Enter the req number and click on the green check.

                • From the Display Purchase Requisition: Item Overview screen, select System >> Workflow >> Workflow Overview

                • The system will display "Work Items Linked to Purchase Requisition"
                  Note: If the req did not enter the work flow, the system will display a message: "No Work Items Linked to Purchase Requisition"

                • Double click on the requisition number to drill down to the detail. Look at the Current Status in the header information of the displayed workflow log to see if the item is Completed or In Progress.

                • To see the list of agents approved to work on this item:
                  -Click on the People icon.
                  -Select Possible Agents in the popup box.
                  -The display will show the list of possible agents.

                • To see if one of these agents has taken the req out of workflow:
                  From the Workflow Log display, click on the req number that is in the same line as the People icon. The header information of the work item will show the agent who has taken the item out of the workflow.

                  Note: the ActiveX setting can cause problems with this display. Do not select the ActiveX option in the toolbar.

                  666 0 Requisitioning SAP, workflow Do events in the MIT Events Calendar appear in The Tech? Events posted in the MIT Events Calendar do not automatically appear in The Tech. The Tech historically has exported events from TechCalendar and published them on a space available basis. To ensure that your event gets listed in The Tech, contact them directly. 667 0 Providers MIT Events Calendar, Tech What type of events are advertised in the MIT Events Calendar? Events include (but are not limited to): lectures, meetings, training programs, arts events, sporting events, club events, social events and deadlines. 668 0 Providers MIT Events Calendar Is there a cost to posting an event in the MIT Events Calendar? Posting an event in the MIT Events Calendar is free of charge. 669 0 Providers MIT Events Calendar How do I get authorized to post events to the MIT Events Calendar? In order to be able to post events in the MIT Events Calendar, you must be an authorized member of an authorized group. If the group you represent has already been set up in the MIT Events Calendar, you can have any other member of the group add you to it. View authorized groups on the Events Calendar Search page. They are listed in 3 scrollable boxes in the Sponsor section.

                  If an appropriate group hasn't been set up in the MIT Events Calendar, submit an add a group form. After submitting the form, you may immediately enter events, but they will not appear in the calendar listing until a Calendar Coordinator has authorized your group. It takes about one business day, and you will receive an e-mail notice when your group is authorized. 670 0 Providers MIT Events Calendar, authorization If an event doesn't appear on the MIT Events Calendar, where else can I look for it? If you are looking for events like an Institute holiday or exam periods, use the MIT Search Engine. 672 0 Viewers MIT Events Calendar, search What is the difference between the events listed in the MIT Events Calendar and the ones that are printed in The Tech? The MIT Events Calendar and The Tech are totally separate entities. The Tech may list your event for free on a space-available basis; you may also conact The Tech about purchasing advertising space. 674 0 Providers MIT Events Calendar, The Tech If I create a group, how can I ensure that others will be able to add themselves to the group? Any member of a group may add another member to the group. 675 0 Providers MIT Events Calendar, group How do I know if my group is authorized to post events? You can view registered groups via the Sponsor scroll boxes on the Events Calendar Search page. If your department or organization does not yet exist as a group in the MIT Events Calendar, fill out and submit the request a group form. 678 0 Viewers MIT Events Calendar, authorization Where is the VWR online catalog? Follow this link to get started with VWR

                  http://web.mit.edu/ecat/vwr/

                  694 0 VWR When I try to type my username and password into Kerberos Manager I get the error message "Kerberos returned an error: Unknown code ____y91." This error can occur on a Mac when one or more TCP/IP settings are not quite right. The more common cause is in the Search Domain entries being wrong or blank. It is also caused by using a TCPIP address that has not been assigned a hostname by IS&T.

                  • Search Domain setting is wrong or empty.

                    To correct:
                    1. Go to the Control Panel -> TCP/IP.

                    2. In the Search domains box, enter mit.edu.

                  • Not an Assigned Network Address

                    The best idea is to check with your department's person who assigns network addresses to be sure that your address is valid. That person will need to generate a valid address for you if needed, so you might as well get them involved from the beginning.

                    How can you tell if your address is valid? Consult this link to reach a list of all the currently assigned network addresses at MIT. Once you have the whole list loaded in your browser, use Netscape's "Find" command (Edit --> Find in Page) to search for your 18.xxx.xxx.xxx address. If it's not in the list, then it's an unassigned network address and your departmental network person will need to provide you with a different one, or take steps to get your existing address officially assigned. 695 0 Error Messages Kerberos, y, 91, kerberos manager I can't connect with encryption through Host Explorer. This sometimes happens if you start Host Explorer without first getting Kerberos tickets.

                    Close the unencrypted session. Go to Start>Programs>Kerberos Utilities>Leash and make sure you have tickets. Then start a new HostExplorer connection to Athena. You should see the Encrypted session message now. 697 0 HostExplorer How can I see the details of my Facilities Order? Normally a Facilities work order appears on your Detailed Transaction Report in one of the facilities cost elements, like 600601 or 600603. You cannot drill down on anything from this DTR.

                    But you CAN run the DTR on the Facilities internal order number yourself. (Permissions were granted to the MIT community in Fall 1999.) You shoud now see as much line item detail as there is about labor, materials, etc.

                    If you need to see the work order text itself, you need to look at the Master Record of the Facilities order. To do this use the fast path

                    /nKO03

                    Enter the cost object number in the field and press the Master Data button. You'll see a Short Text line -- this shows the first line of the ling text -- with a "see long text" button next to it. Press the long text button, and you'll see the detailed description of the work.

                    Work orders created after roughly 12/1/1999 will show these details in the Comments field of the master record, rather than in the long text description. You can use the fast path above to look at the master record, but you don't have to click on the long text button. 698 0 Reports Exactly when are card charges "Swept" to their default cost objects? The sweep process runs daily at 8:00 pm. This time was chosen to avoid conflicting with the many system processes (backups, etc.) that go on around midnight. The sweep process handles charges that are 21 days old. This seems to be calendar days, not business days. So, you as an approver really do have only three calendar weeks to take care of the charges, not 21 business days (which would be more like 4.5 calendar weeks.) 699 0 About the ProCard Where is the bugs listing for Kerberos for Macintosh? The known bugs for MIT Kerberos for Macintosh are listed at http://web.mit.edu/macdev/Development/MITKerberos/Common/Documentation/bugs.html
                    705 0 Mac OS Kerberos, Macintosh Error message: Error in manipulation of html control. This is a Personal Workflow Settings problem.

                    1. Follow the menupath Role ZMIT > Mailbox > SAP Office Inbox.
                      Result:A new menu appears.

                    2. Select Settings > Workflow settings > Personal Settings.

                    3. Click on the Default values button at the bootom of the window.
                      Result: The following settings should be selected:
                      • Technical view
                      • Technical view
                      • Display work items in logon language
                      • Enable multiple forwarding of work items
                      • Double-clicking on an object displays the object in the same window

                    4. Click on the green check to save.
                    706 0 General workflow, inbox I'm using Eudora on campus (or via Tether off campus) and I am unable to send mail. I get a message that says "553 ...... Config error" What do I do? Possible reasons for this error are:

                    You have a queued "Notification for..." message in your Outbox that occurred as a result of clicking on Now when you were asked if you wanted to notify the sender that you have seen his/her message.

                    To solve this,

                    1. Open the outbox and locate a message where the subject line has "Notification for..." followed by the subject of the original message and the message is queued (has a "Q" to the left of it).

                    2. Click once on the message to select it, then choose Delete from the Message menu.

                    3. To avoid this error message in the future, click on Never when you are prompted to notify the sender. The message will not be queued in the outbox but it will be left in the inbox. You may then manually reply to the person who sent to the return-receipt email.

                    Another reason for this error message message is that there may be problem in the From: field of your message.

                    1. Choose Options from the Tools menu.

                    2. Click on the Getting Started icon to display the settings.

                    3. Make sure the entry under Real Name has no extra characters, such as angle brackets, e.g., John Doe, and not <John Doe> If there are extra characters, remove them.

                    4. Make sure the entry under Username has no extra characters, such as angle brackets, e.g., jdoe, and not <jdoe> If there are extra characters, remove them.

                    5. Click on OK to save changes.

                    6. If you made corrections create a new message and verify that your username is entered correctly in the From field.

                    7. If you made no corrections and the entries appeared correct, then you may need to modify the eudora.ini file. If you want assistance in doing this, contact the Computing Help Desk

                    8. After you've fixed the problem, if you have messages queued in the outbox that you've been unable to send, check each one to make sure that the From: field has your username entered correctly. For any message that has your username entered incorrectly, you'll need to create a new message, and copy and paste the contents from the old message into it.

                    This message can also result from having an excessive amount of messages in your "Out" mailbox. The message may have been sent, but the copy of the message in the "Out" mailbox could not be created.

                    To solve this, create a temporary mailbox and move the messages in your Out box into the new mailbox. Below are detailed instructions on how to do this. (Mac users: From the Window menu, choose Mailboxes to open the mailboxes window which you'll use in step 3.)

                    1. Create a new mailbox by going to Mailbox : New. In the dialog box enter a name such as "test" that is unique.

                    2. Open the "Out" mailbox. Select all the messages in the mailbox by clicking on the first message once, pressing the Shift key, scrolling down to the last message with the scroll bar and then clicking on the last message. All the messages in the window should be highlighted.

                    3. Click and hold the mouse button down on one of the highlighted messages and drag the cursor to the temporary mailbox. The messages have not been deleted, they are just moved to a new folder.

                    4. To avoid this error in the future, periodically empty your "Out" box by dragging the contents to the trash folder or by creating a Mailbox or folder in which to save your sent messages.

                    708 0 Problems with Using Eudora 553, email, mail, eudora, outgoing, e-mail, sending email, sending e-mail, send email, send e-mail, return receipt What should I do if I believe my computer has been compromised? If at all possible, remove the machine from the network, then send mail to network-security@mit.edu. Include the machine name, operating system type and version, contact person, and any other information relating to the suspected event. It is important to preserve system logs and other data that might be useful in tracking the source and nature of the intrusion. 709 0 Security Risks security, compromised, hacker, break-in How can I transfer files securely between Athena and my PC? The current recommended way to transfer files between Athena and a PC is to use SecureFX. More information is available about SecureFX at: http://itinfo.mit.edu/product.php?name=securefx&platform=Windows 710 0 Other security, secure file transfer, ftp How can I transfer files securely between Athena and my Mac? The recommended way to transfer files between Athena and a Mac is to use Kerberized Fetch.

                    Details on obtaining and using this program are available at http://itinfo.mit.edu/product.php?name=fetch&platform=Macintosh 711 0 Other security, secure file transfer, ftp Why doesn't MIT filter and restrict access to MITnet? MITnet is an "open" computing environment: we do not normally restrict access into or out of our network. This reflects both the traditional openness of the academic environment, and our opinion of where security efforts give the best return. Building walls around a network (usually via firewalls) often merely raises barriers to legitimate traffic, and gives a false sense of security to users within. 713 0 Security Risks filters, security Where can I find out more about Network Security at MIT? MIT Information Services and Technology sponsors a Network Security Team. The team is intended to respond to threats to network and system security at the Institute.

                    The Team works with members of the MIT community, both system administrators and users, to increase the security of MITnet and connected hosts. The Team cooperates with administrators at other sites and law enforcement as appropriate in response to security incidents.

                    More details about Network Security at MIT can be found at: http://web.mit.edu/net-security/www/ 715 0 Security Risks security Will MIT deploy wireless networking throughout campus? MIT has deployed wireless access points in libraries, classrooms, and public areas across campus. For a list of locations, see MITnet Wireless Network Coverage. 716 0 Wireless wireless Can I use wireless at my home to connect to MIT? Yes, with the exception of the Apple Airport over Tether or any other modem-based ISP (i.e., using it over a cable modem is fine).

                    Most access point systems we have evaluated act strictly as bridges and should pose no problems with network applications. One potentially popular device, the Apple Airport access point, can also act as a Network Address Translation (NAT) device, allowing several wireless machines to "hide" behind one IP address. NAT is known to break several network protocols, including Kerberos v5, and is not recommended for use with MIT applications.

                    Users of Apple Airport devices will need to disable the "Share Internet Connection" option using the Airport Utility program. Note that the Airport access point currently MUST use NAT when dialing into a modem-based ISP such as Tether. Therefore, we cannot recommend the use of Airport access points for use with modem-based ISPs and MIT applications.

                    IS&T support for wireless connectivity begins at Wireless MITnet access@MIT. 717 0 Wireless wireless, apple airport Can I use an Apple Airport? Yes, except over Tether, or any other modem-based ISP (i.e., using it over a cable modem is fine) .

                    Most access point systems we have evaluated act strictly as bridges and should pose no problems with network applications. One potentially popular device, the Apple Airport access point, can also act as a Network Address Translation (NAT) device, allowing several wireless machines to "hide" behind one IP address. NAT is known to break several network protocols, including Kerberos v5, and is not recommended for use with MIT applications.

                    Users of Apple Airport devices will need to disable the "Share Internet Connection" option using the Airport Utility program. Note that the Airport access point currently MUST use NAT when dialing into a modem-based ISP such as Tether. Therefore, we cannot recommend the use of Airport access points for use with modem-based ISPs and MIT applications.

                    IS&T support for wireless connectivity begins at Wireless MITnet access@MIT. 718 0 Wireless wireless, apple airport Can I deploy my own wireless equipment on campus? Yes, however we ask that clients configure their devices to use only channel 1 in order not to overlap with possible campus-wide deployments. See the Information Services and Technology policy and guidelines.

                    Information Services and Technology has deployed wireless access points in the libraries, most classrooms, and many public spaces. If you want to implement your own solutions you should do so with several considerations in mind.

                    • First of all, such solutions need to be compatible with, and, at the very least, not interfere with, the campus-wide solution.

                    • You may be asked, in the future, to de-commission your solution if it interferes with the campus-wide solution.

                    • We ask that you configure your devices to use only channel 1 in order not to overlap with campus-wide deployments.

                      Note: Many vendors are selling devices that are a combination of a wireless access point, a router, and a switch. These devices are often referred to as "Wireless Routers," "Wireless Broadband Routers" or "Wireless Cable/DSL Routers." Please note that although these devices have 802.11b wireless capability, they are also routers and switches, which are prohibited on MITnet. If you purchase one of these devices, you should be aware that it will not work on MITnet, and use of such a device on MITnet is a violation of the Rules of Use. If you wish to maintain your own wireless network, we strongly encourage you to purchase a standalone wireless access point, also referred to as a "Wireless Bridge."

                    Most access point systems we have evaluated act strictly as bridges and should pose no problems with network applications. One potentially popular device, the Apple Airport access point, can also act as a Network Address Translation (NAT) device, allowing several wireless machines to "hide" behind one IP address. NAT is known to break several network protocols, including Kerberos v5, and is not recommended for use with MIT applications.

                    Users of Apple Airport devices will need to disable the "Share Internet Connection" option using the Airport Utility program. Note that the Airport access point currently must use NAT when dialing into a modem-based ISP such as Tether. Therefore, we cannot recommend the use of Airport access points for use with modem-based ISPs and MIT applications. 719 0 Wireless wireless, apple airport What versions of the Mac OS does MIT support? The Mac OS at MIT page provides information about currently supported versions. 722 0 Mac OS macos,mac,8.5,8.6 How can I copy data from the Roles application display window to another application. From the File menu, choose Export. A dialog box appears requesting you to give a filename for the material you are downloading and choose a file type, including Excel. Make your choices and save the data. Open the new file in the chosen software, e.g., Excel. 725 0 How to Create, Copy, Delete Authorizations Can I receive email when a new event is posted? Email notifications are not available in the current release of the MIT Events Calendar. 727 0 Providers MIT Events Calendar Can I customize the MIT Events Calendar to show only the events I want to see? User customization is not available in the current release of the MIT Events Calendar. 728 0 Viewers MIT Events Calendar May I put a Windows 2000 Domain Controller on MITnet? The Windows 2000 Domains, Servers, and Workgroups Delivery team has recently formed the Design Assistance & Review (DART) Team in order to assist departments, labs, and centers (DLCs) in deploying and/or migrating to Windows 2000 Domains and Windows 2000 Server platforms. DLCs will be able to select either to join the WIN.MIT.EDU campus-wide domain or create their own Windows 2000 domain.

                    For more information, please see the Windows 2000 Domains, Servers, and Workgroups web site at http://web.mit.edu/windows-delivery/.


                    For the time being:

                    Windows 2000 Servers functioning as Member Servers in an NT 4.0 Domain or Stand Alone servers will be permitted on MITnet as long as they are not running DHCP servers. Windows NT 4.0 Domains can be used centrally to administer Windows 2000 client machines. 736 0 Windows 2000 Professional Windows 2000,Domain Controller,win2000 Who can post an event? There are two basic posting principles:

                    • There must always be a sponsoring group or organization (including the Information Center/CAC/Sports Information Office, as described below)
                    • A poster may be authorized for one or more sponsoring groups
                    Individuals who meet the following criteria and have MIT personal certificates can be authorized to post an event.

                    • Individuals in academic and administrative departments generally responsible for communications and publicity (such as administrative officers), or their designees, will be authorized to post events for their department.
                    • Officers and designees of ASA-recognized student groups, FSILGs, residence halls, and varsity and club sports will be authorized to post for their organizations.
                    • Individuals who do not meet the above criteria or do not have MIT personal certificates may submit postings to the appropriate Calendar Coordinator who will post the event for them.

                    The following individuals may not post to the MIT Events Calendar:

                  • Non-members of the MIT community hosting a campus event.
                  • Individuals posting a personal event on behalf of themselves or other individuals. 740 0 Providers MIT Events Calendar Can I post an event that will not take place on campus? Yes, as long as an MIT group or a member in the MIT community sponsors it. 742 0 Providers MIT Events Calendar I can't get MIT certificates because I'm an MIT affiliate, but I need to get an event posted. What do I do? Contact the appropriate Calendar Coordinator:
                    • Student groups that are not ASA-recognized, contact the Campus Activities Complex.
                    • Representatives for Intramural sports teams, contact the Sports Information Office.
                    • All others, contact the Information Office.
                    745 0 Viewers MIT Events Calendar Where is the text that explains the IO Settlement charges listed on the Detail Transaction Report? In SAP, you can find the text from the zmit menu.
                    1. Select Master Data >> Financial Data >> Display Cost Object.
                    2. Enter the IO Settlement number that appears on the Detail Transaction Report.
                      Result: The explanatory text is displayed in the Comments section.

                  For work orders created prior to January, 2000, contact business-help@mit.edu for assistance. 748 0 Reports SAP, DTR, IOSettl, Settlement Error message: "ORA-12154: TNS: could not resolve service name" Verify that the host or database name is correct and that it is listed in the TNSNAMES.ORA file.

                  This is a file stored locally on your computer in the Network --> Admin folder inside your Oracle home folder. This file keeps a list of available databases and related information required to connect to them.

                  You may browse the TNSNAMES.ORA file with any word processing program and search for the name of the database or host you are trying to access.

                  NOTE: Do not make or save any changes to this file. If changes are needed, download a new copy of this file.

                  To download a new copy of the TNSNAMES.ORA file:

                  752 0 BrioQuery oracle, sqlnet Error message: "ORA-12203: TNS: unable to connect to destination". Verify that the host or database name is correct and that it is listed in the TNSNAMES.ORA file.

                  This is a file stored locally on your computer in your Oracle home folder in Network --> Admin folder. This file keeps a list of available databases and related information required to connect to them.

                  You may browse the TNSNAMES.ORA file with any word processing program and search for the name of the database or host you are trying to access.

                  NOTE: Do not make or save any changes to this file. If changes are needed, download a new copy of this file.

                  To download a new copy of the TNSNAMES.ORA file:

                  If the error persists you may try a reinstall of the Oracle client software.

                  To reinstall the Oracle client:

                  • Go to the MIT Software: Windows page
                  • Scroll down the MIT Software page to the Oracle 9i Client Core and click to download.

                    753 0 Data Warehouse oracle, sqlnet, BrioQuery, warehouse How do I display the full headers of a message that I received in Eudora? By default, Eudora hides certain header information in email messages. This answer explains how to view all of the header information. Open the message. Near the upper-left corner of the message window, there should be an icon that says "Blah Blah Blah". Click this icon once to show the full message headers. At this point, you can copy the text into a new email message or other document and it will preserve all the header information. Click the icon again if you want to hide the headers. 755 0 Procedures, i.e., How to’s Eudora, email, full headers, headers, blah, spam, bulk mail, e-mail, email message, e-mail message I want to use SAPgui to find the check number used to pay an invoice. The easiest way to find a check number associated with a particular PO is to use SAPweb and look at the invoice/payment history.

                    If you prefer to use the SAPgui, the procedure is as follows:

                    1. Display the PO.
                    2. In the Item Overview, select all of the line items.
                    3. From the menu choose Item >> Statistics >> PO History.
                    4. Double-click on the invoice document number
                      Result: The "Display: Document Overview" window appears.
                    5. In the Items in Document Currency list,double-click on the first item.
                      Result: The "Display Document: Line Item 001" window appears.
                    6. From the menu choose Environment >> check information to display the check infomation.

                      If there are multiple invoices, repeat steps 4-6 for each invoice.

                      756 0 General SAP, check number, check information Can I delete a JV? Journal Vouchers must be deleted in SAPgui. From the SAP Easy Access Menu, follow the menu path: Accounting > Financial accounting > General ledger >> Document > Parked documents > Post/delete. Enter the document number. Click the green check. Then follow the path Document > delete. If you are not a SAPgui user contact business-help@mit.edu 757 0 Journal Voucher SAP,Journal Voucher,deleting When I try to type my username and password into Kerberos Manager I get the error message "Kerberos Manager returned an error: Unknown code ____y118." This error can occur on a Mac when the TCP/IP settings for Name Server Addresses are incorrect or blank.

                      To correct:

                    7. Go to the Control Panel -> TCP/IP.

                    8. Check that the Name server addr. has the following entries:

                      18.71.0.151
                      18.72.0.3
                      18.70.0.160


                    9. Restart the computer after these changes.

                      10. 760 0 Error Messages Kerberos,y118,kerberos manager Why are there quotas on MIT mail servers now? Quotas now exist on the post office servers to guarantee mail storage for MIT's 24,000 users of the post office mail system. 761 0 Email Quotas email,quota,post office,servers How can I find out what my current email quota usage is? You can click here to find out how much of your mail server quota you have used.

                      This service requires MIT Certificates. 762 0 Email Quotas mail server,quota usage What happens when a mailbox goes over quota? A mailbox that has exceeded its storage allocation will not accept new mail. Mail must be deleted on the post office server before new mail will be received. New arriving mail that cannot be delivered because the recipient's quota on the post office server has been reached, will be temporarily held for 7 days at which time it will be returned to the sender as undeliverable. Users with mailboxes on the post office server approaching quota will receive notification via email. 763 0 Email Quotas email,usage,quota How do I get my mailbox under quota? Eudora POP users on Windows: Remove mail from the server by going to Tools -> Options -> Incoming Mail and either uncheck Leave mail on server to bring all of your mail local, or reduce the number of days in Delete from server.

                      Eudora POP users on Macintosh: Remove mail from the server by going to Special -> Settings -> Incoming Mail and either uncheck Leave mail on server to bring all of your mail local, or reduce the number of days in Delete from server.

                      If you are having trouble checking or downloading your mail, see the Check Mail Problems stock answers.

                      If you continue to have problems, contact the Computing Help Desk at x3-1101. 764 0 Email Quotas email,mailbox,quota I received an email message saying "your mailbox has moved." What do I need to do to make sure I can still use email? The designated post office server on which your incoming mail resides has been changed. Post office server changes are made from time to time to keep MIT's mail system serving 24,000+ users working efficiently. With the use of Hesiod (technology used to automatically determine your post office server) found in many versions of Eudora and Athena applications, such changes are normally transparent. If you received a your mailbox has been moved message, here's what you might need to do to make sure that you still receive incoming messages:

                      Eudora users:

                      1. Restart your application. Applications normally determine the correct post office server on startup but never refresh that information. Restarting should identify your new post office server.


                      2. If restarting did not work, choose the Settings from the Special menu (Eudora for the Mac) or choose Options from the Tools menu (Eudora for Windows), select the Getting Started category. Make sure you have your incoming mail server set to hesiod:

                        3. Note If you experience problems with hesiod, you may be asked by a Help Desk representative to look up the name of your post office server and enter it manually.

                      Athena users: your workstation may be caching the old information. Information is cached for about 30 minutes.

                      If you need assistance with this change, contact the Computing Help Desk online or by calling 253-1101. If you are using an Athena workstation, contact a consultant via olc.

                      767 0 Eudora for Windows Eudora, post office server, po, hesiod, email, e-mail, email, checking mail, check email, check e-mail, check mail When I try to check my Eudora e-mail on my WinNT, I get a Kerberos Error 8 Kerberos principal unknown. You are probably typing something wrong when you enter your username. Most likely you have the CAPS LOCK on. Make sure you type your username in all lowercase and that you enter ONLY your username, e.g., jdoe, and not, for instance, jdoe@mit.edu. 771 0 Eudora for Windows email, check email, check e-mail, checking mail, checking e-mail, checking email Can I run SAP over a cable (e.g. Comcast) or DSL connection? Yes, you can connect to SAP using a cable or DSL connection. The connection must be a direct connection, which is the standard connection that your Internet Service Provider (ISP) will install for home use.

                      If you modify your connection, keep in mind that SAP will not allow you to use a computer that is behind a firewall, or one that uses IP forwarding for its net address. Attempting to run SAP in either of these situations will generate an "Incorrect Net Address" error.

                      773 0 General SAP, Comcast, cable, ISP, DSL Where do I go to register for DHCP? You will need a static IP address for your computer and to be at your main location to register for DHCP. You should go to http://web.mit.edu/ist/help/dhcp/ to register for DHCP at MIT. 777 0 DHCP DHCP Do events in the MIT Events Calendar appear in Tech Talk? Events posted in the MIT Events Calendar do not automatically appear in Tech Talk. The News Office will print some items from the MIT Events Calendar in Tech Talk and post some items on its web site calendar listings. 783 0 Providers MIT Events Calendar, Tech Talk Can I use the ProCard for advance payment of travel accomodations for visitors coming to MIT? No, this would have to go through normal review processes instead. 784 0 Business Rules ProCard Where is documentation of the G/L Accounts definitions and criteria for when to use which one? CAO maintains the rules about General Ledger account usage. sometimes department Administrative Officers (AOs) set their own variations on the central policies, to suit the work that department really does.

                      There is an online collection of CAO documents. A link exists that points to "unallowable and inappropriate expenses". These are described in pre-SAP terms, using three digit object codes. The names of the G/L Accounts have transferred over from the old list of object codes.

                      There is also a list of the available G/L Accounts available online.

                      785 0 General How can I verify that a scheduled backup completed successfully? Check the Schedule log after each backup, especially if you have moved to a new computer or a new office. The log file is located at:
                        • Macintosh
                          OS 9: Applications (OS 9)>Tivoli Storage manager folder>TSM Schedule Log
                          OS X: Applications>MIT TSM 5.1.5>TSM Schedule Log
                          OS X (TSM version 5.2.3): Library:Logs:tivoli:tsm:TSM Schedule Log
                        • Windows
                          Program Files>Tivoli>Tsm>baclient>dsmsched.log
                        • Linux
                          /opt/tivoli/tsm/client/ba/bin/dsmsched.log

                        Start at the end of the log and look for confirmation that the backup completed: Look for the text:

                        incremental backup of [your node name] finished with n failure

                        followed by a table of summary statistics.

                        Tip: Put a shortcut to the schedule log on your desktop.

                        789 0 TSM ADSM, TSM, backup, Linux How to stop VirusScan from trying to connect to the Internet when I start up? To turn this off, do the following:
                        1. From the Start menu, go to Network Associates>VirusScan Console.
                        2. Right-click on AutoUpdate and choose Properties.
                        3. Click the Schedule button then click the Schedule tab in the Schedule Settings dialog box.
                        4. From the Schedule Task dropdown list, choose a different option, e.g., Daily or Weekly.
                        5. You may also want to set the Start Time to something other than the default by clicking the up or down arrows in the Start Time list.
                        6. Click OK for each dialog box to save your changes.
                        792 0 VirusScan for Windows virus,VirusScan, VirusScan 4.5, Windows How can I find out about the latest virus threats at MIT? Subscribe to: IS&T's Security FYI email list

                        AND

                        Check for advice on these web sites: 793 0 Virex for Macintosh virus protection, VirusScan, Virex How can I subscribe to the virus alert mailing list? Go to: http://web.mit.edu/ist/help/virus/virus-info.html#mail-list 794 0 Virex for Macintosh virus protection, VirusScan, Virex, Macintosh, Windows, Linux How can I get updates for my virus protection software?

                        VirusScan for Windows

                        VirusScan 7.0 for Windows XP/2000 comes pre-configured to do daily updates at 4am. If your computer is turned off at this time, adjust the time for the updates as described at: VirusScan Enterprise 7.0 for Windows: Adjust Time of Daily Updates

                        Virex 7 for Macintosh OS X

                        Keeping Virex up to date, MIT IS&T Article 6213

                        Virex 6.1 for Macintosh OS 9

                        Updating Virex with new definitions, MIT IS&T Article 6215

                        795 0 Virex for Macintosh virus, virus protection, anti-virus, Virex, VirusScan What should I do if I suspect that my computer has been attacked by a virus?  Contact the Information Services and Technology Computing Help Desk by whichever method is most convenient--phone, e-mail, or a web form. Details are available at the Computing Help Desk web site, in the Getting Help section, under Full service.

                        796 0 Virex for Macintosh virus,anti-virus,virus protection, VirusScan, Virex What is IMAP? IMAP (Internet Message Access Protocol) is a standard protocol that allows you to both store and work with your e-mail on a central server. One of the main advantages of IMAP is that it makes your e-mail easily accessible from multiple locations and computers.

                        Go to the IMAP at MIT Web site for more details about IMAP concepts and using IMAP at MIT. 805 0 IMAP IMAP I need to distribute a file to recipients on my e-mail list. Should I send it as an attachment in e-mail? E-mail is not intended to be a file transfer mechanism. Unfortunately e-mail programs make it easy to send large files to multiple recipients. You should never send attachments larger than 1MB. They waste disk space and can prevent someone's pobox from opening correctly because the mail software times out waiting for large messages. Also, don't send attachments of any size to large mailing lists. Seek out other methods of distributing files to groups of people, such as making them available for download from the Web. 821 0 Mailing Lists email list, email attachment, email, e-mail, sending mail, sending e-mail, sending email When creating an ITS Journal Voucher where do I enter 40 and 50 for debit and credit? The 40 and 50 are not used on ITS Journal Vouchers. Fill in the debit or credit field. 827 0 ITS ITS,Journal Vouchers, debit, credit I am creating a JV with an expired cost object. Where is the due date field? The transaction date field has replaced the due date field. 828 0 ITS ITS, Journal Voucher Can I do a JV Upload using ITS? No, JV Uploads can only be done using SAPgui. 829 0 ITS ITS, Journal Voucher How do I delete a Journal Voucher You cannot delete a JV in the Web. You must be in the SAPgui to delete a JV.

                        1. From the SAP R/3 screen follow the menu path:
                          Accounting > FInancial accounting > General ledger Document > Parked Documents > Post/delete

                        2. Enter the document number.

                        3. Click the green check.

                        4. Follow the path Document > delete.

                        If you are not a SAPgui user contact business-help@mit.edu. 830 0 ITS ITS, Journal Voucher What is the Workflow InBox for? The Workflow Inbox is for JVs that have errors or are in need of approval. This is used for JVs created on both SAPgui and ITS. 833 0 ITS Journal Vouchers, ITS, Workflow InBox How can I use TSM at home with Tether or a cable modem, when remote connection uses a different IP address for each session? The TSM server does not use your IP address to recognize your computer. The TSM authentication process requires only your TSM nodename and password. The fact that your computer uses a different IP address each time you connect to the network via your service provider -- cable, dsl, etc. -- has no effect on successfully establishing a TSM session. 838 0 TSM Who is MIT's local telephone service provider? Paetec is the local service provider for MIT faculty and staff. Verizon is the local service provider for students. 844 0 Telephones telephone, telephone service, telecom How do I transfer a telephone caller to someone else's voice mailbox? To transfer a caller to someone else's voice mail box:

                        1. Press [Transfer].
                        2. Type in the MIT voice mail system extension, 8-6245.
                          Result: If you have a voice mail box in the system, you will hear your name
                        3. Press [*] twice.
                        4. Type in the extension of the voice mail box to which you want to transfer the caller. Listen to the prompt to be sure that you have selected the correct extension.
                        5. Press [Transfer] again and hang up.
                        845 0 Voice Mail voice mail, telephones Can you filter messages in Eudora? Yes, refer to Eudora's online help for instructions on how to do this. 847 0 Procedures, i.e., How to’s filtering, email, e-mail, filter email, filter e-mail, filters Error Message: Could not load kclient.dll. File not found. Please verify installation. Couldn't initialize the WINSOCK.DLL. Has your network started up yet? This means that Eudora is unable to locate appropriate Kerberos support libraries. Make sure that Kerberos is installed on your machine. (In the Start menu, open Kerberos Utilities and look for Leash32.) If you can't find it, download and install the latest Kerberos for Windows.

                        If you are using Eudora 2.2 for Windows, you should upgrade to a later version. Go to the Eudora at MIT home page to obtain a new version.

                        If you cannot upgrade, make sure you are using the MinK version of Kerberos for Windows that you can download from http://web.mit.edu/ist/help/mink/. 852 0 Eudora for Windows eudora, kerberos, mink, windows Why doesn't SAP open when I log in with ESandi first? SAP requires a Kerberos 5 ticket. When you logon to ESandi, you only get a Kerberos 4 ticket, therefore you do not have the necessary credentials to connect to SAP. Eudora and Host Explorer generate both Kerberos 4 and 5 tickets when you authenticate with them first. Try logging on to Eudora first and then try launching ESandi and SAP. 853 0 General windows, leash, esandi Where is the documentation for Office 2001 for Macintosh? You can find the documentation for Office 2001 for Macintosh containing in depth READMEs on the Office 2001 CD in the folder MS Office 2001. 856 0 Excel 2001 word, excel, powerpoint Why is the default Save format "Office 97/98" and not "Office 2001"? When saving an existing Office 98 document in Word 2001, the default format is "Office 97/98". Office 2001 documents are compatible with Office 98. Some advanced features of documents created in Office 2001 will not appear when displayed in Office 98, but they will reappear when the document is viewed again Office 2001, even if you modified it and saved it in Office 98. 857 0 Word 2001 word, word processing, macintosh What should I know about choosing installer options from the Value Pack? When choosing your installer options from the Value pack, do not check Entourage. If you do, you will encounter problems with the Palm Pilot conduits. 858 0 Excel 2001 word, word processing, macintosh, value pack, Entourage, Palm Pilot How do I fix a date problem that occurs when I export a section from BrioQuery to Excel? To fix the date problem, go to the Warehouse tips, and look at the last tip "Get the correct date when exporting a section from BrioQuery to Excel." 861 0 Data Warehouse BrioQuery, Excel, date problem What is the Change Request process? The Change Request process is a series of steps that are followed to ensure development/modifications are successfully applied to the appropriate environments within the SAP application system. These steps involve submission of the request, design review depending on the type of change, development/configuration of the change, testing, documentation, training, acceptance of the change, and implementation into production. It is generally anticipated that changes to SAP will be requested by a business area, but in some cases changes may be required by OSS notes, system upgrades or other system changes/fixes. 862 0 Change Requests What is a Change Request? A Change Request is originally created within the SAP system, and contains one or more tasks (changes) to be transported. Change Requests are used to support customizing and development changes, and to ensure application consistency between all the SAP environments used at MIT. The Change Request keeps a record of the related changes that have been made by a Developer. Once the Developer releases the request, no further changes can be made to that request. 863 0 Change Requests Why are there so many SAP Environments? MIT currently uses the six SAP Environments below for the following reasons.

                        Environment Name:
                        System:Client

                        Purpose:

                        Used by:

                        Staging
                        SF3:030

                        Where OSS Notes are applied for testing before being implemented in other environments and where the SAP Project Teams introduce new functionality for evaluation.

                        R3-Admin

                        SAP Project Teams

                        Development
                        SF2:025

                        Where new development and system maintenance is performed and tested before transporting to the test environment.

                        Developers

                        Business Analysts

                        Quality Assurance
                        SF5:030

                        Where all system development and modifications are fully tested before being transported to any other environments.

                        Developers

                        Business Analysts

                        MIT Community

                        Practice & Training
                        SF6:030

                        Where the MIT Community can familiarize themselves with the SAP functionality without affecting the Production Environment.

                        MIT Community

                        Training
                        SF7:100

                        Where hands-on exercises are performed during MIT offered SAP Training courses.

                        Trainers and their students

                        Production
                        PS1:030

                        Where MIT's daily business is conducted. System of record.

                        MIT Community

                        864 0 Change Requests What is the default transport path? SF3 à SF2 used for OSS Notes

                        SF2 à SF3 and SF5 used for new development

                        SF5 à SF6, SF7, and PS1 used for fully tested changes/modifications 865 0 Change Requests How do I request a transport from Development (SF2)?

                        1. The Developer prepares the Transport Request template listing transports to be processed and sends the e-mail to one person from the SF2 Transport Authorizer list. This Authorizer should be someone closely associated with the project or functionality affected by the changes incorporated in the transport.

                        2. The Authorizer reviews the Transport Request template for completeness and forwards the e-mail to r3-chmgt with a cc: to the Developer.
                        866 0 Change Requests What is the Transport Request Template? The Transport Request Template is a template that you create in your Eudora Stationery folder. The purpose of the template is to ensure that all Transport Requests are submitted in the same format to r3-chmgt, and also that all Transport Requests include the information necessary to track and process the Transport.

                        Once the template is created, all transport requests from SF2 should be sent using the Eudora menu path Message à New Message with à Change Request Template. When the transport is ready to be moved from SF5, return to the original e-mail you sent (this will be in your Eudora Outbox unless you have configured Eudora otherwise) update the information if needed and forward the e-mail request to fss-chg.

                        To receive e-mail containing the Transport Request Template and directions on how to create it in Eudora, contact Christina Buffa at buffa@mit.edu. 867 0 Change Requests How do I request a transport from Quality Assurance (SF5)?

                        1. The Transport Authorizer sends the email request to sap-chg@mit.edu with a cc: to the Developer, Project Manager, and the Business Process Owner, indicating that the Transport is ready to be moved into other environments. Whenever possible, the Transport Authorizer should be the same person involved with the request from SF2.

                        2. A Change Request Form must be completed and routed for the appropriate signatures.

                        3. sap-chg@mit.edu reviews the email request and Change Request Form and approves the Change Request by sending email to r3-chmgt.
                        868 0 Change Requests What is the Change Request Form? The Change Request Form ensures that all pertinent information is received by the appropriate area(s) and that the necessary approvals (signatures) have been obtained for a transport to be applied to the Production environment. A completed Change Request Form is required for any development/modifications that are to be transported into the Production Environment (PS1), as they are used to provide an audit trail.

                        The Change Request Form is available in the directory \\R-Crew\R-Team\MR-All\change_request_form.rtf. If you cannot access the R-Crew server, contact Debra Wiley at dwiljam@mit.edu and a copy of the form will be e-mailed to you. 869 0 Change Requests Who completes the Change Request Form? The Business Process Owner, Business Analyst, or Developer can complete the Change Request Form. Make sure the Change Request Form contains the necessary information and signatures of the Business Process Owner and a Change Coordinator. 870 0 Change Requests What information goes on the Change Request Form?

                        Field

                        Expected Content

                        Submitted By:

                        Name of person submitting the Change Request form

                        Date:

                        Date form is submitted.

                        Transport number

                        All transport numbers associated with the Change Request Form. The transports should be listed in the order in which they should be applied, this is especially important if there are dependencies among transports.

                        Requested By:

                        Name of person(s) who request the change be made.

                        MIT Dept/Business Area:

                        Name of the MIT Department/Business Area that is responsible for the area being changed.

                        Developer:

                        Name of Developer who made the changes.

                        Priority:

                        Check the appropriate priority that the change qualifies for.

                        Developer's Phone number:

                        Phone number of Developer who made the changes. This field is required for all critical transports.

                        SAP Areas:

                        Check all the SAP areas that are affected by the proposed change(s). If 'Other' please give a brief description.

                        Description of Proposed Change:

                        Explain the business functionality being modified, and the benefit that it provides in business language. This description is the criteria by which the code modification will be measured for completion.

                        Development/Configuration (SF2) Assignment:

                        Provide a brief description of the ABAP objects being modified and how in the appropriate section.

                        Technical Code Review:

                        Indicate whether a Code Review has been performed. If yes, provide the date the code review was completed. If no, explain why a code review was not done, or if applicable, provide the anticipated completion date of the code review.

                        Technical Documentation Complete:

                        Indicate whether the Technical Documentation is completed. If no, explain why and, if applicable provide the anticipated date the documentation will be completed by.

                        Test Results:

                        Explain what testing was done and by whom. Attach screen prints if necessary. If testing is not applicable, please state.

                        Does this affect Training:

                        Indicate whether training will be affected by the change(s). If yes, explain how and notify the Training Team of the change(s).

                        Does this affect Documentation:

                        Indicate whether documentation will need to be modified as a result of the change(s). If yes, explain how and notify the Documentation Team of the change(s).

                        Approvals for Implementation:

                        The Change Request Form should have the Project Manager, Change Coordinator and Process Owner signatures. The Change Coordinator and Process Owner signatures are required for all critical transports.

                        871 0 Change Requests What information should be communicated to fellow developers regarding validation rules or configuration changes? Whenever a proposed configuration change involves altering a field on a transaction screen or changing the required, optional, or not permitted status of a field, the proposed change should be described to all developers by sending e-mail to mit-abap, to avoid problems where one change unexpectedly affects another area.

                        To communicate the necessary information the e-mail should describe the proposed change and the fields affected. If possible explain the circumstances in which the validation/substitution rule is invoked, what transpired prior to the rule change, and the expected effect of the rule change. As completely as possible, inform mit-abap of the transactions, screens or programs, the change effects.

                        872 0 Change Requests When is a Technical Code Review by ABAP-Rev necessary? A Technical Code Review should be performed when the Change Request involves any of the following:
                        • new report programs;
                        • new on-line programs;
                        • new Includes (regardless if main program is old or new);
                        • new Function modules;
                        • new Form Routine Pools.

                        To arrange a code review, the developer sends email to ABAP-REV@mit.edu. It is recommended that 'new' ABAP programs targeted for Production be submitted for ABAP Review once the development is completed in SF2. 873 0 Change Requests When is a Change Request considered critical? A Change Request is considered critical when it contains code modifications as a result of any of the following business issues:

                        • the application processing has halted;
                        • it affects the calculation or formula for a business process;
                        • it applies SAP OSS Notes critical to system processing.

                        Critical Change Requests can be processed at any time for Production, and require the developer's afternoon/evening contact number, in case r3-admin needs clarification or experiences difficulty with the transport. A Business Process Owner signature is also required. The Change Coordinator needs the completed Change Request Form to approve the request.

                        A request that does not meet any of the above criteria will be considered normal priority, and processed accordingly. 874 0 Change Requests When is the cutoff for submission of a Change Request? The cutoff for normal change requests from SF5 to Production is 3pm Thursday afternoon. Requests received before the 3pm cutoff will be transported that Thursday evening, and will be available for further evaluation by 9am the next morning. Requests received after the 3pm cutoff will be processed the next Thursday evening. Critical Change Requests will be processed at anytime. The Change Coordinator should be notified as soon as possible whenever a request is critical. 875 0 Change Requests When are transports processed? The turnarounds for the performance of transports apply to requests sent before 3pm on any given business day. Requests from SF2 will be processed daily, and transports into Production will be processed between 6pm Thursday and 9am the following Friday. 876 0 Change Requests What happens when the scheduled Transport day falls on a holiday or end of month processing? If the scheduled transport day falls on a holiday, the Change Request will be processed on the preceding day. If the scheduled transport day falls during end of month processing, the Change Request will be processed the evening before. However, if the Change Request is critical to end of month processing, it will be processed that evening with proper notification. 877 0 Change Requests How should I submit the Change Request Form to the Change Coordinator? The Change Request Form should be delivered to N52-493D to the attention of the Change Coordinator. The completed form can also be sent to the Change Coordinator as e-mail. When sending the form via e-mail, the paper copy of the Change Request Form must still be sent to the Change Coordinator with the necessary signatures. Once the paper form is received it will be attached to the corresponding e-mail. 878 0 Change Requests How can I forward email received at my MIT email address to another email address? Go to Email at MIT: Forwarding Your Email for instructions on how to forward your mail and how to stop forwarding.

                        Note: These instructions do not include information about the MIT Alumni Association email forwarding for life service. For information on this service, go to Email forwarding for Life FAQs. 879 0 Email Forwarding forwarding, account, email forwarding, e-mail forwarding When I select data for archiving and then select "Archive", a message appears asking if I want to do a one-time conversion of the data to be archived. Say "yes". 880 0 TSM Restore, backup, TSM, ADSM Do I need an Ethernet card to register for and use my wireless card? If you live or work on campus, IS&T requires you to have an Ethernet card in order to register for DHCP and wireless service. If you live off campus, read Stock Answer 325 and then call the Computing Help Desk for an appointment.

                        IS&T support for wireless connectivity begins at Wireless MITnet access@MIT. 883 0 Wireless wireless, PC card, NIC Can I use my wireless card in a different computer? Technically, yes, but you cannot use your wireless connection and your wired connection at the same time on the same subnet (usually that means in the same building). Alternatively, you can purchase a separate IP address for the other computer, register it for DHCP, and then register your wireless card again.

                        IS&T support for wireless connectivity begins at Wireless MITnet access@MIT. 884 0 Wireless wireless, PC card, NIC Can I move from place to place while keeping my wireless connection? You should be able to move from one room to another in the same building (same subnet) without losing your wireless connection. You will lose your network connection when you move from one building to another. When you arrive at another building with wireless access, you need to renew your DHCP lease and restart your network applications. 886 0 Wireless wireless, PC card, NIC, mobile computing, roaming computing Where on campus can I make a wireless connection? Wireless connectivity, supported by Information Services and Technology, is available in the libraries, most classrooms, and some public spaces like the Student Center. For a complete list, consult the list of access points on campus where wireless service is provided.

                        IS&T support for wireless connectivity begins at Wireless MITnet access@MIT. 887 0 Wireless wireless, PC card, roaming computing, mobile computing My wireless connection seems slow. How come, and what can I do about it? Throughput varies depending on a number of conditions. Check the following:

                        • How many people are using the same access point?
                        • What kind of work are they doing. Several people downloading large files at the same time can slow down response time for everyone using the same wireless access point.
                        • How far are you from the wireless access point? Performance slows as you get further away.

                        IS&T support for wireless connectivity begins at Wireless MITnet access@MIT. 888 0 Wireless wireless, roaming computing, mobile computing I've lost my wireless connection. What should I do? Here are some troubleshooting tips:

                        • Check your location.
                          • Have you moved out of range of a wireless access point?
                          • Is there interference? Cordless phones, microwave ovens, and metal office furniture between you and the access point can interrupt service.
                        • Check your computer.
                          • Restart the computer and try again.
                          • Check the signal strength in lower right corner of the computer screen. If it's weak, move closer to an access point.
                          • Is the wireless card securely inserted in its slot?
                          • Are card lights on and flashing?
                        • Check the network.
                          • Try another networked application (e.g., Eudora, Netscape)
                          • Are other people in the area still connected to the network?
                          • Call 3Down to check on network status.
                          • Call the Computing Help Desk, x3-1101 (Macintosh); x3-1102 (Windows)
                        IS&T support for wireless connectivity begins at Wireless MITnet access@MIT. 889 0 Wireless wireless, mobile computing, roaming computing, network connection How do you set the user name to default in Kerberos 2.1 (PC). Old method of editing kview.ini doesn't work as file seems to no longer be part of configuration? Kview the application has been removed, but the functionality of the kview.ini has not been changed.

                        You can still set a default username for Kerberos logon for Eudora.

                        In your Windows directory, create a kview.ini file (e.g. c:\winnt) with the following text:

                        [Settings]
                        NetID=username
                        Result: Eudora substitutes the username found in the NetID field into the logon dialog.

                        This does not work with Host Explorer. 892 0 Kerberos for Windows kerberos, kfw I use Eudora on my office PC (Dell - Win NT; Eudora version: 4.0.2). Once in a while I get the time out of bounds error. I then have to log off and log in and then try again to get it to work. Kerberos time synchronization utility (Leash32) doesnt help. I even recently re-installed Kerberos to make sure that I have the recent one. What should I do? You amy have more than one version or copy of Kerberos for Windows running.

                        Download the latest version http://web.mit.edu/ist/help/kfw/ and run the installer. When the installer prompts to uninstall the previous version, accept this option by clicking Next>. When the installation is complete, restart your computer. Go to Start>Kerberos Utilities and make sure that there is only one Leash32 893 0 Kerberos for Windows I'm using Eudora (v5.0.1) for the Mac with IMAP. Why am I get prompted twice to enter a password when I access my incoming mail? One of the prompts, the Eudora password dialog box, is unecessary, however you do need to enter your Kerberos password when prompted by the Kerberos for Macintosh dialog box.

                        To get rid of the Eudora password dialog box, do the following:

                        1. When prompted for the Eudora password (this is usually the first dialog box) type any character, then click on OK.

                        2. When prompted by the Kerberos for Macintosh dialog box, enter your Kerberos password and click on OK.

                        3. From the Settings menu, choose Special then click on the Checking Mail icon to display the settings.

                        4. Click on Save Password check box, then click on OK.

                        5. At some point, save your work and restart your computer so the change will take effect.

                          Result: Subsequent checks for e-mail will not produce the Eudora password dialog box.

                        901 0 “Check Mail” Problems check mail, email, e-mail, checking mail, Eudora (v5) How do I activate the outcalling feature of my voice mailbox? The outcalling feature on your voice mailbox gives callers the option of notifying you that they have left a message in your mailbox. Typically, this done by entering a pager telephone number in the paging schedule (outcall notification) section of your voice mailbox. Depending on your instructions, the voice mail system will signal your pager after the caller leaves a message.

                        To activate outcalling, you must set up a schedule in your voice mailbox and tell the system at what number to call you upon activation. Follow the instructions below to activate outcalling, or to change your outcall notification number:

                        1. Dial into the voice mail system x 8-6245 and enter your password.

                        2. Choose (4) for personal options.

                        3. Choose (4) to establish notification options (paging schedule).

                        4. (If you have already established a paging schedule and want to change it, choose (1) to change pager schedule, (1) to update pager schedule.
                          The system will recite back the current pager telephone number established. Press (2) to change it.)

                        5. Enter your pager's 10 digit telephone number.
                          For changes, once you have established the new number, press (1) to continue; this action saves the new number in the system. Exit voice mail by hitting *** and hang up when the system says "Goodbye." To change other options, follow the voice mail system instructions.

                        6. Enter the time of day that you want the system to notify you.
                          Example: For 8:00am dial 800 on your touch tone key pad then choose 1 for am or 2 for pm; continue to follow the prompts to set up evening or weekend schedules.

                        7. Choose the type of messages for which you would like to receive notification.
                          Example: If you choose to be notified of urgent messages only, remember to instruct callers in your mailbox greeting that they must mark their message "URGENT" by pressing # 1, 2 after they have left you a voice message in order for you to be paged.

                        8. Once you have established a paging schedule, return to the main menu by pressing *, then (4), (1), and (1) to turn on outcall notification (pressing 2 will turn it off).

                        When you receive a message through outcalling, your pager will show the voice mail system extension "86245." This is your indication that someone has activated the outcalling feature on your mailbox. Call into your voice mailbox for messages.

                        For further assistance, call the Telephony Client Support team at 3-3670. 907 0 Voice Mail voice mail, voicemail, outcalling, out calling How can I reconfigure my Tether dialup for 10-digit dialing? I have a Windows machine. In most cases, you can make the changes by doing the following:

                        1. Go to My Computer>Dial Up Networking and left clicking on your Tether dial-up icon.

                        2. In the Connect To window, choose Dial Properties... from the menu.

                        3. In the Dialing Properites Window, click on the Area Code Rules... button.

                        4. In the Area Code Rules window, check Alway dial the area code (10-digit dialing) and click OK. Continue to click OK until you are returned to the Connect To window.

                        If you need further assistance with this issue, contact the Computing Help Desk at computing-help@mit.edu or 253-1102. 908 0 How To ten-digit The TSM Restore window still shows my old computer drives, and I no longer need backup copies of these files. How can I request that they be deleted? Use the TSM web form, Update info/request services. Complete the identifying information, then go to the section called, Delete my files from the backup server. 910 0 TSM backup, TSM, ADSM I am on a linux machine, and frequently receive email attachments created in MS Word. What can I use to convert these documents into a format readable on my linux machine? If you are using MIT Athena Linux, the Athena Stock Answer, How do I read/edit an MS WORD (.doc) file will help you use utilities already available to you.

                        If you are using a Linux distribution other than MIT's Athena Linux integration of Red Hat Linux, note that IS&T support for linux is currently being phased in, so more information may be forthcoming soon.

                        As for this particular problem, a place to start is with StarOffice, a program freely available from Sun, that runs on UNIX machines and can import MS Office documents. To read more about StarOffice and download it for installation, go to http://www.sun.com/products/staroffice/get.html.

                        912 0 Red Hat Enterprise Linux email, e-mail, linux, attachment, linux How do I configure my computer to connect to the network, via a dialup connection, such as Tether. If you are setting up your computer to access the internet, via Tether, instructions are available at Tether Internet Dial-up Access Service at MIT. If you are setting up your computer to access the internet via iPassConnect, go to iPassConnect 915 0 How To tether, connect, connection, dialup, tcp/ip, dns How do I configure my computer to connect to the network, via a direct ethernet connection? If you are on campus, with access to a direct ethernet connection, go to Get Connected and click on the link for your operating system.

                        If all you need are the settings:

                        IP Address: 18.x.y.z
                        Hostname: You choose your hostname when you apply for an IP address.
                        Domain: mit.edu
                        Gateway/Router: 18.x.0.1
                        Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0
                        DNS 18.70.0.160
                        18.71.0.151
                        18.72.0.3
                        Your Gateway/Router depends on which building you are in. 916 0 Getting Connected Network, ethernet, web, email, tcp/ip, dns, MITnet, configuration, settings For Eudora (v5.x) or (v6.x) for the Macintosh, how do I add or remove icons from the Eudora toolbar? Instructions for moving the toolbar, as well as for adding or removing icons, such as Check Spelling, Undo, Cut, Copy and Paste, are available at http://www.eudora.com/techsupport/tutorials/mac_toolbar.html 917 0 Procedures, i.e., How to’s eudora, spellcheck, icon, toolbar, email, e-mail For Eudora (v5.x) or (v6.2.1) for Windows, how do I add or remove icons from the Eudora toolbar? Instructions for moving the toolbar, as well as for adding or removing icons, such as Check Spelling, Undo, Cut, Copy and Paste, are available by going to: http://www.eudora.com/techsupport/tutorials/win_toolbar.html and following the online instructions.

                        NOTE: When working with the Toolbar Customize window, click on items, the Categories list, e.g., File, Edit, etc. to view and choose from all of the icons available within a particular tabbed panel. 918 0 Procedures, i.e., How to’s eudora, spellcheck, icon, toolbar, email, e-mail I've upgraded to Eudora (v5.0.1) (Macintosh) and I can't find the SpellsWell feature. How do I check spelling? Up to Eudora (v4.0.2), a separate application called Spellswell was used to handle spell checking. As of Eudora (v4.3.2) Spellswell was dropped by QUALCOMM in favor of it's own internal spell checker. Because (v4.3.2) was an upgrade, you could still use Spellswell.

                        When upgading to Eudora (v5.0.1), the installer moves older Eudora installations to the Trash, including Spellswell.

                        IS&T recommends that you use Eudora's internal spell checker. There are a couple of ways to use it:

                        • Go to Special:Settings:Spell Checking and under, the Check Spelling area, make sure "Automatically as you type" is activated. When using this option, Eudora will underline, in red, any misspellings and words not in the Eudora dictionary as you compose messages. You can then correct them manually or use the Spelling command under the Edit, as described in the next bulleted item, to make corrections.

                          If you don't want Eudora to check spelling as you type, make sure "Only when requested" is activated and use the next method described.

                        • After you've composed a message, from the Edit menu, choose Spelling then use the subcommands under Spelling to find misspellings, use suggested corrections, or add words to the Eudora dictionary.
                        919 0 Eudora for Macintosh email, e-mail, spell checking, Can I use my handheld computer to make a wireless connection to MITnet? At this point in time, IS&T isn't providing support for handheld computers. However, if you can manage without support there is no reason you can't do this. We recommend using the Avaya wireless card.

                        There are a number of limitations at least for the time being:

                        • The DHCP client on the Pocket PC isn't great
                        • You will likely have problems getting IP addresses as you move around campus
                        • There are no solutions for e-mail or certificate-based web services at this time

                        IS&T support for wireless connectivity begins at Wireless MITnet access@MIT. 924 0 Wireless wireless, network, handheld, PDA, Palm Eudora (Macintosh): I'm not receiving incoming mail and I know I have new messages. When checking for mail, I'm able to log in with my user name and password, but receive no new messages. No error message is displayed. Try the following:

                        1. From the Special menu, choose Settings.

                        2. Find and select the Getting Started category icon to display the settings.

                        3. Make note of all of the settings, delete them, then click on OK to save your changes.

                        4. From the Special menu, choose Settings to reopen the Settings dialog box.

                        5. Find and select the Getting Started category.

                        6. Re-enter the settings, then click on OK.

                          7. 925 0 Problems with Using Eudora email, e-mail, check mail How do I uninstall and reinstall Eudora (Windows), without losing all my mailboxes, address book, signatures and filters? Refer to Uninstalling and Reinstalling Eudora (Windows) for instructions on how to do this. 927 0 Procedures, i.e., How to’s email, e-mail, installing, uninstalling When I set up a G4 with an old AppleVision monitor, I couldn't register my Mac because the registration button is off the screen. Reset the PRAM. This resets the monitor to a default setting that lets you see the registration button. Instructions for resetting PRAM are available in Mac OS online help. Search on PRAM. 928 0 Mac OS X G4, AppleVision, registration The Plop shortcut icon on my desktop used to transfer files to my www Athena locker.  Now it transfers files to a different directory.  When I create new shortcuts, they all go to the modified Athena directory.  How can I change the settings back to their original state? Using the Plop Options menu to change the directory to which Plop transfers files changes the default directory to which Plop uploads the files. 

                          To change the default directory back to a desired setting:

                          1. Double-click on a Plop Shortcut
                          2. Select Options>Remote Directory Name. Note: The Remote Directory option will only be enabled within a Plop shortcut for which the directory has not yet been changed.  If the directory has already been changed, via the Options menu, or by using -d in the shortcut properties, the Remote Directory option will be grayed out.

                          3. In the dialog box that appears, enter the directory path.

                            For instance, if jdoe wanted to go back to her www Athena directory as default, she would use the path /afs/athena.mit.edu/user/j/d/jdoe/www.  For more information on Athena directory paths, see instructions for making changes from the Options menu.

                             For more information, see http://web.mit.edu/ist/help/ftp/plop/ 934 0 plop (one-way kftp for windows) I want to use the Plop Options menu to change the directory to which Plop transfers a file, but Remote Directory Name is grayed out. To use the Plop Options menu to change a directory, you must create a new Plop shortcut or open a shortcut for which the directory has not yet been changed. 

                            If you use this method to change directories, the default directory to which Plop transfers the file from your machine will be changed.  The change remains in effect after the file is transferrred and the interface is closed. The change remains in effect until you open the Plop window and change the directory again.

                            There are several options for changing the directory to which Plop uploads files without changing the default remote directory for your machine.

                            935 0 plop (one-way kftp for windows) plop, directory, shortcut When I double-click on the Plop icon to open Plop, I can't find the Plop interface You are probably running Plop on either Windows 95, 98, or ME. There is a bug on the Win 9x platform in the Plop application that causes the Plop interface to minimize immediately after opening.  To access the interface, click on Plop in the task bar. 936 0 plop (one-way kftp for windows) plop, Windows 98, Windows 95, Windows ME ftp, minimize Plop freezes when I upload a file.  Clicking the mouse has no effect on it. You are most likely running Plop on a Windows 98, 95, or ME machine

                            There is a bug in Plop on the Windows 9x platform that causes this behavior.  Use ctl-alt-del, and choose End Task to close Plop.  This may or may not be an indication of an unsuccessful transfer. 937 0 plop (one-way kftp for windows) plop, Windows 98, Windows 95, Windows ME freezes, frozen Can I get MIT personal certificates for Internet Explorer? Members of the MIT community who use Windows can now acquire MIT personal certificates using Microsoft's Internet Explorer 5.5 or greater. Previously, MIT personal certificates were not supported for Internet Explorer.

                            Windows users who want to access secure Web services at MIT using Internet Explorer should install both the MIT Certification Authority (CA) certificate and obtain a personal certificate. The CA certificate authenticates the secure Web server to your computer. The personal certificate authenticates you to secure MIT Web services. For more information about certificates, see: Certificates at MIT

                            For detailed instructions (with screen shots) go to Internet Explorer for Windows: Obtaining MIT Certificates

                            Please note: IE does not support personal certificates on the Macintosh, and there is no recent version of IE for Unix. 943 0 Certificates browser, IE, CA, certificates, internet, explorer, web When I drop multiple files onto a Plop icon, sometimes the application stops after transferring one of the files. How do I get it to transfer all the files? There is a bug in Plop that causes it occasionally to stop after transferring one or more of a series of files.

                            During the transfer, a dialog box with a progress bar that shows when the transfer is complete is displayed. This box also has a Cancel button.

                            Solution: To continue transferring the series of files, click the Cancel button. 944 0 plop (one-way kftp for windows) ftp How can I increase memory allocation for a program I'm running? Make sure you've quit the program, then:

                            1. Locate the progam that you want to change, click once on it to select it, then from the File menu choose Get Info:Memory.

                            2. Under Memory requirements:
                              1. Replace the number under Preferred size with the desired number.
                              2. Replace the number under Minimum size with the desired number.

                            3. Click on the Close box to save the changes.

                            The circumstances that result in the need to increase memory allocation can vary . For example, TN3270 users who are running Kerberos for Macintosh (v3.5) may need to increase memory allocation. The Preferred Size needs to be set to 2100 and the Minimum Size needs to be set to 525.

                            If you think that you need to increase memory for a particular program, but do not know how much to increase it, contact the Computing Help Desk either online via Casetracker or by calling x3-1101 for assistance. 945 0 Mac OS macintosh, mac os, When I try to check my mail in Eudora, I get an error message referring to WSHelper. I am still able to check my mail. There are several possible reasons for this error:

                            • Eudora is not finding the latest copy of wshelp32.dll that is installed in the Kerberos folder.

                              1. Start>Search>Files or Folders.
                              2. Search for eudora.exe. Note the location of this file.
                              3. Right-click on My Computer on the desktop (Win 2000) or under Start (Win XP) and choose Explore. Navigate to the location of eudora.exe.
                              4. In that folder, look for a file named wshelp32.dll. Delete this file.
                                Note: Do not delete wshelp32.dll from the Kerberos folder.

                                Note: If this file does not show up, it may be that you do not have your folder options set to show hidden files, such as .dll files. In order to be able to see this file:
                                1. Go to Tools>Folder Options.
                                2. In Advanced Settings, under the folder for Hidden Files and Folders, select Show Hidden Files.
                                3. Click OK.
                                4. To switch back to the default setting, you can go back into Tools >Options, select the View tab, and click on Show Hidden Files and Folders.

                            • Make sure your PATH statement includes a path to c:\Program Files\Kerberos:

                              1. Right-click on My Computer on the desktop (Win 2000) or under Start (Win XP) and choose Properties.

                              2. Click on the Advanced tab.

                              3. Click on Environment Variables.

                              4. Under System Variables highlight Path then click on Edit underneath.

                              5. Click in the Variable Value text box and move the cursor through the line until you find c:\Program Files\Kerberos.

                                If it's not there, enter it at the beginning of the line. Make sure each variable is separated by a semicolon.

                                If it's there, go to the next step.

                              6. Click OK then click OK again.

                              7. Click OK to exit the System Properties dialog box.

                            • Make sure you've run all supported upgrades and service packs.

                            948 0 “Check Mail” Problems wshelper, ws helper, eudora, check mail, email, e-mail In Eudora for the Macintosh, how do I turn off MoodWatch? To turn off MoodWatch

                            1. From the Settings menu, choose Special.
                            2. Scroll and click on the MoodWatch icon.
                              Result: The MoodWatch setttings dialog appears.
                            3. Uncheck the Enable MoodWatch checkbox.
                            4. Click OK. 955 0 Problems with Using Eudora email, e-mail, mood, watch, mac, disable, chili, pepper The benefits information displayed for me or my dependent is not correct, how do I fix it? If personal information about you or a dependent is not correct, contact the Benefits department at x3-6151 to have the information updated. These changes cannot be made on the web. 959 0 Benefits Open Enrollment How can I email the location or url of one of these Stock Answers? If you want to mail someone a usable URL to a stock answer, such as this one for example, it's easy. Assume that the number of this particular stock answer is 960. A mailable URL for this answer is:

                              http://hdstock.mit.edu/answer?id=960
                              (Note that this is just the URL as shown in the browser.)

                              For menus in the stock answer hierarchy (as opposed to individual answers), again use the URL shown in the browser, but not that the identifier is "topicid" rather than "id".

                              NOTE (9/16/02): Previous formats referring to intermediate files (e.g., web.mit.edu/sa/960.html or hdstock.mit.edu/answers/960.html) are now deprecated and not assured to work anymore. Also, you should not use calls to FMPro at all. 960 0 Other How can I remove a personal certificate from Internet Explorer? To remove a personal certificate from IE, follow the steps below:

                              Caution: If you used this certificate to encrypt documents or e-mail, you will no longer be able to read that information when you delete the certificate.

                              1. From Internet Explorer's Tools menu, select Internet Options.
                              2. From the Internet Options screen, click the Content tab, then click the Certificates button.
                              3. Under the Personal tab in the Certificates window, select your personal certificate and click the Remove button.
                              962 0 Certificates certificates, internet explorer, IE, browser, Web, personal, delete How can I turn off the "security alert" dialog boxes that appear when I access a secure Web site using Internet Explorer? There are a few security alert dialog boxes in Internet Explorer, covering different situations. Here's how to eliminate them:
                              • Ensure that you have installed the MIT Certification Authority (CA) certificate for IE. This will get rid of the alert dialog box saying that the 'The security certificate was issued by a company you have not chosen to trust.' Instructions for installing the CA are provided at http://web.mit.edu/ist/help/ie/.

                              • Let IE remember your personal certificate password. When you install your personal certificate for IE, MIT recommends that you set its security level to "High." This requires you to set up a password for the certificate. Once the password is set, you are prompted to enter it each time you access a secure Web site at MIT. You can change this so that IE will only prompt you once per session, if you select the "remember password" checkbox the first time you are prompted. IE will not ask for the password again until you Exit and re-open the browser.

                                If you choose to not use a password to use protect your personal certificate, be sure to never leave your machine unattended. Either logout or lock the screen, otherwise someone will be able to impersonate you by using your certificate. For Window 9x/Me machines there is no safe way to lock the system, so you really need to use a password to protect your certificate.

                              • If you have only one certificate installed on your PC, tell Internet Explorer not to prompt you for which certificate to use when accessing a certificate protected Web site. To do this, follow these steps:
                                1. From IE's Tools menu, choose Internet Options.
                                2. Click the Security tab.
                                3. Click the Custom Level button.
                                4. Locate the setting Don't prompt for client certificate selection when no certificates or only one certificate exists, and click the Enable radio button.
                              963 0 Certificates certificates, Internet Explorer, alert, dialog, windows I can't get beyond the Acknowledgment page. What should I do? Scroll to the bottom of the page and click Accept and continue. 965 0 Benefits Open Enrollment open enrollment, ESS, Emplyee Self Service, benefits I am currently enrolled in NetBlue New England and am not changing plans. Do I need to enter my Primary Care Physician (PCP)? If you are not changing Physicians, you do not need to make any changes. 966 0 Benefits Open Enrollment open enrollment, ESS, Emplyee Self Service, benefits I am currently enrolled in Tufts Associated Health Plan and am not changing plans. Do I need to enter my Primary Care Physician (PCP)? If you are not changing Physicians, you do not need to make any changes. 967 0 Benefits Open Enrollment open enrollment, ESS, Emplyee Self Service, benefits Can I send a file to the Central Print Service from home? Yes. You can send a file either via a desktop printer you set up with klpr, or via the web page at https://pillage.mit.edu 977 0 Central Printing central printing, printing, printing from home, IPM, Central Print Service What settings should I use for MIT Eudora 5.0.2 for Windows? See Eudora (v5.0.2) for Windows: Eudora Settings for Use at MIT. 978 0 Eudora for Windows eudora, settings, configuration What settings should I use for MIT Eudora 5.0.1 for Macintosh? See Eudora (v5.0.1) for the Macintosh: Eudora Settings for Use at MIT 979 0 Eudora for Macintosh eudora, settings, configuration What are the names of MIT's incoming and outgoing (SMTP) mail servers? Incoming mail server:
                              MIT e-mail accounts are spread over several incoming servers.:
                              • Eudora: Enter hesiod (the name service that keeps track of your post office server name) as your incoming mail server.

                              • Netscape Messenger: Enter your post office server name. If you don't know your post office server name, you can find out.

                              Outgoing (a.k.a SMTP) mail server:
                              outgoing.mit.edu

                              980 0 Mail Servers (general) email, e-mail, post office server, mail host, eudora, messenger, po server, p.o. server, mail server My computer is under attack. Whom should I tell? Network breaches/abuses/vulnerabilities are handled by Network Security. See http://web.mit.edu/net-security/ 985 0 Security Risks I am receiving e-mail that scares me. How can I get it to stop? Harassing and threatening e-mail (among other behavioral abuses) are handled by MIT Stopit. Please refer to http://mit.edu/stopit/ for instructions on reporting such incidents.

                              If you feel you are in immediate danger, please call the campus Police at MIT extension x3-1212.

                              986 0 Security Risks email, harassment, stopit Which e-mail programs can I use with IMAP at MIT? For information on choosing an email for use with IMAP, go to Choosing an Email Program for Use at MIT. 987 0 IMAP email, supported, unsupported, support, Messenger, Eudora I can't receive email with Eudora, and when I checked the settings, they have all been changed on me. What's going on? Some unsupported virus protection programs such as Norton Antivirus 2000 and PC-Cillin 2000 have an email scan feature that doesn’t support Kerberos email transactions. They do mess up a lot of your email settings in the process.

                              If you are using one of these products on your PC, you will need to disable the email scan feature for your email to work properly. Usually this setting can be found within the antivirus application's Options.

                              991 0 Eudora for Windows email,scan,eudora,norton 2000,pc-cillin Why do we need to use these certificates? Why can't we just use login and password? If MIT had only one web site or only one administrative application, then indeed a login name and password would suffice. However we have many websites at MIT that require "logging in" and we will have more in the future. Each site that requires a different login name and password is another opportunity for a security risk. Certificates provide a way to have "single sign on" where we authenticate once (using our Certificate/Netscape password) and then can access any site at MIT that accepts certificates for logging in.

                              There are other ways of obtaining single sign on, however they have their own set of problems/issues. After a certain amount of configuration and education, certificates provide a secure and convenient method of deploying institute wide authentication services.

                              Certificates are used at MIT today just to provide for web authentication. However the same certificate that you use today for web authentication may in the future be usable for other applications. An interesting potential future application is for secure electronic mail. The technology already exists, but is not yet easy enough to use for IS&T to formally support it.

                              993 0 Certificates What is the ‘Show’ list in the Network Settings in Mac OS X and what does ‘Active Network Ports’ mean? In Mac OS X there is a new feature called Active Ports that allows your Mac to use more than one port at a time. Simply put, this means that when your Mac can’t find a network using one port (such as the Ethernet card) it will automatically try the next port in the list (such as the modem or the Airport card) until it either finds a network it can connect to or doesn’t find a network at all. The Mac activates all listed ports and then uses the first one it finds in the list that is connected to a network. This is nice because you never have to tell your computer that you’ve disconnected your Ethernet and want to use your wireless card. If configured correctly, your computer will switch ports automatically. The ‘Show’ list in the Network Settings allows you to edit the list of available ports in any given Location. In the Show list, choose Active Network Ports. Here are listed all your available network ports for you Mac. You can arrange their priority by dragging then around in the list. Your Mac will always search through this list for available ports from top to bottom. It would make sense to drag the most used network ports to the top of the list and the least used to the bottom. You can also choose to remove a port from the list by removing the check mark next to its name. This will ensure that your Mac never tries to use that port to make a network connection. NOTE: These instructions assume you are using Mac OS version 10.1.2. Locations, labels, and behaviors may differ in other versions of the OS. 995 0 Mac OS Network, Mac, Mac OS X What is the Location list under the Apple menu and how do I use it? In Mac OS X, you can set up multiple network Locations—multiple network configurations––that can reflect the different networks in which you may want to use your Mac. For example, you can have one location called WORK configured for the MIT network and another location called HOME configured for your home ISP. That way you don’t have to change your network settings every time your Mac moves to a new network. You can also switch networks using the Location menu without having to restart your Mac. In order to create new Locations, open your Network settings from within the System Preferences (Open System Preferences found on the Apple menu and click on the Network icon). From the Location list, choose New Location. Name your new location appropriately. If it isn’t already chosen, select your new location from the list. Edit the network settings appropriately for your new location. In order to edit location names, choose Edit from the Location list. You can choose to duplicate, edit, or delete existing locations. NOTE: These instructions assume you are using Mac OS version 10.1.2. Locations, labels, and behaviors may differ in other versions of the OS. 997 0 Mac OS Mac, Mac OS X, Location, Apple menu How do I rearrange or delete menu bar icons in Mac OS X? The easiest way to move or delete menu bar icons is to drag them while holding down the command (Apple) key. If you want to get rid of an icon completely, just drag it off the menu while holding down the command key. It should disappear in a puff of smoke, similar to removing docked icons. You can also go to View>Customize Toolbar... to make changes.

                              NOTE: These instructions assume you are using Mac OS version 10.2. Locations, labels, and behaviors may differ in other versions of the OS. 998 0 Mac OS Mac, Mac OS X, menu bar icons Where did the Modem Control panel go in Mac OS X? The old Modem control panel in OS 9 has been moved into the Network preferences in OS X. 1. Choose System Preferences from the Apple menu and click the Network icon. 2. Select the modem from the Show list. 3. Click on the Modem tab. Here you can configure the modem properties. NOTE: These instructions assume you are using Mac OS version 10.1.2. Locations, labels, and behaviors may differ in other versions of the OS. 999 0 Mac OS Mac, Mac OS X, modem, modem control panel How do I set up networking in Mac OS X? Network Preferences can be accessed by clicking on the Apple menu in the upper left hand corner and choosing System Preferences. 1. Click on the Network icon under the Internet and Network category. 2. Select the adapter you wish to configure from the Show list in the upper middle of the window. 3. Choose which protocol you wish to configure from the tabs shown. 4. When you are finished, click the Apply Now button and quit the application. NOTE: These instructions assume you are using Mac OS version 10.1.2. Locations, labels, and behaviors may differ in other versions of the OS. 1001 0 Mac OS Mac, Mac OS X, networking How do I set up a modem connection for Tether in Mac OS X? The modem settings have been moved into the Network settings in Mac OS X instead of having its own control panel as in OS 9. 1. Open the System Preferences under the Apple menu and click the Network icon. 2. Choose your modem from the Show list. 3. Choose ‘Using PPP’ from the Configure list and add MIT’s Domain Name Servers in the ‘Domain Name Servers’ field. MIT DNS Servers 18.70.0.160 18.71.0.151 18.72.0.3 4. Click the PPP tab and enter the telephone number (617-679-4000) and the user’s account name and password. Further PPP options are available by clicking the ‘PPP Options’ button. 5. Click the Modem tab and ensure the appropriate modem for the Mac has been selected. You can also choose to add the modem status in the menu bar here. NOTE: These instructions assume you are using Mac OS version 10.1.2. Locations, labels, and behaviors may differ in other versions of the OS. 1002 0 Mac OS Mac, Mac OS X, tether, modem How do you set up Mac OS X for DHCP? If you have already registered your Ethernet card on your Mac for DHCP using Mac OS 9 on the same Mac you are using to run Mac OS X, you don’t have to register the Ethernet card again. If you have not registered your Ethernet card, see the directions for doing do at http://web.mit.edu/ist/help/dhcp/roam.html#regdhcp. Below are instructions on how to configure your Network settings once your Ethernet card has been registered. 1. Open System Preferences found under the Apple menu and click the Network icon. 2. From the Location list, choose New and name it MIT DHCP (or something appropriate). 3. If your new location isn’t already selected, select it from the Location list. 4. From the Show list, choose Ethernet Adapter. 5. On the TCP/IP tab, choose ‘Using DHCP’ from the Configure list. Add MIT’s DNS servers in the Domain Name Servers field. MIT DNS Servers: 18.70.0.160 18.71.0.151 18.72.0.3 6. Add ‘mit.edu’ (sans quotes) in the ‘Search Domains’ field. 7. On the AppleTalk tab, click the ‘Make AppleTalk Active’ check box. 8. Click the Apply Now button in the lower left corner and quit the application. 9. In the Location listing under the Apple menu, verify that your new location is checked. NOTE: These instructions assume you are using Mac OS version 10.1.2. Locations, labels, and behaviors may differ in other versions of the OS. 1003 0 Mac OS Mac, Mac OS X, DHCP, network How do you set up Mac OS X for Wireless? If you have already set up this Mac for wireless configuration on MIT’s campus using Mac OS 9, you don’t have to register the Airport card again in Mac OS X via the web page. If you haven’t set up wireless in Mac OS 9 on your Mac, see the directions at http://web.mit.edu/ist/help/dhcp/roam.html#wireless for registering your wireless card. Below are instructions on how to configure Mac OS X’s network preferences for wireless. 1. Open the System Preferences found under the Apple menu and click the Network icon. 2. From the Location list, choose New and name it MIT Wireless (or something appropriate). 3. If your new location isn’t already selected, select it from the Location list. 4. From the Show list, choose Airport Adapter. 5. On the TCP/IP tab, choose ‘Using DHCP’ from the Configure list. Add MIT’s DNS servers in the Domain Name Servers field. MIT DNS Servers: 18.70.0.160 18.71.0.151 18.72.0.3 6. Add ‘mit.edu’ (sans quotes) in the ‘Search Domains’ field. 7. On the AppleTalk tab, click the ‘Make AppleTalk Active’ check box. 8. Click Apply Now in the lower left corner and quit the application. 9. In the Location listing under the Apple menu, verify that your new location is checked. NOTE: These instructions assume you are using Mac OS version 10.1.2. Locations, labels, and behaviors may differ in other versions of the OS. 1004 0 Mac OS Mac, Mac OS X, wireless I’m getting my email over a modem, and I’m wondering if there’s a way to see what a message is before I download it. In Eudora, there is an option to download just the message headers. 1. Hold down the option key on your keyboard when checking mail. 2. A “Mail Transfer Options” dialog box appears. 3. Check the box labeled “Fetch all message headers to In mailbox.” Now only 3 kilobytes of your messages will appear with a warning at the bottom of the messages that the message is only partial. You now have two options available: Receive the remainder of the message 1. With the message displayed on your screen, click on the Fetch button which is a down arrow at the top of the incoming message window. 2. Use the Check Mail command again to retrieve the entire message. Delete the message without receiving the remainder of it. 1. With the message displayed on the screen, click on the Trash can icon at the top of the incoming message window 2. Use the Check Mail command again to delete the message from the post office server. 1005 0 Procedures, i.e., How to’s eudora, modem, message header, option key My building had a power outage and now my network is gone. What happened? PC computers running Windows 2000 sometimes need to restart the networking stack after a power outage to see the network again. There are two ways to do this: Method One: 1. Right-click on Network Neighborhood. 2. Choose Properties. 3. Double-click on the proper network adapter (usually Local Area Connection). 4. Click Disable 5. Click Enable Method Two: 1. Restart your computer 1006 0 Windows 2000 Professional Power outage, Windows 2000, Network Why can’t I delete a file on Mac OS X? Every file on Mac OS X has specific permissions that govern which users and groups of users have rights to read, edit, and delete it. This is different than files on Mac OS 9, which had no file permissions.

                              If the operating system does not allow you to save or delete or open a file, it is most probably because your users profile does not have permissions to do so. In some cases, this might prevent you from emptying the Trash as well. If you think this is in error, you can change the permissions on a file using the Terminal application.

                              NOTE: These instructions assume you are using Mac OS version 10.1.2. Locations, labels, and behaviors may differ in other versions of the OS.

                              1021 0 Mac OS X delete, file, mac os x Why am I getting a ‘Permission Denied’ error when I try to do something in Mac OS X?

                              Every file on Mac OS X has permissions that govern which users and groups of users have rights to read, edit, and delete it. This is different from files on Mac OS 9, which had no file permissions.

                              If the operating system does not allow you to save or delete or open a file, it is most probably because your users profile does not have permissions to do so. In some cases, this might prevent you from emptying the Trash as well. If you think this is in error, you can change the permissions on a file using the Terminal application.

                              If you need help using the Terminal application, you can find more information on Apple’s support web here at the following link:

                              Apple's Knowledge Base

                              NOTE: These instructions assume you are using Mac OS version 10.2. Locations, labels, and behaviors may differ in other versions of the OS.

                              1022 0 Mac OS X permission, denied, mac os x What is the Library folder in Mac OS X used for?

                              In Mac OS 9, the operating system was kept in a single folder. This worked fine if just one person was using the computer, but not so well if the computer was shared. In Mac OS X, the operating system was designed for multiple users to use it. Therefore, the single system folder had to be split apart.

                              The Library folder is a portion of the operating system. Every user directory has its own Library folder. Each user can customize applications and the operating system to their liking and not interfere with other user’s customizations.

                              There are actually three locations on the hard drive where Library folders exist. Each location governs a different part of the operating system.

                              /System/Library is the location for the core parts of the operating system needed by your Mac to function.

                              /Library is the location for the parts of the operating system that apply to ALL users and applications running on the Mac like fonts and system wide application preferences.

                              /Users//Library is the location for all the user specific parts of the operating system like preferences, favorites, recent items, etc.

                              NOTE: These instructions assume you are using Mac OS version 10.2. Locations, labels, and behaviors may differ in other versions of the OS.

                              1023 0 Mac OS X mac os x, library In Mac OS X, what is the blue globe called Network used for? If your Mac OS X operating system is configured to connect to a NetInfo network at startup, your system administrator can make various file shares appear inside the blue Network globe directory. Please note that your computer must be specially configured to use a NetInfo network. By default, the blue Network globe is not used at all. NOTE: These instructions assume you are using Mac OS version 10.2. Locations, labels, and behaviors may differ in other versions of the OS. 1024 0 Mac OS X mac os x, network, blue globe What is my home directory? How can I get there? Because Mac OS X is a multi-user operating system, every user with an account on a computer has a home directory. This is the place to keep your files, and it's also where your application and system preferences are stored. To be more crash resistant, Mac OS X limits the access to certain parts of the operating system. In Mac OS 9, users could move files anywhere. In Mac OS X, users have the same amount of control over their home directories as they used to have over the computer. If you are the only user of the computer, you do have access to some additional directories; however, Mac OS X works best when you keep your files in your home directory. You can customize your home directory as much or as little as you choose. You can add, delete, or move files and folders anywhere within this directory. Every user's home directory is in the /Users directory. For example, the home directory of someone with the user name jdoe is located at /Users/jdoe. You can quickly access your home directory by choosing Home from the Go menu in the Finder or by clicking on the Home icon in a Finder window. NOTE: These instructions assume you are using Mac OS version 10.2. Locations, labels, and behaviors may differ in other versions of the OS. 1025 0 Mac OS X mac os x, home, home directory How do I connect to Windows file servers with Mac OS X? If you want to a Windows share from Mac OS X you need to know a few pieces of information first:

                              1. The name of the server.
                              2. The name of the share.
                              3. The name of the Network or Domain where the server lives.
                              4. Your user name on the server.
                              5. Your password on the server.


                              As there is no browsing feature when connecting to Windows shares, choose "Connect To" from the Go menu in the Finder.

                              Now enter:
                              "smb://your_server_name/your_share_name" (sans quotes)

                              NOTE: You must replace "your_server_name" and "your_share_name" with your appropriate information for this to work.

                              You are then prompted with a dialog box asking you to authenticate yourself:

                              Enter the name of the workgroup in which the server resides, your user name on the server, and your password in the appropriate fields.

                              The share will appear in the Computer area in a Finder window and on your desktop (if you have selected the Finder preference to show mounted shares on your desktop)

                              HERE IS A HINT: If you enter the fully qualified hostname of your Windows server (eg: your_server_name.mit.edu), the dialog box will appear with the appropriate workgroup name already entered.

                              Here are some further notes from Apple's Knowledge Base. You can find the entire article here.


                              1. "ServerName" may be an IP address or DNS name.
                              2. The name of the "share" (the shared disk, volume, or directory) must be specified. You will not be prompted for it.
                              3. You cannot type spaces as part of the share name when connecting. In place of any space in the share name, type: %20
                              4. You cannot connect to a share with a name that contains a hyphen. Resolve the issue by giving the share a name that does not contain a hyphen.
                              5. Connecting to (mounting) two or more SMB volumes simultaneously may cause a kernel panic. Drag one volume to the Trash to eject it before connecting to another.
                              6. The only alert message that Mac OS X displays for SMB login difficulties is "There's no file service available at the URL ." This is sometimes correct and sometimes incorrect. This is the message that would appear if you mistyped your password, for example.
                              7. Mac OS X connects to SMB via the TCP/IP protocol, not via the NetBIOS protocol.
                              8. When troubleshooting a connection failure, you can ping the IP address of the Windows computer using the Mac OS X Network Utility to verify a TCP/IP connection between the two computers.
                              9. Check Microsoft support resources for information on setting up file sharing on your Microsoft Windows-based computer. These may include Help files installed on your computer or the Microsoft online Knowledge Base (http://search.support.microsoft.com/kb/). For an example, see article Q304040: "Description of File Sharing and Permissions in Windows XP"
                              10. You can get additional information from the Internet Engineering Task Force document "SMB File Sharing URL Scheme" (http://www.ietf.org/internet-drafts/draft-crhertel-smb-url-02.txt).


                              NOTE: These instructions assume you are using Mac OS version 10.1.2. Locations, labels, and behaviors may differ in other versions of the OS.
                              1026 0 Mac OS X windows, filesharing, share, connect, mac os x, file server My frozen application isn’t listed in the Force Quit list. How can I quit it? Although rare, some applications and system processes that you want to quit do not show up in the Force Quit window. To find and quit these elusive processes, you can use an application called Process Viewer, located in /Applications/Utilities on your Mac OS X hard drive. It may be necessary to select ‘All Processes’ from the Show menu. Find the process you want to quit in the Process Viewer window and choose ‘Quit Process’ from the Process menu. NOTE: These instructions assume you are using Mac OS version 10.1.2. Locations, labels, and behaviors may differ in other versions of the OS. 1027 0 Mac OS X force quit, frozen, application, mac os x How do I quit out of a frozen application in Mac OS X? From the Apple menu, choose Force Quit. Choose the offending application and click ‘Force Quit.’ Alternatively, you can use the old key commands from Mac OS 9 ‘apple + option + esc’ to produce the Force Quit dialog. NOTE: These instructions assume you are using Mac OS version 10.2. Locations, labels, and behaviors may differ in other versions of the OS. 1028 0 Mac OS X frozen, application, mac os x, force quit, quit What’s the Dock and how do I use it? The Dock is both a place to store links to your favorite items and to show applications that are running on your Mac. You can access the settings for the Dock by choosing System Preferences from the Apple menu and clicking on the Dock icon. This will allow to your hide it, reposition it, and change a window’s ‘minimize effects,’ among other things. The Dock is divided into two parts, a place for applications and a place for files and folders. Assuming the Dock’s default position at the bottom of the screen, applications go in the left half and files and folders go in the right half. Running applications are marked with black triangles underneath their icons. To add an item, drag it onto the Dock. To remove an item, drag it off the Dock. (It will disappear in a poof of smoke. This doesn’t delete the item, only the link to the item.) You can also drag icons to other positions on the Dock, providing they remain on their respective sides. When you minimize a window in the Finder (by clicking the yellow title bar button or by double-clicking the title bar) it minimizes to the Dock on the right side. NOTE: These instructions assume you are using Mac OS version 10.1.2. Locations, labels, and behaviors may differ in other versions of the OS. 1029 0 Mac OS X dock, use, mac os x How do I create PDF documents in Mac OS X? Most Mac OS X applications should be able to take advantage of the system’s ability to generate PDF files. This only pertains to native Mac OS X applications, not Classic applications. 1. From within the application, select Print from the File menu. 2. Instead of choosing Print, choose Preview instead. 3. Your default PDF application (usually Preview or Adobe Acrobat) will launch and show your document in PDF format. 4. Save your PDF document. NOTE: These instructions assume you are using Mac OS version 10.1.2. Locations, labels, and behaviors may differ in other versions of the OS. 1030 0 Mac OS X PDF, mac os x, create How do I change the font size on SAPgui? Macintosh ( SAPgui version 6.10 only):

                              1. Start SAPgui 6.10.
                              2. In the top SAP menu bar, click on the white question mark (?) at the far right.
                              3. Select Visual Settings.
                              4. When the Visual Settings dialog box appears, click on the Font Size tab and choose your preference on the panel that appears.
                              5. When you have made your selection, click Apply.
                                Result: You see the changes in your open SAP window.
                              6. If you want to keep the changes, click on OK.
                              PC:
                              1. In the Task Bar at the very far right in the System Tray, click on the SAP GUI Setting icon.
                              2. To change the font size, in the Font Size panel, select the font size (by percentage) that you want and click OK
                              3. Restart SAP.
                                Result: The change takes effect when you restart. 1034 0 General Font size, SAPgui Can FileMaker 8.0 users read databases created with FileMaker 8.5? Yes. If you are running version 8.0, you will be able to open a 8.5 version of a database without changing or corrupting anything. However, you will not be able to take advantage of any of the new 8.5 features if they have been incorporated into the database.

                                As a general rule, it’s best to keep an entire group of users at the same version level as the database.

                                For more information about using FileMaker at MIT, see http://itinfo.mit.edu/product.php?name=filemaker.

                                1044 0 FileMaker 8.5 filemaker, compatibility, databases, 8, 8.5 Why am I being prompted to convert my FileMaker 5.x/6.0 database to FileMaker 8.5? Should I do this? If you open a 6.0 or earlier version of a database with a 7.0 or later version of FileMaker, you will be prompted to convert it. However, you should seriously consider the implications of converting if you are using FileMaker in a shared environment. If you choose to convert a 6.0 database for 8, no one running 6 or earlier versions will be able to read it.

                                See the FileMaker Upgrade Considerations document for more information about transitioning to 8.5 from 6.0 and earlier versions.

                                1045 0 FileMaker 8.5 filemaker, databases, convert, 5.5, 6.0 I'm trying to uninstall Mink-10-18-99 on Windows 2000 Professional, but it fails with following error message: "Could not open INSTALL.LOG file." What should I do? You'll need to remove the old version of MinK manually, as follows:
                                1. Select, but do not run, Start -> Programs -> Startup -> Fleavius (Note: there may be 2 Startup folders, check both)

                                2. Right click on Fleavius, select Delete and answer Yes to the "Are you sure?" dialog.

                                3. Hit Ctrl-Alt-Delete and select Task Manager.

                                4. Click on the Processes Tab.

                                5. Select fleavius.exe and click on End Process. Answer Yes to the Warning.

                                6. Close the Task Manager.

                                7. Locate and delete the following two folders if they exist:
                                  C:\Program Files\Kerberos
                                  C:\net\mit
                                  If you are not comfortable editing the registry, please skip to Step 10. Not completing Steps 8 and 9 will leave "Kerberos version 4 and 5 libraries and support binaries" in Add/Remove Programs. It will not effect Kerberos.

                                8. Click on Start -> Run and type in regedit and hit Enter.

                                9. Delete the following key (carefully):
                                  HKLM\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\Current Version
                                  Please note the space between "Current" and "Version", there is another Key which does not have the space which if deleted will cause problems. You should verify that the one you have selected only has Uninstall\MINK in it. To delete the Key, right click on it and select Delete. Answer Yes to the Warning.

                                10. Restart the machine.

                                11. Download and install Kerberos for Windows 2.1.1 from http://mit.edu/software/win.html

                                12. Get tickets and enjoy!
                                1046 0 MinK (Windows) I spent a long time writing a mail message, and it was lost when I tried to send it. What happened? WebMail sessions are set to expire after 10 hours, so this should not happen. If your session was close to expiring while your were composing a message, you should receive a warning at 5 minutes and at 1 minute before the session expires. Another possibility is a break in the network connection. When you are composing or reading a message you are interacting only with the local browser, not the WebMail server. To prevent your session from timing out, especially when you are composing mail messages, leave the WebMail window displaying your INBOX. This is refreshed automatically every few minutes, which has the effect of keeping your session alive. Obviously, this depends on an active network connection. Some sytems may automatically drop the network connection if there is no network activity, in which case your session will eventually timeout. In general, if you are composing a lengthy message, you probably should create it using an editor and then "attach" the message in the WebMail compose window. It may be worthwhile to recall that when you compose a message using the WebMail "compose" window, the communication is strictly on your local system, between your keyboard and the browser window. When you click the "Send", "Save" or "Spell check" buttons, you initiate contact between your browser and the WebMail server. That contact will succeed only if your session is live. 1048 0 WebMail webmail, time out, expire, session, inactive, lose text, compose How do I keep my WebMail session from expiring? WebMail sessions are set to expire after 10 hours (the same amount of time as your Kerberos tickets). When you are reading a message or composing a message, you are interacting only with the browser, not the WebMail server. To ensure that your session stays active even while composing a lengthy mail message, leave the main WebMail window set to display your INBOX. If you stay connected to the internet, the INBOX display will automatically refresh every few minutes, which has the effect of keeping your session active. Another way of keeping your session active is to select the two round arrows displayed on each mailbox listing page to check for new e-mail. You will receive a warning message when your session is 5 minutes from expiring, and when your session is 1 minute from expiring. 1049 0 WebMail webmail, session, expire, time out When I resize the Compose window after writing a message, I lose the text. In some browsers, if you resize the Compose window after entering text, your text will be lost. Either resize the window before you start entering your message, or verify that resizing the Compose window will not result in the loss of your message. This is a problem of your browser, not of WebMail. 1050 0 WebMail webmail, compose, resize, window Why does WebMail say I don't have any mail when I know mail is there? To access your MIT email using WebMail, the mail must be addressed to user@mit.edu. Other email addresses do not work with MIT WebMail, including ones within MIT such as user@ai.mit.edu, user@sloan.mit.edu, user@yahoo.com. In addition, the mail must get delivered to one of MIT's central mail servers, such as PO9.MIT.EDU or PO10.MIT.EDU.

                                If your incoming mail is addressed to you@mit.edu, but if you or your department has set up mail forwarding, then your mail will not get deposited on the central mail server. In this situation, when you login to WebMail, it will correctly show you an empty mailbox on the central mail server because your mail has gone to another mail server.

                                Another possibility may be a conflict between WebMail, an IMAP client, and your usual email client if it is set to POP. If your e-mail client is set for POP, you will see only the INBOX (or top-level folder) in WebMail. By default, Eudora is set to POP. Settings in POP clients, such as Eudora, let you specify a length of time to leave mail on the post office server, or to delete it from the server after the mail is downloaded to your local computer. If you plan to use WebMail in conjunction with a POP client, be aware of any automatic actions your POP client may be set to perform.

                                1051 0 WebMail webmail, no mail My browser says I have an insecure connection. Isn't WebMail secure? MIT WebMail allows only secure connections - despite what certain browsers may say (such as IE on Macintosh). When connecting to WebMail, Internet Explorer on Macintosh will occasionally display messages about not being able to establish a secure connection. Be assured that WebMail allows only secure connections.

                                1052 0 WebMail webmail, insecure connection Why don't attachments automatically open in WebMail, and why don't HTML messages display? WebMail is configured so that you must open or download attachments yourself. It does not automatically open or interpret any attachments. Also, it does not interpret any HTML code that appears in the body of a message. For example, if the message contains the text <b>Toner Cartridges!</b>, you will see the HTML code and not its interpretation as Toner Cartridges.

                                Enabling HTML in a message would expose the user to security risks because any JavaScript (ActiveX, Java, etc.) in the attachment will be executed by the browser. The developers of IMP (on which MIT WebMail is based) and Information Services and Technology felt that this is a security risk which the WebMail server cannot allow.

                                1053 0 WebMail webmail, attachments, html Does WebMail work with attachments? WebMail does work with attachments, but slightly differently than other, non-web-based email clients which automatically display attachments of various types. WebMail does not do any automatic conversion of attachments.

                                To view an attachment, click on the "View" link for the attachment. The browser is then responsible for opening up an application to display the attachment. If your browser recognizes the attachment type and is configured to handle it, an application or browser plug-in will start up and display the attachment. If it doesn't handle the attachment correctly, you can either try to configure your browser to do so, or simply download the attachment via the disk or download icon, and read the file.

                                When you send an attachment, the WebMail server may not be able to determine the type of the attachment. Attachments are encoded, and in general, the type must be correct in order for a recipient to read (view or download) the attachment easily. When using WebMail to send an attachment, be sure to check whether the attachment type is shown correctly before you send it. The type is likely to be correct if the file you are attaching has a "standard" file name extension, such as ".html" or ".htm" for a file containing HTML and .doc for Word files. 1054 0 WebMail webmail, attachments Why do some attachments I send not go through properly? When you send an attachment, the WebMail server may not be able to determine the type of the attachment. Attachments are encoded, and in general, the type must be correct in order for a recipient to view or download the attachment easily. When using WebMail to send an attachment, be sure to check whether the attachment type is shown correctly before you send it. The type is likely to be correct if the file you are attaching has a standard file name extension, such as .html or .htm for a file containing HTML, and .doc for MS Word files. 1055 0 WebMail webmail, attachments, plug-in, helper application Security problem--the browser sometimes remembers passwords. A number of WebMail users have noticed that when they go back to a computer on which they previously logged into WebMail, it allows them to log into WebMail without entering their password. This is a feature of the browser, NOT WebMail. Password saving should be disabled, and all saved passwords cleared from the browser: see Disable Password Saving in Web Browsers. 1056 0 WebMail webmail, passwords, IE, internet explorer, security Why do the fonts and colors look so poor on my computer? Many factors affect how WebMail looks on different browsers and different platforms; for example, monitor resolution and tuning, browser settings and capabilities. Try the following to change WebMail's appearance on the computer on which you are working:

                                • Resize the browser window
                                • Adjust the brightness or contrast on your monitor
                                • Modify the font or color settings in the browser preferences
                                • Use a different browser

                                MIT's WebMail team aimed for an acceptable appearance on browsers and platforms most often used at MIT. If you find cases where the fonts or the colors make WebMail impossible or difficult to see, even after making adjustments to the monitor or browser settings, please send email to webmail@mit.edu.

                                1057 0 WebMail webmail, fonts, colors, display How can I learn more about secure file transfer options at MIT? Visit the Secure File Transfer at MIT Web page at: http://web.mit.edu/ist/topics/filetransfer/ 1063 0 FTP - Secure File Transfer (SecureFX, Fetch) file transfer, secure, kerberos, ftp, file, transfer, protocol, FileZilla How can I request an Athena filesystem (locker) so my MIT organization can disseminate information via the Web? (Note: available to MIT organizations, labs, and offices only.) You can find more information about this on the WCS Athena Locker Request Form. 1071 0 Web Publishing athena, locker, web I'm a private web developer. How do I get a guest account to logon to the MIT network? The MIT-affiliated faculty or staff member with whom you are working can agree to sponsor you for a guest account. To do so your sponsor should fill out the sponsored account request form.

                                You sponsor will be asked to provide the following information about you:

                                • Your name,
                                • Your MIT ID number, if you have one, or your birthday (MM/DD, no year) if you don't yet have an MIT ID number,
                                • Requested expiration (must initially be under 2 years),
                                • Name and email address of sponsor

                                Notes:

                                • Guest Account status may be granted to individuals who are not MIT undergraduate or graduate students, MIT faculty, or MIT on-campus staff, and are working on Institute projects.

                                • An current MIT faculty or staff member must agree to be the sponsor for the account. The sponsor must be accessible via email, and will need to provide his/her electronic address on the form.

                                • The account will have an initial expiration date no later than 2 years from the time the account is opened. The sponsor will be contacted when the account comes up for expiration to see if it should be extended.

                                • A sponsored guest account is intended for individuals who need access to MIT services to participate in Institute related work.

                                • A sponsored guest account should not be requested when the individual's needs can easily be met by commercial or public alternatives. Email and word processing are both available via other services, and therefore are not good reasons for a sponsored guest account. The ongoing maintenance of Athena mailing lists is also not a valid reason for an account. Accounts can be granted for temporary use by web developers on specific terminal projects but not for on going maintenance of web pages.

                                • The account holder may not use Athena software or other Athena services in ways that violate MIT license restrictions or use the system for any commercial or sponsored research purposes. The Athena Rules of Use must also be followed.
                                1073 0 Web Publishing private, developer, guest account, network How can I increase the relevancy ranking of my page for search engines? (metatags and keywords)

                                Using Meta Tags at MIT

                                Meta tags are HTML elements that allow you to specify metadata (information about what makes up your document) within an HTML file. There are many kinds of metadata, some of which can help search engines index your documents more accurately.

                                Meta tags belong within the <HEAD> section of a document. They do not take a closing </META> tag. You can use many meta tags within a single document. (View the source of this document to see how we've used them ourselves.)

                                We will only discuss a few of these meta tags here. For more information on the topic, please see the World Wide Web Consortium's notes on helping search engines index your site as well as information about the Dublin Core set of meta tags.

                                Keywords and Description

                                You can specify keywords related to your document that may help search engines rank you within their listings. You can also specify a brief description of your document.

                                These tags take the following format:

                                <meta name="keywords" content="meta tags, HTML, WCS, FAQ">
                                <meta name="description" content="WCS FAQ about using meta tags at MIT">

                                Keep your descriptions accurate but short. Because some HTML authors have abused meta tags (e.g., by using hundreds of keywords, only some of which relate directly to their site), a few search engines ignore meta tags when weighting their rankings (most notably, Excite). Please don't contribute to this problem!

                                Document Author

                                You can specify a name and email address for the person responsible for the content of the document. Regardless of whether search engines now pick up this information, it's a good idea to include it.

                                <meta name="Author" content="Deborah Levinson">
                                <link rev="made" href="mailto:web-request@mit.edu">

                                Document Language

                                If you have versions of your HTML document available in other languages, you can specify this in a meta tag. This will help search engines provide the right version of the document to people searching in non-English languages.

                                <link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="mver-french.html" hreflang="fr" lang="fr" title="Ma Vie en Rose">

                                Robot Indexing Instructions

                                Sometimes you may have data on your pages you do not want indexed by a search engine. One way to prevent robot "spiders" from following all the links on your page is to use the following tag:

                                <meta name="robots" content="noindex, nofollow">

                                Setting an Expiration Date

                                In cases where your data changes on a regular basis (or even an irregular basis), you should consider using a meta tag to tell the browser when to look for a new copy of your document. The date, expressed as a two-digit day, three-letter month, and four-digit year, represents the day on which the browser should reload a fresh copy.

                                <meta http-equiv="expires" content="01 Jul 1999">

                                Automatic Redirection to Another Document (Meta Refresh Tag)

                                A special meta tag allows you to automatically redirect users to a different page of your web site. This tag is helpful in cases where an URL has changed and you need a quick way of letting people know about it.

                                The meta refresh tag takes the following form:

                                <meta http-equiv="refresh" content="0;URL=www/index.html">

                                The number before the semicolon is the time measured in seconds before the browser loads the specified URL. Using "0" will cause a near-instantaneous redirect to the other page.

                                Since some older browsers do not recognize this tag, it's important that you also place an actual HTML link to your new file on the redirection page.

                                This tag is especially useful if you have stored your files in a www subdirectory but people look for your site at the top level (e.g., at http://web.mit.edu/foo/ instead of http://web.mit.edu/foo/www/). If you do not have a file called index.html at the top level of your directory, people will be able to see the contents of that directory, which you may not necessarily want to be public. (To see this in action, try accessing your personal account as http://web.mit.edu/username/)

                                The document template we've supplied below is a simple redirection page you can use as an index.html in your top-level directory to point people to your www directory. You can cut and paste this into a text file. Simply replace the URL in the meta tag with the document you want people to point to, and replace the XXX with the name of your locker.

                                <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2//EN">
                                <html>
                                <head>
                                <title>
                                The office you are looking for is at</title>
                                <meta http-equiv="refresh" content="0;URL=www/index.html">
                                </head>
                                <body>
                                <a href="http://web.mit.edu/XXX">URL goes here</a>
                                <P>
                                You are being automatically redirected to that site.</P>
                                </body>
                                </html>

                                Once you've created this page, you will need to change the permissions in your top-level directory to make it world-readable. If you need help doing this, please contact the webhelp@mit.edu.

                                1074 0 Web Publishing metatags, keywords, relevancy, search engines How can I create comment forms so people can send me email via the web? This information is covered at MIT Web Publishing Reference 1077 0 Web Publishing comment, forms, email How do I work with forms in Athena? The following information can be found at the MIT Web Publishing Reference 1078 0 Web Publishing forms, athena, html How do I put the MIT logo on my web page? (For use by MIT-related web pages only) More information about this topic can be found on the MIT Letter forms web page. 1079 0 Web Publishing MIT logo, web page, html How can I find out about using a scanner to get images for my web page? Please see the New Media Center web page. 1080 0 Web Publishing images, scanner How do I put an access counter on my web page? More information on this topic can be found on the Web Reporting Service web page. 1084 0 Web Publishing counter, web, html How can I get more web publishing space on the MIT web servers? If the locker for which you would like to request more space is an "org locker" (the path looks like /afs/athena/org/l/lockername/) and the space is being used for web publishing, contact MIT Computing Help Desk at (617) 253-1101. You may be able to have your disk quota increased free of charge. If you are requesting a substantial increase in quota (totalling over 300mb) you may need to lease disk space. 1087 0 Web Publishing space, disk, server What Athena and MIT policy issues should I be aware of? For more information on this topic, see the Legal and Policy Requirements for MIT Web Sites web page. 1088 0 Web Publishing Athena, policy What is the policy on sponsorship, advertising, and affiliate programs on MIT websites? For more information on this topic, please see the Ecommerce Guidelines at MIT web page. 1089 0 Web Publishing policy, sponsorship, advertising, affiliate, programs, web sites How can I search just my pages with the MIT search engine? For more information on this topic, please see the Frequently Asked Question: How can I search just my pages with the MIT search engine? web page. 1090 0 Web Publishing my, page, search, html How do I find out who is linked to my page? You can find out what web sites link to your web page by using the Alta Vista search engine. (You get the links it knows about).

                                Alta Vista has the ability to find links to a given Web page. To do this just enter the following syntax in the basic query entry form:

                                +link:http://www.site/path/page.html -url:=http://www.site/path/page.html

                                Where "http://www.site/path/page.html" is the page to which you want to find links. 1093 0 Web Publishing page, linked, connected, html How do I announce my web page? Refer to the Frequently Asked Question: How do I announce my web page for details. 1094 0 Web Publishing web, page, accounce, advertise, html I'm running Mac OS X, and when I try to empty trash, I get a message telling me I don't have sufficient privileges. What should I do? Error messages referencing "insufficient privileges" while emptying the trash occur (1) when trying to delete certain programs that install with root privileges (such as Virex 7) and (2) as a result of disk errors or bugs in programs. You can empty the trash by following these steps:

                                1. Open the Terminal in the Utilities folder.
                                2. Type "cd .Trash" (without quotes).
                                3. Type "pwd" (without quotes) to make sure you are in your .Trash directory.
                                  Result: You should get a response like "/Users/username/.Trash".
                                4. After you have verified you are in your Trash directory, type
                                  "sudo rm -r *" (without quotes).
                                  Result: You will be prompted for a password.
                                5. Type in the password for your user account. If that does not work, use the password Mac OS X was originally set up with.

                                  NOTE: This command will delete everything in the directory, so it is essential that you do this in the correct folder. Once the data has been erased, it cannot be recovered.

                                6. You may now quit the terminal.
                                If you empty the trash, you should no longer receive the insufficient privileges error message. 1098 0 Mac OS X How can I change my IP address? Send e-mail to computing-help@mit.edu with the information about the IP address you want to change. Include the current IP address and hostname. See also http://web.mit.edu/ist/help/network/ 1099 0 Getting Connected change IP address, mac, windows, linux, ps, athena Can I remove the excerpt bars that appear alongside the text of a replied or forwarded message in Eudora? To remove the excerpt bars, press: Command + Option + ' (single quotation mark) on the Macintosh -or- Control + . (period) on Windows machines. This removes one level of excerpt bars for the entire message. Use the keyboard combination as many times as needed to remove the desired number of levels, if more than one level appears in a message. To add the excerpt bars, press: Command + Control + ' (single quotation mark) on the Macintosh -or- Control + Shift + . (period) on Windows. 1100 0 Eudora for Windows message, reply, bars, forward, reply I want to use File Sharing, but I don't want the whole world to see what's in my Public folder. How can I do this? By default, when File Sharing is turned on in Mac OS X, anybody can connect to the Public folders of users on your Mac. To disable this functionality:

                                1. Navigate to your home directory (or to the home directory of the user's Public folder that you want to disable).
                                2. Select the Public icon by clicking on it.
                                3. From the File menu, select Show Info.
                                4. In the Public Info window, select Privileges from the first pop-up menu, right below the icon.
                                5. Then choose None from the Everyone pop-up menu.
                                6. Click the Apply button to make sure guests cannot connect to any folders you have created inside the Public folder.
                                7. Repeat steps 1-6 if you want to disable file sharing guests from accessing other users' Public folders on your computer.

                                For more information on File Sharing in Mac OS X, see Apple's Knowledge Base, Mac OS X: File Sharing, Article ID: 106461.

                                1101 0 Mac OS X file sharing, public folder, guest access How does Mac OS X deal with fonts? They seem to be all over the place. Mac OS X has multiple Fonts folders. Where a font is filed determines when and who can use it. This table tells you where fonts are filed and how they are used. For more complete information, see Apple's KnowledgeBase Article 106417 from which this information has been excerpted.

                                Font UseFont FolderFont Description
                                "User"~/Library/Fonts/

                                Note: The tilde character (~) represents a user's Home, which may be local or remote.

                                		Each user has complete control over the fonts installed in her Home. These fonts are available to that user when she is logged in to the computer. Fonts installed here are not available to all users of the computer.
                                "Local"/Library/Fonts/Any local user of the computer can use fonts installed in this folder. Mac OS X does not require these additional fonts for system operation. An Admin user can modify the contents of this folder. This is the recommended location for fonts that are shared among applications.
                                "Network"/Network/Library/Fonts/The Network folder is for fonts shared among all users of a local area network. This feature is normally used on network file servers, under the control of a network administrator.
                                "System"/System/Library/Fonts/Mac OS X requires fonts in this folder for system use and displays. They should not be altered or removed.
                                "Classic"

                                /System Folder/Fonts/

                                Note: Do not confuse the Mac OS 9.1 "System Folder" with the Mac OS X "System" folder.

                                		This folder contains fonts used by the Classic environment. If more than one Mac OS 9.1 System Folder is present, only fonts in the System Folder selected in the Classic pane of System Preferences are used. Classic applications can access only these fonts, not those stored elsewhere. Conversely, Mac OS X applications can use these fonts, even when the Classic environment is not active.
                                1102 0 Mac OS X Mac OS X, fonts How do I configure Windows XP to connect to MITnet (MIT's network)? For step-by-step instructions, see Connecting Windows XP. 1108 0 Windows XP Professional network, connect, windows xp, connectivity, set up, connecting, mitnet When I try to run Eudora with a Limited User account on Windows 2000/XP, I receive an error message. Why? When you run Eudora under a Limited User account on Windows XP or 2000, you may receive an “unhandled exception error” or a message about a “descmap.pce” or "LinkHistory.dat" file. This will occur for Limited User accounts, if the Administrator launches Eudora under the Administrator account after the installation. If you launch Eudora for the first time as Administrator, Eudora assumes that you have Administrator permissions. Then, when you try to run Eudora in User mode, you receive an error similar to the above.

                                Perform the following work-around to fix the problem:

                                Note: This procedure should be accomplished by an Administrator with experience configuring permissions. If you need assistance, contact your system administrator or the Computing Help Desk.

                                Windows 2000
                                1. Log on as Administrator.
                                2. Give the User account Full Control to the User's Eudora folder (usually C:\Users\Username\Eudora\). To do this, right click the folder, select Properties > Security tab. Then, set the User account permissions to Full Control.
                                3. Give Full Control permissions to the file C:\Users\Username\Eudora\descmap.pce. To do this, right click on the file, select Properties > Security tab. Then, set the User account permissions to Full Control.
                                4. Give Full Control permissions to the file C:\Users\Username\Eudora\LinkHistory.dat
                                5. Log off Administrator and log on as the User account.
                                6. Launch Eudora.
                                Windows XP
                                1. Log on as Administrator.
                                2. Disable Simple File Sharing. To do this, go to Control Panel >Folder Options>View tab. At the bottom of the list, uncheck Use simple file sharing.
                                3. Give the User account Full Control to the User's Eudora folder (usually C:\Users\Username\Eudora\). To do this, right click on the folder, select Properties > Security tab. Then, do the following:
                                    a. Click Add.
                                    b. Type in the users' username in the "Enter the object names to select (examples):" field.
                                    c. Click OK.
                                    d. Select the user, put a check mark in the Full Control Allow box.
                                    e. Click OK.
                                4. Give Full Control permissions to the file C:\Users\Username\Eudora\descmap.pce. To do this, right click on the file, select Properties > Security tab. Then, do the following:
                                    a. Click Add.
                                    b. Type in the users' username in the "Enter the object names to select (examples):" field.
                                    c. Click OK.
                                    d. Select the user, put a check mark in the Full Control Allow box.
                                    e. Click OK.
                                5. Also use the procedure above to give Full Control permissions to the file C:\Users\Username\Eudora\LinkHistory.dat
                                6. Log off Administrator and log on as the User account.
                                7. Launch Eudora.
                                1110 0 Installation of Eudora descmap,pce,linkhistory,dat,error message,windows 2000,NT,XP How do I register for an Athena account? If you are a current MIT student, staff member, or faculty member with a valid MIT ID number you are eligible for an Athena account (see Registering for a Kerberos identity). You may register for a new Athena account using the web interface at http://web.mit.edu/register/, or at an actual Athena workstation by clicking on "Register for an Account" from the login window.

                                People who are working on Institute projects that make use of Athena or its related services may be eligible for a sponsoring an account. 1111 0 Web Publishing athena, account, register Can I password-protect my web site? Refer to Frequently Asked Question: Can I password protect my web site? for details on how to do this. 1114 0 Web Publishing password, protect, web site, Obtaining Address-less Tickets in Kerberos for Windows Address-less tickets help you use Kerberos-enabled services from behind residential gateways, so-called "NAT-boxes", firewalls, and other systems that give you internet access by presenting a differnet address to remote servers than is actually being used by your computer.

                                The easiest way to obtain address-less tickets in Kerberos for Windows is to install and use KfW 2.5.

                                Address-less tickets can also be obtained in the following ways:

                                1. Use the command-line program kinit -A instead of Leash. A command-shell window will open and ask for your password. After you get it, the window closes and you have address-less tickets.

                                2. Add a setting to the krb5.ini file on your PC (search in your Windows directory for it and open it in Notepad). You need to add "noaddresses = true" to the section labelled "[libdefaults]". Save the file and exit; Leash will now obtain address-less tickets. The resulting section in the file looks like: 
                                  [libdefaults] default_realm = ATHENA.MIT.EDU default_tgs_enctypes = des-cbc-crc default_tkt_enctypes = des-cbc-crc forwardable = true proxiable = true noaddresses = true
                                1129 0 Kerberos Tickets Why does the Control Panel look different on Windows XP? Windows XP introduces a new "Category View" for the Control Panel.

                                However, if you don't like the Category View, you can switch back to the Classic View by accessing the Control Panel (Start > Control Panel) and clicking the Switch to Classic View icon. The icon is located in the upper left of the new control panel window.

                                1131 0 Windows XP Professional control panel,windows xp,category,classic view Are there any security guidelines for using Windows XP at MIT? Yes. See Five Security Tips for MIT Machines. 1132 0 Windows XP Professional windows xp,security guidelines,tips,ntfs,passwords,policy,settings,automatic updates,limited,user account,file sharing,auditing,logs,IIS,remote,desktop,virus,backup What is Fast User Switching and how do I use it? With Fast User Switching enabled, you don't have to close the applications and files that you are working on if somebody else needs to log into your computer.

                                To turn fast user switching on or off, see - Microsoft's document, Share a Computer With Fast User Switching.

                                To switch users, Click Start > Logoff > Switch User.

                                1133 0 Windows XP Professional fast,user,switching,windows xp,account,administrator I *hate* the new Windows XP Start menu. Can I get the old Windows 2000 /NT/98 Start menu "look" back? Yes. Right click on the Start menu and select Properties. Then click the radio button for Classic Start menu. 1134 0 Windows XP Professional Start menu,windows XP,classic,new How can I get Windows XP? See the How To Obtain section of the Windows XP product page for information about how to get Windows XP Professional at MIT. 1135 0 Windows XP Professional obtaining,getting,license,windows xp,vsls,professional Why is the option to add a Local Printer grayed out on Windows XP? If you're trying to add a Local printer and the radio button is grayed out, chances are you are logged in to Windows XP via a Limited User account.

                                By default a Limited User account cannot add a local printer in Windows XP. Only an Administrator can add a local printer. It is recommended that you switch you an Administrator account, if possible, to install the local printer or contact your system administrator or the Computing Help Desk for assistance.

                                1137 0 Windows XP Professional Local Printer,add printer,settings,configuration,configuring,network Why am I unable to rename the Administrator account after an upgrade? You cannot use Windows XP's new "User Accounts" Control Panel applet to rename the Administrator Account. To rename the Administrator account:
                                1. Click Start > Control Panel > Performance and Maintenance > Administrative Tools.
                                2. Double-click Computer Management. In the console tree, expand Local Users and Groups, then click Users.
                                3. Right-click the Administrator account, and click Rename.
                                4. Rename the account. The change will take effect the next time you log on.
                                1138 0 Windows XP Professional administrator,account,renaming,rename,default,user accounts When I try to set permissions on a folder by selecting it then right clicking on Properties, the Security tab is not there. Where did it go? You cannot set NTFS permissions with Windows XP's simple file sharing (SFS) feature enabled. You must first disable SFS. To disable SFS:
                                1. Click Start > My Computer > Tools > Folder Options > View.
                                2. Scroll to the bottom of the list of advanced settings and un-check Use Simple File Sharing (Recommended).
                                3. Click Apply, then OK.
                                  4. 1139 0 Windows XP Professional security tab,ACL,NTFS,permissions,SFS,simple file sharing,access,control,properties Does MIT recommend Windows XP Professional or Windows XP Home Edition? What is the difference between the editions? MIT recommends Windows XP Professional.

                                  Note: While IS&T will provide best-effort support for XP Home Edition, Home Edition lacks some important features required by some MIT users, including the ability to join a domain.

                                  See Microsoft's Which Edition is Right For You? for a detailed features comparison.

                                  1141 0 Windows XP Professional microsoft,windows xp,professional,home edition,editions,versions,recommended,recommendation Why can't I open an existing FileMaker database under a Limited User Account in Windows XP? This is a known issue encountered during testing of FileMaker with Windows XP in the MIT environment. To fix the problem, switch back to the Administrator account and provide Full Control permissions to the existing database. 1144 0 FileMaker filemaker,windows xp,limited user,administrator,errror,unable to open When launching Filezilla for the first time under a Windows XP Limited User account, why do I receive an error message saying "unable to connect"? Check to make sure GSS is enabled.

                                  Go to Edit > Settings > GSS Support > Enable Kerberos GSS support.

                                  For help, contact the Computing Help Desk.

                                  1146 0 Windows XP Professional filezilla,unable to connect,windows xp,limited user account What's a MAC address and why do I need it? A MAC (Media Access Control) address is the unique hardware address of a network device such as an Ethernet card or a Wireless card. At MIT, the MAC address is registered and used to 'certify' users that want to use DHCP or Wireless on their computers. The MAC address information is kept in different locations depending on the operating system you are using.

                                  Macintosh OS 9:

                                  1. Open the TCP/IP control panel
                                  2. Select Edit>User Mode...
                                  3. Select Advanced and click OK
                                  4. In TCP/IP control panel, choose your network device from the Connect via list, for example Ethernet or Airport.
                                  5. In the bottom left corner of the TCP/IP window, click the Info button.
                                    Result: Your MAC address is listed as Hardware Address.

                                  Macintosh OS X:

                                  1. Open System Preferences application (Apple menu>>System Preferences)
                                  2. Click Network.
                                  3. From the Show list, choose your network device.
                                    Result: Your MAC address appears in the lower left corner of the window listed as Ethernet Address or Airport ID depending on the device selected.

                                  Windows 2000/XP:

                                  1. Select Start>Run
                                  2. Type cmd and click OK(Windows 2000 and XP) or type command and click OK(Windows 98)
                                  3. In the DOS window, type ipconfig /all (there's a space between 'ipconfig' and '/all')
                                    Result: All your ethernet devices should be listed, usually by vendor and some type of description. Your MAC address is listed under Physical Address.
                                  1154 0 Mac OS Mac address, NIC, DHCP, Wireless, registration Why did a message pop up on my Windows machine and how do I prevent these in the future? Beginning in the Fall of 2002, we noticed hackers and advertising agencies, maliciously using the Windows Messaging Service to send unsolicited messages to Windows desktops.

                                  To stop seeing these messages, you need to disable the Messenger Service. You should do this only if you do not rely on Windows Messaging to get alerts from your local system administrators or other things like a UPS. If you are not sure, check with your local technical expert before disabling the service.

                                  To stop and disable the Windows Messaging Service:

                                  1. Right click on My Computer and select Manage.
                                  2. Expand (click on +) Open Services and Applications.
                                  3. Select Services.
                                  4. Find Messenger and double click on it.
                                    • If the Service Status is showing as Started, click on the Stop button
                                    • Change Startup type to Manual.
                                  5. Click OK.

                                  More information on Windows Messaging: The Windows Messaging service can send messages to all machines on the local subnet (typically a building at MIT) or to a specific IP address. By writing a script, a hacker or other malicious user, can send messages to thousands or millions of computers. The only way to block this is to turn of the messaging service. If we were to block the ports this service uses, then we would also be blocking Windows file sharing and Windows domain services.

                                  1155 0 Windows 2000 Professional windows, messaging, message, popup, annoying My FileZilla settings are correct and I have Kerberos tickets, but I am unable to get a directory listing on the remote server. What should I do? Some MIT users have been able to resolve this problem by configuring FileZilla for "Passive mode." To do this:
                                  1. Launch FileZilla and go to Edit > Settings > Firewall Settings.
                                  2. Click in the checkbox to enable the setting for Passive Mode.

                                  If the problem persists, try SecureFX, a secure Windows file transfer alternative to FileZilla.

                                  1156 0 FTP - Secure File Transfer (SecureFX, Fetch) filezilla,remote server,directory listing,log in,cannot,cant Can I prevent Eudora for Macintosh OS X from popping into the foreground every time I receive new mail? Yes. There is a mostly undocumented way to control Eudora's window layering to prevent it from being a nuisance in OS X. To change this setting, paste the following text, including the enclosing angle brackets, into the content area of a new e-mail document:

                                  <x-eudora-setting:266>

                                  The text in between the brackets will be underlined like a URL. Command-click on the text, and a dialog will appear in which you can change the setting according to your preference.

                                  • 0-above topmost non-comp window
                                  • 1-on top
                                  • 2-behind In
                                  • 3-behind current mailbox
                                  • 4-rearmost
                                  • 5-second

                                  Change the setting to 4-rearmost to prevent Eudora from popping into the foreground when you receive new mail.

                                  1157 0 Eudora for Macintosh windows,layering,foreground,pop up,new mail,prevent,stop,launch,open How can I submit suggestions for additions and changes to the MIT Events Calendar? Send email to events-admin@mit.edu describing your suggestion. 1158 0 Providers feedback, comments How do I release and renew my IP address on my computer? For Windows ME, 98, and earlier
                                  1. Select Start>Run
                                  2. Type winipcfg.exe
                                    Result: A program called IP Configuration should appear.
                                  3. From the drop down menu (usually defaults to PPP adapter) choose your Ethernet adapter.
                                  4. Click the Release button (not Release All)
                                    Result: The IP address changes to 0.0.0.0
                                  5. Click the Renew button (not Renew All)
                                    Result: You should have successfully acquired a new IP address, something like 18.X.Y.Z where X, Y, and Z are numbers.
                                  For Windows 2000 and XP
                                  1. Select Start>Run
                                  2. Type cmd.exe
                                    Result: A DOS-like command line window appears.
                                  3. In the command line window, type ipconfig /release (make sure there is a space between 'ipconfig' and '/release')
                                    Result: If you already have an IP address, it will change to 0.0.0.0. If you do not have an IP address, you will be told that all addresses have already been released.
                                  4. In the command line window, type ipconfig /renew (again, making sure there is a space between 'ipconfig' and '/renew')
                                    Result: You should have successfully acquired a new IP address, something like 18.X.Y.Z where X, Y, and Z are numbers.
                                  For Mac OS 9
                                  1. Select Apple Menu>Control Panels>TCP/IP
                                  2. Make sure that the Configure drop down menu is set to Using DHCP Server
                                  3. IIn the DHCP Client ID field, type 1.
                                  4. Close the control panel,.
                                    Result: Your changes are saved and you have released and renewed your IP address.
                                  5. Open the TCP/IP Control Panel and remove the "1" from the DHCP Client ID field.
                                  6. Close the control panel, saving changes.
                                  For Mac OS X
                                  1. Select Apple Menu>System Preferences>Network
                                  2. Make sure that the Ethernet adaptor is selected and "Configure" is set to 'Using DHCP'
                                  3. IIn the DHCP Client ID field, type 1.
                                  4. Click the Apply Now button.
                                    Result: You just released and renewed your IP address.
                                  5. Remove the "1" you just typed.
                                  6. Click the Apply Now button.
                                  1159 0 DHCP release, renew, IP, DHCP, I can't get MIT Personal Certificates with Microsoft Internet Explorer version 6.0 SP1 or later for Windows. If you are running Internet Explorer version 6.0 SP1 or later, you need the Microsoft patch that updates xenroll.dll, a file required to generate digital certificates such as MIT personal certificates.

                                  To get this patch, see: Microsoft Security Bullein MS02-048 or Microsoft Knowledge Base Article 323172

                                  1167 0 Internet Explorer How do I change the default file extension in Dreamweaver MX 6.x or 7.0 from .htm to .html?

                                  In Dreamweaver 4 you were able to do this using your Dreamweaver Preferences. For Dreamweaver MX 6.x or MX 7.0 (2004), you need to do the following:

                                  1. Launch Dreamweaver.

                                  2. Open the MMDocumentTypes.xml file in one of these locations:

                                      Windows
                                      C:\Program Files\Macromedia\Dreamweaver MX\Configuration\DocumentTypes
                                      C:\Program Files\Macromedia\Dreamweaver MX 2004\Configuration\DocumentTypes

                                      Macintosh OS X
                                      Hard Drive\Applications\Macromedia Dreamweaver MX\Configuration\DocumentTypes
                                      Hard Drive\Applications\Macromedia Dreamweaver MX 2004\Configuration\DocumentTypes

                                      Mac OS 9
                                      Hard Drive\Applications(OS 9)\Macromedia Dreamweaver MX\Configuration\DocumentTypes



                                  3. Look for the line near the top of the file that begins with:

                                    documenttype id="HTML" internaltype="HTML" winfileextension="htm,html,shtml,shtm,..
                                    OR
                                    documenttype id="HTML" internaltype="HTML" macfileextension="htm,html,shtml,shtm...

                                  4. Change the order of the extensions listed after winfileextension or macfileextension to:

                                    html,htm,shtml,shtm,...

                                  5. Save your changes.

                                  6. Restart Dreamweaver.
                                  1169 0 Dreamweaver Dreamweaver, Dreamweaver MX, extention, .html, .htm, document type On OS X, I am trying to restore a file to the Desktop.  A TSM message states that the restore completed, but when I look for the file on my Desktop, I can't see it.  Why not? If you want to restore a file to your desktop (instead of its original location on your computer), select the Desktop in your home directory as the restore destination. The location of your Home Desktop is /Users/username/Desktop, where "username" is the short name for your Mac OS X user login account.

                                  Advanced note: If you used the Desktop shortcut to select your restore destination, your restore most likely exists on root's desktop, /private/var/root/Desktop.  The restored files/directories on root's desktop will need to be moved/accessed with root privileges.

                                  1171 0 TSM tsm,backup,macintosh,mac os x,mac os x 10.2 I ran the BrioQuery installer and when I answered "yes" to being connected to MITnet, I got an error. The file the installer is looking for, tnsnames, no longer resides on the specified server. Rerun the installer and when prompted as to whether you're connected to MITnet, answer No. After you've installed BrioQuery, go to the MIT Software Distribution page, download the TNSnames updater and run it. 1175 0 BrioQuery oracle, sqlnet, warehouse I ran the Oracle Client installer and after saying yes to being connected to MITnet, I got an error. The file the installer is looking for, tnsnames, no longer resides on the specified server. Rerun the installer and when prompted as to whether you're connected to MITnet, answer No. After you've installed Oracle Client, go to the MIT Software Distribution page, download the TNSnames updater and run it. 1176 0 Oracle brioquery, warehouse, sqlnet When trying to set up a KLP printer, I get an error message saying "Specified port cannot be added. The printer already exists." It is likely that the printer and the port have already been installed using KLP. Either the printer already exists under a different name, or it has been deleted from the Windows printer list, but the port still exists. Instead of creating a new port, select the radio button next to "use an existing port" and look for a KLPR port that has the same name as the printer which you are trying to add. Tell Windows to use this port, and continue installation as normal. If you have a reason to want to delete a KLP port, you can do so by going to Properties under any installed printer, clicking the Ports tab, highlighting the port, and clicking the delete button. 1177 0 KLP -- Kerberized printing for Windows KLPR, KLP, Windows Printing 4760 1 69 Network Time 4761 1 46 Network Time My voice mail message light is stuck on/off. Find out if message notification for your mailbox is turned on or off.
                                  • Enter your voice mailbox Main Menu and press [4 -1]
                                  • If the system replies with "Message-waiting indicator off," press [3] at the prompt to activate notification. Leave yourself a test message to be sure it is now working properly.
                                  • If the system says "Message-waiting indicator is on," this indicates a problem; call the Telephone Help at x3-3670 or email your problem to telecom-csr@mit.edu
                                  4828 0 373 Voice Mail message light, voice mail, telephone Why is the 'Use firewall to connect' option selected in SecureFX? This setting has been enabled to support the widest possible range of system and network configurations (e.g., some home users) at MIT. You do not need to configure a firewall to use SecureFX on MITnet. 1179 0 FTP - Secure File Transfer (SecureFX, Fetch) securefx, fire, wall, firewall, use, connect In "View Agenda" in the web client, is there a limit on the number of names in the Favorites list? A maximum number of 15 users can be added to the favorites list. After this limit you will have to delete one favorite to add another. It is recommended that you do not use the favorites feature as it has been known to slow down the speed at which the MIT TechTime™ application operates.

                                  1180 0 MIT TechTime™ Personal Calendar techtime, calendar How do I modify a repeating meeting within the web client? To modify a repeating meeting you must navigate to the first instance of the meeting and make the changes there. 1181 0 MIT TechTime™ Personal Calendar techtime, calendar How do I set up a resource? Currently, individual users cannot create resources. If your DLC has a n MIT TechTime™ liaison, contact that person. (For more about MIT TechTime™ liaisons, go to http://calendar.mit.edu/techtime/dlcs.html) .

                                  1182 0 MIT TechTime™ Personal Calendar techtime, calendar How do I transfer my departmental data to another user taking over my position? To transfer departmental data you must use the desktop client to download the original user's data to the offline agenda, then upload the offline agenda to the new user's MIT TechTime™ account. The original user should be careful that there is no personal data before the download, as that data is transferred as well.

                                  1183 0 MIT TechTime™ Personal Calendar techtime, calendar In the "View Agenda" section of the web client it lists "Event Calendar." Is that the MIT Events Calendar? No. The Event Calendar in MIT TechTime™ is not related to the MIT Events Calendar and should not be treated as such. This option is a tool not currently implemented in MIT's release of MIT TechTime™.

                                  1185 0 MIT TechTime™ Personal Calendar techtime, calendar How do I convert from my current calendaring program to MIT TechTime™? Users who are currently running on a Meeting Maker server that is going to be switched to MIT TechTime™ will receive transition support from IS&T. If you are unsure as to whether or not you are using a Meeting Maker server then get in touch with your local Meeting Maker administrator. If you are using a calendaring program other than Meeting Maker: (1) your calendaring program must have the ability to export your calendar data in .vcs or .ics formats; (2) when new TechTime™ desktop clients are available later this spring (2003) you must install the client and import your .vcs or .ics data files to that application.

                                  1186 0 MIT TechTime™ Personal Calendar techtime, calendar When I log into the web client I am getting a message that says my password is being sent in the clear, is that true? No. If you use the Safari web browser on Mac OS X, you may get a message stating that your password will be sent in the clear. Users on other web browsers may see an unlocked Encryption Padlock. However, your password is not sent in the clear. All Kerberos authentication is encrypted and secure. 1187 0 MIT TechTime™ Personal Calendar techtime, calendar What's a Room Set? A Room Set is a collection of information about a room or group of rooms defined by a Department, Lab, or Center (DLC). Often these sets are laboratories, but they could also be groups of rooms not used as labs with their own sets of risks.

                                  Note: In this context the Laboratory for Computer Science, Lincoln Lab, and the Media Lab, to name a few, are DLCs, not small "l" labs. However, within their facilities they may have any number of "labs" that are Room Sets. 1191 0 Lab Registration Database What's a Hazard Type? A Hazard Type is a type of substance, equipment, or localized activity associated with Institute or government regulatory standards. Hazard Types for each room in a Room Set are selected from a checklist. 1192 0 Lab Registration Database How do I add a new room set? To add a new Room Set or edit information about a Room Set, click the DLC code for which you have the authority to maintain rooms. (Note, as in the example above, you will only have authority to view information in the DLC(s) shown in your list, not in all DLCs.)

                                  Result: A list of previously-defined Room Sets for the given DLC, if there are any, is displayed.

                                4. From this page, you can either:
                                  • add a new Room Set by clcking on the link Add a new Room Set under this DLC
                                  • view and update information about an existing Room Set by clicking on the Room Set code
                                  1. When the Add a new Room Set form appears, take a moment to think about the most practical way to group the Rooms (and, sometimes, to create, define, and add your DLC-specific Subrooms that should be associated with this Room Set). Think about the best way to aggregate the rooms in your DLC in order to manage most effectively the EHS operations work in your DLC - organization, training, audit, and inventory. Then complete the following fields to describe the new Room Set and to identify people with key duties, roles, responsibilities, and authorities for EHS operations work for the Room Set:complete the following fields:

                                    2. Field
                                    		Enter…
                                    Room Set code
                                    		This field is a unique identifier created by the system to identify the Room Set. It can be modified, but any modified Room Set code must also be unique identifier or the system will not accept it.
                                    Room Set name
                                    Room Set name
                                    		Choose a name for the space, e.g., Bob's Lab
                                    Type
                                    		Select the appropriate type from the drop-down menu. Click help... to see a set of definitions for Room Set types.
                                    DLC code
                                    		If the displayed DLC is correct, leave it. However, if another DLC is appropriate, choose it from the list of DLCs (see below). You can only change DLC codes to one for which you have authorization to maintain data.
                                    Group within dept:
                                    Optional field. For your use in associating the Room Set with a group within your DLC.
                                    *Supervisor
                                    		The Kerberos name for the Supervisor for the Room Set. This person is often, but not always, the Principal Investigator.
                                    *EHS representative
                                    		The Kerberos name for the EHS representative. This person reports to his or her DLC Principal Investigator / Supervisor
                                    Home phone numbers on green cards
                                    		Field indicating whether home phone numbers should be shown (Show) or hidden (Hide) for the emergency preparedness and response green card.
                                    Notes
                                    		Optional field. For your use to capture notes about the Room Set.
                                    Last Modified:
                                    		Updated by the system to identify the date information about the Room Set was last updated and by whom.

                                  2. To continue adding details about the Room Set, including the actual rooms and contact people, click the Add Room Set button.
                                  1193 0 Lab Registration Database I am using Kerberos on a Macintosh and get a Kerberos error: "KDC reply did not match expectations" and cannot get email in Eudora. What should I do? This error comes from your computer's date and time being different than the date and time on the Kerberos server. Should you see this error, make sure your date and time are correct. It's recommended that you use MIT's time server to keep your computer's clock in sync with the Kerberos server's clock. MIT's network time server is: time.mit.edu. Before implementing these steps below, you should quit all Kerberos-using applications such as Fetch or Eudora. If you are using a Macintosh, the Date and Time in the System Preferences or Control Panel has a setting for using a network time server. - On Mac OS 10.3 or higher, click the Date & Time tab and enter MIT's timer server in the field to the right of "Set Date & Time automatically". - On Mac OS 10.2 or previous, click the Network Time tab and enter MIT's time server to in the field. Click the 'Set Time Now' button. - On Mac OS 9, click the 'Network Time Server' button and add MIT's time server to the list. Click the 'Set Time Now' button to sync your computer. If the problem persists, restart your computer 5897 1 1178 Mac OS kerberos, time server, macintosh, KDC, clock Why is the 'Use firewall to connect' option selected in SecureFX? This setting has been enabled to support the widest possible range of system and network configurations (e.g., some home users) at MIT. You do not need to configure a firewall to use SecureFX on MITnet. 5898 1 1179 SecureFX (SSH2 SFTP for Windows) securefx, fire, wall, firewall, use, connect Can I use auto-responder if I have an alias e-mail address setup? Yes. Go to the section for "Choose additional email addresses", and enter your personal email alias(es). If you have more then one, enter them separated by commas. Note: keep in mind that the auto-responder only works for email that is delivered to your MIT post office server, and will not work if your mail goes to a different email system (such as csail.mit.edu or med.mit.edu). 1194 0 Auto Response (Vacation Email) Will auto-responder send a reply to messages sent to mailing lists that I am on? By default, the auto-responder only replies to messages addressed personally that have your username@mit.edu in the to: or cc: line. So it will not reply to email that reaches you via mailing list. If people send you mail via email aliases instead of your kerberos username, you may want to set the auto-responder to reply to email addressed to your alias(es). To enable this, enter your email address(es) into the box that says "enter additional personal email addresses separated by commas." 1195 0 Auto Response (Vacation Email) Will auto-responder send a reply if the message text area is left blank? No, in order to turn auto-responder "on", a message must be entered. If you don't enter a message, you will be prompted to do so. 1196 0 Auto Response (Vacation Email) How long will auto-responder stay "on"? Auto-responder is set to infinity. Until you turn it "off", it will continue to send your auto-response text message at the interval (wait time) you have selected. 1197 0 Auto Response (Vacation Email) What are the minimum and maximum ranges I can enter for the "wait time"? The minimum is 1 day, the maximum is 31 days. 1199 0 Auto Response (Vacation Email) I am trying to set up my Spamscreen folder and am getting the error message: “The current command did not succeed Mail server responded Permission Denied (Netscape IMAP clients)” Make sure you have chosen to create the Spamscreen folder as a subfolder of your Inbox and not of the actual Post Office Server (e.g., po14.mit.edu)

                                  For more information, see Spam Screening at MIT. 5904 0 Spamscreen I am trying to set up my Spamscreen folder and am getting the error message: “Your Folder could not be created: The IMAP server refused to create it. (Outlook Express)” Make sure you have chosen to create the Spamscreen folder as a subfolder of your Inbox and not of the actual PostOffice Server (e.g., po14.mit.edu).

                                  For more information, see Spam Screening at MIT. 5905 0 Spamscreen Mac OS X 10.2 Error Message: GSSAPI error - miscellaneous error, incorrect net address. This stock answer applies to Mac OS X 10.2 or later.

                                  If you are a Mac OS X 10.1 user, either:

                                  You are probably trying to connect to MIT on Mac that's behind a NAT (network address translation) device, such as a router or wireless access point that's connected to the internet using either a cable modem or a DSL (digital subscriber line) connection.

                                  You also have an older version of the Kerberos settings file installed that creates Kerberos tickets incompatible with NAT devices.

                                  Solution: Update your Kerberos settings file so that Kerberos tickets are created that are compatible with NAT devices.

                                  Depending on the state of your Kerberos settings file, you can follow on of two procedures.

                                  • If you have made no customizations to it (you probably haven't; see below if you have), you can update the settings file by downloading the most current version of the Kerberos Extras installer and performing a custom install, that replaces the old Kerberos settings file with an updated one.
                                  • If you have customized your Kerberos settings file and you don't wish to lose those customizations, you can modify the settings file yourself.

                                  No customizations to Kerberos settings:

                                  1. Making sure you're either logged in as an administrator or (if you're logged in on a user account), be prepared to authenticate yourself using an administrator username and password.
                                  2. Download the Kerberos Extras installer from http://web.mit.edu/software/mac.html. This installer contains the updated settings file.
                                  3. Run the installer. You'll be asked to authenticate yourself as an administrator.
                                  4. Progress past the splash screen, the licensing information and the Read Me. From the Easy Install pop-up menu , select Install New Configuration File and click the Install button.
                                  5. If you have an existing Kerberos settings file, you'll get a dialog box asking you to confirm that you want to replace your current configuration file with a new one. To continue, click OK.
                                    Result: Your old Kerberos settings file is moved to the Trash; the new settings file is placed in the /Library/Preferences folder.


                                  Customized your Kerberos settings file

                                  If you have customized your Kerberos settings file and don't want to lose those customizations, you can modify the settings file yourself.

                                  1. Open the Kerberos settings file (the edu.mit.Kerberos file in the /Library/Preferences folder) with a text editor (such as TextEdit).
                                  2. In the [libdefaults] section of the file, add the following line:
                                    noaddress = TRUE
                                  3. Save the file and quit the text editor.

                                  Once you have an updated Kereberos settings file, you now need to modify your network preferences.

                                  1. Logon as administrative.
                                  2. Launch the System Preferences applications (from the Apple menu, the Dock or /Applications/System Preferences).
                                  3. Click on the icon labeled Network. This launches the Network preference panel.
                                  4. If you are using the Locations feature, select the location that you wish to modify from the Locations pop-up menu; otherwise, leave the Location set to Automatic.
                                  5. From the Show pop-up menu, select the method you are using to connect to the internet : AirPort (for a wireless connection) or Ethernet (for a connection to a cable modem or DSL modem using an Ethernet cable).
                                  6. Click on the Proxies tab.
                                    Result: You see a Use Passive FTP Mode (PASV) checkbox. If it's checked, you are done. If it's not, click on it so that it contains a checkmark.
                                  7. Click the Apply Now button.
                                    Result:You can now quit System Preferences.
                                  6263 0 Fetch (kftp for macintosh) fetch, secure, ftp, mac, kerberos, secure ftp, extras When I try to run Eudora with a Limited User account on Windows 2000/XP, I receive an error message. Why? When you run Eudora under a Limited User account on Windows XP, you may receive an “unhandled exception error” or a message about a “descmap.pce” or "LinkHistory.dat" file. This will occur for Limited User accounts, if the Administrator launches Eudora under the Administrator account after the installation. If you launch Eudora for the first time as Administrator, Eudora assumes that you have Administrator permissions. Then, when you try to run Eudora in User mode, you receive an error similar to the above.

                                  Perform the following work-around to fix the problem:

                                  Note: This procedure should be accomplished by an Administrator with experience configuring permissions. If you need assistance, contact your system administrator or the Computing Help Desk.

                                  Windows 2000
                                  1. Log on as Administrator.
                                  2. Give the User account Full Control to the User's Eudora folder (usually C:\Users\Username\Eudora\). To do this, right click the folder, select Properties > Security tab. Then, set the User account permissions to Full Control.
                                  3. Give Full Control permissions to the file C:\Users\Username\Eudora\descmap.pce. To do this, right click on the file, select Properties > Security tab. Then, set the User account permissions to Full Control.
                                  4. Give Full Control permissions to the file C:\Users\Username\Eudora\LinkHistory.dat
                                  5. Log off Administrator and log on as the User account.
                                  6. Launch Eudora.
                                  Windows XP
                                  1. Log on as Administrator.
                                  2. Disable Simple File Sharing. To do this, go to Control Panel > Tools > Folder Options > View tab. At the bottom of the list, uncheck Use simple file sharing.
                                  3. Give the User account Full Control to the User's Eudora folder (usually C:\Users\Username\Eudora\). To do this, right click on the folder, select Properties > Security tab. Then, do the following:
                                      a. Click Add.
                                      b. Type in the users' username in the "Enter the object names to select (examples):" field.
                                      c. Click OK.
                                      d. Select the user, put a check mark in the Full Control Allow box.
                                      e. Click OK.
                                  4. Give Full Control permissions to the file C:\Users\Username\Eudora\descmap.pce. To do this, right click on the file, select Properties > Security tab. Then, do the following:
                                      a. Click Add.
                                      b. Type in the users' username in the "Enter the object names to select (examples):" field.
                                      c. Click OK.
                                      d. Select the user, put a check mark in the Full Control Allow box.
                                      e. Click OK.
                                  5. Also use the procedure above to give Full Control permissions to the file C:\Users\Username\Eudora\LinkHistory.dat
                                  6. Log off Administrator and log on as the User account.
                                  7. Launch Eudora.
                                  6268 1 1110 Windows 2000 Professional descmap,pce,linkhistory,dat,error message,start,windows 2000,NT,XP Integrating Windows with Athena WinAthena (originally Project Pismere) has been deployed and is being used on campus. For more information, visit the WinAthena project notebook at http://web.mit.edu/pismere

                                  The Building 37 Windows Cluster is a specialized cluster which contains twenty-five high-performance Dell workstations running WinAthena. The cluster is open to everyone with an MIT ID when it is not in use for classes. More information can be found at http://web.mit.edu/ist/help/windows/cluster/.

                                  If you are interested in joining your department or lab to the WIN.MIT.EDU campus-wide domain, please see the Windows 2000 Domains, Servers, and Workgroups web page at http://web.mit.edu/windows-delivery/ 6270 1 281 Windows XP Professional I am trying to set up double-sided printing to an Athena printer from a Windows machine, but the Printer properties will not retain the duplex settings. Try the following:

                                  • First, be sure the bidirectional option is enabled under the Port settings. If this option is not enabled, the duplex unit option will not be retained.

                                  • If the problem persists

                                    1. Uninstall the previous driver.

                                    2. Then go to the HP download site and download the latest drivers available for the printer (HP8150) you are setting up. Note: You should close all applications and disable virus protection before downloading and installing the drivers. These two factors have been known to corrupt HP printer drivers during installation.

                                    3. After installation of the drivers, reboot your machine.
                                  6478 0 Printers HP8150, duplex, printing, printer options, double-sided, two-sided, 2-sided I can't get e-mail, I am getting the following error: Error getting network address for "PO12od" Cause: host not found (11001) Hesiod support for IMAP on Eudora 5.1 & 5.2.1 is broken. For new users, the installer will set the post office server to poN.mit.edu, where N is the number of the post office server for that user. POP users switching to IMAP will need to make sure that the incoming mail server is set to their PO server. To find out which PO server to use for you Incoming Mail Server visit http://web.mit.edu/ist/help/email/query.html. 6511 0 Eudora for Windows Eudora, W indows, IMAP, hesiod, post office server, How do I determine what training I need to take? To identify the EHS training requirements that apply to you:
                                  1. Contact your Principal Investigator (PI) / Supervisor, his or her EHS Representative, or the EHS Coordinator for your Department, Lab, or Center (DLC) to review your work or study activities that require environment, health and safety training. Or, if you are not certain with whom to talk in your DLC, call the MIT EHS Office at 617-452-3477 (2-EHSS), or send email to environment@mit.edu to be put in contact with someone to assist you.

                                  2. Take the online training needs assessment and review your training results on the "My EHS Training" page. This is a summary page includes a list of your training requirements and what course options are available to you.

                                    Return to My EHS Training. 6538 0 EHS Training ehs, training, registration, environment, health, safety Can I start training before I begun my work or studies at MIT?

                                    If you have an MIT ID number, Kerberos ID, and MIT Web Certificates, you can access web-based training before you begin your work or study activities.

                                    If you do not have any of the above, you should take the following steps:

                                    1. Ask your PI or Supervisor (or your the EHS Coordinator for your Department, Lab or Center) to send an e-mail to accounts@mit.edu, with the following message:

                                      x is a non-student/non-employee, born on mm/dd.
                                      Please assign him/her a Permanent MIT ID number
                                      and allow him/her to register for a Kerberos ID for the period of y.

                                      For example:

                                      Jane User is a non-employee working in my lab, born on 12/23/.
                                      Please assign her a Permanent MIT ID number
                                      and allow her to register for a Kerberos ID.

                                      Result: Athena User Accounts creates a Permanent MIT ID number and
                                      sends e-mail to your supervisor with this information.
                                    2. When your supervisor tells you your Permanent MIT ID number,
                                      go to http://web.mit.edu/register and register for an account. You can also
                                      go to an Athena machine and click on Register on the splash screen.
                                    3. Once you have a Permanent MIT ID number and a working Kerberos ID, you can get your MIT Web Certificates. For instructions and information about certificates, see Certificates at MIT for your computer by following the instructions on MIT's Information Services and Technology.

                                      The Certificate gives you access to the Online Training Needs Assessment.

                                    4. Take the online training needs assessment and review your training results on the "My EHS Training - Summary Page" page. This is a summary page includes a list of your training requirements and links to any web-based course options that are available to you.

                                    Return to My EHS Training. 6539 0 EHS Training ehs, environment, training, mit id , kerberos account, certificates Do I need an MIT ID?

                                    Yes, you will need an MIT ID. If you are a student, your MIT ID will be sent to you in your student packet. If you are an employee, you will be issued an MIT ID by Human Resources. In both cases, you will need to take a picture ID to the MIT Card Office to have your picture ID card created.

                                    To get help finding out your MIT ID number, you can contact the Business Liaison Team by e-mailing business-help@mit.edu or by calling 617-252-1177. You will need this number when you request a Kerberos ID (Athena User Account) and when you get MIT certificates.

                                    If you are neither an MIT employee or student, the person who will be supervising your
                                    activities using MIT facilities will need to arrange for you to get both and MIT ID number and a Kerberos ID. See Stockanswer #6539, How to Start Before Your Work/Study Begins.

                                    Return to My EHS Training. 6540 0 EHS Training ehs, train Do I need a Kerberos ID? Yes, you will need a Kerberos ID. Once you have your MIT ID, you can register online for your Athena User Account that provides your Kerberos ID. If you have questions or need assistance, contact the Business Liaison Team by e-mailing business-help@mit.edu or by calling 617-252-1177.

                                    Return to My EHS Training. 6541 0 EHS Training What do I need to get MIT Certificates? To access the EHS Training system you will need to obtain secure MIT Certificates for your computer. You will need to provide your MIT ID number and your Kerberos ID username to get MIT Certificates. Go to the MIT Information Systems certifictes pages and follow the instructions. If you have problems with this process, contact the Business Liaison Team by e-mailing business-help@mit.edu or by calling 617-252-1177.

                                    Return to My EHS Training. 6542 0 EHS Training How long does EHS training take? The web-based courses average 30-45 minutes:

                                    • The web-based Hazardous Waste Management course and Oil Spill Prevention course are each designed to take about 30 minutes to complete.
                                    • The Chemical Hygiene course is designed to take about 90minutes to complete.
                                    • The Hazard Communication course is designed to take about 45 minutes to complete.

                                    Classroom-based courses are of varying lengths. This information is provided in the course description for each course.

                                    Return to My EHS Training. 6543 0 EHS Training Can I fail the training? When you take the quiz at the end of the web-based course, if you're not able to correctly answer the questions, you will be given the opportunity to review the course materials and try again.

                                    Return to My EHS Training. 6544 0 EHS Training ehs, train, pass, fail Can I start work before I am trained? For most work with potentially hazardous materials (chemicals, biological or radioactive) or equipment, training is required before you begin work with those materials or equipment. If you need additional assistance determining if this applies to you, contact your EHS Coordinator for your Department, Lab or Center, or contact the EHS Office (617-452-3477), or send email to environment@mit.edu

                                    Return to My EHS Training. 6545 0 EHS Training ehs, train, requirement Will I be reminded when re-training is appropriate? For web-based courses, you will be reminded automatically of your retraining requirements via an e-mail message. If you don't complete your retraining requirements in response to the email reminder, your Principal Investigator / Supervisor, EHS Representative, or EHS Coordinator will contact you.

                                    Return to My EHS Training. 6547 0 EHS Training ehs, training, remind What training options are available to me? Classroom training is available for all your EHS training requirements. Web-based training is available for some courses, including"Managing Hazardous Waste," "Chemical Hygiene," "Hazard Communication," and "Oil Spill Prevention."

                                    • To review the full list of course descriptions for training, in the left navigation bar, select Course Description.
                                    • To register for web-based training, after you have completed your training needs assessment, go to My EHS Training and click on the Go To Web Class button

                                    Return to My EHS Training. 6548 0 EHS Training ehs, training Can I access web-based training from my home computer? Once you have gotten your MIT ID and your Kerberos ID, you can access the EHS Training System from any computer for which you obtained an MIT Certificate. For more information on getting your MIT ID and your Kerberos ID, see below. For more information regarding certificates go to http://web.mit.edu/ist/cert/.

                                    Return to My EHS Training. 6551 0 EHS Training ehs, training, traincaster, certificate Who needs EHS training and why? Some training may be an MIT requirement in order to minimize your risk. Other training programs are required by law. Training is required for people who work with potentially hazardous materials or equipment. This includes materials or equipment that is potentially hazardous to you, to others, or to the environment. For example, for those who work with hazardous chemicals, chemical hygiene and hazardous waste management training are required. Or, if you work in an area where 55 gallons or more of oil is stored in a single container, oil spill prevention training is required. The primary goal of EHS courses is to reinforce good work practices and thus reduce your risk while performing your research, study, or work at MIT.

                                    Return to My EHS Training. 6552 0 EHS Training ehs, training Do I have to complete the web-based course in one sitting? No, you may stop and start as many times as necessary. The web-based software keeps track of where you left off.

                                    Return to My EHS Training. 6553 0 EHS Training ehs, training, web-based, traincaster How do I reach EHS? The EHS Office can be reached via telephone at 617-452-3477 (2-EHSS), email: environment@mit.edu, EHS website: http://web.mit.edu/environment/index.html or drop in at N52-496 (above the MIT Museum). Or, look up your EHS Coordinator on the EHS Partners Contact List (http://mit.edu/environment/shared_content/EHS_Partners1.pdf) and then call or send email regarding your EHS question or concern.

                                    Return to My EHS Training. 6554 0 EHS Training ehs, contact How can I specify to Eudora (using IMAP) to store copies of my sent mail stored on the post office server and not my local machine

                                    1. Go to Tools<Filters< New to create a new filter.
                                    2. Activate the Outgoing checkbox and de-activate the Incoming checkbox
                                    3. Choose Any Header from the header pull-down list.
                                    4. In the pulldown list below, select appears.
                                    5. Under Action, choose Transfer to.
                                      Result: A button with In appears to the right.
                                    6. Click on In and select dominant<Inbox<New then create a mailbox.
                                    7. Close the Filters window and click Yes to save changes.
                                    6561 0 Eudora for Windows IMAP, email, e-mail, outgoing mail, sending mail When I try to send mail with Eudora 5.2.1 (Windows), I get an error, "Relay Denied. Proper authentication required." Try the following solutions:

                                    -Use Leash and get Kerberos tickets, then send mail

                                    -Make sure Allow Authorization setting for outgoing mail needs is activated:

                                    1. Go to Special>Settings (Mac) or Tools>Options (Windows) and click on the Sending Mail icon.
                                    2. Click the check box next to Allow Authorization, then click OK.
                                    3. Under "Secure Sockets when Sending" make sure Required, Alternate Port is set.

                                    -Check Kerberos settings:

                                    1. Go to Tools >Options
                                    2. Select the "Incoming Mail" category and make sure Kerberos is activated under" Authentication Style."
                                    3. Select the "Kerberos" Category and make sure both "Kerberos Authentication" and "Kerberos 4 (POP only)" are turned on.
                                    6567 0 Eudora for Windows email, e-mail, sending, messages How can I set up Eudora to run in paid mode, i.e., remove the display of advertising? (Note: This is available only to MIT affiliates:)

                                    For instructions on how to do this, go to https://web.mit.edu/software/mit/licenses/eudora.html (certificates required). 6571 0 Eudora for Macintosh site license, sponsored mode, email, e-mail How can I delete possibly infected files that VirusScan has moved to my QUARANTINE folder?

                                    1. Right click on the VirusScan shield icon in the Windows tray, then click Disable On-Access Scan.
                                    2. Move the infected files from the QUARANTINE folder to the Recycle Bin, and empty the Recycle Bin.
                                    3. Right click on the VirusScan shield icon in the tray again, and select Enable On-Access Scan.
                                    6574 0 VirusScan for Windows virus, virus protection, virusscan, windows, windows xp, windows me How can I set up Eudora to run in paid mode, i.e., remove the display of advertising? (Note: This is available only to MIT affiliates:)

                                    For instructions on how to do this, go to https://web.mit.edu/software/mit/licenses/eudora.html (certificates required). 6576 0 Eudora for Windows site license, sponsored mode, email, e-mail, payment, registration How can I set Eudora to be my default e-mail program? To set Eudora (or another email program) as the default on your system, you will need to be logged in as administrator.

                                    Mac OS 10.3:

                                    To change the default mail program, you need to start up the Mail application that's bundled into Mac OS 10.3

                                    1. Click on the Mail application icon in the dock or go to the Applications folder and double-click on Mail.
                                    2. Go to Mail>Preferences and click the General icon.
                                    3. Click the Default email reader dropdown list, choose Select..., navigate to Eudora then click Select.
                                    4. Close Mail preferences then quit the application.
                                    6581 0 Eudora for Macintosh email, default, program How can I set Eudora to be my default e-mail program? To set Eudora (or another email program) as the default on your system, do the following. On Macintosh OS X, and on Windows, you will need to be logged in as administrator.

                                    Mac OS X:

                                    1. Open System Preferences > Internet, and click on the Email tab.
                                    2. In the drop-down menu for Default Email Reader, locate and select Eudora.
                                    3. Quit System Preferences.

                                    Mac OS 9:

                                    1. Under the Apple menu, select Control Panels > Internet.
                                    2. In the drop-down menu for Default Email Application, locate and select Eudora.
                                    3. Close the Control Panel.

                                    Windows:

                                    1. Open Control Panels > Internet Options.
                                    2. Click on the Programs tab.
                                    3. From the E-mail drop-down list, select Eudora.
                                    4. Click OK.
                                    6582 0 Eudora for Windows email, default, program Why are my VirusScan updates hanging or failing?

                                    Verify that your updates are scheduled to occur at a time when your computer is turned on, as described at: http://itinfo.mit.edu/article.php?id=6495

                                    If you need to run a personal firewall or another port filtering system, change this VirusScan setting so that you can obtain updates:

                                    1. Open the VirusScan Console window.
                                    2. Under the Tools menu, select Edit AutoUpdate Repository List.
                                    3. Uncheck the box labeled NAIFtp.
                                    4. Click OK.

                                    You can view the default settings for VirusScan Enterprise 7.0 at: http://web.mit.edu/ist/help/virusscan/configsettings70.html

                                    6591 0 VirusScan for Windows virus,virusscan,ftp, active ftp, passive ftp, updates I'm trying to send mail with Eudora 5.2.1 (Windows) and get an error. If you're getting one of these errors:
                                    • <Dominant>, SSL: 1 message left to send. RCTP TO: <username@mit.edu> [10:48:07AM] Can't send to username@mit.edu' The server gives the reason: '550 5.7.1 <username@mit.edu>.. Relaying denied Proper authentication required'

                                    • <Dominant>, Connecting to the Mail Server..., AUTH GSSAPI [10:48:07 AM] There has been an error transferring your mail. I said: and then the SMTP server [outgoing.mit.edu] said 501 5.0.0 AUTH aborted

                                    • <Dominant>, Connecting to the Mail Server..., AUTH GSSAPI [10:48:07 AM] No credentials cache found (trying running kinit) for outgoing.mit.edu

                                    Start up Leash and get tickets, then send mail.

                                    If the problem persists, make sure that under Tools>Options>Kerberos, both "Kerberos Authentication" and "Kerberos 4 (POP only)" are turned on and under Tools>Options>Incoming Mail Kerberos is set for "Authentication Style." 6597 0 Eudora for Windows email, e-mail I can't see the messages in my In box using Eudora (Mac) with IMAP. Open the Mailboxes window by going to Windows>Mailboxes then select Dominant and click on the Refresh button. The messages should then display. 6604 0 Eudora for Macintosh e-mail, email How do I sign up for classroom training? To sign up for classroom-based training do the following:

                                    1. Go to http://web.mit.edu/environment/training/ and select My EHS Training. (You will need MIT certificates.)
                                    2.  If this is your first visit to this site, complete the Training Needs Assessment.
                                    3. On "My EHS Training - Summary Page," select the link Training to be Completed at the top of the page.
                                    4. To register for classroom training, click the button Register for Classroom Training.
                                      Result: A new window opens containing the MIT Training and Development Catalog at the Environment, Health and Safety page. This page contains a list of EHS training courses. Those marked with an asterisk (*) have current classroom sections.
                                    5. To register for a class, scroll through the list to find the class you want and click on it.
                                      Result: A page appears with the description of the class, and the scheduled sections, and registration links on the left.
                                    6. If there is a scheduled section, click Register for Section.
                                    7. If there are no scheduled sections available, you can prebook for the class and be notified when the next section is scheduled. Select Prebook from the navigation options on the left.

                                    Return to My EHS Training. 6633 0 EHS Training ehs, training, classroom What if no classroom training options are available? If there are no scheduled classroom sections available, you can prebook for the class and be notified when the next section is scheduled:

                                    1. Follow the My EHS Training link to your summary page.
                                    2. Select the text link to Training to be completed, then select the button Register for Classroom Training.
                                      Result: A new window opens containing the MIT Training and Development Catalog at the Environment, Health and Safety page. This page contains a list of EHS training courses. Those marked with an asterisk (*) have current classroom sections scheduled.
                                    3. To register for a class, scroll through the list to find the class you want and click on the it.
                                      Result: A page appears with the description of the class, the schedule, and registration links.
                                    4. If there are no scheduled sections available to you or that work with you schedule, you can prebook for the class and be notified when the next section is scheduled by selecting Prebook from the navigation options on the left.

                                    Return to My EHS Training. 6634 0 EHS Training ehs,training,options Can I prebook into a future section of a classroom? Yes. Once you have reviewed the classroom sections available to you in MIT Training Registration system and determined that nothing works with your schedule, you can prebook for a class and be notified when the next section is scheduled.

                                    Return to My EHS Training. 6635 0 EHS Training ehs, training What browsers are supported? MIT's Information Services and Technology supports the following browsers:

                                      Macintosh and WindowsNetscape 7.0.2
                                      WindowsInternet Explorer 6
                                      Athena Mozilla 1.4
                                      LinuxMozilla/Firebird

                                    Return to My EHS Training. 6636 0 EHS Training ehs, training, browsers How do I update my browser? To update your browser to one that's currently supported by MIT. click on one of the following and follow the instructions for upgrading.

                                    Remember, when you have completed the upgrade, you must get new MIT certificates.

                                    Return to My EHS Training. 6637 0 EHS Training browser, update, ehs How can I turn off the "security alert" dialog boxes that appear when I access a secure Web site using Internet Explorer? See stock answer #5228: There are a few security alert dialog boxes in Internet Explorer, covering different situations. Here's how to eliminate them: (more...)

                                    Return to My EHS Training. 6638 0 EHS Training ehs, annoying, alert When I check mail using Eudora 5.2.1 (Windows) I get a "connection timed out (10060)" error>

                                    1. Go to Tools>Options>Incoming Mail and make sure that Kerberos is activated under "Authentication Style."
                                    2. Go to Tools>Options>Kerberos and make sure that both "Kerberos Authentication" and "Kerberos 4 (POP only)" are turned on, then check mail.
                                    6639 0 Eudora for Windows email, e-mail My incoming Eudora e-mail is being blocked by VirusScan. What can I do? You can exclude the Eudora spool folder from VirusScan On-Access Scanning by doing the following:

                                    1. Right click on the VirusScan Shield icon in the Windows tray, and select VirusScan Console, or select Start>Programs>Network Associates>VirusScan Console.
                                    2. In the VirusScan Console window, right click On-Access Scan, and select Properties.
                                    3. On the VirusScan On-Access Scan Properties window, click All Processes, then the Detection tab.
                                    4. Click the Exclusion button at the lower right.
                                    5. In the Set Exclusion dialog, click Add.
                                    6. In the Add Exclusion Item dialog, click Browse.
                                    7. In the field By name/location... in the Browse for Folder dialog, select your Eudora spool folder. It is typically be located at: C:\Users\username\Eudora\spool, but the location depends on where you store your e-mail.
                                      Example: C:\Users\jsmith\Eudora\spool
                                    8. Click OK three times to close each dialog and save your changes.

                                    Even though the Eudora spool directory is excluded, your system will still be protected from e-mail borne viruses. VirusScan will catch infected attachments when they are moved to the Attachments folder.

                                    Reverting back to an older version of Eudora can lead to the loss of uninfected e-mail.

                                    6640 0 VirusScan for Windows virusscan, virus, virus protection, Eudora, email Can a non-MIT student (Harvard/Singapore, etc) have access to Stellar course sites? Yes. The instructor or TA must request a Stellar account for the non-MIT student by completing the request form (https://stellar.mit.edu/S/createUser/). The instructor and student will receive an email when the account has been created. The instructor/TA should then add the student to the class participant list. It normally takes one business day for the non-MIT Stellar account to be created.


                                    To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                                    6670 0 Stellar stellar, non-MIT, student, account Once a non-MIT student receives e-mail with their Stellar account and password, how do they log into a Stellar course site?

                                    They should go to http://stellar.mit.edu/classlinks.html, and click on the department-name link.

                                    1. On the department page, click the class-name link.
                                    2. On the public view of the homepage, click the Login button.
                                    3. Accept the Stellar website certificate.
                                    4. If prompted for a personal certificate, click on Cancel.
                                    5. On the Login for Non-MIT users page, your computer may display system alert messages, if necessary.
                                    6. Enter your username (name@org.type) password.
                                    7. Click on submit.

                                    (NOTE: If this is the first time the client is logging in, they must change their password.)


                                    To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                                    6671 0 Stellar stellar, password, account, login I have a non-MIT Stellar account, but I've forgotten my password. How do I reset it? If you forget your password, click the Get Your Password Hint button. If you still can't remember, you may reset your password at https://stellar.mit.edu/S/newPassword. If this does not work, you may also contact stellar-help@mit.edu.


                                    To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                                    6673 0 Stellar stellar, password, non-MIT, student What browser should I use to access Stellar? For PCs running Windows XP Professional, we recommend Internet Explorer 6. For Mac OS X 10.3 or higher, we recommend Safari. For Mac OS X10.2.8, we recommend using Netscape 7 (though both of these will be retired soon). Firefox 1.0.x does work on all platforms. ** Internet Explorer on the Macintosh is not supported due to problems with its support of SSL certificates.


                                    To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                                    6678 0 Stellar stellar, browser I had a ‘watch a topic’, and it disappeared. What happened? When you set a watch, it lasts for 30 days. For your convenience, watches for topics that haven't been updated for more than 30 days will be automatically removed from your list. To prevent any watch from being automatically deleted, simply click the "save watch" option.


                                    To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                                    6682 0 Stellar stellar, watch, topic, disappeared How do I turn on email notices from the discussion board? You will need to choose to 'watch a topic.' To always watch topics you have created, go to the Discussion section of the homepage and click on Preferences. Under Watch Settings, select "Always watch topics I create" and "Always e-mail me watch update notices." To watch topics created by someone else, click the Watch This Topic link on the Topic page. Once you set a watch, click ‘Your Watches’ on the discussion page and click Add Email Notification next to the topic of interest. Click Save Watch if you want it to last for more than 30 days.


                                    To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                                    6683 0 Stellar stellar, email, discussion, board How do I add or remove a student or a TA from a class membership list? Instructors can remove a student or guest from any group in the membership list except the Official Class List. To remove someone, click on "Membership" from the navigation bar. Click on "add or remove participants". If you are able to remove them, their Kerberos id or username will be displayed under Current Members. Click the check box next to their name and click "Submit".


                                    To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                                    6685 0 Stellar add, remove, student, TA What do I do if I want to have a document scanned so I can upload it to a Stellar site? You would need to contact Library Document Services at: http://libraries.mit.edu/docs/. Click on the link on this page for "Scanning and other eConversion." They serve as an on-campus resource to convert paper documents to electronic formats.


                                    To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                                    6686 0 Stellar stellar, scan, document, upload I have copyrighted material that I would like to add to a Stellar site, but I’m not sure if it is allowed. Can someone help me? Library EReserves will assist you in understanding copyright issues and in some cases, may help upload the copyrighted material. They can be contacted via e-mail at e-reserves@mit.edu.


                                    To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                                    6687 0 Stellar copyright, material, stellar Why do I receive a security warning when I access my Stellar class home page? If you have set your browser to warn you of insecure content and you have a mixture of secure and insecure content on the page you receive a warning. If you are using a homepage image stored on web.mit.edu, do not use the protocol name, just //web.mit.edu instead of http://web.mit.edu. That makes it possible for the browser to access the page as either http: or https: without generating security warnings.


                                    To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                                    6688 0 Stellar security, warning, stellar, homepage How long does it take for a Stellar course site to be created? Once your request has been processed, you should receive notification of your website within 2-3 business days. There is a slightly longer wait near the end of a semester when the request is for a future semester.


                                    To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                                    6689 0 Stellar stellar, course, site, create I thought I saw an announcement on my course home page, but it is no longer listed. Was it deleted? It's possible that it may have been deleted or archived. The five most recent announcements appear on the homepage in reverse chronological order. Older announcements move to an archive that contains all announcements made on this class website. A link to the archive appears at the end of the list.


                                    To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                                    6692 0 Stellar stellar, announcement, homepage, disappear If I already have a syllabus with active links, will the links work after I upload the file? Yes, as long as you use absolute links (e.g., http://web.mit.edu) and you are using a recommended format type. See recommended document format types at: http://stellar.mit.edu/help/guide-instruct/document_types.html


                                    To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                                    6694 0 Stellar stellar, syllabus, links Is information on Stellar backed up regularly? All data files are kept on two separate systems with redundant disks at all times to ensure that we do not lose your data.


                                    To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                                    6700 0 Stellar stellar, backup Why do I get a 'permission denied' error whey I try to log into my class web site?

                                    If you can get to the public view of the homepage but are denied access to other website pages, try the following:

                                    • Check that you have certificates.

                                      • To use a Stellar class website, you need both the MIT Certificate Authority and a personal certificate. If you cannot obtain these, ask your instructor to request a non-MIT user account.

                                    • Click the Login button to get your usual privileges as a class participant. If you have an MIT personal certificate, the login process is transparent. If not, enter your username and password.
                                    • If you are denied access, contact your instructor and ask to be added to the Participants list.

                                    Even if you are registered, your name may not yet appear on the class list through official channels.


                                    To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                                    6703 0 Stellar stellar, student, class Can students see the list of Class Participants once they log in to a Stellar course site? To protect student privacy, a student can only see their name plus those of others who choose to have their name displayed in the Class Participant list. The class staff and system administrators can see the complete list of participants.


                                    To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                                    6704 0 Stellar class, list, students, privacy I have an MIT ID, but I have never used my Kerberos username. How can I log into a Stellar website? If you do not have a Kerberos username, you will need to register for one with Athena Accounts. Once your account has been created, you will need to obtain MIT certificates in order to access a stellar site. You will need both an MIT Certificate Authority and a personal certificate.


                                    To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                                    6705 0 Stellar MIT, ID, stellar, student, kerberos On a PC when I log into MIT TechTime™ I get the error: "The connection to your Host has been lost. This session will be terminated!" What do I do? This most likely means you don't have a Kerberos ticket. MIT TechTime ™ on the PC will not launch Kerberos if you don't have tickets, it must be done manually.

                                    First obtain Kerberos tickets using the Leash32 program. Then launch TechTime™.

                                    6723 0 MIT TechTime™ Personal Calendar techtime, desktop, calendar, host, terminated, kerberos I have a Kerberos ticket but when I click to sign-in I'm still being asked for a password. The password being looked for here is the off-line password for the off-line data MIT TechTime™ stores. This password is set by the user when they first install the program. Users can avoid being prompted for this password in the future by setting the password to blank.

                                    If you have forgetten your off-line password you will have to delete the "Oracle Calendar Data" file in your off-line directory. This will erase the password and they'll be prompted to create a new one the next time they log in.

                                    These offline files are located in the Oracle Calendar User Data (in the Documents folder in your home directory) if you are using a Macintosh or in c:\Documents and Settings\user\Application Data\Oracle\Calendar on a PC. On the PC, this folder is hidden by default. To make it visible, go to My Computer>Tools Menu>Folder Options, click on the View tab, then click on the Show Hidden files and folders button. 6724 0 MIT TechTime™ Personal Calendar techtime, calendar, kerberos, password How do I find out my post office server? To find out your post office server, refer to Find Out the Name of Your Post Office Server and follow the instructions. 6764 0 Mail Server Changes pobox, mailbox, email, e-mail, hesiod, check mail, settings, options, mail host, incoming mail server, checking mail, post office server, check mail How do I find out my post office server? To find out your post office server, refer to Find Out the Name of Your Post Office Server and follow the instructions. 6765 0 Mail Servers (general) pobox, mailbox, email, e-mail, hesiod, check mail, settings, options, mail host, incoming mail server, checking mail, post office server, check mail What is iPass? iPass is a fee-based, remote connection service for members of the MIT community who are traveling outside the Cambridge/Boston area and need to connect to the Internet and to MITnet. iPass operates by consolidating Internet service providers into a single global virtual network. With the iPassConnect client installed on your computer, a modem, and an MIT iPass account, you can be just about anywhere in the world and connect to the Internet by dialing a local telephone number, saving you long-distance toll charges (for example, to MIT's Tether service, or with an MIT calling card). In addition to standard modem dialup, higher-speed wireless and wired broadband iPass connections are available at some airports, hotels, and conference centers worldwide.

                                    Note: iPass is not intended to replace your current dialup or ISP connection from your home. For more information about local options, see High-Speed Remote Access to MITnet http://web.mit.edu/ist/topics/network/highspeed.html , and Basic Facts About Tether (MIT's dialup service) http://web.mit.edu/ist/help/tether/ . 6776 0 iPassConnect iPass, Remote Access, ISP, remote , remote connection , dialup , Dialup, Tether, ipass I know everything I need to know about iPass, where do I go to register for an account? Once you understand the costs and what iPass is for, you can go to https://nic.mit.edu/bin/dialup to signup. You will need certificates to access the page. 6780 0 How To? iPass, account, remote , remote connection , dialup , Dialup, Tether, ipass I'm not going to be traveling, how do I cancel my iPass account? There are no monthly fees for iPass, therefore we recommend that you do not cancel your account unless you no longer have a valid cost object to pay for it. You will only be charged when you actually use the service. However, if you still want to cancel you can go back to where you signed up: https://nic.mit.edu/bin/dialup If you have a personal certificate, this page will recognize you and there will be a cancel button at the bottom of the page.

                                    If you have problems with this you can send email to telecom-admin@mit.edu and someone will cancel your account for you. Be sure to include your Kerberos ID (username). 6781 0 How To? ipass, traveling, cancel , remote , remote connection , dialup , Dialup, Tether, ipass How do I change the cost object (account number) my iPass account is billed to? You can go back to the page where you signed up https://nic.mit.edu/bin/dialup to make changes to your account or to cancel it. You will need to be using a browser with your MIT Certificate installed, it will recognize you and allow you to make any changes.

                                    If you have problems with this you can send email to telecom-admin@mit.edu and someone will make your changes for you. Be sure to include your Kerberos ID (username). 6782 0 How To? ipass, account, cost object, remote , remote connection , dialup , Dialup, Tether, ipass iPass doesn't list phone numbers for the country I'll be in. What can I do? While iPass is available in over 190 countries, you should confirm that it is available in the country you are traveling to before you go. If you are traveling to an Eastern European or Middle Eastern country, it may not be listed. It may be possible to get you access from that country if you contact us in advance. Please send mail to computing-help@mit.edu if the country you wish to use iPass in is not listed. 6783 0 How To? iPass, remote , remote connection , dialup , Dialup, Tether, ipass What should I do before I travel with iPass? Before you go on a trip you should connect to the Internet with your computer, either through iPass or through an ethernet or wireless connection. You should then launch iPass and select "Update phonebook" From the "iPassConnect" menu on the Mac or from the "Options" menu on the PC.

                                    If you have not used iPass on this machine before you should try using iPass to connect to the Internet before you go in case you experience any difficulties.

                                    While iPass is available in over 190 countries, you should also confirm that it is available in the country you are traveling to before you go. If you are traveling to an Eastern European or Middle Eastern country, it may not be listed. It may be possible to get you access from that country if you contact us in advance. Please send mail to computing-help@mit.edu if the country you wish to use iPass in is not listed. 6784 0 How To? iPass, travel, remote , remote connection , dialup , Dialup, Tether, ipass Why can't I connect from my hotel? If you are dialing in from a hotel or office, you often have to put a prefix in front of the phone number such as 8 or 9. Check with the hotel or someone local to the office and make sure you are dialing correctly. 6785 0 Troubleshooting iPass, hotel, remote , remote connection , dialup , Dialup, Tether, ipass Why won't this specific access point or phone number connect? iPass usually works with many service providers in major business centers in case one service provider suffers a temporary service outage. If you have already successfully been using the iPass service and you are having trouble connecting through a particular access point or phone number, check to see if there is an alternative number to use. 6786 0 Troubleshooting iPass, remote , remote connection , dialup , Dialup, Tether, ipass, phone number What should I do if I can't connect to any iPass access points? If you can't dial into any of the iPass access points, check the following:

                                    • Modem is connected and plugged in
                                    • Phone line is connected to your modem
                                    • Dial properties are filled out correctly (i.e., it shows the correct location you are dialing from; if needed, you added the access number to get an outside line, such as 9)
                                    6788 0 Troubleshooting iPass, modem, remote , remote connection , dialup , Dialup, Tether, ipass, access points What should I do if the dial-up access point I'm trying to connect to is busy? If you are experiencing a constant busy signal, try the following:
                                    • Retry the number
                                    • Try the next local number in the list
                                    • Choose "Select all" on the Edit menu in the iPassConnect Client. This selects all access numbers listed in the Phonebook window and attempts each number in sequence. Be careful! If you did not specify a city, all of the numbers for the specified stateor country will be selected.
                                    • In the Dial Settings, under the Modem tab, click to check Smart Redial. The client will automatically dial all access numbers within the specified city. With Smart Redial you don't need to choose Select All.
                                    6810 0 Troubleshooting ipass, busy, access point, remote , remote connection , dialup , Dialup, Tether, ipass What does it mean when I keep getting error messages? There are four common things that cause error messages.
                                    • Entering an incorrect password. Try re-entering your password and re-connecting. Check that Caps Lock is not on.
                                    • Entering your user name incorrectly.
                                    • Selecting an incorrect access point. Sometimes the access points change in the iPass phone book. Try the next access point in the list.
                                    • Forgetting to enter the prefix required from the hotel or location you are dialing from. Many hotels, for example, require that you add an 8 or 9 before the phone number.
                                    6811 0 Troubleshooting ipass, error messages, remote , remote connection , dialup , Dialup, Tether, ipass If I currently have service from one of the new MIT Preferred Cell Phone providers, can I get the new discount rate for either my MIT corporate cell phone or my employee personal cell phone? If you originally identified yourself as an MIT employee, your MIT-liable phone will automatically receive the new contract pricing. If the phone you use for MIT business purposes is not on record as being MIT liable, you must register the phone with the vendor and change the billing information to MIT in order to receive the contract pricing. Only services directly charged to MIT via an MIT procurement card or purchase order are considered MIT liable.

                                    Contract pricing may also be available to employees and students for their personal phones. For information about personal cell phones, see MIT IS&T&T Cellular Telephones.

                                    6832 0 Cell Phones, Pagers preferred provider, cell phone, cellular phone, discount, contracts How do I decide which vendor to choose for my business cell phone? You need to decide what features and functions are important, and then choose between the different MIT preferred cell phone vendors, based on your needs. Each offers some identical features, and each offers some unique features. For assistance in making a decision about what equipment and service plan is right for you, see the MIT cell phone guidelines.

                                    The MIT preferred cell phone vendors were selected as the best able to satisfy the needs of the majority of MIT campus customers. Needs were identified through focus groups and prior requests for service. An examination of seven different vendors included the review of functional coverage on campus, administrative coverage (e.g., maps of stated coverage areas, local and nationwide), price, customer service, and features.

                                    MIT Procurement and IS&T&T staff will assist customers in choosing a vendor based on the customer's identified requirements. 6833 0 Cell Phones, Pagers cell phone, cellular, push-to-talk, walkie-talkie, preferred vendor, recommend, Verizon, Nextel I understand that Verizon now has push-to-talk functionality. Can I use it between Nextel and Verizon phones? No. You can only use push-to-talk with other Verizon "Push to Talk" customers; Nextel "Direct Connect" customers can communicate only with other Nextel "Direct Connect" customers. 6834 0 Cell Phones, Pagers cell phone, cellular, push-to-talk, walkie-talkie, preferred vendor, recommend, Verizon, Nextel How do I save a copy of my message? If you wish to have the option for Save a copy of sent email automatically checked when you compose email, you can follow these steps:

                                    1. In Webmail, click the Options icon.
                                    2. Click on Personal Information in the Your Information category.
                                    3. Choose the Default Identity and click on Edit your identities.
                                    4. Make sure Default Identity is selected in the Your identities field.
                                    5. At the bottom there is an option for Save sent mail. Check this option, and select a sent mail folder.
                                    6. Click on the Change button at the bottom.
                                    6837 0 WebMail webmail, email, e-mail, message, copy Are there any known issues with using WebMail? See WebMail Known Issues for more information. 6838 0 WebMail webmail, known issues What should I do if my scheduled or manual backup stops with a "Disabled server" error message?
                                    1. Check the Administrative Services section of Services Status: 3-DOWN to find out when the backup server is expected to be online again.

                                      TSM Backup servers are:

                                      Backup-A
                                      Backup-B
                                      Backup-C
                                      Backup-D


                                    2. If you would like your backup to complete before the day/time of your next scheduled backup, run a manual backup when the server is online again.
                                    6839 0 TSM TSM, backup How can I find the print server for my printer?

                                    Use Athena to find out the print server:

                                    1. Access Athena, using either an Athena workstation, the Mac OS X Terminal application, or a Mac OS 9 or Windows secure Telnet application.

                                    2. At the Athena% prompt, enter: hostinfo printername
                                      Result: If your printer's name is watertown-press and you entered: hostinfo watertown-press, the following information would appear:

                                      Desired host: watertown-press
                                      Official name:WTPR.MIT.EDU
                                      Host address:18.152.1.72
                                      Host info: "HP/LASERJET"/"LPR"

                                      Note: Some printers, such as watertown-press, are known by an alias, but this printer's official name is wtpr.

                                    3. At the Athena% prompt, enter: hesinfo printername pcap, where printer name is the Official name listed above.

                                      Result: Continuing the watertown-press example above, if you entered hesinfo wtpr pcap, the following message would appear:

                                      wtpr:rp=wtpr:rm=FIBER.MIT.EDU:ka#0:mc#0:auth=kerberos5:xn:

                                      In this example, FIBER is the print server name.
                                    6840 0 Printing printing, print server How do I find and install Red Hat 9 RPMs? A local repository of system and update RPMs for many recent versions of Red Hat Linux is maintained at MIT.

                                    For Red Hat Linux 9, you can find and download copies of update RPMs from:

                                    http://web.mit.edu/afs/athena/system/rhlinux/redhat-9-updates/RPMS/

                                    And system RPMs are here:

                                    http://web.mit.edu/afs/athena/system/rhlinux/redhat-9/RedHat/RPMS/

                                    Update RPMs are the most current. They should be used in preference to system RPMs when they are available for security and currency reasons. If an update RPM of the package you desire is not available, use the system RPM.

                                    Once you have downloaded the RPM, become root and install it using the following command: 

                                    prompt>  rpm -vi <RPM-name>

                                    For more information on the rpm command see the man page:

                                    prompt> man rpm
                                    6846 0 Red Hat Enterprise Linux linux, red hat, rpm I'm having problems opening files (Excel workbooks, PowerPoint presentations, Word documents) created in previous versions. The error occurs when you have used OfficeArt shapes in your file. You need to obtain the Office 2003 Critical Update. 6848 0 Word 2003 pervious versions, office 2003, officeart, office art, excel, word, powerpoint, update How do I troubleshoot Microsoft Office 2003 setup problems? Use the Microsoft Office installation log files to troubleshoot Office setup issues. 6855 0 Word 2003 setup problems, Microsoft Office 2003, Office 2003, troubleshoot setup problems, troubleshoot, setup issues, installation files Where can I find more information about the Local Install Source feature? You can look at the Microsoft Frequently Asked Questions about the Local Source Install feature. 6858 0 Word 2003 Local Source Install feature, Microsoft Office 2003, Office 2003, Will Microsoft Office 2003 setup remove previous Office versions? (Running multiple versions is not recommended.) When you run the Microsoft Office 2003 Setup program on a computer where an earlier version of Microsoft Office is installed, your earlier version of Office may be removed and you may not receive a message that informs you about this.

                                    For more information, go to the Microsoft Knowledge Base Article 826319.

                                    6859 0 Word 2003 Microsoft Office 2003, Office 2003, previous Office versions, Setup program, earlier Office versions 6860 1 6859 Excel 2003 How can I move my Eudora mail from one Mac to another? Follow the instructions given in the Qualcomm knowledge base article 1655HQ. 6868 0 Eudora for Macintosh email, e-mail, Eudora, mailboxes, move, moving How can I move my Eudora mail from one Windows computer to another? Follow the instructions given in the Qualcomm knowledge base article 1602HQ. 6869 0 Eudora for Windows eudora, email, e-mail, mailboxes, move, moving I installed Office 2003 and am now getting an error message asking me to debug a script when I view Web pages in Internet Explorer. What should I do? Reconfigure the Internet Explorer script debugging options. 6903 0 Excel 2003 Internet Explorer, Microsoft Office 2003, Office 2003, Web pages in Internet Explorer How do I open and save reports when using Citrix on Mac OS X? Please see http://itinfo.mit.edu/article.php?id=6891 6913 0 Citrix citrix, mac os x How can I resize the Citrix Window? Please see http://itinfo.mit.edu/article.php?id=6891 6914 0 Citrix citrix I am getting the following error when I try to log into Citrix: "The system could not log you on. Make sure your Username and Domain are correct, then type your password again. Letters in passwords must be typed using the correct case. Make sure the Caps Lock key is not accidentally on." First make sure that you entered your username and password correctly. If you are still unable to log in, you must have a Kerberos password that has been set after January 2001. You will need to change your Kerberos password if you have not done so since January 2001. To Change your Kerberos password in Mac OS X, from the Finder go to Your "Applications" folder, then your "Utilities" folder. Inside there you should see a "Kerberos" application. Open that up and Press "Change Password". Enter your old password once, then your new password twice. After you change your password, try to log back into Citrix. 6915 0 Citrix citrix, login, error I am trying to print from Applications in Citrix running in Mac OS 9, but nothing is printing. Please note that Citrix is not supported on Mac OS 9, and printing does not work properly. If you need to print, please install the Mac OS 9 versions of the applications, or upgrade your Operating System to Mac OS X to print with Citrix. 6916 0 Citrix citirx, mac os 9, print What do I do if I receive this error on Windows 2000 or XP when trying to view a document in SAP? “IXOS Error 24301 An ODMA action could not be completed by the DMS. An operation in the ODMA module has failed. You may be able to obtain further information about the cause of the error from the file Odma32.log or ixclient.log.” You must add ‘mit.edu’ as a valid DNS suffix. You can set this by doing the following: (Note: You must have Administrator access rights in order to perform the following procedure.) 1) Go to the Control Panel. Start menu > Settings > Control Panel. Alternate Win XP method: Go to Start menu > Control Panel. 2) Open the Network Connections control panel. Alternate Win XP method: Go to Network & Internet Connections > Network Connections. 3) Double click on your Local Area Connection (Or network connection of choice) and then click the Properties button. 4) In the next window double click Internet Protocol (TCP/IP). 5) In the next window click the Advanced button. 6) Click the DNS tab at the top of the window. 7) Near the bottom is field labeled ‘DNS Suffix for this connection.’ In this field type the following: mit.edu. 8) Click the check box for use this connection DNS suffix in DNS registration. 8) Press OK for all the open windows and try opening your SAP document again. (A restart of your computer may be necessary for this to take effect.) 6917 0 Error Messages SAP, Windows 2000, Windows XP, IXOS Error, view document Which cell phone rate plan should I choose?

                                    You should consider how and where you will use your phone. Some things to consider include:

                                    • Coverage
                                    • Geographical area of usage
                                    • Purpose of cell phone use
                                    • Frequency of use
                                    • Technology differences

                                    Examination of your calling patterns and technical requirements will help you determine which service plan best fits your needs. MIT Procurement and IS&T&T staff will help you choose a rate plan based on your identified requirements.

                                    Note: MIT's selection of preferred service providers included a review of functional coverage on the MIT campus. You may, however, want to test the functional coverage elsewhere if you expect to receive business calls off campus.

                                    For assistance in making a decision about what equipment and service plan is right for you, see the MIT cell phone guidelines. 6923 0 Cell Phones, Pagers cell phone, cellular, preferred vendor, plan, choose, travel Which phone should I buy? Decide what features you require in a cell phone. Some of the options to choose from include weight, style, flip-top, battery life, phone/PDA combinations, and Web access. (Note: There is an extra fee to access the Web through your cell phone.) For assistance in making a decision about what equipment and service plan is right for you, see the MIT cell phone guidelines. Also, the MIT preferred cell phone vendors, or Procurement and IS&T&T staff can help you choose equipment based on your identified needs. 6924 0 Cell Phones, Pagers cell phone, cellular, preferred vendor, flip-top, buy, web access Does MIT have an official policy governing cell phone purchases and use? Yes. Go to MIT IS&T&T Cellular Telephones and click on the links for policies and for guidelines. Once a business need for a cell phone is identified by your department, based on MIT's policies, the guidelines will help determine the right service and equipment for its use. 6925 0 Cell Phones, Pagers cell phone, cellular, preferred vendor, recommend, guidelines, rules, policies Should I get a cell phone or a pager? It depends on your needs. Pagers have much better reception than cell phones in areas like basements and interior rooms. Pagers are significantly less expensive than cell phones, and are often smaller and more likely to withstand wear and tear. Cell phones are feature-rich and make mobile communication easy, but cost more than pagers, both in equipment and monthly fees. For assistance in making a decision about what equipment and service plan is right for you, see the MIT cell phone guidelines. 6926 0 Cell Phones, Pagers cell phone, cellular, push-to-talk, walkie-talkie, preferred vendor, recommend, pager, choose Will my cell phone work if I travel internationally? It depends on the equipment and service you are using. Refer to the overview listed below, or visit the IS&T Cell Phone page for contact information to each of the cellular vendors.

                                    International Cell Phone Options:

                                    • Cingular: Cingular provides GSM service and phones that work on the GSM network both in the US and globally. See the Travel Guide to check service availability of your phone, or find a phone that will work where you are travelling.

                                    • Sprint: Sprint offers international roaming service through the use of GSM or WCDMA (Japan) phones that can be rented or purchased. See the Sprint PCS International Roaming website to check service availability of your phone, or find a phone that will work where you are travelling.

                                    • T-Mobile: T-Mobile provides GSM service and phones that work both in the US and globally. See the T-Mobile website for further information on international services.

                                    • Verizon Wireless: Verizon Wireless provides a Global Phone by Samsung, which works on the CDMA network in the US, and on the GSM network internationally. See the Verizon Wireless website for further details on the Global Phone.
                                    6928 0 Cell Phones, Pagers cell phone, cellular, preferred vendor, travel, international, nextel, verizon What should I do with my old cell phone? There are many options for what to do with an old cell phone. While cell phones are specific to the service provider, an old number can be removed from a phone and a new number put on it. If your phone is from one of our preferred vendors, Nextel or Verizon, find out if anyone else in your department needs a cell phone from that vendor. Departmental AO's may wish to hold onto deactivated cell phones from preferred vendors to serve as backup for lost or broken phones, or for staff who need a new phone. If you cannot identify a business need for your old cell phone, you may consider donating it; see Disposal of Old Cell Phones. 6929 0 Cell Phones, Pagers cell phone, cellular, preferred vendor, recommend, discard, charity Can I get a personal cell phone at MIT rates? Contract pricing may be available to employees and students for their personal phones. See MIT IS&T&T Cellular Telephones for more information. 6930 0 Cell Phones, Pagers cell phone, cellular, push-to-talk, walkie-talkie, preferred vendor, recommend, personal, purchase How do I forward my campus phone to my cell phone? If your MIT phone has off-campus dialing privileges you can forward your desk phone to your cell phone. Note: All calls received on your cell phone, even if forwarded from your desk phone, will result in your plan minutes being used.

                                    To forward all calls to a cell phone:

                                    1. At your MIT desk phone, lift the receiver and listen for the dial tone.
                                    2. Press 7 2
                                      Result: You hear the dial tone again.
                                    3. Press 7 6 plus the 10-digit number of the cell phone number to which the calls will be forwarded. Include the area code, but do not press 9, as you would normally for calls to off-campus.
                                      Result: You hear a confirmation tone of two quick beeps, followed by the dial tone. The 5ESS places a confirmation call to the cell phone; this call does not have to be answered.

                                    To cancel forwarding of all calls to a cell phone:

                                    1. At your MIT desk phone, lift the receiver and listen for the dial tone.
                                    2. Press 7 3
                                      Result: You hear a confirmation tone of four quick beeps, followed by the dial tone.
                                    6931 0 Cell Phones, Pagers cell phone, preferred vendor, forward, landline, campus phone, desk phone Who do I contact for cell phone billing issues? Contact the vendor directly. There will be contact information for the vendor on the billing statement that you receive. Vendor contact information is also on the page MIT IS&T&T Cellular Telephones. 6932 0 Cell Phones, Pagers cell phone, cellular, preferred vendor, recommend, billing, contact Can I change cell phone vendors and keep my cell phone number? Yes. Wireless local number portability (WLNP) became effective on November 24, 2003. This allows users to change cellular providers while keeping their existing cellular telephone number.

                                    In order to take advantage of this service, you must contact your new vendor with the request before you cancel your old service .

                                    If you decide to port your number, you may need to exercise caution and patience. If you are considering a switch, here are steps to take :

                                    • Check your potential vendor's web site to see if your number is eligible to be switched. Not all numbers may be eligible at this time.
                                    • Because phone numbers are assigned to a local geographic area, your number must remain with the same area where it is currently assigned.
                                    • Check your potential vendor's web site for all of the details and "fine print" of the agreement you'll be signing.
                                    • Check your current vendor's agreement to make sure you have fulfilled its agreement terms, and that the money saved by changing to a less expensive vendor will offset any termination charges you may incur.
                                    • Changing vendors requires that you get a new cell phone, so consider its cost or any special offers as applicable.

                                    If you do decide to transfer your number to another wireless service:

                                    • Don't cancel your current service before applying to be switched; your current number must be active.
                                    • Make sure you have a copy of your current contract and most recent bill at hand when communicating with your new vendor.
                                    • In case the porting takes longer than expected, have an alternate phone number to give out for emergencies.
                                    • If you use your wireless for more than just voice functions--e-mail, calendar, address book, contact lists, etc., you will need to plan how you are going to transfer those applications and their data to the new handset.
                                    • Find out about your potential vendor's customer service options, and also check the vendor's warranty.

                                    The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) provides detailed information on WLNP at http://www.fcc.gov/cgb/

                                  6933 0 Cell Phones, Pagers cell phone, preferred vendor, change vendor, old number, local number portability, lnp, wlnp I'm not going to use my cell phone for a few months. Can I suspend my service? If you have a Verizon phone, you can suspend the service for up to two months. You must reactivate your service within two months, or you will be charged a termination fee. 6934 0 Cell Phones, Pagers cell phone, cellular, preferred vendor, recommend, suspend service, termination fee, Verizon How can I avoid a termination fee? Don't cancel the service prior to your individual contract's expiration date (1 year for MIT-liable phones). If you need to cancel a phone, try to transfer it to someone else at MIT. If you have a Verizon phone, you can suspend the phone line for up to two months and then reactivate it under another MIT employee in order to avoid paying a termination fee. 6935 0 Cell Phones, Pagers cell phone, cellular, preferred vendor, cancel service, termination fee, reactivate I turned off my Reading Pane (known as Preview Pane in earlier versions) on my inbox in Outlook 2003 and when I navigate to another folder in my mail account, I see previews of my messages. Why won't it hold? With the exception of options set in the Reading Pane dialog box (on the Tools menu, click Options and then click the Reading Pane button on the Other tab), changes to the Reading Pane cannot be made globally and must be made to each folder individually. 6946 0 Outlook Microsoft Outlook 2003, Outlook 2003, Reading Pane, Preview Pane, Why can't my cell phone and desk phone have the same number? IS&T&T is investigating the implementation of this technology, which requires an integration with the 5ESS Telephone Switch. In the meantime, if your job requires that you be away from your office, you can forward your desk phone to your cell phone. Note: any calls forwarded from your desk phone to your cell phone will count towards your plan minutes.

                                  Wireless/cell phones are not meant to replace office phones; rather, they are intended to enhance Institute provided office phones and communications. Despite the advertisements regarding "free minutes," cell phone calls are not free, and in most situations, an office phone provides a more cost effective service. 6960 0 Cell Phones, Pagers cell phones, phone numbers Can I keep previous versions of Outlook and install Outlook 2003 on the same machine? No, previous versions of Outlook cannot exist with Outlook 2003. If you choose to keep previous versions, do not install Outlook 2003. If you want to upgrade to Outlook 2003, look at Microsoft's Planning an Upgrade to Outlook 2003. 6976 0 Outlook Microsoft Outlook 2003, Outlook 2003, previous versions, install previous versions How do I prevent Outlook from automatically stripping out what it considers extra line breaks? Here is the menu path to do this: 1. From the Tools Menu, choose Options. Result: the Options screen displays. 2. On the Options screen, click on the Preferences Tab and choose E-mail options. Result: The E-mail Options screen displays. 3. On the E-mail Options screen, in the Message Handling section, uncheck Remove extra line breaks in plain text messages. 6979 0 Outlook Microsoft outlook, Outlook, extra line breaks, e-mail options How do I replace the Oracle Calendar Address Conduit with the Palm Address Conduit? Oracle Calendar Sync for Palm 9.0.4 on Mac OS X does not synchronize the Oracle Calendar Address Book with the Palm Address book. To use and synchronize the Palm Address book between your Palm device and the Palm Desktop, you must change address book conduits as follows:

                                  1. Go to: [Macintosh HD]/Library/Application Support/Palm HotSync
                                  2. In the Palm HotSync folder, open the folders Conduits and Disabled Conduits.
                                  3. From the Conduits folder, move the Oracle Calendar Address Conduit to the Disabled Conduits folder.
                                  4. From the Disabled Conduits folder, move the Address Conduit to the Conduits folder.
                                  6980 0 MIT TechTime™ Personal Calendar techtime,palm synchronization,address,conduits,exchange,replace How do I exchange Oracle Calendar conduits for Palm conduits? To replace Oracle Calendar conduits with the Palm Desktop conduits, do the following:

                                  1. Go to: [Macintosh HD]/Library/Application Support/Palm HotSync
                                  2. In the Palm HotSync folder, open the folders Conduits and Disabled Conduits.
                                  3. From the Conduits folder, move the Oracle Calendar conduit you don't want to use to the Disabled Conduits folder.
                                  4. From the Disabled Conduits folder, move the Palm conduit you do want to use to the Conduits folder.
                                  6981 0 MIT TechTime™ Personal Calendar techtime,palm synchronization,conduits,exchange,replace How do I configure MIT Kerberos on my Red Hat 9 machine? Kerberos requires the following Red Hat RPMs:

                                  • krb5-devel
                                  • krb5-libs
                                  • krb5-workstation
                                  • krbafs

                                  Note: If you do not have these RPMs installed, learn how to find and install Red Hat 9 RPMs.

                                  Once those RPMs are installed, you need to make changes to the following configuration files as root:

                                  • /etc/krb5.conf
                                  • /etc/krb.conf
                                  • /etc/krb.realms

                                  Unless you have previously configured Kerberos and wish to preserve those customizations, configuration is easy. Simply replace the above configuration files with the following pre-configured versions:

                                  • http://web.mit.edu/software/pub/linux/openafs-1.2.10/config/krb5.conf
                                  • http://web.mit.edu/software/pub/linux/openafs-1.2.10/config/krb.conf
                                  • http://web.mit.edu/software/pub/linux/openafs-1.2.10/config/krb.realms

                                  Reboot for the configurations to take effect. You're done.

                                  If you have pre-existing customizations you wish to preserve, you may prefer to edit the files by hand as outlined below. This is not necessary or recommended unless you are comfortable editing configuration files and have customizations you wish to preserve.

                                  Tip: The pre-configured files above serve as an example of correctly configured files. Take a look at them if you're having trouble editing the configuration files by hand.

                                  1. Edit /etc/krb5.conf such that:
                                    • The [libdefaults] stanza looks like this: 
                                      [libdefaults]        default_realm = ATHENA.MIT.EDU        krb4_config = /etc/krb.conf        krb4_realms = /etc/krb.realms        forwardable = true        proxiable = true        noaddresses = true        default_keytab_name = FILE:/etc/krb5.keytab
                                    • And the following is appended to the [realms] stanza: 
                                      ATHENA.MIT.EDU = {        kdc = kerberos.mit.edu:88        kdc = kerberos-1.mit.edu:88        kdc = kerberos-2.mit.edu:88        kdc = kerberos-3.mit.edu:88        admin_server = kerberos.mit.edu        default_domain = mit.edu }
                                    • And the following to the [domain_realm] stanza: 
                                      .mit.edu = ATHENA.MIT.EDUmit.edu = ATHENA.MIT.EDU
                                  2. Edit /etc/krb.conf to make sure the first 5 lines are: 
                                    ATHENA.MIT.EDUATHENA.MIT.EDU kerberos.mit.edu admin serverATHENA.MIT.EDU kerberos-1.mit.eduATHENA.MIT.EDU kerberos-2.mit.eduATHENA.MIT.EDU kerberos-3.mit.edu
                                  3. Edit /etc/krb.realms to include the following as the first three lines: 
                                    .MIT.EDU ATHENA.MIT.EDU.MIT.EDU. ATHENA.MIT.EDUMIT.EDU ATHENA.MIT.EDU
                                  4. Reboot.
                                  6995 0 Kerberos for Linux kerberos, linux, red hat, red hat 9, red hat linux, authentication Why is it that the Participants List on a class website does not contain the names of registered students at the beginning of the semester? When will the update run? Class websites now use pre-registration data from the Registrar's office to populate the Participants List for academic classes about a week before the first day of classes. The class Participant List is automatically populated with data from WebSIS as it becomes available, usually during the second week of the semester (the week following reg day).


                                  To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                                  7001 0 Stellar Stellar, membership information, contact e-mail What is the difference between an Athena locker and a Stellar site? There are several differences. An Athena locker, when it is created, is essentially empty. Content, as well as the design of the web pages, must be created manually either by the faculty member, owner or any others designated with administrative privileges. Uploading and downloading files, editing web pages, and other standard activities must be done likewise. Backups are performed nightly, but no archiving is done. With Stellar, several standard pages are created for you automatically using one of several standard designs. Tools are built in to facilitate editing of the site’s pages, as well as administration of the class itself (i.e. receipt of homework and management of class sections). Traditionally, Athena lockers have contained one locker per subject and reused each semester by adding and deleting files at will. Stellar provides a new site each semester and materials can be imported from previous semesters as needed.


                                  To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                                  7003 0 Stellar Stellar Can students e-mail each other from within a Stellar class site or is it best to create a separate mailing list? The "send e-mail to class" feature is available only to the instructional staff (faculty and TAs) for that class. However, you can request an Athena mailing list for the class at: http://web.mit.edu/accounts.


                                  To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                                  7006 0 Stellar stellar, e-mail What do the 'enrolled' and 'visible' columns have to do with student access to a Stellar site? Nothing. The enrolled column refers to those students who have registered for the class. The visible column lets the instructor know whether or not a student's name is viewable by others in the class. As long as a person's name and e-mail address appears in the class Participant list, they are allowed to login to the class site.


                                  To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                                  7007 0 Stellar stellar, status Can someone with a 'username@xx.mit.edu' e-mail address register for a non-MIT Stellar account since they do not have an Athena Account and are unable to get certificates? No. Anyone affiliated with MIT and has 'mit.edu' in their e-mail address must use their Athena Account. If they have not registered for an Athena Account, they may do so at http://web.mit.edu/accounts. However, there is one exception. If someone has a 'username@alum.mit.edu' e-mail address, the instructor or TA of the course may request a non-MIT Stellar account for them.


                                  To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                                  7009 0 Stellar How long will course materials stay online? What kind of access will instructors or students have to an older Stellar class site? Currently, course materials will be available indefinitely but in read-only form. Access is restricted to instructors and students who are listed in the membership section of the class during that term. If someone needs access to an older class site, the instructor or TA of that class needs to add them to the Membership list. They will need to log into the older class site and then replace the part of the url that has index.html to change/access.html.


                                  To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                                  7010 0 Stellar stellar It's the first week of class and my students are unable to log into the class site because the class Participants list is empty. They need access to the class materials now. What can I do? Since the registration information is not fully available at the start of the semester, instructors or TAs can grant access to students not yet in the Official Class List by adding their names to the Other Participants group membership.


                                  To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                                  7011 0 Stellar stellar, participants list What is the difference between Stellar and OCW (OpenCourseWare)? The Stellar course management system has been developed to support delivery of classes to students at MIT. A class website contains class materials, student information, homework assignments and a discussion board. To protect student privacy, Stellar websites are restricted to class participants only, although instructors can change the access levels to their course site. Please click here for more site access information.

                                  OCW is a free and open educational resource for faculty, students and self-learners around the world. OCW publishes MIT course materials, but it does not provide access to MIT faculty or grant degrees.


                                  To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                                  7012 0 Stellar stellar Can an instructor or TA use an e-mail address other than their MIT e-mail address as part of their contact information? Currently, this feature is unavailable . If you wish to have mail delivered to a different address than the user@mit.edu listed on the Stellar class pages, you can have it forwarded automatically to a different e-mail address.


                                  To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                                  7013 0 Stellar stellar How do I avoid Outlook IMAP timeout errors? You can avoid the timeout error message "Your IMAP server has closed the connection. This may occur if you have left the connection idle for too long" by changing the setting. The default install of Outlook 2003 provides the following configuration.

                                  To adjust the Server timeouts setting:

                                  1. From the Tools menu, select E-mail Accounts...

                                  2. Select View or change existing e-mail accounts and click Next.

                                  3. Select the e-mail you want to modify and click Change.

                                  4. To bring up the Internet E-Mail Settings window, click More Settings...

                                  5. Select the Advanced tab.

                                  6. Left click on the slide-point and drag to the far right side (10 minutes).
                                    By changing the setting, you can avoid the above error message.

                                  7. Click Applyand then OK.

                                  7014 0 Outlook Microsoft Outlook 2003, Outlook 2003, timeout error, adjust timeout settings Is there an equivalent for the detach command in the IS&T distribution of OpenAFS? As of version1.4.1, the detach command exists.

                                  Earlier versions did not contain an equivalent command. However, you could still remove the simlink created by the afslocker command manually using rm.

                                  7017 0 Red Hat Enterprise Linux detach, openafs, afs, RHEL, linux, red hat, enterprise, attach How do I obtain MIT Kerberos tickets on Red Hat Linux? After you have configured MIT Kerberos: 
                                  Prompt> kinit username
                                  7018 0 Kerberos for Linux linux, red hat, kerberos, tickets How do I change the default e-mail format in Outlook? Here are the steps for changing the default e-mail format in Outlook:
                                  1. From the Tools menu, select Options.

                                  2. From the Options window, select the Mail Format tab.

                                  3. In the Message format section, change the "Compose in this message format" setting to your desired format. The recommended setting is "Plain Text."

                                    4. 7019 0 Outlook Microsoft Outlook 2003, Outlook 2003, default e-mail format, plain text How do I view hidden files in Windows XP and 2000? Go to Control Panels > Folder Options > View tab and select Show hidden files and folders. 7020 0 Windows XP Professional Windows XP, Windows 2000, hidden files How do I change the time on my computer? In most of the United States and the rest of North America, Daylight Saving Time:

                                    • Begins on the first Sunday in April (spring forward)
                                    • Ends on the last Sunday in October (fall back)

                                    When Daylight Saving Time begins or ends, your computer's clock will need to be adjusted accordingly. Otherwise, you will not be able to use some applications which require that a computer's date and time are within a few minutes of the accurate time for the North American Eastern time zone.

                                    Macintosh and Windows operating systems let you control your computer's time through a Date and Time Control Panel, with options which will reset the time automatically, and synchronize your computer's clock with a time server on the network. If the Date and Time Control Panel is not set to do this automatically, then you will need to do so manually. On Athena, the time is reset automatically.

                                    For platform-specific instructions, see Changing the Time on Your Computer. 7023 0 Mac OS time, clock, synchronize, windows, macintosh, network After I restore my files to my Macintosh OS X machine, some or all of my restored files and/or folders have "Do Not Enter" signs, and when I try to open the files and/or folders, I receive messages that I "do not have sufficient access privileges." Why am I getting these messages? This can occur when your files were backed up using a different user ID from the user ID you performed the restore with. Ownership of, and/or permissions of the files will need to be changed by a user with the administrative rights on the machine. Administrators who need advice on which flags to adjust may send a request to computing-help@mit.edu, mentioning TSM Backup in the subject line. 7033 0 TSM restore files, Do Not Enter signs, not sufficient access privileges, user ID, administrative rights How do I change my off-line password in MIT TechTime™?

                                    You must be working off-line to do this. Using the TechTime client, do the following:

                                    1. Either login off-line, or if you logged into MIT MIT TechTime™, go to File > Work Off-line.
                                    2. Go to Tools > Change Password.
                                    3. Enter your current password, or press Return/Enter if you do not have a password set.
                                    4. Enter your new password, or press Return/Enter to set no password. A verification dialog box opens.
                                    5. Re-enter your new password.

                                    7036 0 MIT TechTime™ Personal Calendar techtime, oracle calendar, offline, password, change password Can I change my identity in WebMail? To change the name, address, and signature that people see when they read and reply to your email, select the Options screen and the Personal Information link. Your default identity will be listed first, and can be edited by selecting "Edit your identities". You will need to select Default identity in the drop down menu, and then enter your personal information in the following fields. Be sure to save your edits by selecting Change or Create at the bottom of the form. 7042 0 WebMail webmail, options, identity, personal information Can Office be installed separately from Outlook? You can install Outlook 2003 before, with, or after an installation of other Microsoft Office 2003 applications. However, MIT recommends that you install Outlook with Office because it is the simplest installation strategy and will help you avoid the extra steps involved in creating separate application installations.

                                    Regardless of when or how you install Outlook spearately from Office, you must take extra steps to manage duplicate files, multiple versions of the Setup files, or customizations to the installationn process.

                                    Installing Outlook 2003 Without Office 2003 Professional
                                    Some Outlook functionality will be limited:
                                    • Users cannot use WordMail as their Outlook editor.

                                    • Users cannot use the MailMerge feature: the | Sendto | Mail Recipient capability is not availablle.

                                    Installing Outlook 2003 Before Installing the Rest of Office
                                    The disadvantages are:

                                    • When you install the other Office applications later on, you must customize the installation process to preserve your original Outlook settings.

                                    • You cannot use the WordMail editor in Outlook 2003 until word 2003 has also been installed.

                                    • When you install Office without Outlook, you must explicitly change the default Setup settings in the Custom Installation Wizard so that previous versions of Outlook are not removed from users' computers.
                                    7044 0 Outlook Outlook 2003, disadvantages if installing separately, WordMail, MailMerge feature, Custom Installation Wizard How do I upgrade Outlook after I already installed Office 2003? This is an unusual circumstance and is not recommended.

                                    There are several issues to consider when you install Office 2003 without Outlook 2003 from the Office 2003 CD.
                                    • If you plan to use the Office Profile wizard to capture Outlook settings, you must configure these settings and include the Office profile settings file (OPS) when creating the Custom Installation Wizard transform to install Office. The custom Maintenance Wizard does not allow you to include the OPS file.

                                    • When you add Outlook 2003 to your Office 2003 installation by using the Office Custom Maintenance Wizard, you cannot specify in the wizard to remove earlier versions of Outlook. When you install Office 2003 by using the Custom Installation Wizard, you can choose to remove earlier versions of the applications you are installing. However, when you install Outlook by using the Custom Maintenance Wizard, you must remove the previous version.

                                    • If you did a typical install of Office 2003 Professional, Outlook is already installed. If you opted not to install Outlook 2003 at that time, but now want to install it, you will need to:
                                      1. Install the Office 2003 Professional CD into the drive.
                                      2. If auto setup does not launch, find SETUPPRO.exe and launch it. Note: You will need to have your CD key readily available.
                                      3. Click on Add or Remove features.
                                      4. Select Outlook and then click Next.
                                        Outlook 2003 is installed and ready to use.
                                    7045 0 Outlook Outlook 2003, upgrade from earlier version, install Office 2003, Office Custom Maintenance Wizard, OPS file How do I set TCP/IP filtering in Windows? For Windows XP, do the following:
                                    1. Go to Start>Connect to... and choose your network connection.

                                    2. Click Properties.

                                    3. Select Internet Protocol TCP/IP and click Properties.

                                    4. Click Advanced.

                                    5. Click the Options tab.

                                    6. Make sure TCP/IP Filtering is selected, then click Properties.

                                    7. Click Enable TCP/IP Filtering (All Adaptors) then click OK.

                                      8. Note: Before applying software updates, click Permit Only in the TCP Ports column. When all updates are completed, change the setting back to Permit All.

                                    8. Click OK for all dialog boxes to save and exit.

                                    Restart your computer for the changes to take effect.

                                    For Windows 2000, do the following:

                                    1. Go to Start>Settings>Control Panel>Network & Dialup Connections... and double-click on your network connection to open it.

                                    2. Click Properties.

                                    3. Select Internet Protocol TCP/IP and click Properties.

                                    4. Click Advanced.

                                    5. Click Optional Settings.

                                    6. Under Optional settings, click TCP/IP filtering, and then click Properties.

                                    7. Click to select the Enable TCP/IP Filtering (All adapters) check box.

                                      8. Note: Before applying software updates, click Permit Only in the TCP Ports column. When all updates are completed, change the setting back to Permit All.

                                    8. Click OK for all dialog boxes to save and exit.

                                    Restart your computer for the changes to take effect. 7046 0 Windows 2000 Professional software updates, patches, windows xp, windows 2000, security 7047 1 7046 Windows XP Professional What's on the local computer versus the IMAP/remote server? The local computer contains a cached copy of your IMAP folders and messages that are on the IMAP server. It is important to note that this local cached copy periodically synchronizes with the server. If you delete a message from the server through another IMAP e-mail client (i.e., Webmail), the local cache resynchs with the server and the deleted message will also be deleted from the local machine.

                                    If you want to move a message permanently to your local machine, you will have to copy it to a folder under "Personal Folders." If you don't move it to a folder under "Personal Folders," then if you delete a message from the server using another e-mail client, it will be permanently deleted from your local cache once it resynchronizes with the IMAP server.

                                    7048 0 Outlook local versus remote, IMAP, deleted message, cache resynchronization, Personal Folders, Outlook 2003 What is the return policy on cell phones? If you are ordering a new cell phone with new service (including porting an existing number from another service provider), generally you have 15 days from the date of purchase to return the phone and cancel the service. The return policy for each vendor differs slightly, so check with your service provider when you order the phone and service, to verify what the actual policy is before signing an agreement. If you cancel the service, you will be responsible to pay for any calls made during the period that you utilized the service. After 15 days, you must fulfill the contract term, or pay a termination fee if you cancel prior to its expiration (approximately $200). 7051 0 Cell Phones, Pagers cell phone, cellular, preferred vendor, recommend, return Will VirusScan automatically scan my e-mail for viruses? A default installation of VirusScan will automatically scan your e-mail for viruses. You will receive two messages in your inbox:

                                    1. A message that notifies you that you have received an infected e-mail.

                                    2. The original message without the attachment.
                                    7053 0 Outlook VirusScan, Outlook 2003, virus in e-mail What if none of the MIT preferred service providers meet my business needs? Can I contract with another service provider? Yes. In these cases, it is the responsiblity of the department, lab, or center to work with MIT's Procurement Office to determine appropriate alternatives if the preferred service providers cannot meet specific business requirements (e.g., a need for high data-speed rates). See Cellular Telephones: Other Vendors. 7054 0 Cell Phones, Pagers cell phones, service providers, vendors Why am I missing e-mail folders in Outlook? You may be unsubscribed from some of your e-mail folders in Outlook. To check your e-mail folder subscriptions, do the following:
                                    1. In Outlook, go to the View menu and make sure Navigation Pane is selected.
                                      Result: You should see your list of e-mail folders in the left navigation pane.

                                      2. If you are not seeing all of your folders, you will need to check your e-mail folder subscriptions:

                                    2. Select the Inbox of your IMAP account.

                                    3. Follow the menu path: Tools > IMAP folders.
                                      Result: The IMAP Folders dialog box appears.

                                    4. Click Query with the Folder field blank to display all mail folders.
                                      Result: The list of IMAP folders displays in the Folders field. Currently subscribed folders will have a folder icon to the left of the folder name.

                                    5. Highlight the folder you want to subscribe to by clicking it. To select multiple folders, hold down the CTRL key on the keyboard while clicking the folder names.

                                    6. Click Subscribe.
                                      Result: A folder icon appears next to the folder name.

                                    7. Click OK.
                                      Result: You should now see all your subscribed folders in the Folder List.
                                      8. 7055 0 Outlook outlook, missing folders, mail folders, subscribe Even though Outlook XP is not supported, do you have some information I can refer to? Here are some documents that might be helpful to you:
                                      7058 0 Outlook Outlook,XP How can I set up Eudora 6.1 (Mac) to run in paid mode, i.e., remove the display of advertising? (Note: This is available only to MIT affiliates:)

                                      For instructions on how to do this, go to https://web.mit.edu/software/mit/licenses/eudora.html (certificates required).

                                      7068 0 6576 Eudora for Macintosh email, e-mail, eudora, 6.1, macintosh, mac, license, paid mode How do I prevent deleted messages from showing up in Outlook mailboxes? Follow the steps below:

                                    8. Select your mailbox.

                                    9. Go the View menu>Arrange By>Current View>Hide Messages Marked for Deletion. 7070 0 Outlook Outlook mailboxes, deleted messages How do Casetracker status types compare with RT status types? Below is a list of RT status types and definitions and their Casetracker equivalents:
                                      • New: Ticket has been created, but not touched yet. (Casetracker equivalent: New and Unseen)

                                      • Open: Ticket is being worked on. (Casetracker equivalent: Pending if the case is not frozen)

                                      • Waiting: Due to circumstances beyond your control, the ticket is not being worked on. Ticket will “Open” again when a Reply or Comment is added. (Casetracker equivalent: Pending if the case is frozen)

                                      • Resolved: Work on the ticket has been completed. (Casetracker equivalent: Closed)

                                      • Rejected: The request does not need work done, but should stay as a record in the system. (Casetracker equivalent: none)

                                      • Deleted: Ticket should not be in the queue, e.g., spam. (Casetracker equivalent: Cancelled)

                                      Send comments to: Request Tracker Help

                                      7079 0 Request Tracker (RT) on help.mit.edu Request Tracker, RT, Casetracker More Mathematica FAQs If you don't find the answer to your question here, you can also check Wolfram's Mathematica Technical FAQs. 7081 0 Mathematica I'm having problems installing Mathematica on my computer (I can't find the license number, I can't find the password, the password doesn't work, etc). What should I do? Make sure to carefully follow the MIT installation instructions. 7083 0 Mathematica mathematica, installing mathematica, faqs, password, problems installing mathematica My computer has changed (because of hardware modifications, etc) and now Mathematica is asking for a new password. What should I do? You need to request a new password by going to http://www.register.wolfram.com and completing the form. (The form requires that you enter your Math ID. If you need instructions on how to find your Math Id, go to http://support.wolfram.com/mathematica/systems/allplatforms/mathid.html.) After doing this, contact the IS&T VSLS team by sending email to vsls-help@mit.edu and letting them know that you've requested a new password which will be sent directly to VSLS from Wolfram . 7084 0 Mathematica mathematica, mathematica faqs, mathid, password, mathematica help My license has expired and Mathematica is asking for a new password. How can I renew my license? All licenses expire on June 30 of each year. After your license has expired, you need to obtain a new license. To do this, go to Mathematica: Obtaining Mathematica Software under MIT's Volume License Agreement. 7085 0 Mathematica mathematica, expired mathematica license, password, renew mathematica license Is it possible to do symbolic vector/matrix manipulations in Mathematica? This feature is not built in the system but one can program it for specific cases. For examples on how to do this, contact the wrihelp@mit.edu list or search for "symbolic matrix" on the MathGroup forum. 7086 0 Mathematica mathematica, symbolic vector, symbolic matrix, manipulations On Mac OS X, I can't read files that I used to be able to read on Mac OS 9. What is the problem? See Wolfram's explanation and workaround. 7087 0 Mathematica mathematica, mathematica problem on mac os x, problem reading files on mac os x I'm new to Mathematica. Are there any training or tutorials available? Currently, IS&T doesn't offer Mathematica training on a regular basis at MIT. However, "on-site", customized training can be arranged for MIT subjects that make use of the software. Such a training was created for an undergraduate class in the Department of Aeronautics and Astronautics and is now available on-line (notebook format -- Mathematica required, HTML). Contact Academic Computing at x3-0115 or f_l@mit.edu if you're interested in arranging a training.

                                      Users can also try the ten minutes tutorial accessible from the "startup palette" when launching Mathematica.

                                      7088 0 Mathematica mathematica, new mathematica, mathematica training, mathematica tutorials What happens if someone sends email to a Casetracker case that has been migrated to RT? Email with a Casetracker subject line that references a Casetracker case number will automatically be appended to the appropriate RT ticket. This is true only for cases that have been migrated. If someone replies to a non-migrated Casetracker case, a new RT ticket will be generated.

                                      Send comments to: Request Tracker Help

                                      7089 0 Migration from Casetracker RT, Request Tracker, Casetracker, cases, migrate, migrating What is the minimal Service Pack needed to use MIT Windows Automatic Update Service? Windows 2000 machines prior to Service Pack 3 (i.e. running SP 2 or lower) cannot use Automatic Updates through Microsoft's Automatic Updates or through the MIT Windows Automatic Update Service (WAUS). Before enabling Automatic Updates to use the MIT WAUS, you need to install SP3 for Windows 2000 or later (we recommend SP4). You can get the service pack from Microsoft's Download Center or through Windows Update.

                                      Also, the baseline for the MIT WAUS is Windows 2000 SP4 and Windows XP SP1 meaning that machines that do not have at least those Service Pack installed will get them with their first update from the MIT WAUS.

                                      More information on Mircosoft's Software Update Services and service packs can be found in Microsoft's Software Update Services Deployment Guide.

                                      7091 0 Windows 2000 Professional waus, mit windows automatic update service What happens if someone sends e-mail to a Casetracker case that has not been migrated to RT? Email sent to a Casetracker case that was not migrated to RT will be redirected to RT and a new ticket will be created.

                                      Send comments to: Request Tracker Help

                                      7093 0 Migration from Casetracker Request Tracker, RT, Casetracker Will migrated Casetracker cases have the same Id number in RT? Cases that have been migrated to RT will have a new Id number. This means if you've bookmarked specific Casetracker cases, you'll need to re-bookmark them in RT. 7094 0 Migration from Casetracker RT, Request Tracker, Casetracker, tickets, cases Is the RT interface the same for both Requestors (i.e., clients) and RT consultants? There are two interfaces for RT:
                                      • Self Service: This is the interface that a Requestor uses for viewing tickets and creating new tickets. Go to https://help.mit.edu:444/SelfService/. If you've sent any requests to RT and have open tickets, they'll display in a list.

                                        • You can do the following:

                                        • Click on a ticket subject in the list to view the contents.
                                        • Enter a ticket number in Search box at the top of the screen then click Search to display the contents.
                                        • Click New Ticket in the left navigation bar to create a ticket.
                                        • Click Closed Tickets in the left navigation bar to view a list of closed tickets.

                                      • Consultant interface: If you have consultant access you can use the RT for help.mit.edu interface. Go to https://help.mit.edu. Here you can search for and work on tickets for your queue.

                                      Send comments to: Request Tracker Help

                                      7095 0 RT-General Request Tracker, RT, self service, interface Why do I have to pay for an IP address? You may be wondering why MIT asks you to pay for an IP address if you can use the DHCP registration to get on the network without one. MIT currently recovers costs for running and maintaining the MIT network through static IP addresses and by charging for private subnets. This system was put in place in the early days of MITnet, when there were few connection options and no mobile laptops or wireless networks. MIT is working on working on a more equitable cost recovery solution reflecting today's wider range of connectivity needs, but this will take time.

                                      In the meantime, we wanted to make DHCP registration for the rapidly increasing number of MIT faculty and staff who want to take advantage of wireless roaming and mobile computing as easy and painless as possible. MIT is therefore making it possible to register machines for DHCP free of charge, with the assumption that most if not all users of this new service are already paying for network service in the form of a static IP address or by being a member of a private subnet. This is done with a measure of good faith and the hope that this new registration service will not be abused.

                                      7096 0 DHCP dhcp, wireless, registration, MITnet, IP address, subnet, private Can consultant access to my Queue be restricted only to those who work in it? Yes. RT allows for setting up consultant access on a per-Queue basis. This means that only those who should be working on cases in your Queue will have consutlant-level access. 7105 0 Request Tracker (RT) on help.mit.edu Request Tracker, RT, Casetracker Are there ways to customize my Queue, e.g., send email notification when a consultant is assigned to a case? There are a number of ways that a Queue can be customized. Some of them are:
                                      • Email notification based on certain actions such as the assigning of a ticket.
                                      • Actions invoked, e.g., the setting of Status, when a new case is created.
                                      • Add and remove consultant rights.
                                      • Creation of custom fields.
                                      7106 0 Request Tracker (RT) on help.mit.edu Request Tracker, RT, Casetracker How do I install Red Hat Network on my Red Hat Enterprise system? The software necessary to use Red Hat Network is already installed on your Red Hat Enterprise system.  You simply need to register for Red Hat Network update services and follow the instructions provided. In order to register you need to be a member of the MIT community and have:

                                      Then, go to https://nic.mit.edu/cgi-bin/rhnreg to register for Red Hat network service.  Once your registration has been processed, you will be emailed an entitlement key and instructions for utilizing the Red Hat Network update service.

                                      7109 0 Red Hat Network (RHN) linux, red hat, red hat network, update service How often should I have Red Hat Network check for updates? The yum-based Red Hat Network for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 is pre-configured to periodically check for updates.

                                      For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (RHEL 4) and earlier, you should set your system to check for updates daily to ensure you always have the latest software and security updates. If you use a GNOME based x-session, a task bar will flash to notify you when there are updates available you have not taken.

                                      To make updates automatic see How do I set up Red Hat Network to automatically check for software updates and install them daily? 7110 0 7109 Red Hat Network (RHN) linux, red hat, red hat network, update service How can I enable the Junk Extras setting in Eudora 6.1 (Mac)? The Junk Extras setting is stored in the Esoteric Settings file which you need to move into the Eudora Stuff folder. To do this,

                                      1. Open the MIT Eudora 6.1 folder and locate the Eudora application icon.

                                      2. Hold down the control key, click on the Eudora application icon and choose Show Package Contents

                                        .
                                        Result: A window opens displaying a Contents folder.

                                      3. Open the Contents folder, then open the PlugIns Disabled folder.

                                      4. Drag the Esoteric Settings file out, then click Back and open the MacOS folder and drag the Esoteric Settings file into the Eudora Stuff folder.


                                        Result: A new set of settings icons display at the bottom of the list in the Settings dialog box. A setting called "Junk Extras" will be at the bottom of the list.
                                      7111 0 Eudora for Macintosh e-mail, email, Eudora, junk mail, 6.1 What search capabilities are available in RT? RT has both a quick search function, on the RT home page, as well as an extended search function, called Query Builder.

                                      Click on Tickets>Query Builder to access it. In Query Builder you can search on variety of fields, use multiple search criteria, combine values using "and" or "or," and save searches and share them with other Queue consultants.

                                      Some of the fields you can search on are:

                                      • Queue
                                      • Status
                                      • Subject
                                      • Owner (a.k.a. Assigned to in Casetracker)
                                      • Username
                                      • Created date
                                      • Custom fields in your Queue
                                      7113 0 RT-General RT, Request Tracker, Casetracker, tickets Can I track time worked on tickets in RT? Yes. RT lets you track time estimated and time worked as well as time left. You can also track the date started and due date. You can then search for and report on tickets based on any of these criteria.

                                      From a Ticket display, click Basics to record Time Estimated, Time Worked or Time Left. Click Dates to record Date Started and Due date.

                                      Advanced:

                                      You can also record time worked for each individual comment or correspondence on a ticket. This is done on the Update Ticket screens, which you get to by using the Reply, Resolve, or Comment links on the ticket display screen.

                                      The Update Ticket screen has a text entry box labeled Worked: ... minutes near the top of the page. You can enter time spent on each transaction there, and RT will automatically add up these indivudal times and display the total in the Basics section under Time Worked.

                                      Note that if you manually enter a time into the Time Worked field in the Basics section, this will overwrite the automatically calculated total in the display. The individual times worked will still be shown for each history entry.

                                      7114 0 RT-Reporting RT, Request Tracker, Casetracker Is there a way to associate tickets with other tickets in RT? Yes. RT has a Links feature that lets you specify relationships between tickets. From a Ticket display, click Links to specify Ticket relationships. There are different kinds of relationships:
                                      • Depends on -Depended on by. This is a way of grouping tickets under a single ticket. RT enforces a rule such that you can't resolve a 'depends on' ticket until all the 'depended on on by' tickets have been resolved.
                                      • Parent-Child. This is also a way of grouping tickets under a single ticket. RT does not enforce any rules.
                                      • Refers to-Referred to by. Just a simple, informal way to establish a relationship, or pointer, between tickets.
                                      • Merge - combines multiple tickets into one.
                                      7115 0 Modifying Tickets RT, Request Tracker, Casetracker, Tickets Can more than one person be associated with a ticket? RT lets you specify more than Requestor (a.k.a., Client in Casetracker) for a Ticket. Also, you can specify others to be associated with a Ticket in different capacities. These people are called Watchers

                                      A Watcher is someone who wants to know about the progress of the Ticket and may need to participate in the resolution of it. More than one Watcher can be assigned to a Ticket.

                                      There are two types of Watchers:

                                        < >Cc: Someone who should get copies of any Replies that go to the Requestor but is not necessarily allowed to work on the Ticket. < >AdminCc: Someone who should get copies of any Replies that go to the requestor AND any Comments added to the Ticket. Admin Ccs are generally allowed to work on the Ticket.

                                      Watchers can be specified on a per-Ticket basis, or a Queue administrator can set up Watchers to be associated with all ticket created for a Queue. By default, no Watchers are set up for Queues or Tickets. 7116 0 Request Tracker (RT) on help.mit.edu RT, Request Tracker, Casetracker, Tickets Can I download search results in RT? You can download search results to your computer and open the file in Excel. The results rows are automatically populated into cells in a spreadsheet. In Query Builder, you can customize which columns of data to retrieve for a particular search. This opens up possibilities for reporting on RT data.

                                      To download, do a search, either using the quick search methods, or using Query Builder, then click spreadsheet at the bottom of the results list.

                                      Note: When you download ona Macintosh, the file will be a filetype of .tsv. You'll need to save it to disk, then open Excel and go to File>Open to open the file.

                                      7117 0 RT-Reporting RT, Request Tracker, Casetracker How do I prioritize tickets? RT provides fields for setting Ticket priority. Priority can be set from 0 - 99, with 99 being the highest priority. By giving each Ticket a priority, you can use it to search and sort tickets. Also, prioritized tickets that you own (i.e., are assigned to you) will display in the "10 highest priority tickets I own" on the RT home page.

                                      There's also a Final Priority field that you can use in conjunction with the Due Date field. By setting Final Priority, you can make a Ticket's priority increase or decrease as it's Due date draws closer.

                                      From a Ticket display, click Basics to set Priority and Final Priority.

                                      7118 0 Request Tracker (RT) on help.mit.edu RT, Request Tracker, Casetracker Are the same fields available in RT as are in Casetracker? By default, the set of fields in RT are not the same as in Casetracker. However, commonly used Casetracker fields that are not part of the default set, are available as global custom fields. If you're migrating from Casetracker, when you fill out the Migration form you can specify which custom fields you want included in your Queue.

                                      Available custom fields are:

                                      • OS (operating system)
                                      • OS version
                                      • Platform
                                      • Model
                                      • Software
                                      • Software version
                                      • IP addresses
                                      • Jack numbers
                                      • Account numbers
                                      • Method
                                      7119 0 Migration from Casetracker RT, Request Tracker, Casetracker Who receives email notification during Ticket progress? First, a couple of definitions:

                                      -A "Reply" (also called Correspondence) is a piece of text a consultant adds to a Ticket history. It is visible to the Requestor and by default gets sent to the Requestor in email.

                                      -A "Comment" is a piece of text a consultant adds to a Ticket history. It is not visible to the Requestor nor is it sent to the Requestor.

                                      By default, a Requestor is the only person assigned to a Ticket and the only one to get Replies that are entered throughout the Ticket progress. However, others can be associated with Tickets in different capacities, called Watchers, who also get Replies. A Watcher is someone who wants to know about the progress of the Ticket and may need to participate in the resolution of it. More than one Watcher can be assigned to a Ticket.

                                      There are two types of Watchers:

                                        < >Cc: Someone who should get copies of any Replies that go to the Requestor but is not necessarily allowed to work on the Ticket. < >AdminCc: Someone who should get copies of any Replies that go to the requestor AND any Comments added to the Ticket. Admin Ccs are generally allowed to work on the Ticket.

                                      In addition, when composing Replies and Comments you have the option of specifying email addresses in Cc and Bcc fields. These are exactly like entering a Cc or Bcc when sending an email message. Unlike Watchers, they are used only for that particular Reply or Comment, not for all Replies and/or Comments for a Ticket.

                                      Remember: The Requestor does not receive Comments nor does he/she see them when using the RT interface to view his/her tickets.

                                      7120 0 Request Tracker (RT) on help.mit.edu RT, Request Tracker, Casetracker Do Owners get email notification when a Ticket is assigned to them? By default, RT does not send email notification when a consultant is assigned as Owner of a Ticket. However, administrators of Queues can customize this.

                                      If you're a Queue administrator,

                                      1. Click Configuration>Queue then click your Queue name.
                                      2. Click Scrips>New Scrips.
                                      3. From the Condition dropdown list, choose On Owner Change.
                                      4. From the Action dropdown list, choose Notify Owner.
                                      5. From the Template dropdown list, choose Global Template: Transaction.
                                      6. Click Submit.

                                      You can delete it at any time by going to Scrips>Select Scrip, selecting it, then clicking on the check box to delete.

                                      7121 0 Request Tracker (RT) on help.mit.edu RT, Request Tracker, Casetracker I need to make full text entries that are editable. Is there any way to do this in RT? You can add a text custom field to your queue by going to Configuration>Queue>your-queue-name->Ticket Custom Fields>New custom field. From the Type drop-down list, choose Fill in one text area. 7123 0 Custom Fields RT, Request Tracker, Casetracker How can I deal with spam coming to my queue? Each queue has a spam threshold that you can set - to view and change this setting go to Configuration>Queue>your-queue-name.

                                      Incoming email with a spam score higher than your queue's threshold will be discarded and is not recoverable. For this reason we recommend that the spam threshold not be set too low - 7 or 8 seems to be a generally reasonable value.

                                      To get more information on screening spam in RT, go to New Features and Bug Fixes in RT - there's a section on the spam screening facility there.

                                      Whatever your spam threshold setting, some spam will inevitable make it into your queue. For information on how to remove spam tickets, see stock answer #7675.

                                      7124 0 Queue Administration RT, Request Tracker What about RTFM for storing stock answers and including them in RT Replies? RTFM may developed for use at MIT and will be included in a future RT release. 7125 0 RT-General RT, Request Tracker, RTFM, Casetracker Why am I not seeing all tickets in my Queue? Tickets marked with the status type of Deleted or Resolved do not display in results lists from the Quick Search on the RT home page. To view a list of all tickets in your Queue, regardless of status,
                                      1. Go to Tickets>Query Builder.
                                      2. Under Add Criteria, choose your Queue from the Queue: dropdown List, then click Add.
                                      3. Click Search

                                      The results should include all tickets in your Queue. 7134 0 Request Tracker (RT) on help.mit.edu Request Tracker, RT, tickets How do I create ticket sets, equivalent to case sets in Casetracker? One way to mimic the case set feature in RT is to create a new ticket to act as a holder of the set, then use the Relationships (also called Links) function in RT to specify the tickets that should be part of the set.

                                      1. From New Ticket In, choose your Queue then click Go.
                                      2. Enter a subject that indicates that it's a set then click Create.
                                      3. Click Links in the left navigation bar.
                                      4. Under Relationships, in the Children: box, enter the ticket numbers of the tickets that should be part of the set; separate each number with a space.
                                      5. Click Submit.

                                      When you display the parent ticket, the children will appear in the Relationships section and you can click on any of the ticket numbers to display one of the child tickets.

                                      7135 0 Request Tracker (RT) on help.mit.edu Request Tracker, RT, case sets, Casetracker When using Eudora, I'm prompted for my username and password and I a get a "Ticket initialization failed" Error 57. What's wrong? There are several reasons for this error. The most common ones are:
                                      • You entered your email address (e.g., jdoe@mit.edu) instead of just your username (e.g., jdoe).
                                      • You're not connected to the network. To check your connection, start up your browser and go to a web site.
                                      • You're running a version of Kerberos for Windows, earlier than 2.1.1. Go to the Kerberos for Windows page for information on obtaining the latest version
                                      • You have components of older versions installed, e.g., PC Leland.

                                      If you need further assistance in solving this problem contact the Help Desk for assistance.

                                      7138 0 Eudora for Windows Kfw, Kerberos, windows, error 57 How to I add an MIT CA Certificate to the Keychain for Mac OS 10.3? Go to Mac OS 10.3: Add an MIT CA Certificate to the Keychain for instructions on how to do this. 7140 0 Certificates safari, certificates, mozilla, IE, Internet Explorer, keychain Why am I having a problem migrating Eudora mailboxes from Windows to Mac OS X? Windows refers to attachments using a path statement including backslashes. OS X sees the backslashes and assumes they're escape characters and Eudora cannot the MBX file properly.
                                      The solution:
                                      1. Take the Windows MBX file and open it in a text editor.
                                      2. File/Replace all backslashes with forward slashes.
                                      3. Save file.
                                      4. Open file in Eudora.
                                      7143 0 Eudora for Windows eudora, windows, mailbox migration When I uninstall the MIT SAPgui for Windows 4.6, the following message appears: "Could not open INSTALL.LOG file." This is a known bug which does not affect the uninstallation process. When you click the "OK" button the uninstall will continue as normal. 7146 0 Installation and Logging On sapgui for windows 4.6, install.log file What do I do if I receive this error on Windows 2000 or XP when trying to view a document in SAP through IXOS? "Security Alert: This page requires a secure connection which includes server authentication. The Certificate Issuer for this site is untrusted or unknown. Do you wish to proceed?" Please ensure Internet Explorer contains the MIT Certificate Authority.

                                      After installing the MIT CA, please try viewing the document again. If the problem persists, please contact the Help Desk at 617-253-1101, or computing-help@mit.edu.

                                      7147 0 Error Messages sap, ixos, security alert, windows, certificate issue After installing a new version of SAPgui on Windows 2000 or XP, my desktop shortcuts to SAP no longer work. Unfortunately the newest version of SAPgui does not work using prior desktop shortcuts. You will need to create new ones. If you require assistance with this please contact the Help Desk at 617-253-1101, or computing-help@mit.edu. 7148 0 Installation and Logging On sapgui, windows, desktop shortcuts I am trying to use SAP/IXOS to view a document, but my computer appears to freeze when I try to do so. If you just installed Adobe Acrobat Reader, it is possible that the license agreement that appears when you run Acrobat Reader for the first time is blocking the loading of the document from within IXOS. In order to remedy this situation, locate this "License agreement" window using the "Alt+tab" key combination to cycle through the open windows, agree to the license and retry the IXOS document. If the problem persists, please contact the Help Desk at 617-253-1101, or computing-help@mit.edu . 7149 0 Error Messages sap, ixos, frozen computer, view document I am trying to view a document in SAP/IXOS and it triggered a repair of the Microsoft Windows Journal Viewer application. This probably means that Acrobat Reader has just been installed. The first attempt to display a PDF document in the IXOS Client may trigger a repair of the Microsoft Windows Journal Viewer application.

                                      In most cases, Microsoft Windows Journal Viewer does repair itself nicely, but occasinally the repair process enters a loop that will not finish.
                                      In this case the solution is:

                                      1. Kill the Microsoft Windows Journal Viewer repair process using the Ctrl+Alt+Delete key combination, select the Microsoft Windows Journal Viewer Repair process from the list and press End Task.
                                      2. Exit SAP and IXOS.
                                      3. Remove Microsoft Journal Viewer, following these steps:
                                        1. Click Start, and then point to Control Panels.
                                        2. Double-click Add or Remove Programs, and then click Change or Remove Programs.
                                        3. Click Microsoft Windows Journal Viewer, and then click Remove.
                                        4. Follow the instructions on the screen to remove the program.
                                          Note: You may have to restart the computer to remove any files that were in use.

                                      AND IF YOU REALLY NEED The Journal viewer, re-install Microsoft Windows Journal Viewer. This behavior is caused by Microsoft bug documented here.

                                      7150 0 Error Messages sap, ixos, journal viewer I just viewed a PDF document in SAP/IXOS, closed the IXOS browser, and now SAP and Acrobat reader appear to be frozen. There is probably a dialog box open that says the following:
                                      "One or more PDF Documents are open inside a Web Browser. If you exit Adobe Acrobat reader now, these documents will be closed. Are you sure you want to exit?"

                                      To fix this situation, do the following:

                                      1. Locate this window by moving the SAP window or using the Alt+Tab key combination to cycle through the open windows.
                                      2. Check the Do not display this message again box.
                                      3. Exit this window.
                                      7151 0 Error Messages sap, ixos, pdf, acrobat frozen, sap frozen How do I set up Red Hat Network to automatically check for software updates and install them daily? If you have activated Red Hat Network for a Red Hat Enterprise 5 (RHEL 5) system or later, the system automatically checks for updates on a periodic basis by default.

                                      If you have activated Red Hat Network for RHEL 4 or earlier, you need to Download and install the automatic update configuration RPM. See Red Hat Network: Configuring Automatic Updates for instructions on installation and setting your e-mail notification preferences. 7158 0 Red Hat Network (RHN) linux, RHE, RHN, Enterprise, Red Hat, Red Hat Network, Red Hat Enterprise, Update Service, update, up2date, RHEL3, RHEL4 Why aren't kernel updates being automatically installed via my Red Hat Network service? If you are using the update script recommended in the instructions you recieved when you registered for RHN, kernel updates are not automatically installed.  The update script does send you email notices email to inform you of kernel updates not taken.  We recommend you take kernel updates manually to avoid any potential issues involved in taking kernel updates.

                                      There should be an up2date applet in your taskbar you can use to manually start updates. It flashes an exclamation point icon when there is an update available. Double-click on the exclamation point icon to start the update process manually.

                                      If you are not receiving email notices from the update script, check your root mail. That's where the notices are sent by default. You can change where the script sends mail as outlined in the update set-up instructions.

                                      7159 0 7158 Red Hat Network (RHN) linux, RHE, RHN, Enterprise, Red Hat, Red Hat Network, Red Hat Enterprise, Update Service I recently installed Kerberos 2.6.3 on my Windows machine with multiple user accounts (with Administrative privileges). When logging into the other accounts, I receive an error message saying: "There has been an internal error 2343." Users should uninstall and reinstall Kerberos 2.6.3 and make sure the machine is rebooted after the installation. 7163 0 Kerberos kerberos, 2343, users, error How do I configure MIT Kerberos on my Red Hat Enterprise 3 machine? Kerberos requires the following Red Hat RPMs:

                                      • krb5-devel
                                      • krb5-libs
                                      • krb5-workstation
                                      • krbafs

                                      These RPMs should already be installed on your Red Hat Enterprise system. If for some reason they are not, install them using your Red Hat Enterprise cds. The ISOs for the Red Hat Enterprise CDs are located at: http://rhn.mit.edu/iso/

                                      Configuring Kerberos requires modifying the following configuration files:

                                      • /etc/krb5.conf
                                      • /etc/krb.conf
                                      • /etc/krb.realms

                                      IS&T provides a convenient way to complete these configurations via the mit-krb-config RPM.  We recommend that you download and install this RPM.

                                      1. Become root
                                      2. Obtain the rpm from MIT Software Distribution
                                      3. Install the rpm: 
                                        Prompt> rpm -vi mit-krb-config
                                      4. Reboot for the configurations to take effect

                                      After completing the installation as outlined above, you may then obtain tickets (both Kerberos 4 and 5) with the following command:

                                      Prompt>kinit -45 username

                                      Note: username is your MIT username.  If you have the same username on your local machine as your MIT account, you may ommit the username portion of the command. To obtain Kerberos 5 tickets only, you may omit the -45 flag.

                                      Warning: By default, tickets are NOT destroyed when you log out.  UNIX file permissions in /tmp prevent any non-root user from obtaining your tickets, however for extra security, we recommend you use the kdestroy command when you finish using your tickets for the day. Otherwise they will be valid for ten full hours from the time you obtained them.

                                      7164 0 Kerberos for Linux kerberos, linux, red hat, enterprise, red hat enterprise, kerberos, authentication, rhel3 How do I install and configure Evolution on my Red Hat Enterprise Linux machine? Evolution has been integrated into the Red Hat Enterprise Linux operating system. You do not need to install any software to use Evolution on your Enterprise Linux workstation.
                                      1. The first time you start Evolution, it presents you with the Setup Assistant. It will prompt you to enter some information. Be careful to enter your username in the format shown below. 
                                        Full name:  My-firstname My-lastnameE-mail Address:: your-mit-username@mit.eduOrganization(optional): Your organization
                                        Note: Be sure to replace your-mit-username with your username.

                                      2. Continue to the next screen by clicking Forward.
                                        Result: You will be prompted to select a Server Type and Host.

                                      3. Enter the Server Type and Host information. 
                                        Server Type: IMAP Host: your-mit-username.mail.mit.edu
                                        Note: Be sure to replace your-mit-username with your username.

                                      4. Then select:
                                        • Use secure connection (SSL): Always
                                        • Login Type: Password

                                      5. Click forward

                                      6. Accept all defaults on this screen.

                                      7. Click forward.

                                      8. On the next screen, enter the following:
                                        • Server type: SMTP
                                        • Host: outgoing.mit.edu
                                        • Use Secure Connection: Always
                                        • Check the box next to: Server Requires Authentication
                                        • Authentication Type: Login
                                        • Username: your-mit-username
                                        • Leave the defaults for everything else. The remaining pages do not require any MIT-specific information.

                                        Note: Be sure to replace your-mit-username with your username.

                                      9. Click Finish and you're ready to use Evolution.

                    IS&T does not recommend you select any options that save your password on the local machine.

                    Note: Each time Evolution connects to the server to send or revieve mail, it will pop up an error message saying you have a "Bad Certificate". This is because Evolution does not know how to accept the MIT site certificate. 7165 0 Evolution email, linux, red hat, enterprise, red hat enterprise, kerberos, authentication, evolution, rhel3, rhel4, redhat What are the differences between Mozilla on Athena and on Stand-alone Red Hat Enterprise Linux systems? The Athena and the Red Hat Enterprise software release teams try to keep the same version of Mozilla in both places, but are not always successful.  Your version number may be a little different.  If the versions are different. IS&T fully supports both.

                    Athena, in order to be compatible with older behaviors, and historically had very tight integration of subsystems made some subtle changes to the defaults.  No such changes were made to the Mozilla in the Red Hat Enterprise that IS&T distributes stand-alone.

                    The Athena changes are enumerated here for informational purposes:

                    1. Support plugins and helper applications reside in lockers.
                    2. Move the cache directory out from the user's home directory to /var/tmp so that AFS Home directories would not fill up with browser cache files.
                    3. Add the MIT sidebar panel and make it the default.
                    4. Turn off smart browsing features.  They looked too different from the old ways, and did not seem to add much value.
                    5. (Security enhancement) Only accept cookies from same-source origins.
                    6. (Security enhancement) Don't cache site passwords or form data.
                    7. (Security enhancement) Default to encrypting caching of personal data, if enabled.
                    8. Don't hound the user when a Mozilla update is available.
                    9. Disable redirect to mozilla.org as home page when a different version of the browser is run for the first time.
                    10. Use IMAP over SSL for mail, increase default mail check time, etc.
                    11. Add some MIME types.
                    12. Athena has its own customized browser start up script, that includes a more understandable dialog for dealing with locked profiles, attach of lockers and setup of default paths for helper applications and plugins.
                    13. Change default home page.
                    14. Use google in the search panel.
                    15. Use Evolution instead of the Mozilla internal mail sending program on Mailto: links.
                    16. Built-in installation of the MIT Certificate Authority.
                    17. Math fonts are configured for improved MathML support.
                    18. (Security Enhancement) Profile directory creation sets AFS access controls to deny access to other users.
                    7166 0 Mozilla email, linux, red hat, enterprise, red hat enterprise,mozilla, browser, web browser, rhel3, rhel4 When using Eudora with IMAP, how do I create a Spamscreen folder? To create a Spamscreen folder on the post office server,
                    1. From the Message menu, choose Dominant>Inbox>New.... (Note: Do not choose Dominant>New.... It will not work.)
                      Result: The New Mailbox dialog box displays.

                    2. Enter Spamscreen (Be sure to use the capital "S" otherwise it won't work.) and click OK.

                    Filtered Spam will automatically go into the Spamscreen folder.

                    7189 0 Eudora for Macintosh email, e-mail, Eudora, IMAP, spam screen, spamscreen How to I open a terminal window in RHEL4? Click on the RedHat menu in the bottom left of your screen, then choose: System Tools >> Terminal

                    Hint: You can drag the Terminal icon to the panel at the bottom of the screen to avoid having to navigate the menus each time you wish to start a terminal. 7198 0 7109 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (RHEL4) linux, red hat, terminal, enterprise Can I use my Kerberos password to login? Yes, but you must set up your Enterprise workstation such that:

                    • Your username on your RedHat Enterprise Linux box is the same as your username on Athena.
                    • You have set a local password on your machine in case Kerberos is not available (ie: you're off the network)

                    To enable Kerberos logins:

                    1. Make sure the mit-krb-config RPM is installed.  If you have not installed it, you may obtain it from MIT Software Distribution.

                      Hint: If you are unsure whether it is installed, you may attempt to install it anyway.  It will notify you if the packages is already installed.

                    2. Become root
                    3. Enter the following command: 
                         Prompt>/usr/sbin/authconfig --enablekrb5 --kickstart

                    Result: You should then be able to log in using your Kerberos password, after a few minutes.

                    Note: If you wish to disable this feature in the future:

                    1. Become root
                    2. Enter the following command: 
                         Prompt>/usr/sbin/authconfig --disablekrb5
                    7200 0 7198 Kerberos for Linux linux, red hat, kerberos, enterprise, login Is OpenAFS available for my AMD64 hardware? OpenAFS.org now offers binaries for the AMD64 and Intel EMT64 platforms. However, this platform may not be as stable as the 32 bit platform. Although the IS&T installer will recognize the AMD64/Intel EM64T platform and install appropriate AFS components, we have not done much testing with this platform. IS&T does not currently recommend or support this configuration. 7202 0 7201 Red Hat Enterprise Linux linux, red hat, openafs, enterprise, afs, AMD64 Every time I start a web browser, I am told to register RedHat Network.  Do I need to do this? No.  RedHat sets the default browser start page to a local file.  You should not use those instructions to register for Red Hat Network. This file points you directly to Red Hat's fee-based service. IS&T offers Red Hat Network service locally for free. If you have not already done so, register for the IS&T's free Red Hat Network update service.

                    To stop seeing the message, edit your browser preferences to choose another start page. 7203 0 7202 Mozilla linux, red hat, red hat network, enterprise, mozilla, update Why do some packages end in .src.rpm and others end in .i386.rpm or .i686.rpm? There are two kinds of RPMs - binary and source.  Binary RPMs are compiled for a specific architecture.  For example, i386 RPMs are compiled for Intel 386 processors or higher in the x86 family.  i686 RPMs are compiled for Pentium Pro processors or higher.  (i586 and i686 RPMs are usually only available for packages where performance varies based on the processor family.  Most packages for intel x86 machines will say i386).  You may also see .noarch.rpm files, which indicates that this RPM may be installed on any type of machine running RedHat Linux.  These are often used for scripts or configuration files that are not compiled.

                    Source RPMs end in .src.rpm, and contain the source for building the binary package.  Most users will not need these RPMs, however you may install them if you wish to see the source code behind a specific package.  Be aware that many of these RPMs can be quite large.  They will install in the /usr/src/redhat/ tree.  Using and building Source RPMs is documented in numerous places on the web, and will not be addressed here. 7204 0 7198 Red Hat Enterprise Linux linux, red hat, rpm, enterprise, packages What packages are not installed by default and how do I modify the defaults? Note: If you are using Red Hat Enterprise 5 (RHEL 5) or later, the up2date command has been replaced with yum. These instructions are only relevant to working with up2date. There is no yum equivalent for this activity.

                    By default, up2date is configured to skip updating of any package that begins with kernel-.  

                    The -f flag, when used in combination with up2date -u, will force the installation of all available updates, effectively overriding the to-be-skipped list.

                    To override the defaults and install all available packages:

                    1. Become root
                    2. Enter the command as follows: 
                        Prompt> up2date -uf
                    In order to view and/or modify the list of packages to be skipped:
                    1. Become root
                    2. Run the command: 
                         Prompt> up2date --configure
                    7205 0 7204 Red Hat Network (RHN) linux, red hat, rpm, enterprise, packages How do I install modules (ex: kernel modules) up2date skipped by default? Note: If you are using Red Hat Enterprise 5 (RHEL 5) or later, the up2date command has been replaced with yum. These instructions are only relevant to working with up2date. There is no yum equivalent for this activity.

                    By default, up2date is configured to skip updating of any package that begins with kernel-.  

                    The -f flag, when used in combination with up2date -u, will force the installation of all available updates, effectively overriding the to-be-skipped list.

                    To override the defaults and install all available packages:

                    1. Become root
                    2. Enter the command as follows: 
                        Prompt> up2date -uf
                    In order to view and/or modify the list of packages to be skipped:
                    1. Become root
                    2. Run the command: 
                         Prompt> up2date --configure
                    7206 0 7205 Red Hat Network (RHN) linux, red hat, rpm, enterprise, packages Can I call the support line at Red Hat with my questions? Only if you're willing to pay them for support.  The agreement we signed with Red Hat was for software and updates only.  Contact the computing help desk for call center support. 7207 0 7198 Red Hat Enterprise Linux linux, red hat, support, enterprise I can't access websites off-campus (ie: google.com) but I can access web.mit.edu and other MIT sites. This can happen if you have specified the MIT DNS servers manually, but should be using DHCP. To correct this:
                    1. If you have not already done so, register for DHCP.
                    2. Run the Network Configuration tool. It can be found in:
                      RedHat Menu >> System Settings >> Network in Red Hat Enerprise 4, or
                      System >> Administration >> Network in Red Hat Enterprise 5.
                    3. Click the DNS tab.
                    4. Clear the entries for the 3 DNS servers, and the DNS search path.  
                    5. Click the Devices tab, and double-click on your active network device.  
                    6. For Automatically obtain IP address settings: check Automatically obtain DNS information from provider
                    7. Click OK to close the window.  
                    8. Back in the main Network Configuration window, select the File menu and choose Save.
                    9. Select your network device.
                    10. Click Deactivate
                    11. Then click Activate to restart it with the new settings.  

                    Result: You should be able to access non-MIT websites. Open a web browser and try accessing an outside website such as http://www.google.com or http://www.slashdot.com/. 7209 0 7208 Mozilla linux, red hat, wireless, enterprise, dhcp, network I registered for DHCP more than 15 minutes ago. Why are some web pages still sending me back to the registration page? Web browsers sometimes caches web pages - in this case, the registration page.  

                    1. Open your browser preferences.
                    2. Clear your browser cache (both disk and memory) and your History.
                    3. Shut down your browser.  
                    4. Restart your browser and navigate to the web page again.  
                    5. If you still get the registration page, hold down the Shift key and click the Reload button.

                    Result: Your browser cache is cleared and you should have no further trouble accessing web pages. If you are still experiencing trouble with DHCP, contact the Unix/Linux Help Desk (unix-linux-help@mit.edu)

                    7211 0 7210 Mozilla linux, red hat, enterprise, hardware I registered my Red Hat Enterprise Linux machine for DHCP more than 15 minutes ago. Why are some webpages still sending me back to the registration page? Web browsers sometimes cache web pages - in this case, the registration page.  

                    Clear your web browser's cache (both disk and memory) along with your History. Shut down your web browser.  

                    Restart your web browser and visit the web page again.  

                    If you still get the registration page, hold down the Shift key and click the Reload button. 7212 0 7211 DHCP linux, red hat, enterprise, hardware, rhel, rhel4, rhel3 I'm installing on a laptop. How do I select the right video card and monitor? After you have installed the RPMs, the installer will ask you for your video card, and then for your monitor.  Chances are, it will show up as Unprobed Monitor.  We do not recommend you accept this setting.  

                    Consult your laptop documentation to find out the maximum resolution of your LCD display. Alternatively, note the maximum resolution in Windows.  Then select Generic LCD panel, and from the submenu, select the maximum resolution your display supports.  On modern laptops, that is likely to be 1024x768 or higher.  If you are unable to determine the resolution of your display, however, you should proceed with the default setting of Unprobed monitor. 7214 0 7213 Red Hat Enterprise Linux linux, red hat, enterprise, install My GNOME session is taking much loger to start than it used to, what happened? Check your /etc/hosts file.  It should have a line like the following: 

                     127.0.0.1      localhost.localdomain        localhost

                    If this line is edited or omitted, GNOME may cease to function properly. Return the line to the file and your session should start quickly again. 7215 0 7214 Red Hat Enterprise Linux linux, red hat, enterprise, network I edited my network settings, and now GNOME doesn't work or is slow. Why? Check your /etc/hosts file.  It should have a line like the following: 

                     127.0.0.1      localhost.localdomain        localhost

                    If this line is edited or omitted, GNOME may cease to function properly. Return the line to the file and your session should start quickly again. 7216 0 7215 Red Hat Enterprise Linux linux, red hat, enterprise, network When I try to scp a file to my machine, it doesn't work.  I get strange output and never see the file progress dialog. Why? Chances are you have a .bashrc or a .cshrc file that is producing output.  .bashrc and .cshrc files should never produce output, as they get executed any time a new shell is spawned.  If you wish to have certain commands run when you log in, you should place them in your .login file if you use tcsh or your .bash_profile if you use bash.

                    Note: This behavior is different on Athena. 7217 0 7216 Red Hat Enterprise Linux linux, red hat, enterprise, scp Can I use the "Enable Hesiod" option in authconfig? No.  While Athena does use Hesiod for obtaining, among other things, 'passwd' entries, there are two problems with this:

                    • Your home directory will be /mit/username, which will not exist.
                    • Your shell is likely to be /bin/athena/tcsh, which will also not exist.

                    Unfortunately, the login does not fail gracefully when your home directory and/or shell are non-existent, so the error message will only be displayed briefly before the screen resets itself, and this can make troubleshooting quite difficult.

                    What if I create /mit/username and /bin/athena/tcsh?

                    Creating /mit/username could cause problems if you later chose to use OpenAFS to access your Athena home directory.        

                    Linking /bin/athena/tcsh to /bin/tcsh would function but might get confusing to people used to some of the subtle enhancements of the Athena tcsh.        

                    The recommended procedure is to create a local user name which is the same as your Athena username, and enabling Kerberos passwords as described in the stock answer Can I use my Kerberos password to login? 7220 0 7219 Red Hat Enterprise Linux linux, red hat, enterprise I don't see the Red Hat Extras CDs with the other ISO images for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 or 4. Why not? We don't currently distribute the Extras CDs for Red Hat Enterprise 3 or 4 because they have End User License Agreements (EULAs) that we have not yet had time to fully review.

                    Many such ELUA agreements attempt to bind MIT to terms that MIT never signs, such as promising to indemnify against the acts of students.

                    We plan to review the EULAs and offer as many of the Extras as possible for a future release. 7221 0 7220 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (RHEL4) linux, red hat, enterprise, redhat, rhel3, rhel4 What should I use to backup my files? The MIT TSM network backup service is available, for a nominal fee. See TSM: Private Non-Athena Unix Workstations for more information.

                    Alternatively, you may find the dump command useful for backing up your files. For information on using dump, enter the following command at your prompton a Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 system:

                    Prompt> man dump

                    or visit: dump(8) - Linux Man Page 7222 0 7221 Red Hat Enterprise Linux linux, red hat, enterprise, backup, rhel4, rhel3 I am concerned about security - what services are enabled by default in Red Hat Enterprise Linux? On RHEL 3 and 4, the portmapper and rpc.statd services are running by default, and listening on all interfaces.  Additionally, if the CUPS printing software is installing, it will be listening on all interfaces.  The OpenSSH server will also be listening.  Some other services may be listening on the loopback interface. On RHEL 5, a new service called 'Avahi' will also be listening. The Avahi service provides "Zeroconf" networking services, similar to Bonjour/Rendezvous on Mac OS X and Universal Plug-n-Play (UPnP) on Windows. 7223 0 7220 Red Hat Enterprise Linux linux, red hat, enterprise When I type "lpq" on an RHEL 4 machine it merely says "No entries." Why? You likely installed the LPRng RPM and set the default printer with mit-lprng-config, but forgot to run redhat-switch-printer and select LPRng as your printing system.

                    See the LPRng Installation instructions for step by step instructions on configuring your workstation for printing using redhat-switch-printer. 7232 0 7227 LPRng for Red Hat Enterprise linux, red hat, enterprise, printing, lprng Can I use LPRng kerberized printing from behind a NAT device? No. Kerberized printing will not work behind a NAT device. Not even if you use addressless tickets. 7233 0 7232 LPRng for Red Hat Enterprise linux, red hat, enterprise, printing, lprng Can I print to a local printer connected via parallel port using LPRng on RHEL4? Yes, however your printer must be supported by Red Hat Enterprise. All PostScript printers are supported as are most other printers. †Take a look at Red Hat's Hardware Compatibility List to see if your printer is supported.

                    To add a supported printer:

                    1. Go to the Red Hat Menu>System Settings>Printing
                    2. Click New.
                    3. Follow the prompts to create a printer. †
                    4. When asked to print a Test Page, choose No. †
                    5. Click Apply once you're back at the main printer configuration window. †
                    6. Open a terminal window.
                    7. Become root.
                    8. Enter the following command at your prompt:

                      /sbin/service lpd restart

                    Result: By not using the printer until after you restarted LPRng, you ensured LPRng picked up the changes to your printer settings. You should be able to print to your local printer using LPRng commands.

                    Hint: If you want to chnage your default printer to the local printer, see How do I set/change my default printer?.

                    7234 0 7232 LPRng for Red Hat Enterprise linux, red hat, enterprise, printing, lprng How do I set/change my default printer? As follows:
                    1. Open a terminal window.
                    2. Become root
                    3. Enter the following command being sure to replace printername with the printer you want to be the deafult:

                      Prompt> /usr/bin/mit-lprng-config -pprintername
                    Result: The perinter you specified is now the default. 7235 0 7234 LPRng for Red Hat Enterprise linux, red hat, enterprise, printing, lprng Should I create a separate /usr partition? Experience has shown that, over time, the relative sizes of root? and /usr change in big and unpredictable ways.  Keeping /usr and root together in one big partition is what's recommended these days. 7236 0 7234 Red Hat Enterprise Linux linux, red hat, enterprise, partitions I cannot send mail when connected to my wireless Linksys broadband router at home, but I can send mail fine if I plug my compter directly into the cable modem (Error Message 421) Since you can send mail when you connect your computer directly to your cable modem, the problem is most likely not related to any specific connections or ports being blocked by your broadband service provider.

                    The above symptoms are often encountered when using a Linksys BEFSR41, BEFSR81 or BEFW11S4 broadband router. You can fix this problem by enabling the Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) function with a packet size of 1492 in your home router configuration. Linksys documents this solution along with detailed how-to screen shots on the Linksys Support site

                    Please contact Linksys tech support via their support site for additional assistance with your Linksys router. 7248 0 Home Networking (off-campus, via dialup, cable modem, or DSL) error 421,linksys,broadband I am using RCN high speed for my internet service and get an error sending mail RCN high speed broadband service does not allow outgoing SMTP (port 25) connections to third-party mail servers, such as MIT's outgoing.mit.edu SMTP server. You can try one of the following solutions to get around this problem:

                    1. The easiest way is to use RCN's outgoing mail server while at home. Set the outgoing (SMTP) mail server to smtp.rcn.com to send mail from home. You can configure multiple personalities in Eudora for home and work, or set up multiple accounts in Outlook to do the same.

                    2. You can configure your MIT mail setup to use SMTP authentication. This is a more long-term fix, as MIT will eventually begin requiring SMTP authentication anyway. You can find instructions on setting this up at Secure Outbound E-mail at MIT.

                    3. You can use VPN software create a secure connection to the MIT network. This bypasses most local network service provider restrictions and problems. The Cisco VPN software has proven easy to use and install, but is not yet fully supported. If you are comfortable installing and uninstalling software, feel free to try it. If not, you may want to wait until formal MIT support rolls out a little later this year. You can download VPN clients for your platform and find installation instructions at Getting Connected to MIT's Virtual Private Network. MIT personal web certificates required. 7254 0 Sending Mail (SMTP) RCN,cable,high speed,sending mail,SMTP,outgoing.mit.edu,email Can non-MIT affiliates use the RT web interface to create tickets or check on tickets? No. Any Queues that have users external to MIT who need to submit requests must do so by sending email using the email address that feeds into the appropriate Queue. 7269 0 RT-General Request Tracker, RT, Casetracker One of my Tickets, on the home page, lists "Pending other collection" under Status. What does this mean? It means that you've used the Links screen (also called Relationships screen) and set a dependency upon another ticket. It's merely a reminder that a dependency exists, but doesn't affect your ability to work on the ticket. To Resolve the ticket, you either have to remove the dependency, or Resolve the dependent Ticket first. 7270 0 Modifying Tickets Request Tracker, RT, links, relationships Is it possible to create date custom fields in RT? As of September 2007, this feature is not available. However, the next major upgrade of RT will include custom field validation, so it will be possible to have date custom fields. 7276 0 Custom Fields RT, Request Tracker, queue, administrator How do I change my Kerberos password in Mac OS X? From the Finder go to your Applications folder, then to your Utilities folder. Inside there you should see a Kerberos application. Open that and press Change Password. Enter your old password once, then your new password twice. 7277 0 Mac OS X kerberos password, change password, mac os x Why does my custom email template not work? A common problem is that RT will construct the email reply by appending the text in your template to the email header. RFC822 (the email spec) requires a blank line between the end of the email header and the beginning of the email body. If your template text does not add any lines to the header, you must begin it with a blank line. If your template text does add header lines, care must be taken to insert a blank line between the end of the header and the beginning of the body.

                    Examples

                    Correct:

                    +--------------------------------------------------------------------+|                                                                    ||Thank you for your message. The widget fullfilment department at the||ACME Widget Factory will get back to you as soon as possible.       |+--------------------------------------------------------------------+

                    Correct:

                    +--------------------------------------------------------------------+|Reply-To: nobody@facelesscorporation.com                            ||                                                                    ||Thank you for your message. Your input is extremely important to us ||and we will treat if with the utmost of respect and expediency.     ||Please buy our products and subscribe to our newsletter.            |+--------------------------------------------------------------------+

                    Incorrect:

                    +--------------------------------------------------------------------+|Thank you for your message. Although we have not yet read our letter||(we generally don't believe in reading documentation) we are sure   ||that we know what we are doing and that our implementation of your  ||suggestions (which we have not read) will be a complete success.    |+--------------------------------------------------------------------+

                    7282 0 Templates How can I get the status to reset to New when a Requestor sends email to a ticket? If you set a ticket to the status, "Waiting" (rather than"Open") it will reset to "New" when correspondence is sent to the ticket. 7284 0 Modifying Tickets RT, Request Tracker, status Is there a way to generate a Reply to a ticket without the > sign displaying in front of each line? Yes, by doing the following:
                    1. Select the history entry you want to include in your Reply and copy it.
                    2. Click the global Reply button (i.e., the Reply at the top of the Ticket screen
                    3. Paste the copied text into the body of the new reply.
                    7285 0 Modifying Tickets RT, Request Tracker Should I use the MIT VPN (Virtual Private network) while dialing over Tether? When you dial in using Tether you are connecting to MIT directly and do not need the VPN to work through the typical ISP challenges in connecting to services at MIT. 7290 1 8176 What runs over Tether? vpn, virtual private network, tether How do I give someone access to my RT queue? You are a queue administrator on help.mit.edu and would like to give someone else admin access to your queue. It's easy! There is a group which contains the administrators for your queue. All you have to do is add the new person to that group.

                    The group is most likely named <queuename>-admin. For example, if your queue is called General the admin group will most likely be called general-admin. If you have trouble finding the name of your group, please contact the RT administrators.

                    You can add members to the admin group via the Configuration->Groups menu. Select your group by clicking on the name, and then select Members. Find the person you want to add in the Users list and select their username by clicking on it. Then click on the Submit button. The screen should update to show the new member under the Current members list.

                    7291 0 Queue Administration RT, Request Tracker, help.mit.edu, add members I just installed Eudora 5.2.1 (Windows) configured as an IMAP account. When I try to delete messages, I get an error: "The IMAP command has failed. Reason: Invalid IMAP mailbox name: "Trash". Do the following:
                    1. Go into Tools>Options>Incoming mail.
                    2. Under When I delete a message, click on the mailbox listed (should be named Trash by default).
                    3. Choose Dominant>Inbox>Trash; if Trash does not exist, click New within Inbox and create a Trash mailbox.
                      Result: The button should now read: INBOX.Trash.

                    You are now able to delete mail.

                    7293 0 Eudora for Windows email, e-mail, Eudora, error Can I delete attachments or history entries in RT? RT only allows you to delete a ticket. It does not allow for selective deletion of history entries or attachments via its UI. The intent is to safeguard the integrity of the audit trail provided by the ticket history. If it is acceptable to delete the entire ticket and create a new ticket, that is something a queue administrator can do herself. Simply change the ticket's status to Deleted. This will effectively hide the contents of the ticket from other RT users. However, the ticket contents are retained in the back-end database.

                    In some cases it becomes necessary to delete a part of a ticket's history because it contains sensitive or confidential data that should never have gone to the ticket in the first place, or to permanently remove the ticket contents from the database. Please contact a member of the Tooltime Team and ask to have the information wiped from the database itself.

                    7294 0 Modifying Tickets RT, request tracker, help.mit.edu, delete attachments, delete Can I give friends, colleagues, etc. instructions on how to avoid receiving the autoreply while I'm away? There are two possibilities:

                    -Senders can add the following header to email messages they send to you: Precedence:Bulk

                    -You can create a mailing list that has only you as a member, then inform your friends and colleagues to use the email list to send you email.

                    7296 0 Auto Response (Vacation Email) auto responder, email, e-mail, vacation reply I'm almost done installing FileMaker 8.5 and it's asking me to register. What should I do? Because of MIT's site license with FileMaker, you do not need to register. When prompted to register at the end of the installation process, select "Already Registered." 7305 0 FileMaker 8.5 FileMaker, database Can I access a Windows (SMB) file share from Athena? Samba 3.0.2a has been added to the standard Athena release as of Athena version 9.3. This allows access to Windows file shares from Athena workstations with an interface similar to ftp using smbclient. For Kerberos authentication, add the -k flag. To list the shares on a host:

                      athena% smbclient -k -L hostname

                    Connect to a share on that host:

                      athena% smbclient -k //hostname/sharename

                    7307 0 File Sharing (Windows, SMB) Athena, file sharing, SMB How do I empty my browser's cache? To empty the browser's cache:

                    Firefox:

                    -On Athena and Linux: Go to Edit>Preferences>Advanced>Network then click Clear Now.

                    -On Macintosh: Go to Firefox>Preferences>Advanced>Network then click Clear Now.

                    -On Windows: Go to Tools>Options>Advanced>Cache then click Clear Now.

                    Internet Explorer:

                    -On Windows: Go to Tools >Internet Options>General. For Browsing history click Delete then for Temporary Internet Files click Delete files.

                    Safari:

                    -On Macintosh: Go to Safari>Empty Cache

                    7309 0 Web (Mozilla, IE, Certificates) Netscape, Internet Explorer, IE, FIrefox, Safari Recipients trying to reply to a message I've sent get an error, "Bobo with your canned meat..." How do I fix this? You need to make sure that the setting for your return address is set to your-username@mit.edu, e.g, "jdoe@mit.edu." If the setting is blank, or just your username without "@mit.edu" replies to your messages will not go through. To check your return address setting in Eudora,
                    1. Go to Special>Settings (Macintosh) or Tools>Options (Windows).
                    2. Scroll to the top of the list of icons and select Getting Started.
                    3. In the Return Address text box, enter your your username, followed by @mit.edu.
                    4. Click OK.

                    Any subsequent messages you send can be replied to successfully.

                    7325 0 Eudora for Macintosh email, e-mail, Eudora, error, bobo 7326 1 7325 Eudora for Windows Is the warranty on Dell computers valid internationally? All Dell Laptops come with international warranty coverage as standard. The 3 year on-site warranty, as well as CompleteCare, are good both in the US and internationally, and there is no action required on the buyer's part to activate the international piece. For your convenience, we have included a recent copy of Dell's document listing local Dell Tech Support numbers in various countries, should you need Dell warranty/ hardware support while abroad.

                    AMERICAS

                    Country

                    Access Code

                    Phone Number

                    Brazil

                    --

                    000814-550-3810

                    Chile

                    --

                    1230-020-2832

                    Colombia

                    --

                    980-915-4769

                    Guam

                    --

                    800-234-1490

                    Mexico

                    --

                    001-8777010569

                    Puerto Rico

                    --

                    800-234-1490

                    United States

                    --

                    800-234-1490

                    Uruguay

                    --

                    000-413-598-2525

                    Venezuela

                    --

                    8001-3728

                    ASIA / PACIFIC

                    Country

                    Access Code

                    Phone Number

                    Australia / OPTUS

                    0011

                    800-22893355

                    Australia / TELSTRA

                    0011

                    800-22893355

                    China

                    --

                    10-800-120-0301

                    Hong Kong

                    001

                    800-22893355

                    Indonesia

                    --

                    001-803-011-2631

                    Japan / IDC

                    0061

                    800-22893355

                    Japan / KDD

                    001

                    800-22893355

                    Japan / NTT

                    0033

                    800-22893355

                    Japan / TELECOM

                    0041

                    800-22893355

                    Korea / DACOM

                    002

                    800-22893355

                    Korea / KT

                    001

                    800-22893355

                    Malaysia

                    00

                    800-22893355

                    New Zealand

                    00

                    800-22893355

                    Philippines / PLDT

                    00

                    800-22893355

                    Singapore

                    001

                    800-22893355

                    Taiwan

                    --

                    0080-13-9857

                    Thailand

                    001

                    800-22893355

                    EUROPE / MIDDLE EAST / AFRICA

                    Country

                    Access Code

                    Phone Number

                    Bahrain

                    --

                    800-884

                    Belgium

                    --

                    0800-77241

                    Denmark

                    00

                    800-22893355

                    France

                    00

                    800-22893355

                    Germany

                    --

                    0800-1007559

                    Germany

                    00

                    800-22893355

                    Greece

                    00

                    800-12-5328

                    Hungary

                    --

                    06-800-13852

                    Ireland

                    00

                    800-22893355

                    Israel / BEZEQ

                    014

                    800-22893355

                    Italy

                    --

                    800-875865

                    Kuwait/Qatar/UAE TOLL

                    --

                    971-4-391-1871

                    South Africa

                    --

                    080-09-92947

                    Spain

                    00

                    800-228-93355

                    Sweden / TELIA

                    009

                    800-22893355

                    Switzerland

                    00

                    800-22893355

                    Turkey

                    00

                    800-151-1109

                    United Kingdom

                    --

                    08-001698808

                    United Kingdom / BT

                    00

                    800-22893355

                    United Kingdom / MERCURY

                    00

                    800-22893355

                    7327 0 Recommended Hardware Showroom Dell, warranty, international warranty, international Is the warranty on IBM computers valid internationally? The standard IBM base warranty, a three-year warranty on parts and labor with depot service (shipment to a service center for repair) or drop-off service at an authorized IBM service center is valid internationally. You can find international contact numbers for IBM service centers organized by country on the web at:

                    IBM Worldwide Contacts: http://www.ibm.com/planetwide/region.html

                    Optional or extended warranty plans (not included by default on MIT-recommended configurations, but available as an option at the time of purchase) such as on-site repair or upgrade services are not valid internationally. Example: You purchase a ThinkPad T series with a standard 3 year depot warranty. You also purchase a 3 year 9x5 on site warranty upgrade. The standard 3 year depot is good internationally. The 3yr onsite is not valid internationally.

                    7328 0 Recommended Hardware Showroom IBM, warranty, international warranty, international Is the warranty on Apple computers valid internationally? AppleCare service and warranty coverage is valid internationally for the full duration of AppleCare coverage. Below is a recent copy of Apple's international contact list with local service and support numbers.

                    Country Phone Website
                    United States 18002752273 www.apple.com/support
                    Australia (61) 133622 www.apple.com.au/support
                    Austria (43) 01 79 567045 www.apple.com/at/support
                    Belgium (Flemish) (32) 02713 1203 www.apple.com/benl/support
                    (French) (32) 02713 1202 www.apple.com/befr/support
                    Brazil (Outside São Paulo) 0800127753 www.apple.com/br/suporte
                    (São Paulo) 5503 0090
                    Canada (English) 18002633394 www.apple.com/ca/support
                    (French) www.apple.com/ca/fr/support
                    China (86) 800 810 2323 www.apple.com.cn/support
                    Denmark (45) 7010 2007 www.apple.com/dk/support
                    Finland (358) 0203 63633 www.apple.com/fi/support
                    France (33) 0 825 08 96 59 www.apple.com/fr/support
                    Germany (49) 069 9509 6189 www.apple.com/de/support
                    Hong Kong (852) 21120099 appleclub.com.hk/applecare
                    India 91 80 555 0575 www.asia.apple.com/support
                    Indonesia 0018030612009    www.asia.apple.com/support
                    Ireland (353) 01 407 3000 www.apple.com/ie/support
                    Italy (39) 199 120 800 www.apple.com/it/support
                    Japan 0070800277531 www.apple.co.jp/support
                    Korea 1544 2662 www.applecomputer.co.kr/support
                    Luxembourg (352) 34 208 084 83 www.apple.com/befr/support
                    Malaysia 1800 181 072 www.asia.apple.com/support
                    Mexico (Outside Mexico City) 01800277532273 www.apple.com/mx/support
                    (Mexico City) (55) 52091280
                    Netherlands (31) 020 346 9104 www.apple.com/nl/support
                    New Zealand 008007666 7666 www.apple.com.au/support
                    Norway (47) 815 00 158 www.apple.com/no/support
                    Philippines 180076667666 www.asia.apple.com/support
                    Singapore 800 186 1088 www.asia.apple.com/support
                    Spain (34) 902 151 992 www.apple.com/es/support
                    Sweden (46) 08 587 711 30 www.apple.com/se/support
                    Switzerland (French) (41) 01 800 9037 www.apple.com/chfr/support
                    (German) www.apple.com/chde/support
                    Taiwan 008 0123 2356 www.apple.com.tw/support
                    Thailand 001800 612 1101 www.asia.apple.com/support
                    United Kingdom (44) 0870 876 0753 ww.apple.com/uk/support
                    7329 0 Recommended Hardware Showroom Apple, warranty, international warranty, international Is the warranty on HP/Compaq computers valid internationally? We are not sure yet. We have gotten conflicting information on this issue from our HP representative, and have escalated the matter to get a definitive answer. 7330 0 Recommended Hardware Showroom HP, Compaq, warranty, international warranty, international Is the warranty on Toshiba computers valid internationally? While MIT does not centrally recommend Toshiba computers, with the exception of the Toshiba M200 Tablet PC, several departments on campus do recommend and provide special pricing for Toshiba laptops. We are currently trying to find out if the standard Toshiba warranty is good outside the United States for those customers who travel frequently or are visiting from another country. We will update this stock answer as soon as we have the information.

                    7332 0 Recommended Hardware Showroom Dell, warranty, international warranty, international I created scrip and specified a global template, but instead it's using a template I created. Why? In RT, if you create a template and give it the same name as the global template it will default to using your template, even if you specify the global template.

                    We recommend that you give your own templates names that are different than any of the global names. To change the name of an existing template,

                    1. Go to Configuration>Queues>your-queue>Templates.
                    2. Click the template to be changed.
                    3. In the Name box, modify the name, then click Submit.
                    7334 0 Templates RT, Request Tracker, templates, scrips How can I set a default browser to launch when I click on a hyperlink in a Eudora message? For instructions on doing this, go to Specifying a Web browser in Eudora. 7335 0 Eudora for Macintosh email, e-mail, eudora, browser, links I tried to obtain an MIT personal certificate at https://ca.mit.edu/ using Safari 1.2.3 (Mac OS 10.3.x) but when I try to connect, I get an error: "Safari can't open the page "https://ca.mit.edu/..." because it couldn't establish a secure connection to the server "ca.mit.edu". Reason:

                    The expired certificate needs to be deleted before you obtain a new certificate.

                    Solution:

                    1. Go to Application>Utilities and Open Keychain Access.
                    2. Highlight the old certificate (First name, Middle initial, Last name) then click Delete.
                    3. If there are other certificates, delete them as well.
                    4. Proceed to the Certificates at MIT page and obtain a new certificate.

                    Quit Safari then relaunch. Navigate to the desired secure website to test your connection.

                    7336 0 Safari personal certificates, web, safari, A message may contain several address fields. Which field is used to obtain the address to which the auto-response is sent? The auto-response is sent to the address specified by the RFC 821 "MAIL FROM" command. This address is often presented in a "Return-Path" header. If this address is null (often shown as"Return-Path: <>") then no auto-response is sent. 7338 0 Auto Response (Vacation Email) email, e-mail, auto-responder, auto-reply, vacation Under what conditions is an auto-response not sent? An auto-response is not sent in any of the following conditions:
                    • An auto-response will not be sent if you have elected to forward your e-mail elsewhere using the "chpobox" command. For more information or to determine whether or not you have forwarded your mail, please see: How to forward your mail or contact Athena Consulting at x3-4435. This includes e-mail forwarded to other MIT departments such as user@math.mit.edu or user@media.mit.edu.

                    • RFC 821 "MAIL FROM" command had a null address. This is often presented as "Return-Path: <>"

                    • The recipient's E-Mail address or the recipient's additional personal e-mail addresses do not appear in either the "To:" or "Cc:" headers

                    • The message contains one of the following "Precedence:" headers:

                      • Precedence: bulk
                      Precedence: junk
                      Precedence: list

                    • The message contains an "Auto-Submitted:" header

                    • The message contains an "X-Mailer: vacation" header

                    • The recipient's E-Mail address appears in the "From:" header

                    • Either the RFC 821 "MAIL FROM" command (often presented in a "Return-Path" header) or the "From:" header contains one of the following addresses:

                      • LISTSERV@[any host]
                      MAILER-DAEMON@[any host]
                      MAJORDOMO@[any host]
                      [any string]-REQUEST@[any host]
                      OWNER-[any string]@[any host]

                    7339 0 Auto Response (Vacation Email) email, e-mail, auto-responder, vacation reply I have a program that generates outgoing mail. I don't want to receive auto-responses. What can I do to minimize the chance that it will get an auto-response from either the IS&T Auto-Responder or some other, unknown, (possibly poorly behaved) auto-responder? Some people in this situation have the program generate a "Precedence: list" header in the outgoing mail. This is guaranteed to surpress a response from recipients using the IS&T Auto-Responder. There are no guarantees about how non-IS&T Auto-Responders will behave, but users have reported that a number of (but not all) non-IS&T Auto-Responders will also surpress a response if a "Precedence: list" header is present. 7340 0 Auto Response (Vacation Email) email, e-mail, auto-responder, vacation reply I'm using a non-IS&T auto-responder. What rules should I use to make it be well-behaved (i.e. to avoid sending inappropriate auto-responses - for example to mailing lists)? Here are some suggestions:
                    1. When you send auto-responses, send them to the address in the RFC 821 "MAIL FROM" command. This address is often presented in a "Return-Path" header. If this address is null (often shown as "Return-Path: <>") then don't send an auto-response.

                    2. Don't send an auto-response if the recipient's E-Mail address does not appear in either the "To:" or "Cc:" header.

                    3. Don't send an auto-response if the message contains one of the following "Precedence:" headers:

                      4. Precedence: bulk
                      Precedence: junk
                      Precedence: list

                    4. Don't send an auto-response if the message contains an "Auto-Submitted:" header.

                    5. Don't send an auto-response if the message contains an "X-Mailer: vacation" header.

                    6. Don't send an auto-response if the recipient's E-Mail address appears in the "From:" header.

                    7. Don't send an auto-response if either the RFC 821 "MAIL FROM" command (often presented in a "Return-Path" header) or the "From:" header contains one of the following addresses:

                      8. LISTSERV@[any host]
                      MAILER-DAEMON@[any host]
                      MAJORDOMO@[any host]
                      [any string]-REQUEST@[any host]
                      OWNER-[any string]@[any host]

                    7342 0 Auto Response (Vacation Email) email, e-mail, auto-responder, vacation reply My Windows Computer has many Pop Up Windows with Advertisements and runs slowly . I think the machine may be infected by spyware, what can I do? Please visit the following URL for suggestions on dealing with malware: http://web.mit.edu/ist/topics/security/malware.html 7347 0 Windows Spyware, Malware, Popups, Adware, Browser Hijack Can I run two virus scan software applications on my Windows machine? Won't this be safer? Windows users should install only one virus scan software per Windows machine. Loading multiple Virus Protection software applications can cause the machine to run slowly and possibly render both applications ineffective. MIT IS&T provides Virus Scan protection software at http://web.mit.edu/software
                    Please remove other Virus Scan products that may have been factory installed using the Windows Add/ Remove Software control panel.

                    Note: Most factory installed Virus Scan software subscriptions will expire unless renewed. 7349 0 VirusScan for Windows Two Virus Scan Softwares, Virus Scan slow, Virus Protection, Remove Norton, Can I use my T-Mobile BlackBerry to check my MIT email account? Yes, you can configure the Blackberry web client to check your MIT email account via SSL-encrypted IMAP. BlackBerry's server will retrieve a copy of your MIT email and forward it to your handheld.

                    Two Important Caveats!

                    1. The BlackBerry is not a true two-way IMAP client. The BlackBerry web service is able to pick up your IMAP mail and push it out to your BlackBerry. However, this is a one-way push of the mail. If you mark a message as read or deleted, it will NOT send those changes back to MIT's IMAP mail servers. You will need to mark or delete the message again when you check mail from your desktop or laptop computer. Other devices such as Palm Treo's or Pocket PC devices have true 2-way IMAP clients which will send updates back to the central mail server.

                    2. The BlackBerry 7230 with T-Mobile service is currently not centrally supported by MIT. These instructions are here for your convenience only, and assume you are comfortable experimenting on your own. You should be familiar with using email on your BlackBerry, and using the scroll wheel and web browser on your BlackBerry.

                    Before proceeding you should have already set up your T-Mobile BlackBerry web client account. This will give you a T-Mobile username and password. You can perform this setup either directly from your BlackBerry or from any web browser via T-Mobile's web client configuration page.

                    To perform the setup directly from your BlackBerry:

                    1. Navigate to and launch the E-mail set up application and log in via your T-Mobile username and password.
                    2. Scroll to the Add Account link and press the enter key or scroll wheel/Get Link combination to follow the link.
                    3. On the next page, enter your MIT email address, your MIT username, and a fake password (anything will do) in the appropriate boxes, and click the Submit button.
                    4. The BlackBerry web client will attempt to automatically determine your email account settings, and fail. It will then present you with a series of advanced configuration screens.
                    5. On the first screen, select I use an email client such as Outlook™, Outlook Express™, Netscape®, Eudora®. (the default) and press Submit.
                    6. On the second screen, enter your email server (for example, po12.mit.edu), the port number 993 (this is used by BlackBerry to determine the type of email account, in this case IMAP), your MIT email address, MIT username, and your actual MIT email password.
                    7. Make sure you check both the Leave messages on mail server and the Utilize SSL check boxes. Then click Submit.
                    8. Assuming all information was entered correctly, you should receive a confirmation screen indicating that your email account has been successfully integrated with your BlackBerry hand-held. Your BlackBerry will now periodically retrieve copies of your MIT email messages to your hand-held. You may want to turn on automatic spam filtering on your MIT email account.

                    To perform the setup from a web browser on your Mac or PC:

                    1. Go to http://www.t-mobile.com/bwc/ and log in via your T-Mobile phone number. You will be presented with a pop-up window asking for your T-Mobile username and password. If you have pop-up windows disabled in your browser, you will not be able to do this.
                    2. On your BlackBerry web client home page click on the link Email Accounts in the item Consolidate messages from your other email accounts with the Email Accounts settings.
                    3. On the next page, click the Add Account button.
                    4. On the next page, enter your MIT email address, your MIT username, and a fake password (anything will do) in the appropriate boxes, and click the Submit button.
                    5. The BlackBerry web client will attempt to automatically determine your email account settings, and fail. It will then present you with a series of advanced configuration screens.
                    6. On the first screen, select I use an email client such as Outlook™, Outlook Express™, Netscape®, Eudora®. (the default) and press Submit.
                    7. On the second screen, enter your email server (for example, po12.mit.edu), the port number 993 (this is used by BlackBerry to determine the type of email account, in this case IMAP), your MIT email address, MIT username, and your actual MIT email password.
                    8. Make sure you check both the Leave messages on mail server and the Utilize SSL check boxes. Then click Submit.
                    9. Assuming all information was entered correctly, you should receive a confirmation screen indicating that your email account has been successfully integrated with your BlackBerry hand-held. Your BlackBerry will now periodically retrieve copies of your MIT email messages to your hand-held. You may want to turn on automatic spam filtering on your MIT email account.

                    7350 0 RIM BlackBerry T-Mobile, BlackBerry I installed Windows XP SP2 and I am now having problems printing to my HP 8150 printer. Microsoft identified that there may be a problem printing to HP 8150 printers. To fix the problem, reinstall the printer driver using the latest available from HP. 7353 0 Windows XP Professional XP,SP2,HP,8150,printing I am getting the Windows Security Alert message "To help your computer, Windows Firewall has blocked some features of this program. Do you want to keep blocking this program?" What are my options? See Security Warnings for Some Internet Programs for information on how to address this. 7354 0 Windows XP Professional XP,SP2 Security Alert,keep blocking,unblock,ask later I am getting the security warning: "The publisher could not be verified. Are you sure you want to run this software?" By default, Windows blocks the installation of signed code if it does not have a digital signature which has been validated by Microsoft. When launching an .msi or .exe, the security warning will be displayed. The message can be turned off by deselecting "Always ask before opening this file".

                    This error is only displayed using Internet Explorer (it does not happen when using Netscape or Mozilla).

                    7355 0 Windows XP Professional XP,SP2,security warning,publisher,verified I renewed my MIT certificates after they expired, but I still get an error when trying to access a secure web site. How come? If your MIT certificates have expired, after you've obtained new certificates you may still get an error when connecting to a secure web site: Safari can't open the page "https://web.mit.edu/..." because it couldn't establish a secure connection to the server "web.mit.edu".

                    This happens because Safari looks at the first certificate which is your expired one, and does not recognize that you've obtained a new one.

                    This has been an issue since Safari 1.2.1 (the first version able to recognize certificates) which came out with Mac OS X 10.3.3 update. The issue was not discovered at that time because it was well before June when this was applied to users desktops and was also before the annual expiration date (July 31) of MIT certificates. The public and private keys are needed and work in conjunction with the certificate to access secure websites.

                    Solution:

                    Users should delete the first instance of certificates listed within Keychain Access. Keeping multiple MIT public and private keys will not interfere with users accessing secure websites. The downside is that if users delete the wrong ones (i.e., the first in the list), they will not be able to access any secure site until they obtain a new certificate.

                    1. Go to Applications>Utilities>Keychain Access.
                    2. Select the first instance of your MIT certificate in the list (First name, Middle initial, Last name)
                      Result: The expiration line should display in red.
                    3. Click Delete.
                    4. Proceed to the Certificates at MIT page and obtain a new certificate
                    7356 0 Safari safari 1.2, Mac OS 10.3, browser, certificates, expire, renew Why do I get an "Invalid key" error when I try to install FileMaker? On the first installer screen, the entry for Company must be in the exact format as it appears in the license information provided by VSLS:

                    MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECH

                    Do not enter "Technology". If you do, the installer will not accept it.

                    7357 0 FileMaker filemaker 7, install, installer I am trying to install TechTime™ PalmSync, but when it finishes, the following message appears: "The wizard was interrupted before Oracle Calendar Sync could be completely installed. Your system has not been modified. To complete installation at another time, please run setup again." You need to have either Palm Desktop or Microsoft Active Sync installed before you can install TechTime™ PalmSync. 7361 0 MIT TechTime™ Personal Calendar How do I register a PDA with 802.11b wireless for use on the MIT network? In order to register your PDA for wireless access to the MIT network, your PDA needs to have an 802.11b or 802.11g compatible wireless card or built-in capability. This is sometimes identified as "Wi-Fi" in the PDA literature. It also needs to have a web browser capable of making a secure, SSL-protected connection. Note that Bluetooth will not work for connecting to MIT's wireless infrastructure. If you have a smart phone with data service, you can use your cell phone service provider to connect to the internet. You do not need to be directly on MITnet to use MIT's services.

                    The general isntructions for registering your PDA for wireless access to the MIT network are as follows:

                    1. Find a spot on MIT campus with a strong MITnet wireless signal
                    2. Your PDA should see a wireless network called "MIT"; connect to it
                    3. Once connected, open the web browser on your PDA and go to any web page; for example http://www.google.com/
                    4. You should be redirected to MIT's network registration page
                    5. Click on the appropriate link (Faculty, Staff, Student, or Visitor) and follow the instructions to register
                    6. After your device is registered, wait 15 minutes and turn off the wireless interface, then turn it back on

                    You should now be able to browse to web sites and access many web-based MIT services from your PDA.

                    Things that can go wrong

                    • Your PDA is not connecting to MIT's wireless network: consult your manual on how to turn on the wireless interface, and how to select a specific wireless network
                    • Your web browser is not being redirected to the registration page: if you were using your PDA on a different network, make sure it is set up to automatically get an address as well as name server addresses

                    If you continue to have problems, you can bring your PDA by the IS&T Computing Help Desk and we will try to help you get it set up. Make sure you bring your charge, since the wireless card can rapidly deplete your batteries.

                    7366 0 PDAs, Smart Phones, and BlackBerrys PDA, wi-fi, 802.11b, palm, pocket pc, wireless How can I check my MIT email from my Treo 600? There are two ways to check your MIT email from a Treo 600, or any other computing device for that matter:

                    Using an email program on the device

                    There are several commercial third-party mail programs for the PalmOne Treo 600 that support the IMAP4 protocol via SSL encryption. IMAP4 and SSL are pre-requisite features for checking your MIT email.* These programs also support authenticated sending of mail via MIT's outgoing mail server.

                    We are unfortunately not aware of any freeware or open source mail programs for the Treo that meet these requirements. Note that the built-in mail program on the Treo 600 does not support the IMAP4 protocol. It only supports POP3 and will not work with the MIT mail servers*.

                    PaPi-Mail
                    PaPi-Mail is a shareware email client that supports IMAP4/SSL. It's unique list-based interface can take a little getting used to, but it is more affordable than SnapperMail Enterprise Edition. We have a stock answer on how to set up PaPi-Mail to access your MIT email.

                    SnapperMail Enterprise Edition
                    SnapperMail Enterprise Edition is a full-featured IMAP4 client and supports SSL authentication. It is similar to a desktop email client and allows you to browse your IMAP mailboxes on the server. Only the enterprise version of SnapperMail supports IMAP. We have a stock answer on how to set up SnapperMail EE to access your MIT email

                    Using a web browser to access MIT's Webmail service

                    The built-in web browser on the Treo 600 supports SSL encryption and has all the necessary functionality to access MIT's Webmail service. It is listed as "Web" in the Treo's Application Launcher, and the icon looks like a small globe.

                    To access Webmail open the link https://webmail.mit.edu/ in the Treo's browser . Once the page loads log in using your MIT username and password. You will want to disable the option to compose messages in new windows if you use Webmail from your PDA.

                    ________
                    *While the MIT mail servers also support POP3, they only allow POP3 with Kerberos authentication. SSL is not available for securing POP3 connections to MIT. There are no Palm OS or Pocket PC email clients we know of that support Kerberos.

                    7367 0 Treo 600 Palm OS Smart Phone treo 600, email How can I prevent Webmail from opening a new window to compose messages? Webmail has the option to let you compose new messages in the main browser window, but is configured by default to open a new window when composing a message. You may want to turn this option off (i.e. set it to not open a new window) if you use Webmail from your PDA or SmartPhone, where it is not possible to open new windows.

                    To prevent Webmail from opening a new window when composing a message log in to Webmail via https://webmail.mit.edu/ using your MIT username and password. Once logged in:

                    1. Click the "Options" link in the top toolbar
                    2. On the Options screen click the "Message Composition" link in the right-most column
                    3. On the Message Composition screen un-check the "Compose messages in a separate window?" option
                    4. Click the "Save Options" button
                    5. Click the "Inbox" link in the top toolbar to return to your email Inbox

                    7368 0 WebMail webmail, compose, new window How do I set up PaPi-Mail to access my MIT email? In progress

                    7369 0 Treo 600 Palm OS Smart Phone PaPi-Mail, PaPi, Treo 600, Palm OS How do I set up SnapperMail Enterprise Edition to access my MIT email? SnapperMail Enterprise Edition is available from the SnapperMail web site. Only the Enterprise Edition version of the software has the necessary IMAP support. A free trial version is available for those wanting to try out the software.

                    Once you have installed SnapperMail Enterprise Edition on your PDA, follow these steps to make it work with your MIT email account:

                    1. Launch the software by clicking on the "Snapper" icon in your Treo's Application Launcher
                    2. From the "Accounts" menu, select "New Account..."
                    3. When asked whether to "Create a POP3 or an IMAP4 account?" select "IMAP4"
                    4. Enter a name for the account in the top field of the "Edit IMAP4 Account" dialog box; for example "MIT Account"
                    5. On the "Identity" tab (the first tab):
                      • Enter your full name in the "Your Name" field; for example "Jack Florey"
                      • Enter your MIT email address in the "Email Address" field; for example "jflorey@mit.edu"
                    6. Click on the "Server" tab to switch the the server config screen and fill it out:
                      • Enter your MIT PO server in the "IMAP4 Server" field; for example "po12.mit.edu"
                      • Enter your MIT username in the "Username" field; for example "jflorey"
                      • Enter your MIT password in the "Password" field
                      • In the "SMTP Server" field enter "outgoing.mit.edu"
                      • Enter your MIT username again in the "Username" field in the "Outgoing Mail" section
                      • Enter your MIT password again in the "Password" field in the "Outgoing Mail" section
                    7. Important: Now tap on the "More..." button at the bottom of the screen; this will take you to the advanced server settings screen
                    8. In the "IMAP4 Settings" section, select "Always secure (wrapped port)" from the pop-up menu; it initally reads "No SSL security" (the port number will automatically change to 993)
                    9. Also in the "IMAP 4 Settings" section, check the "Always trust server" option
                    10. In the "SMTP Settings" section, select "Always secure (wrapped port)" from the pop-up menu; it initially reads "No SSL security" (the SMTP port number will automatically change to 465)
                    11. Also in the "SMTP Settings" section, check the "Always trust server" option
                    12. Tap "OK" to return to the "Edit IMAP4 Account" screen
                    13. Tap on the "Rules" tab and edit any incoming mail rules you wish to set; you may want to select "Receive Headers Only" to speed up checking mail
                    14. Tap "OK" on the Edit IMAP4 Account" screen; you are now ready to access your MIT email account

                    Please consult your SnapperMail manual or SnapperMail tech support if you would like to learn more about using the software. MIT does not currently support or recommend SnapperMail, but we have tested it to make sure it works and are making these instructions available for your convenience.

                    7370 0 Treo 600 Palm OS Smart Phone treo 600, snapper mail, palm os Why does IS&T support Red Hat Enterprise instead of Fedora? Careful consideration was given before choosing a distribution of Linux to fully support.

                    Though many distributions offered interesting value, Red Hat was the vendor that was most strongly supported by independent software vendors, most widely demanded on campus and most widely expected by people coming onto campus.  The size of demand, and the expectation of ease in migration from old Red Hat products to new ones made Red Hat the primary contender.

                    We contacted Red Hat and asked many pointed questions about the relationship of Fedora to Enterprise.  We determined that:

                    Fedora offered certain benefits:

                    • Fastest adoption of the newest improvements to Linux.
                    • Strongest ties to the Free Software community.
                    • No license fees or complex license terms and conditions.
                         

                    However, Enterprise offered certain stronger benefits:

                    • Stronger support for people utilizing Linux for day-to-day work.
                              
                              Red Hat specifically adopted a business model to fork the old Red Hat Linux into Fedora to do a better job embracing those  working evolve Linux and Enterprise to do a better job supporting those using Linux for day-to-day work. IS&T's customer base is primarily the users not the evolvers.       

                       
                    • Better management of potentially disruptive changes.
                              
                              Fedora, focused on bringing new functionality online as pragmatically as possible was expected to put less effort behind minimizing the impact of changes.  Enterprise explicitly committed manage the scope and impact of changes, and to back porting important fixes, device support, and features to the stable major release rather than forcing customers to take potentially disruptive major releases.

                              
                    • Greater likelihood of supporting new releases of mainstream         hardware.
                             
                              Linux support for mainstream PC hardware incorporating new chipsets traditionally lagged Windows support because Microsoft would get pre-release access to hardware under non-disclosure, but Linux developers would not get it until it shipped to the general public.  Our hope and expectation is that hardware vendors will give Red Hat early access to hardware under non-disclosure for support in Enterprise.  
                            

                    For the biggest segment of Linux users supported by IS&T -- those using Linux for day-to-day work on mainstream hardware, Enterprise seems the better fit. 7371 0 7198 Red Hat Enterprise Linux linux, red hat, support, enterprise, fedora, Fedora How do I change when VirusScan updates occur? You can change when VirusScan updates itself by doing the following:

                    1. Right click on the VirusScan Shield icon in the Windows tray, and select VirusScan Console, or select Start>Programs>Network Associates>VirusScan Console.

                    2. In the VirusScan Console window, click AutoUpdate.

                    3. On the VirusScan AutoUpdate Properties window, click the Schedule tab.

                    4. In the Schedule Settings window, you can choose the frequency at which you want the task to run in addition to setting the start time, whether or not to randomize the start time and by how much, whether to run a missed update and with what delay, etc.

                    5. Click OK to close each dialog and save your changes.

                    Instructions on how to change the time of your daily updates in VirusScan Enterprise 7.0 are located here.

                    7375 0 VirusScan for Windows virusscan How do I configure Pocket Outlook on my Microsoft Pocket PC Phone Edition device? You can configure Pocket Outlook on your Pocket PC or Pocket PC Phone Edition device to check your MIT email. The following steps should do the trick. Note that I have tested this on Pocket PC 2003 Second Edition (SE). Earlier versions may not support all the necessary features, especially authenticated sending of mail.

                    1. Tap the Windows icon (waving flag) in the upper left corner of the screen to bring up the Start menu
                    2. Select the "Inbox" or "Messaging" item from the Start menu; this will take you to the email portion of Pocket Outlook
                    3. Tap on the word "Accounts" on the bottom toolbar to open the Accounts menu
                    4. Select "New Account..." from the Accounts menu
                    5. On the first screen, enter your MIT email address in the text box and tap "Next"
                    6. The second screen is an "Auto configuration" screen; tap "Skip" to skip this step
                    7. On the third screen enter your full name, your MIT username, and your MIT password; then tap "Next"
                    8. On the fourth screen select "IMAP4" as the "Account type" and enter "MIT" as the account name; tap "Next" to continue
                    9. On the fifth screen, enter the following:
                      1. Enter your incoming mail server in the "Incoming mail" text box; if you do not know your incoming mail server you can look it up
                      2. Enter "outgoing.mit.edu" in the "Outgoing mail" text box
                      3. Leave the "Domain" text box blank; this is very important!
                      4. Now tap the "Options" button to go to the advanced options screens
                      5. You can leave the settings at their defaults on the first options screen; tap "Next"
                      6. On the second options screen check the "Require SSL connection" check box
                      7. Check the "Outgoing email server requires authentication" box and complete the outgoing email configuration screen; be sure to check the "Require SSL connection" box there as well, and enter your username and password; again, remember to leave the domain entry blank
                      8. Tap next and tap "Finish" on the third options screen to exit account setup

                        10. You should now be able to download your MIT email and send mail. Please consult your Pocket PC documentation on how to use Pocket Outlook to compose and read mail.

                        The Pocket PC and Pocket Outlook are currently not centrally supported b y MIT. These instructions are here for your convenience only, and assume you are comfortable experimenting on your own. You should be familiar with using Pocket Outlook and the other features of your Pocket PC.

                        7378 0 Pocket PC Phone Edition Smart Phones Pocket PC, Windows CE, Pocket Outlook I tried to register for DHCP service, as a visitor, and received an error code "-2374334". How come? There is a limit of 32 characters in the email field.

                        The only work-arounds for this are:

                        -Register with a shorter email address (You may need to obtain a Hotmail or similar address to do this.)

                        -Ask your MIT sponsor to obtain an IP address for you, and associate the DHCP registration with that IP. This can be done using Option A in the instructions at DHCP Service at MIT. This page requires certificates, so the sponsor will need to register it for DHCP, not the visitor. The Help Desk staff can also manually enter DHCP registrations that are associated with a static IP address, but they can't enter hostless registrations like the Visitor registration.) Note: IP address charges apply, and it can take over a full business day for the IP address to be assigned and activated.

                        7382 0 DHCP DHCP, wireless, visitor How do I remove Kerberos from the System Tray? Right-click on the Leash icon in the System Tray, then choose Close Leash Window. 7385 0 Kerberos for Windows KfW, Kerberos Utilities, windows, shortcut How do I remove Kerberos from my startup items? Go to Start>Programs>Startup, then right-click on Leash and choose Delete. 7386 0 Kerberos for Windows KfW, Kerberos Utilities, Windows, startup Where is the menu shortcut for Kerberos? The installers for Kerberos for Windows 2.6.4 and later do not create a menu shortcut. You can access Kerberos by right-clicking on the Kerberos icon in the System Tray 7387 0 Kerberos for Windows KfW, 2.6.4, Kerberos Utilities, menu shortcut How do global scrips work in RT? Out of the box, global scrips are enabled for all queues and perform some common tasks. The drawback with this is that they can't be disabled on a queue-by-queue basis. Also, if you create an equivalent scrip (e.g. your own reply on creation of a ticket) both your scrip and the global one are executed resulting in redundant email transactions. The MIT implementation of RT sets the global scrips to to "local" scrips. This means that they can be turned off on a queue-by-queue basis and/or queue administrators can create their own equivalent scrips that are executed in place of what used to be global scrips, not in addition to them. Below is a list of the default scrips provided with RT:

                        On Create, Autoreply to Requestors with Global Template: Autoreply: When a ticket is created, email notification is sent to the Requestor.

                        On Create, Notify AdminCcs with Global Template: Transaction: When a ticket is created, email notification goes to the Admin Cc's that a ticket has been created.

                        On Correspond, Notify AdminCcs with Global Template: Admin Correspondence: When a Watcher type of Admin Cc adds a reply to a ticket, email notification is sent.

                        On Correspond, Notify Requestors and Ccs with Global Template: Correspondence: When a Watcher adds at public reply to a ticket, the Requestor and any other watchers (i.e., Cc's and Admin Cc's) receive email notification.

                        On Comment, Notify AdminCcs as Comment with Global Template: Admin Comment: When a comment is added to the ticket, email notification is all Admin Cc's.

                        On Resolve, Notify Requestors with Global Template: Resolved: When a ticket is completed, a form letter is sent to the Requestor stating that work is completed.

                        7390 0 Request Tracker (RT) on help.mit.edu RT, Request Tracker, scrips, global I need to be authorized to do ProCard (MasterCard) reconciling/approval. What must I do? Each department has at least one Primary Authorizer. You should ask the Primary Authorizer in your department to send an email message to procard@mit.edu requesting reconciling/approval privileges for you. To find out who your Primary Authorizers are, please see: Primary Authorizers. 7394 0 Business Rules ProCard, authorize, authorization I need to be authorized to use SAP or SAPweb. What must I do? Each department has at least one Primary Authorizer. You should contact your department's Primary Authorizer to request authorizations. To find out who your Primary Authorizers are, please see: Primary Authorizers 7395 0 Authorizations and Profiles SAP, SAPweb, authorize, authorization Who is my Primary Authorizer? Each department has at least one primary authorizer. To find out who your primary authorizers are, please see: Primary Authorizers. 7396 0 General SAP, SAPweb, authorize, authorization I am trying to use the SAP IXOS Viewer but receive the error message "Error: Application via OLE ALVIEWER". What does this mean? This error message usually means that you have not yet installed the MIT IXOS Viewer application yet. Go to IXOS 5.1 D for Windows for instructions on how to install the view application You will need to have administrative access to your machine. For further assistance, please contact the MIT Computing Help Desk by phone at 617-253-1101 or by email at computing-help@mit.edu 7397 0 Error Messages SAP, IXOS, viewer How do I get IPSec over TCP for the MIT VPN Client to work on Windows XP SP2 with the Windows Firewall enabled? The Cisco VPN Client that MIT uses, requires three ports to be open in the Windows firewall:
                        • UDP Port: 4500

                        • UDP Port: 62515

                        • TCP: 10000

                        You can open these ports with the Windows Firewall control panel using the Add Port button on the exception list for each one. Be sure to specify UDP and TCP above. When you are done adding the three port exceptions, click OK.

                        To configure the Cisco VPN Client to use TCP instead of UDP (you might want to do this if your session is timing out before 10 hours):

                        1. Open the VPN client.

                        2. Select the MITnet-VPN profile and click on Modify.

                        3. Next, click on the Transport tab (in the middle of the windows) and change the radio button to select IPSec over TCP. The TCP Port number should be 10,000.

                        4. Click Save. Now you should be able to connect through the Windows Firewall using IPSec over TCP for the VPN.

                        7401 0 Home Networking (off-campus, via dialup, cable modem, or DSL) vpn, Windows, XP, Win, SP2, VPN, TCP, IPSec, Firewall, Network, Connectivity, MITnet, disconnect, disconnected, locally, time, SP1, service pack, firewall, local Are taxes included in the price listings? If it's a personal purchase, the taxes are not included in the price listing. If it's a departmental purchase, you do not need to pay taxes since MIT is a tax-exempt organization. 7407 0 Recommended Hardware Showroom MCC, presales, buying, hardware, computers, laptops What is the warranty for my computer? For information on warranties offered by vendors of MIT's recommended computers, go to Computer Warranty Information. These warranties apply to all MIT affiliates, i.e., students, faculty and staff. 7424 0 Recommended Hardware Showroom presales, warranty, hardware When I start up my Windows computer, I get a Kerberos login dialog box. How can I get rid of it? To do this,
                        1. Go to C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Start Menu\Programs\Startup.
                        2. Right-click on Leash Kerberos Ticket Manager Shortcut.
                        3. In the Target field remove the trailing -autoinit
                        4. Click OK.
                        7425 0 Kerberos for Windows kfw, kerberos, windows, startup, login, logon Can Alumni benefit from the same discounted hardware prices as students here at MIT? Officially, no. Students who have recently graduated have a window of about three months during which MIT still considers them students. During this window, they are still allowed to purchase and get the student/educational discount. 7426 0 Recommended Hardware Showroom sales, buying, computers, alumni How do I add or remove icons from the toolbar? To do this,
                        1. Right click anywhere on the toolbar
                        2. From the dropdown menu, choose Customize.
                        3. To remove a button from the toolbar, click and drag the button off of the toolbar and into the Customize Toolbar Window.
                        4. To add a button to the toolbar, click and drag the button out of the Customize Toolbar Window and onto the toolbar.
                        7427 0 Eudora for Windows email, e-mail, eudora, windows, toolbar, add, remove How can I add or remove an buttons from the toolbar? To do this,
                        • To add an button, place the mouse pointer anywhere on the Toolbar,<command> -click on it, then from the menu choose the command that you want to add as a button to the toolbar.
                        • To remove a button, place the mouse pointer on the button to be removed,<command> -click on it, then click Remove Button.
                        7428 0 Eudora for Macintosh email, e-mail, eudora, toolbar, add, remove I've upgraded to Mac OS 10.3 and I'm getting an error when starting Eudora. To fix the problem, you need to reinstall Kerberos Extras. 7429 0 Eudora for Macintosh Eudora, email, e-mail, Mac OS X, 10.3 Will the work done on my computer affect my data or applications? If the nature of your problem is such that your hard disk needs to be reformatted this means that your data will be backed up first (if you request it) then moved back onto the hard disk after it's been reformatted.

                        It also means that all of your applications will need to be reinstalled. If you're dropping off your computer because of a problem with your hard drive, bring your application installation CDs with you and we can reinstall your applications in addition to restoring your data. Work done for reinstalling applications is charged at the standard hourly rate.

                        7430 0 Software service drop-off service, repair, How can I set up a Treo with Verizon service to synchronize with MIT TechTime calender on Windows and to use SnapperMail to check MIT email? Refer to the following pages for further information and instructions: 7433 0 Treo 600 Palm OS Smart Phone How can I download a specific package using up2date? Note: If you are using Red Hat Enterprise 5 (RHEL 5) or later, the up2date command has been replaced with yum. These instructions are only relevant to working with up2date. There is no yum equivalent for this activity.

                        Normally, you can use up2date to download packages with the following command (to install, use the -i flag instead):

                          % up2date -d kernel-source

                        However, it's not possible to specify a version or particular architecture this way. Should you need a specific version that has been obsoleted by a subsequent release or otherwise is no longer current, you can:

                          % up2date --get kernel-smp-2.4.21-15.0.2.EL.athlon

                        Note: This does not do any dependancy checks or download the headers. It also limits you to packages that are in the channels to which you are subscribed.

                        As doing this will cause you to have a non-standard configuration on your workstation, the help desk may not be able to offer you full support should you encounter related difficulties.

                        7434 0 7198 Red Hat Network (RHN) linux, red hat, enterprise, up2date When I connect to Athena, why am I prompted for my password when I have already have Kerberos tickets? Ticket forwarding relies on a GSSAPI (Generic Security System) patch to the OpenSSH sources. RedHat does not include it by default in Enterprise because it has yet to be incorporated into the mainline OpenSSH source tree.

                        RHEL 4: Unfortunately, ticket forwarding is not an option in RHEL4. Red Hat did not include the code that allows for this solution in RHEL4.

                        RHEL 5: You can easily enable ticket forwarding by editing a configuration file. For instructions, see: Q: How do I enable Kerberos ticket forwarding under RHEL5? 7435 0 7198 Red Hat Enterprise Linux linux, red hat, enterprise, kerberos, ticket forwarding, OpenSSH, ssh, Athena, authentication I was scheduled for a meeting by someone else and it's not displaying in my Calendar. How come? Make sure you've accepted the meeting. Also, you may need to refresh the display by going to Tools>Refresh this Folder. 7445 0 Oracle Connector for Outlook oracle connector for outlook, ocfo, outlook, calendar, meeting I'm an undergraduate student who obtained Windows XP as part of the Microsoft Campus Agreement. Does the license expire at some point? If you graduate from MIT, your license is converted to a perpetual use licence. If you leave MIT under other circumstances, you are required to remove the software.

                        You will be notified, before graduating, that your license will be converted to perpetual use.

                        Below is the text from the Microsoft Campus Agreement Student Option web page describing this:

                        "Perpetual Student Use Rights

                        Upon graduation, students licensed under the Student Option are granted perpetual use rights for the selected Campus Agreement products.

                        All other students are only licensed to use the software for the subscription term. These licenses are non-perpetual (meaning the student does not own the license). Upon leaving the institution (besides graduation) or expiration of the subscription term, students are required to remove the software. Your institution is responsible for communicating the appropriate use rights to students when distributing the software. Guidelines for facilitating compliance are outlined in the Campus Agreement terms and conditions. To the extent that your institution follows these guidelines, you will not be held responsible for students' failure to remove the software."

                        7452 0 Microsoft Campus Agreement License campus agreement, windows, student, XP, operating system, OS I've downloaded the Windows XP installer. When I run it, I get prompted for a license Key. Where do I get the key? If you're an MIT staff member, the license key will be in the download confirmation email message that you receive.

                        If you're an MIT undgraduate student, this may be due to one of the following reasons:

                        • You didn't install the software within five days of downloading the installer. If you don't install it within five days of downloading it, the product key, encrypted in the installer, expires.You can download the installer one more time, that will contain a second encrypted key, and run it.
                        • You tried to upgrade to Windows XP and are asked for the license key, even within the 5-day limit. To work around this, look for a file in your setup files (on the ISO image or in your unzipped files) called MITXP-Upgrade.bat. Run MITXP-Upgrade.bat instead of the regular setup.exe. This will start the installation and will not ask the user for the license key. (Note: This will ONLY work for upgrades, not for a fresh installation [i.e. booting from cd] will not work for this.)

                        Students: The Microsoft Campus Agreement, Student Option lets you download and install only two times. After that you are not eligible to download and install again. The IS&T Microsoft Campus Agreement License web page will be updated at some point to reflect this.

                        See stock answer 7454 for details on choosing beween ISO and zip format.

                        7453 0 Microsoft Campus Agreement License microsoft, campus, agreement, windows, XP, student, install, license, OS What format should I choose to download the Windows XP installer? You can choose between ISO format and zip format.

                        IS&T recommends that you download the ISO image and burn it to a CD, so you will have a "bootable CD" that can be used if you need to reinstall the operating system later. If you don't have CD burner software, you can log into an Athena workstation, download the file and burn it at the workstation. Use ISO if you want to either reinstall Windows XP, or for a new install. Burning the ISO format onto a CD will create a bootable CD.

                        The zip format is provided for experienced users to assist them with upgrading from an older operating system. The zip format means you have to extract the files first to a temp directory and run the setup from there. You can also burn the zipped files to a CD.

                        If you have trouble downloading or installing Windows XP, contact the Computing Help Desk.

                        7454 0 Microsoft Campus Agreement License ISO, zip, microsoft, agreement, campus, Windows, XP, download How many times can I download and run the Windows XP installer from the Microsoft Campus Agreement web site? It depends on your status:

                        Undergraduate Students: You can download the installer once and run it. After, that in case of emergencies, you have only one more download (and installation) available. Note: You must run the installer within five days of downloading it, otherwise the product key encrypted in the installer will expire.

                        Staff: You can download the installer without restriction except the license can be used only on MIT-owned machines, i.e., you can't use it on your personal machine. Note: There is no expiration date/time for running the installer after download. When you download the installer, you'll receive email confirmation that contains the product key that you will be asked to enter during the installation.

                        7455 0 Microsoft Campus Agreement License Windows, XP, campus agreement, download, install, product key How do I set the time on my computer? For instructions on how to do this, go to Changing the time on your computer. 7458 0 Network Time clock, network time, setting time, Windows, Mac, Macintosh When looking at other TechTime users' calendars, why can't I see data through the OCFO calendar more than two weeks back? To see data through the OCFO calendar that is more than two weeks old, you must go to Tools -> Options and select the "Oracle Connector" tab. Click on the Calendar Options... button which will open the "Calendar Options" dialog box. At the bottom of the dialog in the section entitled "When opening other users' calendars, show data" set From the previous to the desired length of time. Although this setting explicitly states that it affects viewing other's calendars, it also affects how you view your personal calendar. 7462 0 Oracle Connector for Outlook oracle connector, outlook, calendar, techtime How do I purge deleted messages from my IMAP folders through the Oracle Connector for Outlook? To purge your IMAP folders through the Oracle Connector for Outlook, click on the Tools menu, select IMAP4 Folders, and then select Purge Deleted Messages. 7463 0 Oracle Connector for Outlook oracle connector, outlook, calendar, techtime, IMAP, email Why do I receive an unknown username and password error after I install Oracle Connector for Outlook even though I verified that I entered the correct username and password? If you receive the message
                        "IMAP4 Mail Server Logon Error: Unknown user name or password"
                        even though you have entered your correct username and password, then you have not finished configuring your Oracle Connector for Outlook profile. Please refer to the OCFO installation instructions and proceed from step 23. 7464 0 Oracle Connector for Outlook How do I give other people permission to view and modify my calendar? You need to log on to your own web calendar and change your permissions. See MIT TechTime: Access and Designate Rights for full details. If you choose "View Times Only" other uses will only see boxes showing that you are busy at a given time, with no further information displayed. 7465 0 Oracle Connector for Outlook oracle connector, outlook, calendar, techtime, permissions Do I get home use rights under the Campus Agreement? You have the same use-rights for an Institute machine you use at home as you would for one you use at MIT.  Additionally, you may install the software on one personally-owned machine provided that the software will be used for MIT purposes only.  All other personal workstations should be upgraded via a personal purchase at GovConnection. 7467 0 Microsoft Campus Agreement License microsoft, windows, office, campus agreement, XP Why are graduate students not eligible for the MS Campus Agreement? Graduate Student participation is a department-by-department decision.  EECS and Sloan School graduate students may acquire software from their liaisons.  Other departments may join the program by sending email to: liaison-opt@mit.edu

                        Graduate students with Institute-owned equipment may acquire the software from their Software Liaison. Go to Microsoft Campus Agreement Liaisons for a list of contacts. 7468 0 Microsoft Campus Agreement License microsoft campus agreement, windows, office, XP, license I have an Institute-owned machine being used for research at an off-site location.  Is it legal for me to install Windows XP on that machine? Yes.  As long as it is an Institute-owned machine being used for Institute business/research. 7469 0 Microsoft Campus Agreement License microsoft campus agreement, windows, XP, office, license What are CALs and what CALs are included with the Campus Agreement? Client Access Licenses, or CALs are licenses that gives a user the right to access the services of a server.  MIT is providing user CALS for Windows Servers under the Campus Agreement.  These CALs are license rights only and there is no additional software or license code associated with them.  CALs for Windows Terminal Servers are not included, but may be purchased through the Microsoft Select Program and GovConnection. 7470 0 Microsoft Campus Agreement License microsoft campus agreement, windows, office, XP, license Is Microsoft Office Professional available through the Campus Agreement? An Institute-wide license was not purchased for Office Professional for Mac and Windows, although several departments have chosen to add this option for their faculty and staff members and the Sloan school has added it for their students. The software liaison list includes information about which departments are making Office Professional available to their faculty and staff. 7471 0 Microsoft Campus Agreement License microsoft campus agreement, windows, office, XP, license Can I install Office 2003 Professional to my container within the WIN.MIT.EDU domain? If your Department, Lab or Center has enrolled within the agreement, you will be able to install Office 2003 Professional to your container.  The administrative install for Microsoft Office Professional Edition 2003 SP 1 MIT licensed Volume Media is now available. 7472 0 Microsoft Campus Agreement License microsoft campus agreement, windows, office, XP, license I verified that my username and password were correct, but the same window is prompting me for my password and I already entered it several times? Chances are you do not have SSL selected within IMAP4 and SMTP tabs within the Mail Control Panel.

                        1. Close Outlook and go into Control Panels> User Accounts > Mail, and select E-mail Accounts.
                        2. Select "View or change existing e-mail accounts" and click Next.
                        3. Click on your e-mail account in the list, then on Change.
                        4. Click on the IMAP4 tab, then on the Advanced button.
                        5. Check "The server requires a secure connection (SSL)" and click OK.
                        6. Clickon the SMTP tab, then on the Advanced button.
                        7. Check "The server requires a secure connection (SSL)" and click OK.
                        8. In the Oracle Connector for Outlook panel, click Apply.
                        9. In the E-mail Accounts panel click Finish; then in Mail Setup, click Close.
                        10. Restart Outlook and enter your password.

                         

                        7473 0 Oracle Connector for Outlook oracle connector, outlook, calendar, techtime, password error How can I stop Outlook with OCFO from hanging or freezing each time it synchronizes data? Outlook needs to connect to the calendar server to synchronize data, which may freeze the program for a time, depending on your connection speed. Since Outlook automatically stores all information on the server , including drafts, sent mail, etc., you would only need to synchronize if you have been working off line, or if you have made changes to your calendar using another interface. You should turn off automatic synchronization with the following steps
                        1. Close Outlook.
                        2. In the Windows Control Panel under the Start menu, double-click the Mail icon.
                        3. Click Show Profiles.
                        4. Select the appropriate profile and click Properties.
                        5. Click E-mail Accounts.
                        6. Select the "View or change existing e-mail accounts" option.
                        7. Click Next.
                        8. Select "Oracle Connector for Outlook" and click Properties.
                        9. Click Change. The Oracle Connector for Outlook Profile Settings dialog box opens.
                        10. Click the Startup tab.
                        11. Click Synchronize.
                        12. Uncheck the option for "When online, automatically synchronize all offline folders".

                        You can also choose to uncheck the "Enable offline use" option, which turns off all automatic synchronization. You can then manually synchronize by clicking the "Send/Receive" button in the Outlook task bar.

                        7476 0 Oracle Connector for Outlook oracle connector, outlook, techtime, calendar Why don't I see an appointment, created for me in another TechTime interface, in my Oracle for Outlook calendar? Outlook needs to be synchronized with the TechTime calendar server to see the most current information if another interface was used to change yourcalendar. If you have automatic synchronization turned on, it could take up to 15 minutes for Outlook to synchronize with the server. You can synchronize manually by clicking the "Send/Recieve" button in the Outlook task bar. You can also synchronize manually by clicking Tools->Refresh This Folder. 7477 0 Oracle Connector for Outlook oracle connector, outlook, calendar, techtime Why do repeating meetings created in TechTime show up as separate meetings in Outlook? This has to do with how the entries are mapped from TechTime to Outlook. Outlook and TechTime use different terms to refer to meetings and events, and in this case a repeating meeting in TechTime becomes a series of unconnected, non-recurring meetings in Outlook. On the other hand, if you create a recurring meeting in Outlook, it will map to TechTime as a repeating meeting. 7478 0 Oracle Connector for Outlook oracle connector, outlook, techtime, calendar How do I add personal contacts in Outlook? To add the sender of an email, in the open message, right-click the name that appears on the From line, then click Add to Outlook Contacts on the shortcut menu. This adds the person's name and email address to your contacts. You can also add detailed contact information by hand by going to Contacts and clicking the New Contact button in the tool bar. 7479 0 Oracle Connector for Outlook oracle connector, outlook, techtime, calendar, email, address book How do I filter calendaring information by category and other criteria? With Outlook open, click on Calendar. In the View menu, select Arrange by > Current View > Customize current view. Click the "Filter" button and configure to desired choice. 7480 0 Oracle Connector for Outlook oracle connector, outlook, techtime, calendar How do I view and schedule TechTime resources in Outlook? The Outlook menu option, Actions > Resource Scheduling, will not work with TechTime resources. To view TechTime resources, you must open a scheduling window, which can be done as follows.
                        1. Create a new appointment with File > New > Appointment, or with the key sequence Ctrl-N. This opens a dialog box, "Untitled - Oracle Calendar Appointment".
                        2. Click on the "Scheduling" tab.
                        3. If you know the name of the resource, enter it under All Attendees.

                        If you do not know the name of the resource, try to search for it in the global address book: Click the "Add Others" button at the bottom of the scheduling window, select "Add from Address Book", and search for the resource.

                        If you cannot find the resource for you which you are searching, then contact the person in charge of the resource to get its name in TechTime.

                        7481 0 Oracle Connector for Outlook oracle connector, outlook, techtime, calendar, email How do I view other people's TechTime calendars in Outlook? To open another TechTime user's calendar, go to File > Open > Other User's Folder. In the dialog box "Open Other User's Folder", enter the person's name, or browse for the person by clicking on the "Name" button, which opens the Global Address Book. Note that clicking on the link "Open a Shared Calendar..." in the Calendar navigation pane will result in the error "Unable to open this folder. Your profile is not configured to support this operation for this user." 7482 0 Oracle Connector for Outlook oracle connector, outlook, techtime, calendar, email How do I purge or delete corrupted offline data in Outlook? In an open area of the Mail navigation pane, do a Ctrl-Shift-Right Click. 7483 0 Oracle Connector for Outlook oracle connector, outlook, techtime, calendar, email I want to modify my VirusScan schedule, but can't because I have no privileges to make changes, i.e., the options are grayed out. How can I fix this? It may be that one of the registry keys that are accessed by VirusScan is set to read-only for all users;

                        Try the following:

                        1. go to Start>Run and enter Regedit to start the registry editor.

                        2. Go to Hkey_local_machine\software\Network Associates\tvd\virusscan enterprise\CurrentVersion.

                        3. Hightlight the CurrentVersion folder (i.e., the registry key) by right-clicking on it then choose Permissions in the context-sensitive menu.

                        4. In the Permissions window, highlight the Administrator account then check to make sure that the account has Full Control; do the same for your account.

                        5. If they do have Full Control, move up one level to VirusScan Enterprise, and repeat steps 3 and 4.

                        6. Continue moving up levels until you find one that is not set to Full Control and change it by clicking the Allow checkbox, then clicking OK.

                        7. When finished, go to File>Exit.

                        7500 0 VirusScan for Windows VirusScan 8.0, schedule, tasks, anti-virus, Network Associates Where can I get full details about the Microsoft Campus Agreement at MIT? Go to the Microsoft Campus Agreement at MIT page for a description of the agreement and eligibility. 7501 0 Microsoft Campus Agreement License microsoft campus agreement, msca, license, windows xp, staff, student What kind of support is available for the OpenOffice.org suite? The UNIX/Linux Helpdesk can assist you with installing OpenOffice.org from the Red Hat CDs or the Red Hat Network.  They can also assist you with basic problems such as the program failing to launch. Athena Consulting can assist you with basic skills such as word processing, spreadsheet use, drawing functions, and simple layout tasks.  Athena Consulting will provide best effort support for converting documents to and from Microsoft Office formats.  Since the converters themselves do not guarantee a perfect conversion, we may not be able to fully assist you.  However, most documents convert to and from Microsoft Office formats seamlessly. We can also provide limited support for complex spreadsheet calculations.  We may be able to assist you with ensuring that your equation is syntactically correct, however we cannot debug formulas that produce unexpected results. We can also assist you with printing documents, and exporting them to PDF format.  However, you must have already set up printing on your machine, and the UNIX/Linux Helpdesk can assist you with that. Traditionally, Athena Consulting has also assisted users with Thesis layouts and templates.  At this time, we have no thesis templates for OpenOffice, although that may change in the future.  We can help you format your document to conform with your departmental specifications, however we do not have a comprehensive list of those specifications.  Those can be obtained from your thesis advisor. Lastly, as with all academic software, there may be times when we cannot assist for reasons of academic honesty or Institute policy. 7506 0 7198 OpenOffice.org linux, red hat, enterprise, support, OpenOffice, OpenOffice.org Does sharing files between OpenOffice.org and Microsoft Office really work and what are the known issues? Files can be successfully shared between the two office suites, however the conversions are rarely perfect.

                        OpenOffice.org has produced excellent user documentation. The Open Office Migration Guide details file exchange, command interoperability and other issues in coming to Open Office from other suites such as Microsoft Office and Word Perfect. The document is available in PDF format for both major versions of Open Office:

                        • Version 1: Migration Guide: A guide to ease your migration to OpenOffice.org from other office suitesages
                        • Version 2: OpenOffice.org Migration Guide 7509 0 7198 OpenOffice.org linux, red hat, enterprise, support, OpenOffice, OpenOffice.org, interoperability, file exchange What interoperability testing has been done by IS&T for file exchange between OpenOffice.org and Microsoft Office? Limited local interoperability testing has been completed. The results can be found on the Open Office Testing page.

                          For more information and documentation on interoperability issues, see Can I share files between OpenOffice.org and Microsoft Office and are there any known issues?. 7510 0 7198 OpenOffice.org linux, red hat, enterprise, support, OpenOffice, OpenOffice.org, interoperability, file exchange How does OpenOffice.org compare to Microsoft Office? OpenOffice.org has produced excellent user documentation. The Open Office Migration Guide details file exchange, command interoperability and other issues in coming to Open Office from other suites such as Microsoft Office and Word Perfect. The document is available in PDF format for both major versions of Open Office:
                          • Version 1: Migration Guide: A guide to ease your migration to OpenOffice.org from other office suitesages
                          • Version 2: OpenOffice.org Migration Guide 7511 0 7198 OpenOffice.org linux, red hat, enterprise, support, OpenOffice, OpenOffice.org, interoperability, file exchange I'm getting an error when trying to open an Excel file. How come? Some users may get errors when opening files with macros in Excel X for Macintosh.  Those whose User folders are being stored on a volume other than the startup volume are most likely to be affected.  This has been affecting some people trying to submit the Excel-based academic HR forms, which are Excel-based.   Deleting the preference file "Office Registration Cache X" often fixes the problem:
                            1. Quit any programs you have running, especially any parts of the Office suite (Excel, Word, etc.)
                            2. Go to Go>Home>Library>Preferences>Microsoft.
                            3. Locate the file Office Registration Cache X and drag it to the trash.  (Note: Don't empty the trash just yet.)
                            4. Try opening the Excel form again.

                              5. If it still doesn't work, repeat steps 1-4 and then continue:

                            5. Open up TextEdit (found under Go>Applications) and create a new document by pressing <command>-n.
                            6. Go to File >Save As....
                            7. Name the file Office Registration Cache X.  (Note: Be sure to get the spelling and capitalization exactly.)
                            8.  Save it under Home>Library>Preferences>Microsoft.

                              9. NOTE: There are actually two libraries: one under the user's Home and one under the Macintosh HD.  Be sure to use the one under Home.  The exact name of user's Home is the shortname of the user's local account on their Macintosh, and it will have a house icon.  You can select home by pressing <command>-<shift>-h in the Save As dialogue box.

                            9. Quit TextEdit.
                            10. Go back to Go>Home>Library>Preferences.
                            11. Click once on Office Registration Cache X to select it, and then go to File>Get Info.
                            12. Check the box for Locked.
                            13. Try the file again.
                              14. 7512 0 Excel X for Macintosh Excel, macros, error, user folder, home, HR form I can't seem to get my SFTP connection to work even though it seems to be correct. In some cases, this can be caused by customizations that users have made to their Athena accounts; the most common case being when commands have been added to the ~/.cshrc.mine file that print text when logging in.

                              If you have customizations that cause your account to print text each time you log in, the printed text causes problems for the Dreamweaver SFTP connection such that the connection script identifies the server as being broken.

                              To enable Dreamweaver FTP (or similar programs) to work, you need to add a line to the top of your ~/.cshrc.mine file.

                              Add the following, exactly as shown, all on one line:

                              if ($?USER == 0 || $?prompt == 0) exit # exit, if non-interactive

                              This line ensures that the .cshrc.mine file does not run when you use Dreamweaver FTP.

                              If this does not solve the problem, contact the Computing Help Desk for further assistance.

                              7528 0 Dreamweaver Dreamweaver 2004, ftp, sftp, connection How do I keep the launch.ica files on my computer so I do not have to go to the Citrix web site every time I want to launch an application in Citrix? In order to keep the launch.ica files, you need to open them in a Text Editor such as TextEdit which comes with Mac OS X. To do this, you need to save the ica file first by going to http://citrix.mit.edu and downloading the appropriate launch.ica file.

                              Once you have the file on your desktop, hold down the <control> key and click on the file with your mouse cursor.

                              1. Go to Open With>Other....

                              2. Navigate to TextEdit which should be in your Applications folder and click Open.

                              3. Once you have it open, look for the line that has RemoveICAFile=yes and change the yes to no.

                              4. Save the file and quit TextEdit.

                              5. You should now be able to double-click the .ica file and it should open the Citrix client and run as usual and then stay there once you quit.

                              7534 0 Citrix citrix, launch files, ica I have Windows XP Home Edition installed on my machine.  Can I upgrade to Windows XP SP2 Professional? Yes 7535 0 Microsoft Campus Agreement License Windows XP, MS Campus Agreement License, upgrade, Home Edition I have Windows 98/98SE/ME/NT currently installed.  Can I upgrade to Windows XP Professional? Yes. (Note: You must be running NT 4.0. NT 3.5.1 cannot be upgraded.) 7536 0 Microsoft Campus Agreement License Windows XP, 98, 98SE, ME, NT, Microsoft Campus Agreement License, upgrade I want to upgrade to Windows XP SP2 Professional and each time I try to run the batch file "MITXP-Upgrade.bat" it says that there is not a valid product ID. Make sure the computer clock is set to the proper time and date and try again. 7537 0 Microsoft Campus Agreement License Windows XP, SP2 Professional, MITXP-Upgrade.bat, error How can I change the screen resolution? You can change it by editing the launch.ica file.

                              Once you have the file on your desktop, hold down the <control> key and click on the file with your mouse cursor.

                              1. Go to Open With>Other....

                              2. Navigate to TextEdit which should be in your Applications folder and click Open.

                              3. Once you have it open, look for the lines that have

                                DesiredHRES=1280
                                DesiredVRES=1024

                                and change the numbers to the desired resolution.

                              4. Save the file and quit TextEdit.

                              7538 0 Citrix citrix, launch.ica, screen resolution What kind of support is available for the OpenOffice.org suite? The UNIX/Linux Helpdesk can assist you with installing OpenOffice.org from the Red Hat CDs or the Red Hat Network (via up2date).  They can also assist you with basic problems such as the program failing to launch. Athena Consulting can assist you with basic skills such as word processing, spreadsheet use, drawing functions, and simple layout tasks.  Athena Consulting will provide best effort support for converting documents to and from Microsoft Office formats.  Since the converters themselves do not guarantee a perfect conversion, we may not be able to fully assist you.  However, most documents convert to and from Microsoft Office formats seamlessly. We can also provide limited support for complex spreadsheet calculations.  We may be able to assist you with ensuring that your equation is syntactically correct, however we cannot debug formulas that produce unexpected results. We can also assist you with printing documents, and exporting them to PDF format.  However, you must have already set up printing on your machine, and the UNIX/Linux Helpdesk can assist you with that. Traditionally, Athena Consulting has also assisted users with Thesis layouts and templates.  At this time, we have no thesis templates for OpenOffice, although that may change in the future.  We can help you format your document to conform with your departmental specifications, however we do not have a comprehensive list of those specifications.  Those can be obtained from your thesis advisor. Lastly, as with all academic software, there may be times when we cannot assist for reasons of academic honesty or Institute policy. 7554 1 7506 OpenOffice.org linux, red hat, enterprise, support, OpenOffice, OpenOffice.org Does sharing files between OpenOffice.org and Microsoft Office really work and what are the known issues? Files can be successfully shared between the two office suites, however the conversions are rarely perfect. The documentation linked in the table below describes the similarities, differences, and known issues between OpenOffice.org and Microsoft Office for file sharing and general usage.

                              Note: The documentation linked below is created, served, and maintained by OpenOffice.org. Limited local testing has been done on file sharing/interoperability. The results of that testing can be found on the IS&T Open Office Testing page.



                              Title

                              PDF

                              SXW

                              Differences in Use between OpenOffice.org and Microsoft Office

                              312KB

                              100KB

                              Sharing Files with Microsoft Office Users

                              407KB

                              145KB

                              Differences in use between Writer and MSWord

                              1000KB

                              1000KB

                              Differences in use between OOoCalc and MSExcel

                              267KB

                              87KB

                              Differences in Use between Impress and PowerPoint

                              230KB

                              91KB

                              Importing Other Microsoft Office Files

                              80KB

                              175KB

                              7555 1 7509 OpenOffice.org linux, red hat, enterprise, support, OpenOffice, OpenOffice.org, interoperability, file exchange What interoperability testing has been done by IS&T for file exchange between OpenOffice.org and Microsoft Office? Limited local interoperability testing has been completed. The results can be found on the Open Office Testing page.

                              For more information and documentation on interoperability issues, see Can I share files between OpenOffice.org and Microsoft Office and are there any known issues?. 7556 1 7510 OpenOffice.org linux, red hat, enterprise, support, OpenOffice, OpenOffice.org, interoperability, file exchange How does OpenOffice.org compare to Microsoft Office? OpenOffice.org provides several documents that compare OpenOffice.org components and their Microsoft Office counterparts. Links to these documents and additional information on file sharing between the office suites is included in the following table.

                              Note: The documentation linked below is created, served, and maintained by OpenOffice.org. Limited local testing has been done on file sharing/interoperability. The results of that testing can be found on the IS&T Open Office Testing page.



                              Title

                              PDF

                              SXW

                              Differences in Use between OpenOffice.org and Microsoft Office

                              312KB

                              100KB

                              Sharing Files with Microsoft Office Users

                              407KB

                              145KB

                              Differences in use between Writer and MSWord

                              1000KB

                              1000KB

                              Differences in use between OOoCalc and MSExcel

                              267KB

                              87KB

                              Differences in Use between Impress and PowerPoint

                              230KB

                              91KB

                              Importing Other Microsoft Office Files

                              80KB

                              175KB

                              7557 1 7511 OpenOffice.org linux, red hat, enterprise, support, OpenOffice, OpenOffice.org, interoperability, file exchange I just upgraded my Mac OS and I'm having some problems.  What should I do? Try the following:
                              1. Open your Mac OS X drive then go to Applications>Utilities and double-click on Disk Utility.
                              2. Select your Mac OS X drive, then click Repair Disk Permissions. (This may take a few minutes.)

                              A message, "Permissions repair complete" displays when the process is finished.

                              If the problems persist, try starting up your computer in Safe Mode to see if the problems are related to startup items or third-party software.  For instructions on booting in Safe Mode, go to:  http://docs.info.apple.com/article.html?artnum=153383.

                              7563 0 Mac OS X Mac OS, software update, How far in advance can a Stellar course website be created? A course site should be requested one semester in advance. (For Fall sites, you may request them towards the end of the Spring semester.) Once the site is created, class materials may be added or imported from a previous class website. New versions of the software are released at the end of January and mid-June, at which time your class sites will be automatically upgraded to the new version of the software. While features may change slightly, the content you have added will not.


                              To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                              7566 0 Stellar stellar, website, created Do I need to request a new Stellar site for each new semester? Yes, you must request a new stellar site for each upcoming semester. You may request a new Stellar course site here. Stellar also provides a tool for importing content from a previous semester's class website to the new site. 7567 0 Stellar stellar, new, create Why do I get the error message: "Compile error in hidden module: AutoExec? This message is related to the PDF-Maker toolbar that Adobe Acrobat 6.0.x places into Office programs. PDF add-ins are stored in HD>Applications>Microsoft Office 2004>Office>Startup:[application] folders and are named PDFMaker.dot (Word), PDFMaker.xla (Excel), and PDFMaker.ppa (Powerpoint), respectively.

                              To get rid of this message, do the following:

                              1. Delete these files.
                              2. In their place, put empty folders in each of the Word, Excel and PowerPoint startup folders, and give them the same names.
                              7568 0 MS Office 2004 MS Office, Microsoft, 2004, error How do I create a PDF from a Word 2004 document? The answer is:
                              1. When you choose the Print command, the Print screen offers the Save as PDF button.
                              2. Click on this button and PDF files will be created.
                              7571 0 7569 MS Office 2004 Office 2004, Excel, PowerPoint, Word Why does my document print in gray scale even though I checked the box for “Black and white"? Here’s what to do if you are printing from a worksheet in Excel:
                              1. Go into File>Page Setup and switch to the Sheet tab.
                              2. Check the box for for printing in Black and White under Print Options.

                              Here’s what to do if you are printing from a chart in Excel:

                              1. Go into File>Page Setup and switch to the Chart tab.
                              2. Check the box for Print in black and white under Printing quality.

                              The resulting product is not printed in B&W, it comes out as grayscale.

                              This is what you would get any time you print worksheets or charts with colored objects to a B&W printer anyway.

                              In summary:

                              Charts or worksheets that have color graphics always translate to grayscale.

                              Office 2001 for the Mac was the last version of Office that these check boxes successfully worked.

                              This feature works in all Office versions for Windows to date.

                              7575 0 MS Office 2004 Microsoft Office 2004, Word, Excel, PowerPoint 7591 1 7575 MS Office 2004 I am a designate on someone else's Techtime calendar.  I can make changes to her calendar in Techtime but when viewing her calendar through OCFO I can only see the times and can't make any changes. What's wrong? You have probably been granted the following Designate Rights:
                              • Normal Entries Modify
                              • Confidential Entries View Times Only
                              • Personal Entries View Times Only
                              • Public

                              and the following Viewing Rights:

                              • Normal Entries View Times Only
                              • Confidential Entries View Times Only
                              • Personal Entries View Times Only

                              You have full Modify rights to the person's calendar when using the TechTime client. However, when using OCFO, you can view only the times on the person's calendar.

                              The person for whom you are the designate needs to change the Viewing Rights for the designate (i.e., you) from View Times Only to View Entries. The OCFO view will now match the TechTime Client view and you should be able to make changes to her calendar.

                              7595 0 MIT TechTime™ Personal Calendar MIT Calendar, TechTime, Oracle Connector, OCFO, Tech Time, designate How do I change my default Sent Mail folder in Outlook 2003 to my IMAP Sent Mail folder? See the instructions for changing your default Sent Mail folder in Outlook 2003.

                              Instructions are also available for changing your default Sent Mail folder in Outlook XP.

                              7599 0 Outlook outlook 2003, sent folder, default folder, change folder I spent a long time typing up a document into a text box on Stellar and then received a 'permission denied' error when I clicked submit. Why? If you use the text boxes on a class website page to compose long documents or e-mails, you may exceed the inactivity threshold. the system checks for activity every half hour, so after 30 to 60 minutes of inactivity the system ends your connection. To avoid this problem, compose long documents or e-mails in another editor and paste text in the text box or, for a document, browse for the file to add it to your class website.


                              To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                              7602 0 Stellar stellar, text boxes, permission denied I uploaded a file to my class website but when students click on the file name, the content comes up as garbage in the browser. How do I fix this? When a file is added to a stellar site, the document file type needs to be specified. If "Automatic" (the default) is set, it uses the information provided by the browser. While the browser information is usually accurate, this is not always the case. To fix the issue, click the Edit link next to the document name and choose the document type on the Edit Document page. If you regularly use a MacIntosh to create files to add to a class website, you can specify the type of file on the Edit Document page rather than using the 'Automatic' setting.


                              To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                              7603 0 Stellar stellar, document, garbage Upon launching TechTime on my Mac OS X, the following error appears: "Module: , Label: 10, Server error #(0x16327)" Sometimes your TechTime data files become corrupt. On your Mac go to [home directory] > Documents > Oracle Calendar User Data, and move the following files to the trash: Oracle Calendar Data Oracle Calendar Index Oracle Calendar Params Oracle Calendar Timezone The next time you launch TechTime, these files will be rebuilt. 7605 0 MIT TechTime™ Personal Calendar techtime, calendar, macintosh, desktop Can I customize a Stellar site to look like a class web site I had at another university? Stellar was designed as a platform for easy class website creation to satisfy a broad section of the MIT community. There are several ways for you to customize your class website. If you find that the customization options do not satisfy your requirements, you can use an Athena locker to build a customized class website. To request a course locker, complete the form at http://web.mit.edu/accounts/www/clocker.html.


                              To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                              7610 0 Stellar stellar, customize If I want to paste in HTML code into a text box on my Stellar site, do I need to include the header or just the body? You can enter either. The system automatically trims the code and converts URLs that begin with http://, https://, ftp://, or news:// to live links. URLs enclosed in punctuation marks or brackets are not converted.


                              To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                              7611 0 Stellar stellar, text boxes, HTML How can I change the default program that starts up when I open a .pdf file? Do the following,
                              1. Select one of the .pdf files.
                              2. Go to File >Get Info.
                              3. Under the option to Open With specify Adobe Reader.
                              4. Click on the Change All button to change this to be the default for all .pdf documents.
                              5. Close the Get Info dialog box
                              7612 0 Mac OS X pdf, Acrobat, Adobe, default, Macintosh, Mac I installed Acrobat 7 and now the PDFMaker toolbar displays automatically my MS Office 2004 applications. How can I remove it? If the PDFmaker toolbar continues to display on startup, even after you've turned it off, this may be happening because of the PDFmaker files in your Startup folder in you MS Office installation. To eliminate the PDFmaker toolbar altogether, move the following files to your desktop, or delete them:
                              • Hard Drive/Applications/Microsoft Office 2004/PDFMakerLib
                              • Hard Drive/Applications/Microsoft Office 2004/Office/Startup/Word/PDFMaker.dot
                              • Hard Drive/Applications/Microsoft Office 2004/Office/Startup/PowerPoint/PDFMaker.ppa
                              • Hard Drive/Applications/Microsoft Office 2004/Office/Startup/Excel/PDFMaker.xla
                              7617 0 MS Office 2004 Acrobat 7 Macintosh, PDFMaker, startup, toolbar, MS Office 2004, Word, Excel, PowerPoint I'm using Eudora (6.x) for the Mac and checking or sending mail is slow. How do I fix this? Try the following:

                              1. In the Eudora application folder, go to the Extras > Plug-ins

                              2. Take the plug-in named Esoteric Settings and drag it into the Eudora Stuff folder (found in the Eudora Application folder).

                              3. Launch Eudora, then go to Special > Settings > Threading.

                              4. Set all the "time" settings here to 1 second. Click OK.

                              Now Eudora will only wait for 1 second of idle time before it delivers your e-mail. 7643 0 245 Problems with Using Eudora email, e-mail, check mail, checking I'm using Eudora (6.x) for the Mac and checking or sending mail is slow. How do I fix this? Try the following:

                              1. In the Eudora application folder, go to the Extras > Plug-ins

                              2. Take the plug-in named Esoteric Settings and drag it into the Eudora Stuff folder (found in the Eudora Application folder).

                              3. Launch Eudora, then go to Special > Settings > Threading.

                              4. Set all the "time" settings here to 1 second. Click OK.

                              Now Eudora will only wait for 1 second of idle time before it delivers your e-mail. 7644 1 7643 “Check Mail” Problems email, e-mail, check mail, checking I'm using Eudora (6.x) for Windows and checking or sending mail is slow. How do I fix this? Try the following:

                              1. In Eudora, go to Tools > Options > Background Tasks

                              2. Set the "Wait for" time to 1 second. Click OK.

                              Now Eudora will only wait for 1 second of idle time before it delivers your e-mail.

                              NOTE: Having 20+ windows open in Eudora may also cause this to happen. To close all the open windows within Eudora: Hold the shift key down on your keyboard and select File > Close from the Eudora menu. 7645 0 7643 “Check Mail” Problems email, e-mail, check mail, checking I'm using Eudora (6.x) for Windows and checking or sending mail is slow. How do I fix this? Try the following:

                              1. In Eudora, go to Tools > Options > Background Tasks

                              2. Set the "Wait for" time to 1 second. Click OK.

                              Now Eudora will only wait for 1 second of idle time before it delivers your e-mail.

                              NOTE: Having 20+ windows open in Eudora may also cause this to happen. To close all the open windows within Eudora: Hold the shift key down on your keyboard and select File > Close from the Eudora menu. 7646 1 7645 Problems with Using Eudora email, e-mail, check mail, checking Recommended Computers for MIT Staff and Students (Full List) MIT currently maintains two separate but compatible lists of recommended computers (both desktop and laptop) for MIT faculty/staff and students. Links to information on the recommended computers can be found at http://web.mit.edu/ist/topics/hardwared/presales.html 7650 0 Recommended Hardware Showroom showroom equipment, mcc I just installed Eudora 6.2 (Windows) configured as an IMAP account. When I try to delete messages, I get an error: "The IMAP command has failed. Reason: Invalid IMAP mailbox name: "Trash". Do the following:

                              1. Go into Tools>Options>Incoming mail.
                              2. Under When I delete a message, click on the mailbox listed (should be named Trash by default).
                              3. Choose Dominant>Inbox>Trash; if Trash does not exist, click New within Inbox and create a Trash mailbox.
                                Result: The button should now read: INBOX.Trash.

                              You are now able to delete mail.

                              7651 0 Eudora for Windows email, e-mail, Eudora, error, trash, mailbox I just installed Eudora 6.2 (Windows) configured as an IMAP account. I get an error saying there is no Trash mailbox or no trash mailbox designated. How do I fix it? Do the following:
                              1. Go to your list of mailboxes. Make sure a mailbox named Trash exists in Dominant>Inbox>Trash. If Trashdoes not already exist, click New within Inbox and create a Trash mailbox.
                              2. Go into Tools>Options>Incoming mail.
                              3. Under When I delete a message, click on the mailbox listed (should be named Trash by default).
                              4. Choose Dominant>Inbox>Trash
                                Result: The button should now read: INBOX.Trash.

                              You will stop getting error messages about your Trash mailbox

                              7652 0 Eudora for Windows email, e-mail, Eudora, error, trash, mailbox I want to add a consultant as a member of my group but I don't I see her kerberos name in the drop-down list of users? First, try typing her kerberos name into the text box on the right of the Group Members screen, and hit the Modify Members button. If your consultant then appears in the Current Members list, you're done.

                              However, if you try this and you see the message "krbname is not a valid user name" at the top of the screen, the consultant probably needs to be designated as an RT consultant. Please send mail to Tooltime Help (tooltime @ mit.edu ) requesting that she be added to the list of users. Include her name and kerberos name in the message.

                              7674 0 Queue Administration RT, Request Tracker How can I delete the spam that is already in my queue? To delete your existing spam:

                              1. Do a search on your queue's tickets for the spam.
                              2. Go to the bottom of the each results page and click on the Update Multiple Tickets link.
                                Result: You'll get another list of the tickets with check marks along the side.
                              3. Uncheck the ones you DON'T want to get rid of.
                              4. Go down to the Update Selected Tickets section, set the status to Deleted then click the Update All link at the bottom of the page.
                              7675 0 Queue Administration RT, Request Tracker After upgrading to Eudora 6.2 with IMAP, I can't receive or see my mail. How do I fix it? As follows:
                              1. First, confirm that your mailbox list open by selecting Tools > Mailboxes
                              2. In your Mailboxes list (found in the left hand pane), select "Dominant".
                              3. Right-click and select Refresh mailbox list from the menu that appears.

                                refresh mailboxes menu option
                              4. You will be prompted for a password. Enter your Kerberos/Mail password.

                                Result: Your mail will appear and you will be able to recieve new mail.

                              Note: Users are reminded that Eudora Versions prior to Eudora 6 have a security vulnerability and should not be used.

                              7676 0 “Check Mail” Problems e-mail, email, eudora, imap, mail After upgrading to Eudora 6.2 with IMAP, I can't receive or see my mail. How do I fix it? As follows:
                              1. First, confirm that your mailbox list open by selecting Tools > Mailboxes
                              2. In your Mailboxes list (found in the left hand pane), select "Dominant".
                              3. Right-click and select Refresh mailbox list from the menu that appears.

                                refresh mailboxes menu option
                              4. You will be prompted for a password. Enter your Kerberos/Mail password.

                                Result: Your mail will appear and you will be able to recieve new mail.

                              Note: Users are reminded that Eudora Versions prior to Eudora 6 have a security vulnerability and should not be used.

                              7677 0 7676 Problems with Using Eudora e-mail, email, eudora, imap, mail After upgrading to Eudora 6.2 with IMAP, I can't receive or see my mail. How do I fix it? As follows:
                              1. First, confirm that your mailbox list open by selecting Tools > Mailboxes
                              2. In your Mailboxes list (found in the left hand pane), select "Dominant".
                              3. Right-click and select Refresh mailbox list from the menu that appears.

                                refresh mailboxes menu option
                              4. You will be prompted for a password. Enter your Kerberos/Mail password.

                                Result: Your mail will appear and you will be able to recieve new mail.

                              Note: Users are reminded that Eudora Versions prior to Eudora 6 have a security vulnerability and should not be used.

                              7678 0 7676 Eudora for Windows e-mail, email, eudora, imap, mail While trying to send a message using Eurdora 6.2 for Windows, I got this error message: Error getting network address for po#@mit.edu What should I do? You can resolve this one of two ways:
                              • Run the MIT Settings Wizard found in C:\Program Files\Eudora

                                or

                              • Follow these steps:
                                1. Download the MITCA by clicking on the "Get MIT CA" link on the Certificates at MIT page.
                                2. Choose the option to Save (instead of Open), the downloaded certificate file. Remember where you put it (e.g.,. Windows Desktop).
                                3. In Eudora, go to Tools > Options > Sending Mail and click on the LastSSL button.
                                  Note: You will need to have attempted to send a message while Eudora is open for this button to work.
                                4. Click on the Certificate Information Manager button.
                                5. Click Import Certificate and browse to find and select the "mitca.cer" file you just downloaded earlier. Then click Open.
                                6. Click Done, OK, then OK again.

                              Result: You should be able to resend the message that didn't send before.

                              7679 0 7677 Problems with Using Eudora e-mail, email, eudora, imap, mail, windows, send, sending, error How do I create a filters in Eudora 6.2 for Windows? Eudora's user manual contains detailed instructions for creating filters starting on page 156.

                              If you do not already have a copy of the Eudora User Manual, download it now: Qualcomm's Eudora 6.2.1 for Windows User Manual [Adobe Reader required]

                              7680 0 7679 Eudora for Windows e-mail, email, eudora, imap, mail, windows, filters How do I create a filters in Eudora 6 for Macintosh? Eudora's user manual contains detailed instructions for creating filters starting on page 175.

                              If you do not already have a copy of the Eudora User Manual, download it now: Qualcomm's Eudora 6.2.1 for Macintosh User Manual [Adobe Reader required]

                              7681 0 7680 Eudora for Macintosh e-mail, email, eudora, imap, mail, macintosh, filters Why do I get a "Permission denied" error when I try to create a folder in Webmail? You need to create new folders in Webmail as subfolders of your INBOX. Before you select Create folder from the Choose Action menu, make sure to check the box next to INBOX. 7682 0 WebMail WebMail, email, e-mail, folder, error I have a new machine with Eudora 6 and I get the following message when I try to check for mail or refresh my mailboxes: "Could not connect to po XX.mit.edu. Cause socket not bound to address (10022)" How do I fix this? If McAfee Security Center is installed on the machine, you must allow an exception in the Personal Firewall settings as follows:
                              1. Open the McAfee Security Center
                              2. Select the "Personal firewall plus"
                              3. Click "View internet applications list"
                              4. Click "New allowed application" and browse to Eudora in the programs folder.

                              Result: Your firewall settings have been updated to allow Eudora to access your mail. You can now successfully check mail/refresh your mailboxes.

                              7683 0 7676 “Check Mail” Problems e-mail, email, eudora, mail, error Every time I start a web browser, I am told to register RedHat Network.  Do I need to do this? No.  RedHat sets the default browser start page to a local file.  You should not use those instructions to register for Red Hat Network. This file points you directly to Red Hat's fee-based service. IS&T offers Red Hat Network service locally for free. If you have not already done so, register for the IS&T's free Red Hat Network update service.

                              To stop seeing the message, edit your browser preferences to choose another start page. 7685 0 7203 Firefox linux, red hat, red hat network, enterprise, firefox, update, redhat, rhel, rhel4 I registered for DHCP more than 15 minutes ago. Why are some web pages still sending me back to the registration page? Web browsers sometimes caches web pages - in this case, the registration page.  

                              1. Open your browser preferences.
                              2. Clear your browser cache (both disk and memory) and your History.
                              3. Shut down your browser.  
                              4. Restart your browser and navigate to the web page again.  
                              5. If you still get the registration page, hold down the Shift key and click the Reload button.

                              Result: Your browser cache is cleared and you should have no further trouble accessing web pages. If you are still experiencing trouble with DHCP, contact the Unix/Linux Help Desk (unix-linux-help@mit.edu)

                              7686 0 7211 Firefox linux, red hat, enterprise, hardware, firefox How do I keep my clock synchronized on my RHEL 4 machine? During install you are prompted to enter a time server. The time server at MIT is time.mit.edu. If you entered this when you installed your system, you do not need to take any further action. If you still need to set the time server:
                              1. Right-click on the date and time on the Gnome toolbar, and select "Adjust Date and Time."
                              2. Open the "Network Time Protocol" tab. Enter time.mit.edu in the Server blank
                              3. Click Add, then Ok

                              Result: Your time server is set and your machine will stay synchronized automatically.

                              7687 0 7201 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (RHEL4) linux, red hat, kerberos, enterprise, time, clock, rhel4, synchronized, redhat Why doesn't hot plugging my external mouse into my RHEL 4 laptop work? On some laptops, external USB human interface devices can be disabled in the BIOS. This prevents hotplugging devices such as your external mouse. Update your BIOS settings to allow external USB human interface devices. 7688 0 7210 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (RHEL4) linux, red hat, enterprise, hardware, rhel4, redhat, external, mouse, hotplugging How do I install Mozilla on my Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 machine? As follows:
                              1. If you are not already using Red Hat Network to get operating system, security, and application updates for your Red Hat Enterprise Linux workstation, register now and follow the instructions provided. Red Hat Network service is free to MIT community members.

                              2. As root, enter the following command:

                                prompt> up2date -i mozilla

                              Result: Mozilla is installed on your workstation.

                              7705 0 7166 Mozilla email, linux, red hat, enterprise, red hat enterprise,mozilla, browser, rhel4 How do I configure MIT Kerberos on my Red Hat Enterprise 4 or 5 machine? Kerberos requires the following Red Hat RPMs:

                              • krb5-devel
                              • krb5-libs
                              • krb5-workstation
                              • krbafs

                              These RPMs should already be installed on your Red Hat Enterprise system. If for some reason they are not, install them using your Red Hat Enterprise cds. The ISOs for the Red Hat Enterprise CDs are located at: http://rhn.mit.edu/iso/

                              Configuring Kerberos requires modifying the following configuration files:

                              • /etc/krb5.conf
                              • /etc/krb.conf
                              • /etc/krb.realms

                              IS&T provides a convenient way to complete these configurations via the mit-krb-config RPM.  We recommend that you download and install this RPM.

                              1. Become root
                              2. Obtain the rpm from MIT Software Distribution
                              3. Install the rpm: 
                                Prompt> rpm -vi mit-krb-config
                              4. Reboot for the configurations to take effect

                              After completing the installation as outlined above, you may then obtain tickets (both Kerberos 4 and 5) with the following command:

                              Prompt>kinit -45 username

                              Note: username is your MIT username.  If you have the same username on your local machine as your MIT account, you may ommit the username portion of the command. To obtain Kerberos 5 tickets only, you may omit the -45 flag.

                              Warning: By default, tickets are NOT destroyed when you log out.  UNIX file permissions in /tmp prevent any non-root user from obtaining your tickets, however for extra security, we recommend you use the kdestroy command when you finish using your tickets for the day. Otherwise they will be valid for ten full hours from the time you obtained them.

                              7706 0 Kerberos for Linux kerberos, linux, red hat, enterprise, red hat enterprise, kerberos, authentication, rhel4 When I try to install the AdobeReader rpm on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4, I get the error: "Failed dependencies: libstdc++.so.5 is needed by AdobeReader_enu-7.0.0-2.i386" You need to install the compat-libstdc++-33 RPM via Red Hat Network service or your RHEL4 CDs. If you have free Red Hat Network Service, the easiest way is to use the up2date command as root:

                              Prompt> up2date -i compat-libstdc++-33

                              Please review the installation document for AdobeReader for more details on installing AdobeReader.

                              7715 0 7506 Adobe Acrobat Reader for Linux linux, red hat, enterprise, rhel, rhel4, install, adobe, reader, acrobat How can I install Adobe Reader 7 as a plugin for my web browser under Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4? The AdobeReader package ships with a plugin for most browsers. IS&T only offers support for Firefox and Mozilla. To install as a plug-in:

                              Note: You need to have AdobeReader 7 installed on your workstation before it can be installed as a plug-in.

                              1. At your shell prompt, type the following:

                                prompt> /usr/local/Adobe/Acrobat7.0/Browser/install_browser_plugin

                              2. You are prompted to "Enter the install directory for Adobe Reader 7.0.0". Accept the default by pressing "Enter".
                              3. Some versions of Acrobat Reader may ask if you want to perform an automatic installation. Answer "no" to that question. Answer "yes" if you are prompted to do a manual installation.
                              4. You will then be presented with two install choices - global, or user specific. Choose number 2, user specific, by entering "2" at the prompt.

                              Result:You should then see a message that installation was successful. Once you restart your web browser, PDFs will display using the Acrobat plugin.

                              Note: Each user that wishes to use the plugin must run this command once.

                              7716 0 7506 Adobe Acrobat Reader for Linux linux, red hat, enterprise, rhel, rhel4, install, adobe, reader, acrobat, plugin, mozilla, firefox What are the differences between Firefox on Athena and on Stand-alone Red Hat Enterprise Linux systems? The Athena and the Red Hat Enterprise software release teams try to keep the same version of Firefox in both places, but are not always successful.  Your version number may be a little different.  If the versions are different. IS&T fully supports both.

                              Athena, in order to be compatible with older behaviors, and historically had very tight integration of subsystems made some subtle changes to the defaults.  No such changes were made to the Firefox in the Red Hat Enterprise that IS&T distributes stand-alone.

                              The Athena changes are enumerated here for informational purposes:

                              1. Plugins such as Java and Flash have been installed and configured.
                              2. Move the cache directory out from the user's home directory to /var/tmp so that AFS Home directories would not fill up with browser cache files.
                              3. (Security enhancement) Only accept cookies from same-source origins.
                              4. Disable redirect to mozilla.org as home page when a different version of the browser is run for the first time.
                              5. Disable prompting the user about setting the default browser.
                              6. Add duplex and 2upduplex printing options.
                              7. Download files for helper applications to /var/tmp instead of /tmp, and do not delete them upon exit.
                              8. Add an "Athena On-Line Help" item to the help menu.
                              9. The main window title now includes "MIT Athena Edition".
                              10. Athena has its own customized browser start up script, that includes a more understandable dialog for dealing with locked profiles, attach of lockers and setup of default paths for helper applications and plugins.
                              11. Change default home page.
                              12. Uses Evolution for Mailto: links.
                              13. Installation of the MIT Certificate Authority.
                              14. Math fonts are configured for improved MathML support.
                              15. (Security Enhancement) Profile directory creation sets AFS access controls to deny access to other users.
                              7717 0 Firefox email, linux, red hat, enterprise, red hat enterprise,firefox, browser, web browser, rhel4 Why do I get Firefox instead of Mozilla when I click on the "Web Browser" button in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4? Firefox is the default web browser for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4, so it is launched by default instead of Mozilla. If you prefer Mozilla, legacy support is provided. See How do I install Mozilla on my Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 machine? 7762 0 7202 Mozilla linux, red hat, rhel4, enterprise, mozilla, redhat, defaults Is the Red Hat Enterprise 4 Installation Manual available online? Yes. A version of Red Hat's install guide is located at:

                              Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Installation Guide for x86, Itanium™, AMD64, and Intel® Extended Memory 64 Technology (Intel® EM64T)

                              For other architectures, see the online version of theRed Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Doc DVD

                              However, we recommend you use our Red Hat Enterprise 4.0 for Linux: Installation Instructions guide as it contains MIT specific information that will help you through the install and first boot process.

                              7769 0 7212 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (RHEL4) linux, red hat, enterprise, install, rhel3 How do I tell if my machine is pointed at the new Satellite server or the old Proxy Server? As follows:
                              • If you registered or re-registered for Red Hat Network Service during or after June of 2005, you are using the Red Hat Satellite Server for updates.
                              • The easiest way to ensure you are registered with the RHN Satellite Server is to re-register your machine.
                              • If you are still unsure:
                                1. Become root.
                                2. Enter the following command

                                  Prompt> grep serverURL= /etc/sysconfig/rhn/up2date

                                Result: The output of that command determines what server you are using for updates as follows:
                                  Proxy: serverURL=https://rhn.mit.edu/XMLRPC
                                  Satellite: serverURL=https://rhnsat.mit.edu/

                              For more information about the switch from Proxy to Satellite service, see IS&T is Upgrading the Red Hat Network Service

                              7771 0 Red Hat Network (RHN) linux, RHE, RHN, Enterprise, Red Hat, Red Hat Network, Red Hat Enterprise, Update Service, update, up2date, proxy I'm trying to upgrade my machine from RHEL 3 to RHEL 4. Why isn't the installer giving me the option to upgrade? You must use the same distribution (AS, ES, WS) of RHEL 4.0 to upgrade that you use with RHEL 3.0 or the existing installation will not be detected. If you proceed to upgrade with a different distribution, your existing installation will be completely overwritten.

                              That means, if your RHEL 3.0 machine is a WS machine, you must use RHEL 4.0 WS. Similarly, if your RHEL 3.0 machine is an AS machine, you must use RHEL 4.0 AS media. If you attempt to boot RHEL 4.0 AS media on a RHEL 3.0 WS machine, your existing installation will NOT be detected and will be completely overwritten.

                              7772 0 7214 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (RHEL4) linux, red hat, enterprise, upgrade, rhel3, rhel4, redhat The Install.html file tells me to look for a program calle installMapleLinuxSU, but there's no such program on the CD. Do I havethe wrong CD? The Maple install CD is in ISO9660. If your Linux box is set up to automount, it'll probably mount the CD incorrectly as a FAT32 (PC) or possibly as a Mac (HFS) filesystem. When this happens, you can't "see" the files you need.

                              The fix for this is to manually mount the CD:

                              1. umount the CD:
                                # umount /media/cdrecorder (or the directory path on which it mounted. Use df -k to determine the mount point).
                              2. mount the CD:
                                # mount -o ro -t iso9660 /dev/cdrom /mnt
                              7781 0 Red Hat Enterprise Linux Maple, Linux, install, installation, CD When trying to log into Citrix and start up an application, e.g., SAP Frontend, I get the following error: "The local policy of this system does not allow you to login interactively." The usually occurs if you have not activated your Ctrix account. To activate it go to the Citrix activate page (certificates req'd) and follow the instructions. 7782 0 Citrix Citrix, local policy, account, log in. login What are the differences amongst the Red Hat Enterprise 4 AS, ES, WS and Desktop options? The Red Hat web site describes Enterpris AS, ES, WS, and Desktop offerings and where Red Hat considers most appropriate to deploy them at:

                              http://www.redhat.com/software/rhel/compare/

                              The intended uses can be summarized as:

                              • WS is intended for desktop systems limited to no more than 2 CPU's. MIT fully supports and recommends WS for desktop systems.
                              • Desktop is a lower cost version of WS intended for individual/home use. As MIT's site license covers both WS and Desktop, there is no advantage to using Desktop. MIT provides best effort support for Desktop.
                              • AS intended for server hosts and hosts with more than 2 CPU's. MIT fully supports and recommends AS for all server systems, even those with only one CPU.
                              • ES is a lower cost version of AS intended for servers with one or two CPUs. As MIT's site license covers both AS and ES, there is no advantage to using ES. MIT provides best effort support for ES.

                              Red Hat does not directly answer the question, "What packages are different amongst the options?" so we did that investigation.

                              Comparing the distribution CDs (and their ISO images) we determined that binary disks 2, 3, and 4, the documentation disks, and the source disks were the SAME for all the options. Differences appear only on binary disk 1 as follows:

                              WS RPMs:

                              anaconda-product-4-1WS.noarchcomps-4WS-0.20050107.i386redhat-release-4WS-2.i386

                              Desktop RPMs:

                              anaconda-product-4-2Desktop.noarchcomps-4DESKTOP-0.20050525.i386redhat-release-4Desktop-2.4.i386

                              AS RPMs:

                              anaconda-product-4-1AS.noarchcomps-4AS-0.20050107.i386redhat-release-4AS-2.i386

                              ES RPMs:

                              anaconda-product-4-2ES.noarchcomps-4ES-0.20050525.i386redhat-release-4ES-2.4.i386

                              Comparing the RPMs available via the Red Hat AS and WS software distribution channels, we determined that WS is, as advertised, a subset of AS. The following RPMs are available in AS and ES but not WS or Desktop: 

                              arptables_jf-0.0.8-2.i386caching-nameserver-7.3-3.noarchfreeradius-1.0.1-2.RHEL4.i386freeradius-mysql-1.0.1-2.RHEL4.i386freeradius-postgresql-1.0.1-2.RHEL4.i386freeradius-unixODBC-1.0.1-2.RHEL4.i386inews-2.3.5-12.i386inn-2.3.5-12.i386inn-devel-2.3.5-12.i386radvd-0.7.2-9.i386system-config-boot-0.2.7-1.i386system-config-netboot-0.1.8-1.i386system-config-nfs-1.2.8-1.noarchvsftpd-2.0.1-5.i386ypserv-2.13-5.i386
                              7783 0 7198 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (RHEL4) linux, red hat, support, enterprise, rhel, rhel4, AS, WS, differences, ES, Desktop How do I configure e-mail and browser settings for AdobeReader 7 for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4? See the Configure section of Adobe Reader 7 for Red Hat Enterprise 4 Linux: Installing and Configuring 7785 0 7506 Adobe Acrobat Reader for Linux linux, red hat, enterprise, rhel, rhel4, install, adobe, reader, acrobat, plugin, mozilla, firefox Why do I get an error message that says "SSL Certificate check for outgoing.mit.edu" and "Signature: Bad" when I try to send mail? The first time Evolution connects to the server to send mail, it will pop up a message that says "SSL Certificate check for outgoing.mit.edu" that includes the line "Signature: Bad." This is because Evolution does not know how to accept the MIT certificate authority and therefore cannot verify this certificate. You should click "yes" to accept the certificate anyway; this issue will not prevent connection to the mail servers and you will still be able to send and receive mail. 7793 0 Evolution email, linux, red hat, enterprise, red hat enterprise, kerberos, authentication, evolution, rhel3, rhel4, redhat I downloaded the Adobe Acrobat Professional 7 installer and after I launch the msi and enter the product key, I receive an error and unable to continue the installation. After Adobe Acrobat 7 Professional has been downloaded, it is necessary to extract the files. If you do not have WinZip, Windows XP Pro has a built-in extraction wizard.
                              1. Open the zip file and from the File menu, select Extract All.
                              2. If your folder options (Tools>Folder options) are set to Show common tasks in folders, you can simply choose Extract all files which is located under the folder tasks on the left in the same window as the zip folder.

                                3. A new folder, Adobe Acrobat 7 Professional will be created and will list the files that were extracted. It is recommended that you launch setup instead of the msi to install Adobe Acrobat 7 Professional.

                              7800 0 Windows XP Professional adobe,acrobat,windows,xp When I try to install TSM on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4, I get an error message saying I'm missing a library file. How do I fix it? When you use rpm to install the TSM client, you will get a message indicating that there's a missing library file, a partial descriptor is "compat-libstdc++" followed by some numbers.

                              If you are on the network and have the free Red Hat Network service, you can install this missing library using up2date:

                              Prompt> up2date compat-libstdc++-296

                              Note: the "-296" is part of the subset name, not a version.

                              If you issue the above up2date command, compat-libstdc++-296 will load and you can then proceed and install TSM as described in the TSM installation guide.

                              7801 0 TSM backup, TSM, ADSM, RHEL4, Red Hat, Linux, installing, error Why haven't I been able to take updates with RHN (up2date) since about June 30, 2005? In June of 2005, the old proxy server was upgraded to a new satellite server. Existing customers were contacted at the address used to register for RHN service and informed of the need to switch to the new Sattelite server by June 30, 2005 when our entitlement for that service ran out and updates would stop being provided.

                              If you stopped getting updates to your workstation after June 30, 2005, it is likely your workstation is likely still pointed at the old Proxy server. If you're not sure, see How do I tell if my machine is pointed at the new Satellite server or the old Proxy Server? If you are still pointing at the old Proxy server, you should re-register for Red Hat Network service and follow the instructions provided to utilize the new satellite server service. See: I'm a registered user of the RHN Proxy Server. How do I switch to the Satellite Server? for more details on how to re-register or IS&T is Upgrading the Red Hat Network Service for more information on the switch to Satellite service. 7802 0 Red Hat Network (RHN) linux, RHE, RHN, Enterprise, Red Hat, Red Hat Network, Red Hat Enterprise, Update Service, outage Why doesn't it print or give any error messages when I try to print from graphical programs like Firefox, Open Office or Evolution? Your Kerberos tickets have likely expired. When you attempt to print from a GUI application (as opposed to the command line) using LPRng to a kerberized printer, and you do not have Kerberos tickets, or you have expired tickets, your print job will fail silently. IS&T recommends that you run "lpq" on the command line to verify that your job was submitted if you are printing a job that cannot easily be resubmitted later.

                              Renew your Kerberos tickets to re-enable printing.

                              7803 0 7227 LPRng for Red Hat Enterprise linux, red hat, enterprise, printing, lprng, GUI, Star Office, Open Office, OpenOffice, mozilla, firefox, OpenOffice.org Why doesn't it print or give any error messages when I try to print from Firefox? Your Kerberos tickets have likely expired. When you attempt to print from a GUI application (as opposed to the command line) using LPRng to a kerberized printer, and you do not have Kerberos tickets, or you have expired tickets, your print job will fail silently. IS&T recommends that you run "lpq" on the command line to verify that your job was submitted if you are printing a job that cannot easily be resubmitted later.

                              Renew your Kerberos tickets to re-enable printing.

                              7804 0 7227 Firefox linux, red hat, enterprise, printing, lprng, mozilla, firefox Why doesn't it print or give any error messages when I try to print from Mozilla on RHEL4? Your Kerberos tickets have likely expired. When you attempt to print from a GUI application (as opposed to the command line) using LPRng to a kerberized printer, and you do not have Kerberos tickets, or you have expired tickets, your print job will fail silently. IS&T recommends that you run "lpq" on the command line to verify that your job was submitted if you are printing a job that cannot easily be resubmitted later.

                              Renew your Kerberos tickets to re-enable printing.

                              7805 0 7227 Mozilla linux, red hat, enterprise, printing, lprng, mozilla, rhel, rhel4, error Why doesn't it print or give any error messages when I try to print from Acrobat Reader? Your Kerberos tickets have likely expired. When you attempt to print from a GUI application (as opposed to the command line) using LPRng to a kerberized printer, and you do not have Kerberos tickets, or you have expired tickets, your print job will fail silently. IS&T recommends that you run "lpq" on the command line to verify that your job was submitted if you are printing a job that cannot easily be resubmitted later.

                              Renew your Kerberos tickets to re-enable printing.

                              7806 0 7227 Adobe Acrobat Reader for Linux linux, red hat, enterprise, printing, lprng, acrobat, reader, acrobatreader, acroread, adobe Why doesn't it print or give any error messages when I try to print from OpenOffice.org? Your Kerberos tickets have likely expired. When you attempt to print from a GUI application (as opposed to the command line) using LPRng to a kerberized printer, and you do not have Kerberos tickets, or you have expired tickets, your print job will fail silently. IS&T recommends that you run "lpq" on the command line to verify that your job was submitted if you are printing a job that cannot easily be resubmitted later.

                              Renew your Kerberos tickets to re-enable printing.

                              7807 0 7227 OpenOffice.org linux, red hat, enterprise, printing, lprng, open office, openoffice.org, star office Why doesn't it print or give any error messages when I try to print from OpenOffice.org? Your Kerberos tickets have likely expired. When you attempt to print from a GUI application (as opposed to the command line) using LPRng to a kerberized printer, and you do not have Kerberos tickets, or you have expired tickets, your print job will fail silently. IS&T recommends that you run "lpq" on the command line to verify that your job was submitted if you are printing a job that cannot easily be resubmitted later.

                              Renew your Kerberos tickets to re-enable printing.

                              7808 0 7227 OpenOffice.org linux, red hat, enterprise, printing, lprng, open office, openoffice.org, star office Why doesn't it print or give any error messages when I try to print from Evolution? Your Kerberos tickets have likely expired. When you attempt to print from a GUI application (as opposed to the command line) using LPRng to a kerberized printer, and you do not have Kerberos tickets, or you have expired tickets, your print job will fail silently. IS&T recommends that you run "lpq" on the command line to verify that your job was submitted if you are printing a job that cannot easily be resubmitted later.

                              Renew your Kerberos tickets to re-enable printing.

                              7809 0 7227 Evolution linux, red hat, enterprise, printing, lprng, evolution How do I rebuild my boot sector and grub config for RHEL4? This process has limited support. The information included below is for informational purposes for experienced system administrators.

                              The basic overview goes something like this:

                              1. Boot from external media like CD or floppy.
                              2. Understand how to create the config file and do so.
                              3. Run the command to create boot sector

                              More specifically:

                              If you have installed RHEL4 on your system and subsequently installed another operating system that has installed its own boot loader (but *not* overwritten the relevant partitions), it is possible to reinstall RHEL's boot loader, GRUB, and use it to boot both RHEL4 and many other operating systems.

                              The Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4: Reference Guide is a useful resource for administering your Red Hat Enterprise Linux system. In this case, follow the instructions for Booting into Rescue Mode

                              Following the instructions on the above referenced page:

                              1. You need to have mounted your old system disks, either automatically or manually (the page details this).

                              2. Then run (as also discussed)

                                chroot /mnt/sysimage

                              3. At this point, you can re-run the command to install your boot loader. For most users, this will be:

                                grub-install /dev/hda

                              4. Now you can also edit /boot/grub/grub.conf and add entries for other operating systems you wish to boot.

                                Note: This can be done anytime you're booted into RHEL, however, and doesn't need to be done immediately.



                              Result: You should be able to reboot normally into RHEL. 7810 0 7198 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (RHEL4) linux, red hat, enterprise, grub, recovery, boot sector, boot, rhel3, rhel How do I append a reply to a ticket using email? You need to know the ticket number, then do the following:

                              In the To: field, use the email address that is the email feed for your queue. You can include additional email addresses in the To: if needed.

                              In the Subject line, use any one of the following subject line formats (where xxxx is the ticket number):

                              • [help.mit.edu #xxxx]
                              • RT #xxxx
                              • RT xxxx
                              • ticket: xxxx
                              • ticket: #xxxx

                              Notes:

                              • These specifications are case-insensitive:
                                • Ticket: 153633
                                • ticket: 153633
                              • You can place a colon (:) and/or a pound sign (#) before the ticket number:
                                • RT: 12787
                                • RT #121276
                                • RT :#128787
                              • "RT" and "ticket" are synonymous:
                                • RT: 121212
                                • Ticket: 121212
                              7812 0 Modifying Tickets RT, Request Tracker, email feed, subject line I can't find updates of Source RPMs since the switch to the satellite service. Why not? They are no longer provided. We were as surprised as you were to discover this.  When we reported the problem to Red Hat, we were told: 
                                    The source RPMs are not available for a number of reasons.  The main one being size.        If we were to allow source rpms to be sync'd, we're looking at  around 5-10 gigs of extra       data to be sync'd per channel.  Take into consideration every satellite customer,       thats a huge amount of bandwidth.

                              Since the binary channels manage to share common files to limit bandwidth consumption, and since the amount of common source across channel and platform is demonstrably greater than the sharing among binaries, we find this an unacceptable answer and continue to work this issue with Red Hat.

                              7813 0 7109 Red Hat Network (RHN) linux, red hat, terminal, enterprise, rhel4, source, redhat, rhel, rhn When using Eudora on MacOS X, I occasionally see errors messages that read "There was an error saving the mail" and "The end of a file has been unexpectedly reached."  What should I do? This error message appears to be caused by an interaction with Zephyr. Your mail files are not being corrupted.  Turning off Zephyr notification will stop the errors. 7817 0 7677 Problems with Using Eudora e-mail, email, eudora, imap, mail, macos, zephyr, error, saving How does Webmail's Allowlist and Denylist work? In the message view and mailbox listing, you can add addresses to your Denylist and Allowlist filters by using the new Denylist and Allowlist options. Allowlist is for trusted addresses that you will always accept mail from. Denylist is for addresses you never want mail from. Messages from denylisted users will be automatically deleted and you will never see them.

                              To add an address to your allowlist (or denylist), simply select a message sent from that address and click on the Allowlist (or Denylist) option. A confirmation message will appear to let you know the sender was successfully added to the filter. Alternatively, you can edit your Allowlist and Denylist filters directly by clicking on the Filters icon. These filters are for Webmail only and will not be applied when using any other mail clients.

                              Note: MIT Spam Screening's Personalized Settings allow you to create allow/deny lists that operate on the mail server and apply to all clients you use to read mail. While they are named similarly, MIT Spam Screening allow/deny lists are unrelated to Webmail's Allowlist/Denylist feature. 7830 0 WebMail webmail, options, allowlist, denylist, filter, filters When I go to the search page in Webmail, I don't see a place to enter my search terms. How do I enter them? You have to select a Message Field to open up the text entry field for your search terms.

                              To search:

                              1. Click on the search icon in the toolbar.

                              2. Find the dropdown menu under "Message fields" that says "Select a field". Click on it to choose a message field (such as Subject, To or Body) to search.

                                Result: A text entry field opens next to the message field you selected.

                              3. Enter your search terms and click the Submit button

                                Result: The results of your search will display.

                              7834 0 WebMail webmail, options, search, missing fields I'm running Eudora 6.2.x on Windows configured for IMAP. When I click OK after changing my Eudora options, I'm prompted with a confusing dialog box about my filters. What should I do? The dialog box asks whether you want to delete the transfer action in the filter(s) associated with the mailbox name. You can Update, Ignore, or Cancel:
                              • We recommend that you click Ignore, which leaves the filter settings unchanged. However, all mail is fetched again from the server. Additionally, you will be prompted to update every filter you have configured; we recommend that you click Ignore for each filter.

                              • If you choose Update, then the filter reverts to the local Inbox. Additionally, you will be prompted to update every filter you'll have configured.

                              • If you choose Cancel, then mail is also fetched from server, however, the Inbox disappears leaving Dominant and most other mailboxes visible. You'll have to restart Eudora to view your IMAP Inbox and any mailbox to which mail is filtered.

                              • For IMAP accounts with no filters, all mail is again fetched from the server. Although this error occurs frequently with 6.2.1, it occurs less frequently in 6.2.3.4.

                              7835 0 Eudora for Windows email, e-mail, Eudora, filters, IMAP, options, filtering, windows, 6.2, 6.2.1, 6.2.3 When opening a message with attachments WebMail in Safari, I click on Download All Attachments (in .zip file) and get "Decompression failed" error. What should I do? Despite the error, the attachments will be saved to your local machine in a .zip file, however you will to open Stuffit Expander manually (or drop attachments.zip on top of the icon) for the file to decompress. Stuffit will then create a folder ("attachments Folder") which contains the original attachment and another item named "unnamed." 7836 0 Safari Safari, download, WebMail, attachments, .zip, StuffIt 7841 1 986 Email 7843 1 1056 Email 7845 1 713 Policy I've heard that cell phone companies will begin providing cell phone numbers to a national wireless 411 directory. Should I list my cell phone on the "Do Not Call" registry? Information is circulating on the Internet urging wireless customers to register their cell phone numbers on the national "Do Not Call" list, so as to avoid receiving calls from telemarketers once a national directory of cell phone numbers is in place.

                              IS&T has asked Verizon Wireless, Nextel, Cingular, T-mobile, and Sprint about their privacy policies, and if they were going to provide MIT cell phone customer information to the national wireless 411 directory.

                              All vendors responded similarly: No vendor sells or gives phone numbers to telemarketers, nor will they provide any information to the wireless 411 directory UNLESS the customer asks to be included. Vendors will provide the information only on an OPT IN basis. This means that customers will have to specifically request to have their information added to the directory. There is no charge to be included or excluded from the national wireless 411 Directory. 

                              In addition, customers who request to be included in the Wireless 411 database would have only their phone number given to people who call Wireless 411. The database would not be for sale to third parties, nor are there any plans for a printed directory.

                              Cingular provided this additional important piece of information:
                              "Regarding telemarketers, there are rules limiting the use of autodialers (the automatic telephone dialing systems often used by telephone solicitors) to call a wireless phone. Nevertheless, if consumers are concerned about receiving telemarketing calls on their cell phone, they may indeed add their wireless phone numbers to the Federal Trade Commission's Do Not Call registry, which is an effective tool for preventing most unwanted telemarketing calls.

                              7846 0 Cell Phones, Pagers cell phones, do not call, wireless 7849 1 566 Data 7851 1 709 Desktop Computers 7854 1 5025 Training & Education 7856 1 567 Data 7857 1 963 Data 7858 1 7163 Data 7859 1 566 Software 7860 1 985 Desktop Computers 7861 1 7163 Desktop Computers 7862 1 7223 Desktop Computers 7863 1 567 Software 7865 1 4429 Software 7866 1 7223 Software 7867 1 963 Software 7868 1 7047 Desktop Computers 7869 1 524 Desktop Computers 7870 1 1056 Desktop Computers Everytime I start Outlook Express 6, my AOL Instant Messenger (AIM) starts. How do I start Outlook Express without also starting AIM? If you prefer not to have AIM integrated into Outlook Express, go to the Sign On/Off preferences category in AIM and disable the "Make AIM my default instant messaging program" option.

                              Note: You must restart your computer after making the changes. 7871 0 Outlook Express outlook express, AIM, starting When I try to view/download attachments with Outlook Express, it gives me an error message, "OE blocked access to the following unsafe attachments in your mail ". How do I get my attachments? By default, Outlook Express 6 SP1 does not allow attachments to be saved or opened that could potentially be a virus.

                              To turn off the Do not allow attachments to be saved or opened that could potentially be a virus option:

                                 
                              1. Start Outlook Express 6.  
                              2. In the Tools menu, select Options.  
                              3. Select the Security tab.
                              4. Under "Virus Protection," click the checkbox next to Do not allow attachments to be saved or opened that could potentially be a virus to remove the default check, and then click OK.  
                              5. Quit and restart Outlook Express for the change to take effect

                              7872 0 Outlook Express outlook express, AIM, Why does Outlook Express keep asking me to compact my mail? Should I do it? Like most database programs, OE does not actually remove an item from the *.dbx file (your local mail store) when you delete a message. Instead, it tags the item for removal at a later time, mainly when you next compact your folders. Until then, the deleted message is still occupying disk space, which can cause OE to perform more slowly when accessing the *.dbx file. To recover disk space and keep your files as small as possible, you need to compact your folders regularly.

                              To compact all your folders:

                              1. In the OE Folder list (View > Layout> Folder List), select Outlook Express so that no mail or news folders are open.
                              2. Now select File> Work Offline so that no new messages will be arriving.
                              3. Finally, select File > Folder> Compact All Folders.

                                Result: This process may take several minutes and you should not attempt to use your computer until it is finished. Your news folders, all of your mail folders and the all-important Folders.dbx have been compacted.

                                Hint: If an error occurs, such as "cannot compact, folder in use", just close OE, wait a second or two, then re-open OE and begin the process again. To compact only news folders, click Tools| Options| Maintenance| Clean up Now, then click Compact.

                              To compact a single mail folder:

                              1. Click once on the folder to select it.
                              2. Select File > Folder > Compact.

                              To compact a single newsgroup folder:

                              1. Right-click on the newsgroup
                              2. Select Properties > Local File > Compact.

                              7878 0 Outlook Express outlook express, email, compacting, folders, compact Why can't I get message rules/filters to work in Outlook Express at MIT? Message rules do not work in the IMAP configuration for Outlook Express.

                              MIT only supports the IMAP configuration of Outlook Express. This is due to Outlook Express not supporting Kerberos, which is required for POP authentication to the mail servers. 7879 0 Outlook Express outlook express, email, rules I don't see all my mail in Outlook Express 6. How do I find it? Outlook Express has options to "hide" folders or your folder listing may need to be synchronized. You can control what folders are hidden and shown, as well as resynchronize your folder list from the "Show/Hide IMAP Folders" screen as follows:

                              1. Select your MIT email account (po.xx.mit.edu) in the left pane. If you do not see this option you may be looking at an outside ISPs (e.g. Comcast, Verizon ) mail configuratin as many ISPs use Outlook Express as their primary mail client.
                                Result: You are shown a list of all folders residing on the mail servers for your account.


                              2. Click the IMAP Folders... button.
                                Result: The "Show/Hide IMAP Folders" dialogue box appears.

                              3. In the "Show/Hide IMAP Folders" dialogue box, select a folder, and click Hide to prevent downloading the folder's content.

                              4. Click Show to view the folder's content.
                                Result: Outlook express will display an icon ( to the left of the folders that are currently visible.


                              5. If you want to hide a folder, select that folder and click the hide button.



                                Result: The folder is hidden and will not appear on your folder listing in Outlook Express.

                              6. To show a folder that you know resides on the mail server but is not being displayed by Outlook Express, select the folder on the left you wish to view and click the show button. If the folder does not appear in the list, you may need to resynchronize the list of folders as shown in step 7.



                                Result: The folder should now appear in your folder listing in Outlook Express.

                              7. To resynchronize the list of folders, click the Reset List button.



                                Result: Outlook Express contacts your mail server and downloads a fresh list of your folders.

                              7887 0 Outlook Express outlook express, missing email, folders, resync I just took the Apple Security Update 2005-007 for Mac OS X 10.4.2 (Tiger) and now Mathematica crashes or gives me mathlink errors. Due to an error on the part of Apple, this update prevents any 64-bit-native application from running. In particular, this means that Mathematica 5.2 will not run on any G5 system if it has installed this Security Update.

                              Apple is investigating the problem at high priority, and intends to distribute a new Security Update in the very near future. This update will correct the problem and allow Mathematica to run successfully.

                              To run Mathematica 5.2 today, you must temporarily disable its 64-bit capabilities. You can do this by running the following commands in the Terminal:

                                cd /Applications/Mathematica\ 5.2.app/Contents/MacOS
                                cp MathKernel MathKernel.bak
                                lipo MathKernel.bak -remove ppc64 -output MathKernel

                              If you are unable to run the script above, an alternative is to use an earlier version of Mathematica. The problem with Apple Security Update 2005-007 affects only 64-bit applications; Mathematica 5.2 is the first 64-bit-native version of Mathematica.

                              Note that when Apple has made the corrected Security Update available, and you have installed it, you must reverse the procedure above by running the following commands:

                                cd /Applications/Mathematica\ 5.2.app/Contents/MacOS
                                mv MathKernel.bak MathKernel

                              7888 0 Mathematica mathematica, mathematica problem on mac os x, tiger, 64 bit, won't start Which variety of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 should I run? And where do I get it? There are many options for running Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4.

                              Make your choice based on the hardware architecture and intended use.

                              For a description of the differences amongst the AS, ES, WS and Desktop varieties of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4, see Q: What are the differences amongst the Red Hat Enterprise 4 AS, ES, WS and Desktop options?

                              Once you know your hardware type and what variety you need, visit MIT's Red Hat Linux Software Distribution.

                              The top level directory is currently RHEL-4.0. When you open that link, you will see a number of directories with names like: 

                               4.0-U0-AS,WS or  4.0-U0-AS,WS_64

                              4.0 is the version number.

                              U0 is the update level. They will be U0, U1, U2 and so forth. Updates are released quarterly (or thereabouts). We recommend you take the latest update. Once your system is configured, you should Register for Red Hat Network and configure your system to take future updates automatically.

                              The next two-letter code refers to Workstation (WS), Advanced Server (AS), Enterprise Server (ES) and Desktop (DT).

                              If the two-letter specifier is followed by nothing, then the hardware architecture is x86 (Intel x86 (P4 and Celeron) or AMD 32 bit equivalent). If the two-letter specifier is followed by "64", then the distribution is for machines that fall into the EM64T category (such as AMD Opteron and Intel Xeon.) Last, the "64_Itanium" distribution is for 64 bit Itanium powered machines.

                              Within each directory there are a number of files such as RHEL4-i386-AS-disc1.iso. These are ISO disk images. Each complete set will produce a series of disks. Please note that the only difference between the WS and AS distributions is the contents of disk 1. Therefore, if you want to build a WS system you would download WS-disk1 and then AS-disk2 through AS-disk4. If you want to build an AS system, then just grab the AS-disc1 through AS-disk4 ISO's.

                              Once you have the ISO images, you need to burn the data to CD. For instructions on burning a CDs from ISO images refer to the Stock Answers at: http://itinfo.mit.edu/answer.php?id=8227 to find the instructions most appropriate to you.

                              If you have questions or concerns, contact the UNIX and Linux Help Desk. Call 617.253.1103 or send email to: unix-vms-help@mit.edu. 7903 0 7198 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (RHEL4) linux, red hat, enterprise, rhel, rhel4, AS, WS, differences, ES, Desktop, recommend When I logged into TSM for the first time after installation, I got the message "Password successfully changed."  I didn't ask to change my password.  Why did this happen? When you log in to TSM the first time using your temporary password, you will see the message: "Password successfully changed."

                              This is normal.  Your password is changed to a randomly generated string and stored encrypted on your computer.  The next time you log in and for all subsequent login sessions, TSM automatically uses the stored encrypted password to establish your TSM backup session.  You are not prompted to enter a password.  This TSM feature is called "passwordaccess generate" and is recommended and used by default at MIT for most operating systems.

                              If you decide to turn off this feature, your password will be not be stored and you will be prompted for your TSM password every time you start TSM.  Scheduled backups will also be affected.  To turn this feature off, refer to the TSM "Backup-Archive Client Installation and User's Guide."  These TSM manuals are located online at http://web.mit.edu/tsmsystems/manuals.html. 7905 0 TSM TSM, install, installation, password How do I cancel my TSM account? Do the following:

                              1. Go to TSM Backup: Cancel Your TSM Account.
                              2. Fill in the required information and any comments you may have.
                              3. Click Submit.

                              The Computing Help Desk will receive your request to cancel your TSM account.

                              You will receive an email response from the Help Desk when the request is being processed.

                              7906 0 TSM TSM, backup, account, cancel How do I install Gaim on my Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 machine? Gaim is installed by default with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4. If you removed it or chose not to include it with a custom install, you can install it now as follows:
                              1. If you are not already using Red Hat Network to get operating system, security, and application updates for your Red Hat Enterprise Linux workstation, register now and follow the instructions provided. Red Hat Network service is free to MIT community members.

                              2. As root, enter the following command:

                                prompt> up2date -i gaim

                              Result: Gaim is installed on your workstation.

                              7915 0 7166 Jabber Service and Clients linux, red hat, enterprise, red hat enterprise,gaim, instant messaging, rhel4, IM, jabber, rhel How do I install Gaim on my Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 machine? Gaim is installed by default with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4. If you removed it or chose not to include it with a custom install, you can install it now as follows:
                              1. If you are not already using Red Hat Network to get operating system, security, and application updates for your Red Hat Enterprise Linux workstation, register now and follow the instructions provided. Red Hat Network service is free to MIT community members.

                              2. As root, enter the following command:

                                prompt> up2date -i gaim

                              Result: Gaim is installed on your workstation.

                              7917 0 7166 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (RHEL4) linux, red hat, enterprise, red hat enterprise,gaim, instant messaging, rhel4, IM, jabber, rhel How do I configure Gaim to access MIT's Jabber server? As follows:
                              1. Start Gaim
                                Result: The login window appears.

                              2. Click on the Accounts button.
                                Result: The accounts window appears.

                              3. Click on the Add button.
                                Result: The add account window appears.

                              4. Under Protocol select "Jabber".
                                Result: The configuration options for Jabber are listed.

                              5. Enter the following settings:
                                • Screen Name: Your MIT username/Kerberos principle
                                • Server: mit.edu
                                • Resource: Gaim
                                • Password: We recommed leaving this blank so your password is not stored locally.


                              6. At the bottom of the screen, click the triangle next to "Show More Options"
                                Result: Several more setting options appear.

                              7. Check the box next to "Use TLS if available"

                              8. Enter the following settings:
                                • Port: 5222
                                • Connect server: jabber.mit.edu
                                • Resource: Gaim
                                • Proxy Type: select "Use Global Proxy Settings"
                              9. Click Save.
                                Result: Your new account is saved and will show up on the list in the accounts window.

                              10. In the cccounts window, click Close
                                Result: The accounts window closes and you are returned to the login window. Your new Jabber account should be listed in the Accounts drop-down menu.

                              11. You can test your configuration by logging in to the MIT jabber server. Select your new Jabber account from the drop down menu and enter your MIT/Kerberos password. Click Sign on.
                                Result: Your buddy list will appear and you're ready to start chatting.
                              7918 0 7166 Jabber Service and Clients linux, red hat, enterprise, red hat enterprise,gaim, instant messaging, rhel4, IM, jabber, rhel, athena How do I configure Adium X to access the MIT Jabber server? Adium X is available from http://www.adiumx.com/. If you have not already downloaded and installed it, do so now. Once you have installed Adium X, you can configure it as follows:
                              1. Start Adium X. The icon looks like a green duck and it should be located in your "Applications" folder.
                                Result: Adium X starts. If this is the first time you have started Adium X, it will automatically open the "Preferences: Account" window.

                              2. If the account preferences window opened automatically, go to the next step. If not, from the Adium menu, choose Preferences
                                Result: The "Preferences: Accounts" window opens.

                              3. In the lower lefthand corner of the "Preferences: Account" window, click on the plus sign (+) and select Jabber.
                                Result: A screen appears requesting your jabber account details.

                              4. For Jabber ID, enter your MIT username/kerberos principle in the following form: "your-username@mit.edu". If you do not specify @mit.edu, it will assume you are using a jabber.com account and fail to connect. A user with the username/kerberos principle "oddball" would enter "oddball@mit.edu" for Jabber ID. For security reasons we do not recommend saving your password locally.

                              5. At the top of the screen, click on Options.
                                Result: The server options appear.

                              6. Enter the following for each setting (some may be already be listed as defaults):
                                • Connect Server: jabber.mit.edu
                                • Resource: Adium
                                • Port: 5222
                                • Check the box next to Use TLS encryption (if possible)

                              7. Click OK
                                Result: The "Connecting Account" window opens. This allows you to test your new account immediately.

                              8. Enter your password and click OK.
                                Result: Your new account is listed in the "Preferences: Accounts" window as being online. Close the "Preferences: Accounts" window. You are configured and ready to chat.
                              7922 0 7166 Jabber Service and Clients macos, macintosh, adium, adium x, instant messaging, rhel4, IM, jabber, wocky, configure What is stored in an MIT Personal Certificate? Information stored in the certificate includes:
                              • Your “real name” as defined in your Athena account information
                              • Your e-mail address @MIT.EDU
                              • The expiration date of your certificate
                              • The words “Massachusetts Institute of Technology”
                              • The name of our state (Massachusetts)
                              • The internationall recognized country code for our country (US)
                              • A 2048-bit RSA public key, uniquely created when you visit ca.mit.edu
                              • A serial number, uniquely identifying the certificate

                              It is not possible to obtain the following information directly from your certificate:

                              • MIT ID number
                              • Account class (i.e., staff, student, etc)
                              • password
                              • anything else not listed above

                              Each site that uses certificates handles them differently, however most use the e-mail address field to lookup information that they need (such as MIT ID number, etc).

                              7933 0 Certificates certificate, personal, MIT, information What are MIT's copyright guidelines for reuse of web site design, citing materials, etc.? There are general guidelines for minor reuse of an MIT web site's design/construction as a model for a non-MIT site: for incidental use, simple attribution and a copyright credit is all that is needed. This almost always falls into a Fair Use exemption situation, so just minimal credit is usually sufficient. If the material to be cited is the result of MIT administrative work, it is generally considered collegial sharing. Again, simple attribution is expected, but no formal clearance is needed.

                              Only when the reuse is of a significantly substantial nature would a more formal, and more specific request need to filed with the Intellectual Property Counsel's office. You would need to provide a specific of what web materials/articles were being sought, and exactly how much was intended to be used. Such requests can be directed to ipcounsel-www@mit.edu or to copyright-www@mit.edu.

                              7936 0 Policy copyright, web site, reuse When I do a search in Outlook mail folder on email headers or message text, I get no results. How come? The search option in Outlook will only search messages that are completely downloaded. Also, by default Outlook only downloads the headers to the local folders. In order to search email headers or message text, you need to set Outlook to download the full email with atachments.

                              To to this select a folder then,

                              1. Go to Tools>Options>Mail Setup.
                              2. Click on Send/Receive.
                              3. Make sure "All Accounts" group is highlighted and click on Edit.
                              4. In the Folder Options section check each mail folder and choose download complete item including attachments.

                              Repeat this for each folder that you want to search.

                              7941 0 Outlook Outlook, email, search Why can't I see all the buddies I've added on by buddy list? There are two reasons this could happen:
                              • When you add a buddy, that person is sent a message asking if they'll allow you to add them as a buddy. You will not see that buddy in your buddy list until after they respond in the affirmative.

                              • With some clients, you need to use the full "username@mit.edu" when adding buddies; simply adding "username" will silently fail.
                              7942 0 7166 Jabber Service and Clients instant messaging, jabber, buddy, buddies, list, buddy, gaim, adiumx, wocky While trying to import my Eudora Address book into Outlook Express I receive an error "insufficient memory to perform this operation" Outlook Express sometimes has trouble importing large address book files from Eudora. You can use the Thunderbird mail client (available from www.mozilla.org) to import the address book from Eudora to a format Outlook Express is better at handling. From Thunderbird you can export the address book to the desktop, and then import the file into Outlook Express.

                              To import your Eudora address book to Thunderbird :

                              1. Start Thunderbird.

                              2. In Thunderbird, select Tools > Import > Address Book.

                                address book


                              3. In the "Address Book" window, select Tools > Import. Then click Next.

                                import window


                              4. Choose "Eudora" from the list, then press the Next button.

                                import window

                              5. A progress bar will appear and the window will respond with "Imported address book Eudora Nicknames" by default (if you have a custom named Eudora address book, it will show that name instead of "Eudora Nicknames"). Click Finish.
                                Result: Your address book has been imported into Thunderbird. You are now ready to import it from Firebird into Outlook Express.

                                import window

                              6. Select the Address Book Icon in Thunderbird.

                                address book icon
                                Result: The "Address Book" window appears.

                              7. Click once on the Eudora Nicknames address book on the left side of the Address Book window.

                              8. Select Tools > Export

                                tools - export

                              9. Name the file "Address Book"

                              10. From the Save as type menu, select LDIF (do not select CSV).

                              11. Choose Desktop as the save location and click the Save button.

                                export address book
                                Result: Your address book is saved as an LDIF file on your desktop (or whatever other location you chose).

                              12. Open Outlook Express

                              13. Follow the address book import instructions. Be sure to import the LDIF file that is saved on your desktop (or other location you may have chosen ) instead of your original Eudora address book.

                                address import tool

                              14. Importing it should look something like this:

                                open address book
                                Result: Your address book has been imported into Outlook Express.
                              7943 0 Outlook Express outlook express, import, eudora, address book, thunderbird, error, insufficient memory I am running iPass 2.38 on Mac OS X 10.4. When I try to connect by dialup, I get an "Error 51." What is wrong? When using iPassConnect 2.38 on Mac OS X 10.4.x, and attempting to launch the Cisco VPN Client, the GUI will not launch, giving an "Error 51." Under Mac OS X 10.4.x, the VPN Client is unable to determine which interfaces are active. This issue is most prevalent with PPP connections. You should upgrade to iPassConnect for Macintosh 2.39, and also run the latest version of the Cisco VPN Client for Mac. 7948 0 Home Networking (off-campus, via dialup, cable modem, or DSL) networking, iPass, VPN, error, remote, network 7949 1 7948 Troubleshooting 7950 1 7948 Remote Connections (Host Ex, NCSA Telnet, SecureCRT) How do you remove the Starts Date (i.e., Freeze date)? Either enter a space, or enter not set. 7952 0 IS&T Help Desk queue Request Tracker, RT What tickets are released when you click "Release All" ? It releases any tickets for which you are assigned as the owner, regardless of the status type. 7953 0 IS&T Help Desk queue Request Tracker, RT I created a ticket but there's no requestor listed and I know I put in a requestor. What happened? Make sure, after entering a requestor's email or name, to click the Lookup button. If you don't, it won't be saved with the ticket. 7954 0 IS&T Help Desk queue Request Tracker, RT Is email sent when I enter a Reply? For Help Desk queues, no: If you enter a Reply or Comment, no email is sent unless you check the < strong>Send email? checkbox, or you specifically enter email addresses by clickin g < strong>Reply                               at the top of the ticket and using the Reply screen.

                              For other IS&T queues, yes: All other IS&T queues are set up to send email replies to Requestors. Keep this in mind if you update a ticket in another IS&T queue. If you're concerned about email being sent, move the ticket into HelpDesk:CallCenter, then make updates.

                              7955 0 IS&T Help Desk queue RT, Request Tracker I'm trying to make changes to a ticket and they won't take. How come? For Help Desk queues, you need to own the ticket to make changes to it. Do this by clicking Take or Steal at the top of the ticket. When you click Steal, this means you've taken the ticket from another consultant.

                              Note: For other IS&T queues, you do not need to own the ticket to update it.

                              7956 0 IS&T Help Desk queue RT, Request Tracker What search terms can I use in the search box at the top of the screen The following options are available:
                              • Ticket number
                              • Queue name
                              • Full email address
                              • email:xxxx where the requestor's kerberos username or email address contains xxxx
                              • phone:xxxx where the requestor's phone number contains xxxx
                              • name:xxxx where the requestor's name contains xxxx
                              • name:xxxx where the requestor's office address contains xxxx
                              7962 0 RT-Searching RT, Request Tracker How can I find a Casetracker case that's been migrated to RT? Do the following:
                              1. In the left navigation bar, click on Ticket Search to go to Simple Search, or click on Ticket Search:Simple Search.
                              2. In the History Entry Content box, enter the casetracker case number, then click Search.
                              7964 0 IS&T Help Desk queue RT, Request Tracker, Casetracker How do I freeze a ticket? Just set the status to Waiting. You no longer need to set a date that's a year out, as was done in Casetracker. 7965 0 IS&T Help Desk queue RT, Request Tracker, freeze How do I set a thaw date for a ticket? Set the status to Waiting then set the Starts date to the date that you want the ticket to be reset to Open. Use the format mm/dd/yyyy. 7966 0 IS&T Help Desk queue RT, Request Tracker, thaw How can I enter client contact information? Do the following:
                              • If the client is in the MIT directory and has alternate contact information, enter it in the Alt. Email/Phone field. NOTE: This information will be stored only with this ticket, unlike Casetracker where alternate email and phone displays for every ticket created after that point.
                              • If the client is not in the MIT directory, enter the client name in the Alt. Name field and the contact information in the Alt Email/phone field.
                              7967 0 IS&T Help Desk queue RT, Request Tracker, directory information How do I enter multiple requestors for a ticket? After creating the ticket,
                              1. Click on the People link.
                              2. Under Add new watchers, choose Requestor from the Type: list, then enter the kerberos username of the person you want to add.
                              3. Click Save Changes.
                              7968 0 IS&T Help Desk queue RT, Request Tracker I need to edit a history entry, how do I do this? Unlike Casetracker, you can't edit history entries (i.e, Replies or Comments) in RT.

                              If you typically edited your history entries in Casetracker, you can use the Draft field in RT to compose, edit, and save entries until they're final, then copy and paste them into the Reply/Comment field.

                              If you've found information in the history of a ticket that should not be there, i.e., confidential information, contact tooltime@mit.edu and one of the RT staff can remove the record.

                              7999 0 IS&T Help Desk queue RT, Request Tracker, Casetracker When I was importing my email and address book data from Eudora to Outlook 2003, I got the error message:"... imported 0 of 0 messages..." Why did my address book import successfully, but my email didn't? You may have Oracle Connector for Outlook (OCFO) installed. Having OCFO installed prevents your email from importing correctly. Before you migrate or import your email from Eudora to Outlook 2003, uninstall Oracle Connector for TechTime (OCFO). Once you have successfully imported your email, you can re-install OCFO. 8024 0 Outlook Outlook, email, convert, address book Can I restart a TSM restore that was interrupted by a power outage or network failure? Yes, some TSM restores are restartable. If the restore process stops because of a power outage or network failure and the session is not re-established within five minutes, the server records the point at which this occurred. This record is known to the TSM client as a restartable restore. It is possible to have more than one restartable restore session.

                              To find out if the TSM client has any restartable restore sessions, do one of the following:

                              • In the GUI: Go to the Actions menu and select Restartable Restores.
                              • On the command line: Use the Query Restore command.

                              You must complete a restartable restore before attempting further backups of the file system. If you attempt to repeat the restore that was interrupted or try to back up the destination file space, the attempt will fail because you did not complete the original restore.

                              You can restart the restore at the point of interruption by doing one of the following:

                              • In the GUI: Select the Restartable restore, and click on Restart.
                              • On the command line: Enter the Restart Restore command.

                              Or, you can delete the restartable restore by doing one of the following:

                              • In the GUI: Select the Restartable Restore and click on delete.
                              • On the command line: Use the Cancel Restore command.

                              If you restart the interrupted restore, it will restart with the first transaction, which may consist of one or more files, not completely restored when the interruption occurred. Because of this, you may receive some replace prompts for files from the interrupted transaction which were already restored.

                              8028 0 TSM TSM, backup, restore How do I generate an SAP requisition from a Dell E-Quote? Do the following:
                              1. In SAP, generate a blank reqisition.
                              2. Set Deliver To and Delivery address to the appropriate values.
                              3. Set Vendor to Dell.
                              4. Set Call or visit to No.
                              5. Set the short text to Per Dell E-Quote [number]. Set Quantity to 1.
                              6. Fill in the Price, Material group, Cost object and G/L Account.
                              8029 0 Requisitioning SAP, Dell, requisition, e-quote How do I do a reset of my Treo 650 running Palm OS? For instructions on doing a reset, refer to the Palm OS knowledgebase article at http://kb.palmone.com/SRVS/CGI-BIN/WEBCGI.EXE?New,Kb=PalmSupportKB,ts=Palm_External2001,case=obj(887). This article provides instructions for a soft reset and for a hard reset. 8030 0 Treo 650 Palm OS PDA, Treo, reset, What are the advantages of IMAP? IMAP (Internet Message Access Protocol) is a standard protocol that allows you to both store and work with your e-mail on a central server. Some of the advantages of IMAP are:
                              • Superior online performance
                              • Secure Socket Layer (SSL) authentication
                                - allows you to authenticate the server that sends and receives your email messages.
                                - used to encrypt mail transfers so no one can read your messages while they are being sent to or received from your mail server.
                                - supported by more email programs than kPOP's Kerberos authentication
                              • IMAP allows you to copy a message back to the server, just like you can re-file it on your computer. If you download a message and later decide you need it while traveling you can simply drag it back to a folder on the server
                              • Ability to access all your email from multiple machines and locations (work, home, travel).
                              • Allows you to keep and manage your mail on a central server with many sophisticated features such as folders and server-side spam filtering. You can also copy your mail to your local computer if desired.
                              • In the event your computer crashes, all the messages you keep on the server remain accessible and will be re-synched automatically.
                              • Faster start-up time, as you can choose to only transfer message headings or text initially, and, for example, only download attachments or message bodies when you open the message.
                              • Ability to handle very large messages (e.g. MIME messages with attachments).
                              • Ability to fetch individual MIME attachments.
                              • Message status (such as read, unread, forwarded, or replied to) is maintained across multiple machines and email clients.
                              • Able to access your email from mobile devices such as a PDA.
                              • Once you create a Spamscreen folder on the server, SPAM is automatically filtered there. The folder can be periodically reviewed if you use an IMAP mail program to check your filters.
                              • Your email application can be optimized to handle large volumes of email over slow connections by downloading only the headers to select messages to read. This is very useful for those running a dialup connection and using email applications on a PDA or when traveling.
                              • Many universities have standardized on IMAP as the preferred way to access email. MIT's special version of POP, kPOP, is a dwindling technology only supported by very few and difficult to support email applications.
                              • MIT's Webmail service uses IMAP. If you frequently use Webmail, then using an IMAP email application will provide a more consistent and reliable way to access your mail than mixing Webmail and kPOP/Eudora.

                              See IMAP at MIT Web site for more details about IMAP concepts and using IMAP at MIT. For information on migrating from Eudora to an operating system bundled IMAP client, see Email Migration at MIT.

                              8047 0 IMAP IMAP, email, e-mail How do I move my IMAP (server) mail to my local machine for archival purposes?
                              1. First you need to create a local folder to hold the mail you wish to copy locally. Selected File > New > Folder...
                                Result: The Create Folder window appears.

                              2. Name the folder. Click on the location where you would like to create the new folder. Be sure it is within the "Local Folders" section.
                                Result: Your new folder will appear in the folder listing.

                              3. Open the IMAP folder that contains the mail you wish to archive and select the message or messages you want to move locally. You can use the ctrl-a command to select all the messages in a folder. Then simply drag the messages to the local folder you created in Step 2. Alternatively, left-click on the messages and select the option Move to Folder. From the folder listing, select the folder you created in Step 2 and click OK.
                                Result: The messages you selected are moved to the folder on your local machine. They are no longer on the mail server. You should back them up in case of equipment failure. See: Backing Up Your Email for more information.

                              4. Repeat the steps as needed to move mail from multiple mailboxes on the server to your local machine.
                              8049 0 Outlook Express outlook express, mail, archive, email, e-mail, save, local I choose to add web links to the class materials on a Stellar site. When I am asked whether I want to include those links in the toolbar for Stellar, I answer "No", but they still have been included in the toolbar. How do I remove them from the toolbar? In order to edit the navigation bar (whether to add or remove something), you can do so by going to the main class home page, click on "website settings" and the "Edit Navigation Bar". Unwanted links may then be unchecked.


                              To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                              8050 0 Stellar Stellar, web links, toolbar, navigation bar I imported my course materials into a new Stellar site and placed them in Topic "A". Now I want to move them from Topic "A" into Topic "B". How do I move he documents from one topic to another? Documents can be moved, one at a time, from one topic to another within Stellar. Click on "Edit the document". On the Edit page, click on the pull down menu. If the topic exists, it will appear in this list and you can then choose the topic you want the document to appear under.


                              To return to the Stellar help page, click here. To return to the list of Stellar Stock Answers, please click here.

                              8051 0 Stellar topic, document How do I configure iChat for MIT Jabber service on my MacOS X 10.4 machine? iChat is not a recommended or supported client for the MIT Jabber service. Configuration information is provided for informational purposes only.

                              Note: MIT's Jabber service will not work for Mac OS 10.3 or earlier.

                              The settings for Jabber on Mac OS X 10.4 or better are:

                              • Account Type: jabber account
                              • Jabber ID: username@mit.edu
                              • Server: jabber.mit.edu
                              • Port: 5223

                              To configure iChat to access MIT's Jabber service:

                              1. Start iChat.

                              2. From the menu select iChat > Preferencces
                                Result: The Preferences window opens.

                              3. Click on the "Accounts" icon.
                                Result: The accounts preferences screen is displayed

                              4. Create a new account by clicking on the + sign in the bottom left corner.
                                Result:You are prompted for configuration info for you new account.

                              5. Enter the settings for your account and the MIT jabber server as follows. Be sure to replace username with your MIT username.
                                • Account Type: jabber account
                                • Jabber ID: username@mit.edu
                                • Server: jabber.mit.edu

                              6. Click Add
                                Result: Your new account is shown in the accounts listing. You are now configured to use MIT jabber with ichat.

                              Note: When you connect to MIT Jabber with iChat, you may see a warning "Non-secure Jabbe Login Your name and password will be sent in a way that is not secure. Do you still wish to connect to this server?" This error is likely the result of a bug in iChat. We believe your connection is secure regardless. Click continue to connect to MIT Jabber. 8061 0 7166 Jabber Service and Clients linux, red hat, enterprise, red hat enterprise,gaim, instant messaging, rhel4, IM, jabber, rhel How do I copy my IMAP mail to my local machine for back-up purposes? Important note: Apple and IS&T have identified problems in this setup when moving large numbers of messages or folders between one IMAP folder and another, which may result in email being lost. Please see these additional instructions for assistance with this issue.

                              Copying your mail to local disk is easy. First you create a local mailbox to hold your archival mail; then you can copy mail from the server to that location. To do this:

                              1. Start Apple Mail.

                              2. From the menu select Mailbox > New Mailbox...
                                Result: The "New Mailbox" window appears.

                              3. For Location select "On My Mac". For Name enter a name for your new local mailbox. Click OK.
                                Result: Your new mailbox appears in the mailbox listing.

                                WARNING: A bug in Apple Mail 2.x on Mac 10.4 can cause mail loss if you transfer too large a number of messages at one time. To be safe, select only about 100 messages at one time to move to the local folder.

                              4. Open the mailbox on the server that contains the message or messages you'd like to copy to your local machine. Select the messages you wish to copy. To select all the messages in a mailbox, use cmd-a.
                                Result: The messages to be copied are highlighted.

                              5. ctrl-click on the highlighted messages to see a menu of options. Select "Copy To", then choose the folder you created in step 3.
                                Result: The messages you selected are copied to the folder on your local machine. The original is still on the mail server and counts towards your email quota. For more information on staying within your email quota, see: Managing your Email Quota.

                              6. Repeat the steps as needed to copy mail from multiple mailboxes on the server to your local machine.
                              8067 0 Apple Mail mail, mac os x, apple, macintosh, backup, back up, move mail MATLAB (OS X) works fine after the initial install, but then I receive a Matlab License Manager Error -97? To fix this, carry out the following procedure. Note: This solution only applies to users using a Standalone MATLAB license on a Mac OSX machine that is set to use DHCP (usually a laptop).
                              1. Quit MATLAB completely.

                              2. Edit the file /Applications/MATLAB7/etc/lmopts.sh using TextEdit or emacs. (Change /Applications/MATLAB7 to another directory if MATLAB was installed elsewhere.)

                                1. Find the line that contains exactly the following text:

                                  LM_USING_DYNAMIC_HOSTNAMESdefault="0"

                                2. Change the 0 to a 1, and save the changes.

                                3. Then, in a terminal window, type this:

                                  /Applications/MATLAB7/etc/lmstart

                                  and press Enter

                              3. Restart MATLAB.

                              8068 0 MATLAB Matlab, license manager, Mac OS X, laptop, error -97 Where does Eudora store attachments? Attachments are stored in a folder called "Attachments" that is located inside your Eudora folder. 8072 0 7679 Eudora for Windows e-mail, email, eudora, imap, mail, windows, attachments Where does Apple Mail store attachments? The Attachments folder is located in your user home directory:

                              Users/Username/Library/Mail/Mail Downloads

                              8073 0 7679 Apple Mail e-mail, email, apple mail, imap, mail, macintosh, mac, macos, attachments Where does Outlook Express store attachments? By default, attachments are kept on the IMAP mail server. You can tell a message contains an attachment when a paperclip icon appears in the attachment column of your inbox. You can download and store that attachment wherever you specify on your computer. 8074 0 7679 Outlook Express e-mail, email, outlook express, imap, mail, windows, attachments Where does Outlook 2003 store attachments? By default, attachments are kept on the IMAP mail server. You can tell a message contains an attachment when a paperclip icon appears in the attachment column of your inbox. You can download and store that attachment wherever you specify on your computer. 8075 0 7679 Outlook e-mail, email, outlook, imap, mail, windows, attachments, outlook 2003 How do I  install and activate the Matlab Distributed Computing Toolbox? Once you have ordered and received a license for the Distributed Computing Toolbox from VSLS you will need to take further steps to complete the configuration of your cluster.

                              Purchase of the DCT toolbox from MIT requires that you also purchase theMATLAB® Distributed Computing Engine directly from the Mathworks. Please fill out the form found here and a Mathworks representative will be in touch to assist you:

                              http://www.mathworks.com/programs/customersurvey/distrib/cluster.html

                              8077 0 MATLAB Matlab, Distributed Computing Toolbox Why can't I access SAP archived PDF documents stored in IXOS? PC Windows-based SAP users unable to open archived PDFs in IXOS 5.1D Viewer should check to see if they are running Adobe Acrobat Reader version 7. If they are, they should download and install the IXOS 5.1 CL51_068 patch to correct the problem. 8081 0 SAP Why is the connection blank when I start Secure FX instead of showing the Athena Shortcut? Only the account used to install Secure FX has the Athena Shortcut automatically configured. All other accounts on the machine and most Windows Domain accounts will have to use the "Create Shortcut to Athena" tool in Start > Programs > Tools> MIT SecureFX > Create Shortcut to Athena to add this setting to their configuration files. 8084 0 1179 SecureFX (SSH2 SFTP for Windows) securefx, fire, wall, firewall, use, connect, secure, fx, athena shortcut, shortcut, missing, blank, connection Why is the connection blank when I start Secure CRT instead of showing the Athena Shortcut? Only the account used to install Secure CRT has the Athena Shortcut automatically configured. All other accounts on the machine and most Windows Domain accounts will have to use the "Create Shortcut to Athena" tool in Start > Programs > Tools> MIT SecureCRT > Create Shortcut to Athena to add this setting to their configuration files. 8085 0 1179 SecureCRT secureCRT, fire, wall, firewall, use, connect, secure, fx, athena shortcut, shortcut, missing, blank, connection How do I contact Wolfram Research Inc. directly for Mathematica support? You can contact them by phone at the number listed below, however we strongly recommend contacting the IS&T Computing Helpdesk first for assistance with installation issues.

                              Before calling Wolfram research Inc., have your license number ready. They will request it before they can assist with your issue. To find out your license number:

                              1. Start Mathematica
                              2. Select Help > About Mathematica or Mathematica > About Mathematica.
                                Result: Information will be displayed about your installation of Mathematica. The License number will be listed as "License ID".

                              Contact Information
                              Product: Mathematica
                              Vendor: Wolfram Research Inc.
                              Phone: 1-800-965-3726 x3400

                              8090 0 Mathematica mathematica, contact, troubleshooting, vendor, help, support, wolfram research How do I contact Mathworks technical support directly for MATLAB support? You can contact them by phone at the number or web form listed below, however we strongly recommend contacting Athena Consulting first for basic assistance with installation issues.

                              Before calling MathWorks, have your license number ready. They will request it before they can assist with your issue. To find your license number:

                              1. Start MATLAB

                              2. At the prompt enter:

                                ver

                                Result: Information will be displayed about your installation of MATLAB including your license number.

                              Contact Information
                              Product: MATLAB
                              Vendor: MathWorks
                              Web Form: Contact MathWorks Technical Support
                              Phone: 508-647-7000 press 5

                              8091 0 MATLAB Matlab, mathworks, support, help, technical, tech support Does MATLAB run on intel-based Macintosh systems? Not yet. Mathworks is currently aware of the issue and does plan to offer support eventually. For more information, see Mathworks' stock answer When will native support be added for MATLAB running on Mac OS X for Intel processors? 8109 0 MATLAB Matlab, mathworks, support, intel, wintel, macintosh Why is IS&T piloting an institute-wide instant messaging service? The MIT Jabber pilot was launched for many reasons including:
                              • MIT Jabber uses existing Kerberos usernames and passwords. This makes it easy to contact other users, confirm identities, and remember your account details. When communicating with another MIT Jabber user, you can be assured of their identity. There is no central way to authenticate the identities of external service users.
                              • The jabber protocol is supported by many clients on multiple platforms. This allows users the ability to access the jabber service from nearly any combination of hardware and operating system.
                              • The Jabber protocol provides a way to integrate instant messaging capabilities into a wide range of applications. Many commercial services are harder to integrate and do not provide identity confirmation as they are registered through a third party with no connection to MIT. It also makes us reliant on a service we do not maintain or control that could change functionality in the future.
                              • IM services can form the basis for machine to machine communications or event notification services. Although it might sometimes make sense to perform such messaging across external services such as AIM, MSN, or Yahoo it is likely that in the majority of cases such communications should remain under the direct control of the institute.
                              • External services change features, services and business models sometimes without notice. They also have outages that can not be predicted or addressed by MIT. Any systems relied upon by the MIT community should not be vulnerable to such external issues.
                              • IM communications may be logged. Typically such logs may be used to create a persistent discussion thread so that members of the community may reference it in the future or add additional comments. If we wish to archive logs and provide access to these logs to the community the task will likely be easier (to control and manage) if we run a service internally instead of relying on an external resource.
                              • Introducing a new IM service on campus will help us in our effort to phase out Kerberos v4.
                              • E-mail communication in a time sensitive situation is not always the most efficient (i.e., EOC, MS security vulnerability, etc.).
                            8111 0 7166 Jabber Service and Clients linux, red hat, enterprise, red hat enterprise,gaim, instant messaging, rhel4, IM, jabber, rhel, athena Where can I find more MATLAB stock answers at MIT? Athena Consulting has created a number of stock answers on using matlab that apply to all platforms: Athena Consulting MATLAB Stock Answers

                            Volume Site License Software (VSLS) also has a set of frequently asked questions that focus on MATLAB purchasing: Matlab at MIT: Matlab Distribution Frequently Asked Questions

                            8112 0 MATLAB Matlab, mathworks, support, help, athena, stock, answers, faq, faqs Where can I find Frequently Asked Questions about purchasing MATLAB through MIT? Volume Site License Software (VSLS) publishes a set of frequently asked questions that focus on MATLAB purchasing: Matlab at MIT: Matlab Distribution Frequently Asked Questions 8113 0 MATLAB Matlab, mathworks, support, help, athena, stock, answers, faq, faqs, purchasing, acquiring, vsls My TSM scheduled backup stopped working and I'm getting an error message in the TSM schedule log: "Please enter your userid : ANS1029e Communications have been dropped." What is wrong? There are multiple reasons why this message may occur, all related to the TSM client not being able to authenticate with the TSM server, e.g., if your TSM password expires or if you change the Windows Computer name of your machine.

                            If you encounter this error, your TSM password must be reset.

                            1. To reset your password, go to the MIT TSM Password Reset page [Certificates required].
                            2. Select the correct node and click Change Password.
                              Result: The MIT TSM Password Reset complete screen appears displaying your new password.
                            3. To have your password saved, manually log in to TSM.
                            4. After you have done this, you'll need to restart the TSM Scheduler or restart your machine.
                            8117 0 TSM tsm, reset, error message, ans1029e How can I format email to include bulleted lists in AppleMail? Launch TextEdit and format your text however you would like. It supports bulleted lists, numbered lists, colors, etc. Once you have the text the way you like it, highlight it, and copy. Switch back to Mail and paste the text into your mail message. Mail should preserve all of the formatting that you made in TextEdit. If you want even more than TextEdit can provide, you can do the same in other HTML editors (like DreamWeaver).

                            Note: Mail will attempt to create a plain text version of your email as a secondary attachment for people who are using an email client that understands text only. This plain text attachment may look rather strange, depending on how fancy you get. 8121 0 Apple Mail email, applemail, formatting, lists, colors, textedit I'm running Linux-Athena. How can I install the Linux software from the MIT Software Download site? You don't need to. The software listed on that site is already available on your local workstation or through AFS lockers. You should not install the binary RPMs on a Linux-Athena workstation, as they will conflict with software already installed on your machine.

                            The one exception is the Cisco VPN client. We do not recommend using the Cisco VPN client with Athena at this time due to incompatibilities with various software packages.

                            8123 0 7198 Other Linux Distributions (Athena, Fedora, Debian...) linux, red hat, athena, vpn, software, download I'm running White Box Enterprise Linux (WBEL) or CentOS. How can I install the Linux software from the MIT Software Download site? These operating systems are clones/rebuilds of Red Hat Enterprise Linux. As such, our packages should work, however we cannot guarantee compatibility, particularly as some packages may have been renamed. You will need to determine the RHEL or Fedora Core version number that corresponds with the release of WBEL or CentOS that you're running, and obtain the corresponding RPMS.

                            If you encounter problems, we recommend obtaining the Source RPMS (SRPMS) and re-building the binary RPMS yourself rather than forcing our packages to install or ignoring dependencies.

                            Please note that the .spec files in the SRPMS may contain some RedHat-specific items.

                            The Source packages are available at MIT Software Download, however we cannot provide any assistance with building source packages on operating systems other than Red Hat Enterprise Linux and Fedora Core.

                            8125 0 7198 Other Linux Distributions (Athena, Fedora, Debian...) linux, red hat, athena, white box, wbel, centos, software, download I'm running Mandrake or Mandriva Linux. How can I install the Linux software from the MIT Software Download site? While Mandriva is an RPM-based distribution, it is unlikely our binary RPMs will install successfully. The mit-krb-config RPM should install correctly. You should be able to build new binary RPMs from the Source RPMs. Please note that the .spec files in the SRPMS may contain some RedHat-specific items.

                            Additionally, Mandriva Linux 2006 (the free edition) has dropped support for Kerberos 4. This means that you will be unable to build or use programs that rely on Kerberos 4, such as zephyr and pine1.

                            The Source packages are available at MIT Software Download, however we cannot provide any assistance with building source packages on operating systems other than Red Hat Enterprise Linux and Fedora Core.

                            1 The MIT distribution of pine requires Kerberos 4, however you may be able to obtain a stock distribution of pine and use SSL to securely access your MIT IMAP mailbox.

                            8126 0 7198 Other Linux Distributions (Athena, Fedora, Debian...) linux, red hat, athena, mandrake, mandriva, software, download I'm running Debian or Ubuntu Linux. How can I install the Linux software from the MIT Software Download site? As these distributions use dpkg instead of rpm, you will not be able to use the binary or source RPMs1. The source code is available in a gzipped tar archive in addition to a source RPM. Within each archive, you should find a file called MIT-BUILD-NOTES.txt. This file discusses how to build the software and the various requirements for each package. We do not currently include any 'control' files for use in building Debian packages.

                            The Source packages are available at MIT Software Download, however we cannot provide any assistance with building source packages on operating systems other than Red Hat Enterprise Linux and Fedora Core.

                            Alternatively, you may wish to look at the SIPB Debian Athena Project. Debian-Athena is unsupported by IS&T, however you can contact SIPB for support.

                            1 While you can convert RPMs to Debian packages using third party tools such as Alien, this is not recommended and is unlikely to work due to various package dependencies and library version differences.

                            8127 0 7198 Other Linux Distributions (Athena, Fedora, Debian...) linux, red hat, athena, debian, Ubuntu, software, download I'm running Slackware Linux. How can I install the Linux software from the MIT Software Download site? As Slackware does not use rpm1, you will not be able to use the binary or source rpm packages. The source code is available in a gzipped tar archive in addition to a source RPM. Within each archive, you should find a file called MIT-BUILD-NOTES.txt. This file discusses how to build the software and the various requirements for each package. We do not currently include any doinst.sh or slack-desc files for use when building Slackware packages.

                            The Source packages are available at MIT Software Download, however we cannot provide any assistance with building source packages on operating systems other than Red Hat Enterprise Linux and Fedora Core.

                            1 While you can convert RPMs to Slackware tgz packages using third party tools such as Alien, this is not recommended and is unlikely to work due to various package dependencies and library version differences.

                            8128 0 7198 Other Linux Distributions (Athena, Fedora, Debian...) linux, red hat, athena, slackware, software, download I'm running Gentoo Linux. How can I install the Linux software from the MIT Software Download site? As Gentoo does not use rpm, you will not be able to use the binary or source rpm packages. The source code is available in a gzipped tar archive in addition to a source RPM. Within each archive, you should find a file called MIT-BUILD-NOTES.txt. This file discusses how to build the software and the various requirements for each package. We do not currently include any ebuild scripts with our source packages.

                            The Source packages are available at MIT Software Download, however we cannot provide any assistance with building source packages on operating systems other than Red Hat Enterprise Linux and Fedora Core.

                            8129 0 7198 Other Linux Distributions (Athena, Fedora, Debian...) linux, red hat, athena, gentoo, software, download I'm running Linux on a PowerPC (PPC), Sparc, or other processor . How can I install the Linux software from the MIT Software Download site? Our binary RPMS are for the x86 (and compatible) and x86_64 architectures only. You may download the source code in SRPM or .tar.gz format from MIT Software Download, however it is unlikely the code will build without some tweaking. We cannot provide any assistance with building our packages on other processor architectures due to the vast number of incompatibilities. 8130 0 7198 Other Linux Distributions (Athena, Fedora, Debian...) linux, red hat, athena, software, download, PPC, power pc, sparc, processor I'm running Red Hat Linux 7.1, 7.2, 8.0, or 9.0. How can I install the Linux software from the MIT Software Download site? These versions of Red Hat Linux are very outdated, and security and bugfix updates are no longer being distributed for them. You are strongly encouraged to upgrade to Red Hat Enterprise Linux. 8131 0 7198 Other Linux Distributions (Athena, Fedora, Debian...) linux, red hat, athena, software, download, 7.1, 7.2, 8.0, 9.0, cruft I installed the MIT CA in Safari, but it says "This certificate not in the trusted root database". What can I do to make it valid? The following should correct the problem.
                            1. Open Keychain Access (from [Macintosh HD] > Applications > Utilities).
                            2. Click the Show Keychains button (if Keychain list is not showing).
                            3. Select X509Anchors from the Keychains list.
                            4. Find the MIT Certification Authority that is indicated as not valid and double-click on it.
                            5. Click the arrow to close Details, then click the arrow to open Trust Settings.
                            6. From the drop-down menu When using this certificate, select Always Trust. This will change all of the drop-down menus.
                            7. Quit and re-start Keychain Access, and the MIT CA should say "This certificate is valid".
                            8136 0 Safari certificates, safari, mit ca, mac os x I'm running SuSE or Open SuSE Linux . How can I install the Linux software from the MIT Software Download site? While SuSE is an RPM-based distribution, it is unlikely our binary RPMs will install successfully. The mit-krb-config RPM should install correctly. You should be able to build new binary RPMs from the Source RPMs. Please note that the .spec files in the SRPMS may contain some RedHat-specific items.

                            The Source packages are available at MIT Software Download, however we cannot provide any assistance with building source packages on operating systems other than Red Hat Enterprise Linux and Fedora Core.

                            8137 0 7198 Other Linux Distributions (Athena, Fedora, Debian...) linux, red hat, athena, SuSE, Open SuSE, centos, software, download How do I install and configure Gaim on Athena? You don't need to install Gaim on Athena. It has been incorporated into the Athena 9.4 release. New Gaim users are automatically configured for MIT Jabber. To start Gaim on an Athena 9.4 workstation, at your prompt:

                            athena% gaim &

                            If you used Gaim before Athena 9.4, you will need to set up a new account manually. See: Q: How do I configure Gaim to access MIT's Jabber server?

                            8138 0 7166 Jabber Service and Clients linux, red hat, enterprise, red hat enterprise,gaim, instant messaging, rhel4, IM, jabber, rhel, athena Why does the Vacation System in Apple Mail not work? The Automatic Reply feature in Apple Mail can lead to mail loops (replies to replies you sent). IS&T recommends using the MIT Autoresponder. 8139 0 Apple Mail In Eudora, my default setting was to queue messages before sending them. Is there an equivalent in Outlook? To delay or schedule sending messages:
                            1. On the Tools menu, click Rules and Alerts, and then click New Rule.
                            2. Select Start from a blank rule.
                            3. In the "Step 1: Select when messages should be checked box", click Check messages after sending, and then click Next.
                            4. In the "Step 1: Select condition(s)" list, select any options you want, and then click Next.
                            5. If you do not select any check boxes, a confirmation dialog box appears. Clicking Yes applies this rule to all messages you send.
                            6. In the "Step 1: Select action(s) list", select defer delivery by a number of minutes. Delivery can be delayed up to two hours.
                            7. In the "Step 2: Edit the rule description (click on an underlined value)" box, click the underlined phrase a number of and enter the number of minutes you want messages held before sending.
                            8. Click OK, and then click Next.
                            9. Select any exceptions, and then click Next.
                            10. In the "Step 1: Specify a name for this rule" box, type a name for the rule.
                            11. Click Finish.
                            8140 0 Outlook I unchecked "Schedule an automatic Send/Receive every X minutes" under the options menu, but Outlook seems to automatically be checking for mail. To turn off automatic checking and sending email, go to Tools > Send/Receive > Send/Receive settings and choose "Disable scheduled send receive".  You can then click the send/receive button when you are ready. 8141 0 Outlook When you click the Send/Receive button, where does Outlook look for items to send? Outook checks the "Outbox" folder when sending email. 8142 0 Outlook How do I archive all my messages locally as soon as they are received but still leave messages on the server so that I can access them via Webmail. For instructions on automatically archiving your email to your local machine, see Setting up an Outlook Rule to copy or move all IMAP email to local machine. 8143 0 Outlook How do I resend a message in Outlook without having to copy and paste? With the email open you wish to send again, choose from the toolbar, Actions > Resend this message.   8144 0 Outlook How do I change the time interval that Outlook automatically checks/sends email? Go to Tools>Options then Mail Setup Tab and choose Send/Receive. Under "Setting for group all accounts", change to the time desired under "Schedule an automatic send/receive every xx minutes".

                            Deselect "Schedule an automatic send/receive every" to turn off auto checking/sending of email. 8147 0 Outlook How do I deselect "on this machine only" to revise rules and alerts applied to mailboxes

                            1. Select the mailbox to which you want to make a rule change.

                            2. Follow the menu path: Tools > Rules and Alerts.

                            3. Select the Rule you want to edit.

                            4. Click Change Rule>Edit Rule Settings.

                            5. Scroll to find "on this machine only" and click to uncheck that setting.

                            6. Run through the rest of the screens and configure as desired.
                            8149 0 Outlook How do I configure X for RHEL4 on a Dell gx620? The standard install doesn't seem to work. As follows:
                            1. Do the installation in text mode. Once the machine starts booting from the install CD, there are on-screen instructions for this.
                            2. When the install is complete, reboot in single-user mode. Edit /etc/X11/xorg.conf and replace the display driver spec of "radeon" with "vesa".
                          8150 0 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (RHEL4) Linux, install, installation, problems, issues, problem When I try to install Athena on my Dell GX620, I see the error "No hard drives have been found." The Dell GX620 has a newer SATA interface than older versions of the Athena installer recognize. Use the version 5a (released August 2006) or newer install media. 8151 0 Red Hat Enterprise Linux Linux, install, installation, problems, issues, problem I get authentication or certificate errors when I try to send mail, how do I fix this? This could be due to the MIT CA (certificate authority) expiring in July 2006. You will need to get a new MIT CA :

                          For more information about certificates, see Certificates at MIT.

                          8153 0 Sending Mail (SMTP) error, mail, email, sending, eudora, outlook, apple, mail, applemail, windows, macintosh, mac How do I Uninstall the Mac OS X Cisco VPN Client? Follow these steps to manually uninstall the Mac OS X Cisco VPN client. Part of this involves the System root folders, where files must be removed via the Terminal and not the Mac graphical inteface. You must have administrative access to the computer, and you must log in as the root user. Note that, in Terminal, what you type in the command line is case sensitive, so items in upper case and in lower case have to be typed exactly as shown, otherwise they will not work properly.
                          1. Go to Applications > Utilities and double-click on Terminal.
                          2. Type cd / and press Return.
                          3. Type cd /usr/local/bin and press Return.
                          4. Type ls and press Return. Check to see if vpn_uninstall is in the list results.
                          5. If it is, then type sudo ./vpn_uninstall and press Return.
                          6. At the Password prompt, type in your administrator password for the computer and press Return.
                          7. A prompt to confirm deletion will appear; type yes and press Return.
                          8. A second prompt will come up to confirm deletion of the Client profiles; type yes and press Return.
                          9. Once the process has completed you will see the following message: "Cisco Systems VPN client uninstall completed successfully."
                          10. Type exit and press Return. This will log you out of the Terminal.
                          11. Quit Terminal.
                          8171 0 Virtual Private Network (VPN) virtual private network, vpn, uninstall, cisco, mac os Should I use the MIT VPN (Virtual Private network) while dialing over Tether? When you dial in using Tether you are connecting to MIT directly and do not need the VPN to work through the typical ISP challenges in connecting to services at MIT. 8176 0 Virtual Private Network (VPN) vpn, virtual private network, tether What is the difference in behavior between attach on Athena and on non-Athena MIT IS&T OpenAFS distributions? Athena attach evolved as a rich interface to hide differences among several networked filesystems. Non-Athena attach is a simplified look-alike that embodies only the key functionality of interest to non-Athena AFS users:
                          • creating a navigation shortcut
                          • providing automatic authentication
                          • putting binary files in their proper place in the execution PATH when invoked as add

                          For more information on IS&T distributions of OpenAFS including how to acquire it, see OpenAFS .

                          For more information on Athena Linux, including how to acquire it, see: Athena Linux.

                          8177 0 Red Hat Enterprise Linux openafs, afs, RHEL, linux, red hat, enterprise, athena, attach, differences I am trying to install Filemaker 8.5 on Windows from CD/DVD and I receive the following error message: "Some files could not be created. Please close all applications, reboot Windows and restart the application." Copy the file from the media to a local hard drive and then run the installer. 8192 0 FileMaker 8.5 FileMaker How do I install Firefox on my Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 machine? Firefox is installed by default with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4. If you removed it or chose not to include it with a custom install, you can install it now as follows:
                          1. If you are not already using Red Hat Network to get operating system, security, and application updates for your Red Hat Enterprise Linux workstation, register now and follow the instructions provided. Red Hat Network service is free to MIT community members.

                          2. As root, enter the following command:

                            prompt> up2date -i firefox

                          Result: Firefox is installed or updated on your workstation as needed. If the most current version of Firefox is already installed, it will inform you that "the packge you requested is already updated".

                          8198 0 7166 Firefox linux, red hat, enterprise, red hat enterprise,gaim, instant messaging, rhel4, IM, jabber, rhel How can I configure Outlook 2003 to move messages to a Trash mailbox, when I use the Delete command, then empty the Trash mail? There isn't a way to confgure Outlook to move messages to Trash when using the Delete command. The standard IMAP mailbox behavior is to mark messages for deletion when using the Delete command. to remove the marked messages permanently, go to Edit>Purge Delete Messages. 8201 0 Outlook email, e-mail, Outlook 2003, delete messages, trash mailbox What is an ISO or disk image and how do I burn one on CD? An ISO or disk image is a file that contains a complete copy of a CD. ISO images are often provided so you can burn your own bootable CD install discs for an operating system (such as Windows or Red Hat Enterprise Linux). Once you download the ISO image to your hard drive, you can burn your own copy of the CD.

                          Note: You can not simply drag and drop an ISO image file on your CD icon to create a bootable CD. In order to create a bootable CD from an ISO image, you must burn the actual CD image onto the CD. Burning the ISO file to a CD will not produce a usable disc.

                          In order to create a bootable CD from your ISO image, you must be sure to specify that you are burning an ISO/disk image. This is often done by specifying a file type of ISO. Consult the documentation or help for your CD writing software for further instructions.

                          Tips for burning an ISO image:

                          • Do not bump the drive while burning the CD.
                          • Be sure to download the ISO Image in binary form. Downloading it in ASCII mode can corrupt the file.
                          • If you do not have a CD burner, you can use an Athena Cluster Workstation.
                          • Be sure to select ISO as your file type when burning the CD.

                          For more information, see:

                          8207 0 Burning CDs/ISO Images cd, iso, image, burn, disk Where can I find documentation for using Tether with a Red Hat Enterprise Linux machine? You can find documentation and support information at: Red Hat Enterprise for Linux: Connecting to MITnet via Tether 8209 0 Getting Started macos7 How do I “power cycle” my phone? To do this,
                          1. Unplug your phone and wait several seconds.
                            2.  
                          2. Reconnect the phone.
                          8217 0 VoIP Pilot Program Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone  How do I find and/or reset my Voice Mail password? First, make sure you have your MIT personal web certificate in the browser you’re using.  Then:  
                          1. Go to http://voip.mit.edu/
                            2.  
                          2. Scroll down to the Voicemail Settings section.
                            3.  
                          3. Enter a new password in the Password field.  Please note that the Voicemail passwords may contain only numbers. 
                            4.  
                          4. Click Update Settings.
                          8218 0 VoIP Pilot Program Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone Why can’t I reply to a Voice Mail message? If two separate voice mail systems are involved, for example, you are using VoIP and the other person is on a non-VoIP phone, you can’t reply to a voice mail message.  

                          They each have their own voice mail system, and there is currently no way to transfer or send a voice mail message behind the scenes from one voice mail system to the other.

                          8219 0 VoIP Pilot Program Voice over IP, VoIP, telephone Can I transfer a call from a VoIP line to a traditional phone? No.  Only VoIP to VoIP phones. 8220 0 VoIP Pilot Program Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone How do I transfer calls from a VoIP phone to another VoIP phone? Do the following:
                          1. During a call, tap the Transfer button located in the row of four buttons along the bottom edge of the screen.
                            2.  
                          2. Dial the number you want to transfer the call to.
                            3.  

                            After you finish dialing, the phone waits for awhile because it can’t tell that you’re finished dialing and is waiting to see if you will continue dialing.

                             
                          3. You can wait it out or press the Transfer button to send the call now.
                            4.  
                          4. When you hear the other side ring (or answer), press the Transfer button gain to complete the transfer and disconnect your side.
                          8221 0 VoIP Pilot Program Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone Why do I receive a call on my SIP phone when I put that phone number in my caller deny list in my SIP settings?  Why isn’t that number blocked? The deny function forwards the caller to voicemail if you have voicemail enabled.  Sometimes you want to deny calls because you are busy, but still want to get the voicemail correspondence. So far, the call is not being completely denied. 8222 0 VoIP Pilot Program VoIP, Voice over IP, Telephone How do I retrieve my messages when I'm not at my Polycom desk set? Do one of the following:
                          1. If you are not at your own Polycom desk set and want to retrieve your messages using another Polycom phone, dial *67, 45999, and then the 10 digits of your VoIP phone number.
                          2. If you are using a non-Polycom phone, e.g., a cell phone or your home phone, call the voice mail server at +617.324.5999. When prompted, enter your ten digit VoIP phone number. Next, when prompted, enter your password.
                          8223 0 VoIP Pilot Program VoIP, Voice over IP, Telephone Each time I download a file in Firefox it saves to my Desktop. Is there a way to change the default location to where files will be saved? In Firefox, go to Tools, click on Options then select Downloads. For Save all files to this folder, change the location by clicking on the Browse button. 8224 0 Firefox Firefox, browser, web How do I burn an ISO or disk image to a CD/DVD on a Mac OS X machine? Note: Burning CD/DVDs is not a fully supported process. The answer below is provided for informational purposes.

                          Because ISO images are special kinds of files, simply dragging the files to your CD/DVD icon won't create a bootable CD/DVD.

                          To create a bootable CD/DVD from an ISO image:

                          1. Insert a blank writeable CD/DVD.
                          2. Start Disk Utility.
                          3. Select File menu > Open Disk Image and choose the ISO to be burned.
                          4. In the list of volumes, you will now see an item representing the ISO file. Select it.
                          5. Click the Burn button and follow the instructions.
                            Result: Your blank CD/DVD is burned with the ISO image to create a bootable CD/DVD.

                          For information on burning .dmg or .img files (Mac specific file types) to CD/DVD, see Mac OS X: Using Disk Copy disk image files.

                          8226 0 Burning CDs/ISO Images cd, iso, image, burn, disk, disc, mac, macintosh, MacOS, OS, X How do I uninstall Internet Explorer 7?

                          In order to prevent the reinstallation of IE7, you will need to change the configuration of your machine. If you are configured to get updates directly from Microsoft (default Windows behavior): Install the IE7 Blocker Toolkit.

                          If you are configured to get updates from MIT's Windows Automatic Update Service (WAUS): Reconfigure WAUS for Option 2 (mitsus-n.reg). After uninstalling IE7 and rebooting, be sure to deselect the IE7 update.

                          When you uninstall IE7, the system reverts to IE6.

                          1. In Windows XP, click Start, and then click Control Panel.
                          2. Click Add or Remove Programs.
                          3. In the list of currently installed programs, scroll down to Windows Internet Explorer 7 (near the bottom of the list).
                          4. Click to select it, then click Remove and follow the instructions of the IE7 Removal Wizard.
                          5. When you click Finish in the last dialog of the Removal Wizard, your system will be restarted.
                          6. To forestall further automatic upgrades to IE7 from the Microsoft Windows Automatic Upgrade Service, configure your system to subscribe to the MIT WAUS.
                          8234 0 Internet Explorer internet explorer, uninstall Why does the original filename appear when printing to PDF even after renaming the file? If you create a FileMaker Pro file, and rename it at an OS level, the file retains the original filename. The original filename also appears when previewing or looking at the printer queue while printing. Performing a recover on the file (File menu > Recover) will resolve this issue and display the proper file name. Applies to Mac OS X. For more information, see: http://filemaker.custhelp.com/cgi-bin/filemaker.cfg/php/enduser/std_adp.php?p_faqid=6180. 8239 0 FileMaker 8.5 FileMaker, database How do I specify a printer when printing from FileMaker Pro? FileMaker Pro prints to the Mac OS default printer unless you choose a different printer when you print. Each time you print to a different printer from FileMaker Pro or another Mac OS program, you also change your Mac OS default printer.

                          FileMaker Pro initially uses the Windows default printer and paper options as its default, but you can specify a different default printer and paper options to be used when you print in FileMaker Pro. The Windows default printer and the FileMaker Pro default printer are independent. If you change one default, it doesn't affect the other.

                          For more information, see: http://filemaker.custhelp.com/cgi-bin/filemaker.cfg/php/enduser/std_adp.php?p_faqid=6175.

                          8240 0 FileMaker 8.5 FileMaker, database Why is FileMaker crashing when I load a layout in Browse Mode that has a Web Viewer Object? This problem usually extends from a corrupted file within Mac OS X called 'com.apple.internetconfig.plist'. Here are the directions on how to remove this file and restore Web Viewer Functionality to FileMaker:
                          1. Quit Safari and FileMaker Pro and/or Advanced.
                          2. Go to /Users/your_user_name/Library/Preferences/ and drag (don't empty yet) the 'com.apple.internetconfig.plist' file to the Trash.
                          3. Relaunch FileMaker Pro and/or Advanced and open any database with a Web Viewer Object. Go to the layout with the Web Viewer Object and view it in Browse Mode.
                          4. If the layout opens without crashing you can empty the 'com.apple.internetconfig.plist' file from the trash.

                          Applies to Mac OS X (http://filemaker.custhelp.com/cgi-bin/filemaker.cfg/php/enduser/std_adp.php?p_faqid=6162). 8241 0 FileMaker 8.5 FileMaker, database I am having a problem with Filemaker 8.5 in that when opening a file converted from FM 5.x/6 that has a password, the new 8.5 file does not recognize the password. When you convert a v6 file to v7 or later, whatever admin-level password you had in the old file becomes the user name and password for an admin-level account in the newly converted file. So, you should enter your old password as both user and password in your v8.5 file. That should get you in. You can then make further changes in your user accounts and privileges.

                          If the original v5.x/6 file had no password at all, after conversion a user account "Admin" will be created with no password. The File preferences will be set to automatically login with this account when the file is opened.

                          8242 0 FileMaker 8.5 FileMaker, database How do I burn an ISO or disk image to a CD on a Windows XP machine? Note: IS&T does NOT formally support CD burning or any third party tools for burning disk images/creating bootable CDs. The information below is provided purely for informational purposes.

                          Because ISO images are special kinds of files, simply dragging the files to your CD icon won't create a bootable CD. Windows XP also does not include a tool that is capable of burning a bootbale CD. You will need to download a third party software tool to acomplish this.

                          One popular tool for burning ISO images to create a bootable CD is ISO Recorder. You can download it for free from: ISO Recorder Download Page

                          For more information, see the ISO Recorder tutorial: How to Write ISO Files to CD.

                          8244 0 Burning CDs/ISO Images cd, iso, image, burn, disk, disc, windows, xp When I try to resize an NTFS Partition with the MIT Linux Utility CD, why do I get the error from QTParted about "Opening device as NTFS failed: Operation not supported."? If Windows was not shut down cleanly, the QTParted program will be unable to open the NTFS partition to resize it. The remedy is to boot into Windows, let it cleanup after the messy previous shut down, and then shut down Windows cleanly before booting the MIT Linux Utility CD. 8247 0 7224 Red Hat Enterprise Linux linux, red hat, enterprise, partitioning, installing, install, partitions, CD, utility, util Why do I get an  "ANS1410E Unable to access the network path" message when restoring a file on a Windows machine? When files are backed up from a Windows machine, the files are stored using the full path that Windows assigns to them: the UNC path. This method of storing the files' location includes the hostname of the machine on which the files are stored, an example being:

                          \\example-pc94\C:\Documents\Thesis.doc

                          If the hostname of the machine you are conducting the restore on is different from the original hostname, then the restore will fail with the ANS1410E message. This is due to TSM, on noticing the UNC path, attempting to restore the file to the original local machine and going in search for it on the network. If the machine cannot be found (which it probably won't) then the above error is issued.

                          The solution when restoring files to a new host machine, is to choose the `Restore to' `Following location' in the `Restore Destination' dialog box and select where you want to restore the selected files.

                          This information was taken from the Oxford University Computing Services page.   8249 0 TSM How do I burn an ISO or disk image to a CD on an Athena Linux machine? Note: Burning CDs is not a fully supported process. The answer below is provided for informational purposes.

                          ISO images are special kinds of files that contain a complete copy of a CD. On many platforms, you have to take special care when burning an ISO image to create a bootable CD. On Athena Linux machines, it is much simpler.

                          To create a bootable CD from an ISO image:

                          1. Insert a blank writeable CD.

                          2. Use the Nautilus file manager to navigate to the ISO image file you want to burn and Right-click on the ISO image file.
                            Result: A menu of options appears.


                          3. Select "Write to Disc"

                            Result: The "Write to Disc window opens and displays the default burning options.


                          4. Click on the Write button.
                            Result: Your blank CD is burned with the ISO image to create a bootable CD.
                          8256 0 Burning CDs/ISO Images cd, iso, image, burn, disk, disc, athena, linux, nautilus How do I burn an ISO or disk image to a CD on an Athena Linux machine from the command line? Note: Burning CDs is not a fully supported process. The answer below is provided for informational purposes.

                          ISO images are special kinds of files that contain a complete copy of a CD. On many platforms, you have to take special care when burning an ISO image to create a bootable CD. On Athena Linux machines, it is much simpler.

                          To create a bootable CD from an ISO image:

                          1. Insert a blank writeable CD.

                          2. At the command line, enter the following command being sure to replace /path/to/filename.iso with the location of your ISO file:

                            athena% nautilus-cd-burner /path/to/filename.iso

                            Result: Your blank CD is burned with the ISO image to create a bootable CD.
                          8259 0 Burning CDs/ISO Images cd, iso, image, burn, disk, disc, athena, linux, nautilus How do I burn an ISO or disk image to a CD on an Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (RHEL4) machine from the command line? Note: Burning CDs is not a fully supported process. The answer below is provided for informational purposes.

                          ISO images are special kinds of files that contain a complete copy of a CD. On many platforms, you have to take special care when burning an ISO image to create a bootable CD. On Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 machines, it is much simpler.

                          To create a bootable CD from an ISO image:

                          1. Insert a blank writeable CD.

                          2. At the command line, enter the following command being sure to replace /path/to/filename.iso with the location of your ISO file:

                            athena% nautilus-cd-burner /path/to/filename.iso

                            Result: Your blank CD is burned with the ISO image to create a bootable CD.
                          8260 0 Burning CDs/ISO Images cd, iso, image, burn, disk, disc, red hat, enterprise, linux, nautilus, rhel, rhel4 How do I burn an ISO or disk image to a CD on an Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (RHEL4) machine? Note: Burning CDs is not a fully supported process. The answer below is provided for informational purposes.

                          ISO images are special kinds of files that contain a complete copy of a CD. On many platforms, you have to take special care when burning an ISO image to create a bootable CD. On Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 machines, it is much simpler.

                          To create a bootable CD from an ISO image:

                          1. Insert a blank writeable CD.

                          2. Use the Nautilus file manager to navigate to the ISO image file you want to burn and Right-click on the ISO image file.
                            Result: A menu of options appears.


                          3. Select "Write to Disc"

                            Result: The "Write to Disc window opens and displays the default burning options.


                          4. Click on the Write button.
                            Result: Your blank CD is burned with the ISO image to create a bootable CD.
                          8261 0 Burning CDs/ISO Images cd, iso, image, burn, disk, disc, linux, nautilus, rhel, rhel4, red hat, enterprise Others are having problems reading files I have saved in Office 2007 Word. Is there a way to change the default “save as” file format?
                          1. Open Word 2007 > Office Button  > Save As > Tools ( Lower Right Corner) > Save Options.
                          2. Set the file format to .doc.
                          8265 0 MS Office 2007 I find the Office 2007 “Ribbon Interface” to be distracting. Is there a way to hide it? By right clicking on the Ribbon you can choose to minimize the Ribbon. Simply right click on the Menu Bar and deselect that option to restore the Ribbon Interface. 8268 0 MS Office 2007 microsoft office 2007 What is the Quick Access Toolbar and how can I use it? The Quick Access Toolbar is a toolbar that will allow you to use the tools you most frequently use in Microsoft Office. (e.g Spellcheck) without having to navigate through Office 2007's ribbon interface. Simply right click on a tool button and it will prompt you to add the tool button to the Quick Access Toolbar. 8269 0 MS Office 2007 Microsoft office 2007 How do I save my Excel 2007 files so that others using Excel 2003 can view and edit them?
                          1. Go to the OFFICE BUTTON in the Top left corner of Excel 2007.
                          2. Click on Excel Options button in lower right corner.
                          3. Choose Save option on left.
                          4. In the "Save file in this format " dropdown box , choose Excel 97-2003 .xls.
                          8270 0 MS Office 2007 Microsoft Office 2007 When I send mail, I get the following error: 554 5.7.1 Executable attachments not accepted. What does it mean? Here are a couple different circumstances that cause this error:
                          • When saving a web page as "salon.com.html" and then sending the web page as an attachment. The email is rejected because the name contains ".com" in the middle.
                          • Saving an email message to the desktop as "message.eml" and later trying forward the file. the email is ejected because the name contains ".eml".
                          • Trying to forward an email message in Thunderbird and it fails because Thunderbird forwards the message with a name of "message.eml" which contains ".eml".

                      You can try renaming the attachment and then resending it.

                      MIT's email system has an anti-virus filter. The anti-virus filter looks at file names, and rejects some file name patterns. Files which contain ".com", ".pif", or other unwanted patterns are rejected, even if the pattern is in the middle of the filename. The full list of dangerous three-letter extensions is at: http://web.mit.edu/services/mail/attachments.html

                      8272 0 Sending Mail (SMTP) email, e-mail I have upgraded my Internet Explorer Browser to IE7 and now am unable to print email headers in Outlook / Outlook Express. How can I print the email headers? Please confirm that your Microsoft .NET Framework version is at 2.0. Users can download and install at http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=0856eacb-4362-4b0d-8edd-aab15c5e04f5&displaylang=en.     8275 0 Outlook Internet Explorer, IE 8276 1 8275 Outlook Express I don't want to remember each time to save my files in the 97-2003 format.  How can I set up Office 2007 so that all the new files will be saved automatically  in the 97-2003 format? This is not a global setting so you have to do these steps for the three Office applications: Word, PowerPoint, and Excel.
                      1. In the upper left corner, click on the Office icon.
                      2. Do one of the following:
                        • In Word, click Word Options.
                        • In Excel, click Excel Options.
                        • In PowerPoint,  click PowerPoint Options.
                         
                      3. From the left side on the window, click Save.
                      4. Locate the option Save files in this format:, and do one of the following:
                        • n Word, click Word 97-2003 Document (*.doc).
                        • In Excel, click Excel 97-2003 Document (*.xls).
                        • In PowerPoint, click PowerPoint Presentation 97-2003 Document (*.ppt).
                      5. Click OK.

                      Each document saved from this point will automatically be saved in the 97-2003 format.  Once you save this option for all Office applications, Office will start saving the files you create in what is called "Compatibility Mode."

                      8301 0 MS Office 2007 Microsoft Office 2007, Word, Excel, Powerpoint Is there a way to install MIT certificates in IE7 without running ActiveX control? This is another workaround to install certificates into IE 7, without having to run the ActiveX control as instructed in http://itinfo.mit.edu/article.php?id=8225#personal. You can add the two urls that are contacted for issuing a certificate to the Trusted Sites list in Internet Explorer 7.

                      To add the correct url (https://*.mit.edu) follow the steps below:

                      1. In Internet Explorer 7 go to Tools and choose Internet Options from the drop-down menu.
                      2. Go to the Security tab, highlight Trusted Sites icon, and click on the Sites button.
                      3. Type the url https://ca.mit.edu in the box and click on Add.
                      4. Then type the second url https://ca2.mit.edu in the box and click on Add once more.
                      5. Make sure the box for Require server verification (https:) for all sites in this zone is unchecked.
                      6. Click Close to close the window and go back to http://ca.mit.edu to obtain a certificate.
                      8309 0 Internet Explorer Internet Explorer 7, personal certificates Can I import SAP data into the new Excel 2007? No, the data will not be readable. Excel 2007 is incompatible with SAPgui 6.40. IS&T recommends that you stay with Office 2003 and not try to export SAP data in Excel 2007.  The SAPgui  Release Team will be working on SAPgui7 in the near future. 8312 0 Excel 2007 Microsoft Excel, SAP, SAPgui Why do I receive a multiple beep tone, which tells me that I have a message, but receive it an hour after the message was left? One of the features/functionality of the VOIP service is an "audible" reminder that voice mail messages are awaiting if stored on the asterisk server. This audible reminder is hourly.  

                      For example, if a message came at 8am and you were not present or elected not to listen to the message, there would be an audible beep at 9am, 10am, etc. until you listened to the message.

                      It is occasionally reported as a 1/2 beep and often its sporadic behavior is confusing, for example, 2-minutes after the hour or 25-minutes after the hour... It is associated to the time stamp of the first unheard message.

                      8316 0 VoIP Pilot Program VoIP, telephone How do I update my Red Hat Linux or Athena Linux machine for to the new Daylight Savings Time (DST) schedule? Red Hat Enterprise Linux and Athena Linux users who take regular automatic upates via Red Hat Network or the Athena update system, should have already have automatically taken the updates necessary to adust to the new Daylight Savings Time (DST) schedule.

                      To confirm you have the correct updates installed, enter the following command at a prompt:

                        Prompt% zdump -v /etc/localtime | grep 2007

                      Your system is up to date and has adjusted to the new DST if you see the dates March 11 and November 4 listed twice.

                      Your system is out of date and will not handle the new daylight savings time correctly if you see the dates April 1 and October 28 . You will need to update your system.

                      Red Hat Enterprise Linux: We strongly recommend Red Hat Enterprise Linux customers register and use IS&T's RHN Service to automatically update their workstations regularly to get important security and functionality updates including the DST change updates. Alternatively, Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1, 3, and 4 customers can learn how to make updates to timezone support by hand at: Red Hat's Knowlwedge Base: Daylight Savings Time Changes

                      Athena Linux:We also strongly recommend that Athena Linux users take automatic updates by setting autoupdate to "true". As with standalone RHEL, automatic updates provide important security and funcationality updates including the DST change update. Updating your Athena Linux system to the most recent update will correct the DST issue. For more information on Athena updates and how to take them manually, see Athena Private Workstation Owner's Guide.

                      For our more technical customers, we also provide the list of revised tzdata and glibc-common RPMs are required for the IS&T Supported versions RHEL 3 and RHEL 4 to adjust to the new DST schedule: 

                      Version                tzdata package                        glibc-commonRHEL 3            tzdata-2005m-1.EL3            glibc-common-2.3.2-95.40 or greaterRHEL 4            tzdata-2005m-1.EL4            glibc-common-2.3.4-2.20 or greater
                      8321 0 7201 Red Hat Enterprise Linux linux, red hat, kerberos, enterprise, time, clock, rhel4, redhat, DST, daylight savings time, change, athena What is the signature (i.e., fingerprint) for the MIT CA certificate? The fingerprint is:

                      Sha1 Fingerprint: 91:9A:B7:F1:12:E6:7A:A5:34:3B:C2:B9:10:63:51:BE:60:6C:E0:BF

                      MD5 Fingerprint: F6:F0:04:3B:10:F9:5C:CE:0B:9E:0C:A0:DA:36:93:2A

                      For complete details about the signature, go to http://bs.mit.edu/mitca/sig.asc.

                      8329 0 Certificates CA certificate, fingerprint I am receiving a 12192 error in Firefox and can not access sites that need my personal certificate. How can I stop this error and access certificate protected sites?   Version 2.x Firefox browser gives this error message when your have multiple personal certificates installed.

                      To remove a personal certificate,

                      1. Go to the Firefox >Preferences.

                      2. Select Advanced, click on the Security tab, then click View Certificates.

                        Here you should see all the certificates that are installed.

                      3. If you have multiple copies of your personal certificates, delete extra copies and leave only one.

                      It is also possible that your personal certificate is corrupted in which case you will need to remove the existing certificate and request a new one from the Certificate Page: http://web.mit.edu/ist/topics/certificates/index.html 8349 0 Firefox Firefox, certificates, 12192 error IS&T computer showroom Selected computer models are available to look at in the showroom/walk-in center in the Building N42 front lobby. Most of these machines are either currently recommended by MIT or are from the previous round of recommended machines but very similar to currently recommended computers in form and function.

                      Feel free to stop by any time Monday through Friday between the hours of 9:00am and 5:00pm if you would like to look at or play with these machines. If you need extensive pre-sales advice or needs analysis, please contact us via computing-help@mit.edu or (617) 253-1101.

                      8351 0 Recommended Hardware Showroom laptops, Dell, IBM, Mac How do I manually install the MIT CA and Client Certificate in IE7 on Vista? To install the MIT CA nad client certificate for Internet Explorer 7, follow the instructions at Internet Explorer on Windows Vista: Manually Installing the MIT CA and Client Certificate. 8365 0 Internet Explorer Vista, IE7, Internet Explorer 7, personal certificate, CA, install, On Windows, when I right-click the VirusScan icon in the system tray, Disable On-Access Scan is grayed out. How can I activate it? Disable On-Access Scan is deactivated by default, and should be activated only for debugging purposes.  
                      1. Right-click the Virus Shield icon in the system tray.
                      2. Click on VirusScan Console.
                      3. In the VirusScan Console, double-click on Access Protection.
                      4. Uncheck Prevent McAfee Services from being Stopped at the bottom of the window.
                      5. In the Categories panel, select Common Standard Protection.
                      6. In the right-hand panel, scroll down and uncheck Prevent termination of McAfee processes.
                      7. Click Apply, then click OK.
                      8. Close the VirusScan Console.
                       

                      You should now be able to stop and start the on-access scan as desired.

                      8366 0 VirusScan for Windows How do I avoid losing mail in Apple Mail when migrating between IMAP folders? IS&T recommends using Apple Mail with the MIT IMAP server via the SSL protocol. Apple and IS&T have identified problems in this setup when moving large numbers of messages or folders between one IMAP folder and another, which may result in email being lost. Essentially, the problem is that Apple Mail asks the IMAP server to do a lot of work, and the work does not always finish.

                      The conditions under which this may occur include:

                      • Moving more than 100 messages at a time from one IMAP folder to another IMAP folder.
                      • Having your Apple Mail preferences set to "Move deleted messages to the Trash mailbox".
                      • Having your Mail preferences set to "Permanently erase deleted messages when Quitting Mail".

                      If you plan to move large numbers of messages between IMAP folders, do the following to minimize the risk of being affected by this problem, and of losing email.

                      1. Open Mail > Preferences, click the Accounts button, and click the Mailbox Behaviours tab.
                      2. Under Trash, uncheck "Move deleted messages to the Trash mailbox".
                      3. Close the Preferences window.
                      4. In Mail, go to the View menu. If you see "Show Deleted Messages", click it so that messages marked for deletion will be shown in gray. (This function toggles between Show/Hide Deleted Messages.)
                      5. Move large numbers of messages between IMAP folders in groups of 100 or less at a time. After moving the messages, check that they are all moved before permanently deleting them.
                      8369 0 Apple Mail mail, mac os x, apple, macintosh, backup, back up, move mail How do I delete a contact email address that appears in the Outlook auto-complete list of addresses that pops up when I fill out the "To" field? Sometimes unwanted addresses appear in the auto-complete list of suggested addresses in Outlook. Use the following steps to delete one:

                      When the auto-complete list of addresses appears, use the cursor keys to move down to the address you want to delete. With the address highlighted, press the Delete key to delete the address from the list.

                      8370 0 Outlook Outlook, email, e-mail, auto-complete, addresses  Is TSM for 64 bit for Vista available? While it is a available and can be obtained via tsm-systems@mit.edu, it is not supported.  We will provide our best effort to help you. 8372 0 TSM TSM, Vista, 64 bit Why did I receive an error when trying to install openAFS on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Try removing the krbafs-utils package using the following steps:
                      1. Become root.
                      2. At the root prompt, type: rpm -e krbafs-utils and press Enter.
                      3. Re-run the openafs setup script using the instructions you followed the first time.

                      If the error persists, contact the Computing Help Desk at x3-1103 or unix-linux-help@mit.edu. 8385 0 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (RHEL4) How do I clear the "missed calls" showing up on the phone screen? There is a set of blue arrow keys on the phone:

                      • To clear calls, press the down arrow key and exit.
                      • If you want to clear the actual call list, press the down arrow key followed by the displayed options: 
                        down--> more--> clear
                      8393 0 MITvoip VoIP, telephony, telephone Why aren't my login scripts being run automatically and/or showing an error message (user)? Here are two possible answers for the user:

                      Note: Container admins see: Why aren't my login scripts being run automatically and/or showing an error message (admin)?
                         
                      1. If you are shown a text file containing script that has to be manually closed, it is an indication that the interpreter for Perl (ActivePerl), which is deployed through Group Policy, has not yet been installed.  

                        This can occur due to the Windows XP Fast Boot feature, which makes the operating system believe network connectivity is established before it really is, and speeds up the boot process. It can also can lead to problems with Software Deployment GPOs.  

                        To resolve this issue, reboot your machine until the ActivePerl package has been deployed.

                        2.  
                      2. In some instances, a DOS box stating that “the HideConsole.exe cannot be found” is shown at logon, which is part of LogonAfter.wsh. LogonAfter.wsh is part of the logon routine for machines in the WIN.MIT.EDU domain. This is a known issue for which we unfortunately don’t yet have a solution, but can safely be ignored.
                      8420 0 114 WIN.MIT.EDU windows, central, windows, domain, cwd, win.mit.edu, winathena, central How do I activate my machine in reduced functionality from on campus? After you install Windows Vista Enterprise, your computer needs to be activated within 30 days.

                      If you miss this timeline and don't activate your machine within 30 days, the machine moves into "reduced functionality" mode. Reduced functionality mode means that you can't use Vista. For example, there is no Start Menu, the desktop background changes to black, and there are no desktop icons. You still can use the Web browser and the Internet connectivity will not be blocked.

                      To remove your machine from the reduced functionality mode and activate it, choose the appropriate situation for you.

                      On Campus Activation From Reduced Functionality Mode

                      The system will log you out without warning, but won't shut off your machine. You can log back in. You can still access the Network and system settings in the Control Panel. In the Control Panel, you can add an IP address and/or the correct domain suffix.

                      The steps below explain how you can activate your machine, from reduced functionality mode, when you are on campus.

                      1. A message on the Windows Activation screen tells you that your activation period has expired and you must activate your machine.



                      2. Click on the option Access your computer with reduced functionality.
                        Result: An Internet Explorer Security window appears.



                      3. Click Allow.
                        Result: The Internet Explorer window opens displaying the message "Internet Explorer cannot display the webpage."



                      4. You'll need a Certificate tool. Get the Certificate tool by typing the following in the address bar (the URL line) of the Internet Explorer window:

                        http://web.mit.edu/software/mit-certificate-tool-1.0.1.exe

                        and select Run. See Certificate Installer for Windows Vista for more details.

                      5. Go back to the Activation page by pressing alt-tab.
                        Result: The Activate Windows screen appears.



                      6. Click on Activate windows online now.
                        Result: The next screen confirms that the activation was successful.

                      [Back to top] 8446 0 Windows Vista How do I activate my machine in reduced functionality from off campus?

                      After you install Windows Vista Enterprise, your computer needs to be activated within 30 days. If you miss this timeline and don't activate your machine within 30 days, the machine moves into "reduced functionality" mode. Reduced functionality mode means that you can't use Vista. For example, there is no Start Menu, the desktop background changes to black, and there are no desktop icons. You still can use the Web browser and the Internet connectivity will not be blocked.

                      The system will log you out without warning, but won't shut off your machine. You can log back in. You can still access the Network and system settings in the Control Panel. In the Control Panel, you can add an IP address and/or the correct domain suffix.

                      The steps below explain how you can activate your machine, from reduced functionality mode, when you are off campus.

                      1. A message on the Windows Activation screen tells you that your activation period has expired and you must activate your machine.



                      2. Click on the option Access your computer with reduced functionality. Result: An Internet Explorer Security window appears.



                      3. Click Allow.
                        Result: The Internet Explorer window opens displaying the message "Internet Explorer cannot display the webpage."



                      4. You'll need a Certificate tool. Get the Certificate tool by typing the following in the address bar (the URL line) of the Internet Explorer window:

                        http://web.mit.edu/software/mit-certificate-tool-1.0.1.exe

                        and select Run. See Certificate Installer for Windows Vista for more details.

                      5. Run the Certificate tool. Next, you'll need a personal certificate. Restart your machine and go to Internet Explorer 7 on Windows Vista: Obtaining MIT Certificates.

                      6. Once you have obtained a personal certificate, you can download the Cisco VPN client from MIT Software Download pages. Download the Cisco inistaller to the desktop.

                      7. In the address bar (the URL line), type:

                        \\machine_netbios_name\c$

                        Result: Windows Explorer opens.



                      8. Scroll down to Desktop and to start the installation, double click on the VPN executable file.

                      9. Restart the machine once more after the installation for the Cisco VPN is complete.

                      10. Now go back to the steps described above.
                        • Complete steps 1, 2, and 6 once more.
                        • Skip steps 3, 4, and 5 this time.

                      11. Scroll to C:program files\Cisco systems\VPN client and to launch the program, double click on the vpngui.exe, as shown in the screen below.



                        Result                        : The VPN client will start.

                      12. Click Connect.



                        Result: You will be asked to put in your username and password.



                      13. Once you have entered your username and password, you will be connected to the VPN server.



                      14. Click Continue.

                      15. Go back to the Activation page by pressing alt-tab.
                        Result: The Activate Windows screen appears.



                      16. Click on Activate windows online now.
                        Result: The next screen confirms that the activation was successful.



                      [Back to top]

                      8447 0 Windows Vista How do I activate my machine by restoring from a previous point?

                      After you install Windows Vista Enterprise, your computer needs to be activated within 30 days.

                      If you miss this timeline and don't activate your machine within 30 days, the machine moves into "reduced functionality" mode. Reduced functionality mode means that you can't use Vista. For example, there is no Start Menu, the desktop background changes to black, and there are no desktop icons. You still can use the Web browser and the Internet connectivity will not be blocked.

                      You can activate your machine and remove it from reduced functionality mode by going "back in time" and using restore points created earlier on. Here's what to do:

                      1. Boot from the original Vista CD.
                        Result: The first install screen for Windows Vista appears.



                      2. Click Next.
                        Result: The next installation screen appears.



                      3. Click Repair Your computer.
                        Result: The next System Recovery Options screen appears.



                      4. Click System Restore.
                        Result: The System Restore screen displays and the system restore starts.



                      5. Click Next.
                        Result: The next System Restore screen appears displaying a list of the available restore points.



                      6. Choose the restore point with a date before the activation and click Next.
                        Result: The Confirmation screen appears.



                      7. Confirm that you have chosen the correct restore point and click Finish.
                        Result: The next System Restore screen appears asking "Are you sure you want to continue?" Click YES.

                      8. Once the restore is complete, to ensure that the changes have taken effect, restart your machine.

                      9. Once the restore is complete, you should be able to log on to Vista again. Activate your copy of Vista by following the activation instructions.

                      [Back to top]

                      8448 0 Windows Vista windows,vista,activate,restore When I use MIT's LDAP in Thunderbird, why can't I see the office address? Default settings for Thunderbird do not include an address book mapping that matches the field in LDAP for office address [LDAP: roomNumber.] To see this field you must manually add the mapping to your "pref.js" file.

                      To manually add the office address field:

                      1. Go to the preferences file "pref.js." This is usually found in

                        C:\Documents & Settings\<username>\Application Data\Thunderbird\Profiles\<random string>.default\

                      2. Find the following section:

                        user_pref("ldap_2.servers.MIT.auth.savePassword", true);
                        user_pref("ldap_2.servers.MIT.description", "MIT");
                        user_pref("ldap_2.servers.MIT.filename", "abook-1.mab");
                        user_pref("ldap_2.servers.MIT.maxHits", 100);
                        user_pref("ldap_2.servers.MIT.replication.lastChangeNumber", 0);
                        user_pref("ldap_2.servers.MIT.uri",
                        "ldap://ldap.mit.edu:389/dc=mit,dc=edu??sub?(objectclass=*)");

                      3. At the end of the above section, add the following:

                        user_pref("ldap_2.servers.MIT.attrmap.WorkAddress2", "roomNumber");

                        Note:"ldap_2.servers.MIT" may have a different number and/or name depending on how you configured your LDAP setup.

                      4. Save the file.

                      5. Restart Thunderbird.
                      8464 0 Thunderbird Does IS&T support the use of Thunderbird as an email client? IS&T is currently testing and reviewing Thunderbird to determine what level of support may be offered to the MIT community. If you would like more information, contact the Thunderbird Release Team at <tbird-testers@mit.edu>. 8465 0 Thunderbird Thunderbird, email In WebMail when I use the Address Book to look up information on someone at MIT, I am getting incomplete or inaccurate lists of names. First, make sure that you are using the MIT Online Directory  as your address book.  You can tell what address book is in current use by looking at what appears in the field after "From" on the Address Book Basic Search screen.   You can also set the MIT Online Directory to be the default directory for searching.  To do this in Webmail.
                      1. Click on Address Book.
                      2. Click on Options then click on Searching Options.
                      3. Under Default Directory for your personal addressbook, contact lists and searches, make sure it is set to MIT Online Directory.
                      4. Click on Save Options at the bottom of the screen.
                      5. Click on the Mail icon to return to the Inbox.
                      8467 0 WebMail WebMail, Address Book, Search How do I do call forwarding on the VoIP system?
                      1. Person A calls person B (VoIP line).
                      2. Person B answers, talks to A.
                      3. Person B presses the Transfer software button located on the left side if the phone.

                        4. Result: Person A will be put on hold at this point.

                      4. Person B dials his/her OWN phone number (not the voicemail number), presses the Send soft button to start the call.

                        5. Result: After pressing Send, person B will hear ringing, as their phone calls the voicemail server.  Person A will still be on hold.

                      5. Person B presses the Transfer button again, to connect person A to the line that B dialed.

                        6. Result: Person A will come out of hold, as desired, and will ring through to B's voicemail,as desired.  However, Person B will STILL continue to dial voicemail, and will connect to the voicemail server independently.  This can be very confusing for person B, and  may think that person A was disconnected.

                        In addition, note that the original caller, person A, cannot be transferred straight to voicemail without rings.  They need to let the line ring 4-5 times before the voicemail server picks up the line.

                      8471 0 VoIP Pilot Program VoIP, transfer When I try to get a new MIT personal certificate in IE7 on Windows XP, why do I get the message, "Your browser failed to properly generate a key"? The first time you try to get a new MIT personal certificate in IE7 on Windows XP, you may get the message "Your browser failed to properly generate a key." This may happen even if you upgraded from IE6 to IE7 with existing certificates. This is a security-related action, Certificate Enrollment Control, which did not occur in previous versions of IE. Direct your attention to the yellow information bar at the top of the web page. Click in the bar and a small pop-up menu will apear. In the menu, click "Run ActiveX Control", then click Run in the security-warning dialog box. You will be returned to the page Get an MIT Certificate. Re-enter your information and click Submit. This should generate a new personal certificate. For details, see IE7 for Windows XP: Get the MIT Personal Certificate [http://itinfo.mit.edu/article.php?id=8225#personal]. 8476 0 Internet Explorer Internet Explorer 7, IE, certificate I just installed an MIT personal certificate and a message displayed, "Your personal certificate has been installed, you should keep a backup copy of this certificate." Do I need to back up my certificate? No, it's not necessary to back it up. In the event that you lose your MIT certificate, you can obtain it again at any time by going to Certificates at MIT and clicking on the link, "Get MIT Personal Certificate." 8478 0 Firefox Firefox 2.0.0.4, MIT personal certificate When I open Apple Mail on my Mac, VirusScan occasionally displays messages about detecting a virus, W32/Zhelatin.genleml, in an email message.  The VirusScan message says that it's "not repaired". Is my machine in danger? This is a spam message saying something like "You've received a postcard..." which will contain a link in the message. As long you do not click the link, you should be safe. You can set your VirusScan preferences to delete these emails automatically.  
                      1. Open VirusScan for Mac, then open Preferences.

                      2. You may need to click the padlock at the bottom left and enter your Mac OS X account password to activate the Preferences window and make changes.

                      3. In the Preferences panel, about half-way down, you will see a drop-down menu which shows On Demand Scanner and On Access Scanner.

                      4. For both On Access and On Demand Scanners, use the following settings:
                        • "Scan Apple Mail messages" is checked;
                        • the setting for "When a virus is found" is Clean;
                        • click to check "Delete when Clean fails or is not available".

                      5. Also, make sure that, at the top of the Preferences panel, "Automatically check for virus definition updates" is checked.

                      6. Click the lock to prevent changes and close VirusScan Preferences.

                      Now, when VirusScan detects this and other viruses which it can't clean, it will indicate the action taken as "Deleted".

                      8498 0 Apple Mail Why does yum tell me my RHN (Red Hat Network) support will be disabled? This is a bug in how yum deals with being run as a non-root user. The error messages you get saying that you are not registered for RHN and that RHN support will be disabled are incorrect. The work-around is to always run yum as root. 8507 0 7198 Red Hat Enterprise Linux linux, red hat, support, enterprise, network, RHN How do I transition my Red Hat Network (RHN) setup from up2date to yum? In Red Hat Enterprise 5, the protocol and the programs used to perform system updates has changed. The up2date program is gone and in its place is a new command with new syntax and features called yum. Previously IS&T had recommended that you install the mit-up2date-config RPM to set up periodic updates. The new yum-based update system takes care of this for you. Inconveniently, you must re-register for RHN after upgrading from RHEL 4 to RHEL 5. To transition a system that has been updated to RHEL 5, do the following:

                      1. Review the yum man page to learn how it is different from up2date. 
                        Prompt> man yum
                      2. Remove the mit-up2date-config package. As root, issue the command: 
                        Prompt> rpm -e mit-up2date-config
                      3. Go to The MIT RHN Activation Site , click on the activate button, and follow the the activation instructions you receive via return Email. You will be given information on how to obtain the latest version of the MIT RHN Activation script and how to run it.

                      After configuring yum, a capplet in the menu panel will alert you when updates are available and offer you the opportunity to take updates. An update notifier daemon is installed that periodically checks for updates.

                      A system tool, "Software Updater" is a graphical interface to manually check for and fetch updates.

                      You can check for updates, using the yum command-line tool: 

                      Prompt> yum check-update

                      You can perform a system update using the command-line tool: 

                      Prompt> yum update

                      You can update specific packages using the command line tool: 

                      Prompt> yum update  ...

                      Note: Owing to a known bug in yum, you must always run it as root or you will get misleading and incorrect error messages about RHN being disabled. 8508 0 7198 Red Hat Enterprise Linux linux, red hat, support, enterprise, network, RHN Why do I get the error message, "up2date: command not found" on my Red Hat 5 (RHEL5) system? In Red Hat Enterprise 5, the protocol and the programs used to perform system updates has changed. The up2date program is gone and in its place is a new command with new syntax and features called yum.

                      After updating to RHEL 5, you need to transition your setup from the old up2date-based RHN to the new yum-based one.

                      Follow the instructions in the Stock Answer: Q: How do I transition my Red Hat Network (RHN) setup from up2date to yum? 8513 0 7198 Red Hat Enterprise Linux linux, red, hat, enterprise, network, rhel, rhn, rhel5, up2date How can I download a specific package using yum? The old up2date command had a package download function in addition to an install function. The yum command lacks a download only behavior. There is no equivalent to up2date -d, --download or --get functionality.

                      If what you want to do is install a package,

                              % yum install

                      will function equivalently to the familiar

                              % up2date -i

                      or

                              % up2date --install 8514 0 7198 Red Hat Enterprise Linux linux, red, hat, enterprise, network, rhel, rhn, rhel5, up2date, yum On my Lenovo T61, I try to open the VirusScan Console by right- clicking the V-shield icon in the system tray, the menu hangs. Is there a fix for this? This problem occurs on the Lenovo T61 with the following (it is possible that other models are also affected):

                      • nVidia video controller driver (Quadro NVS 140M version 6.14.11.133 from 5/18/2007)
                      • Lenovo's factory installation of Windows XP
                      • after installation and restart of MIT's VirusScan 8.5i Patch 1

                      The problem is that the VirusScan shstat.exe process is looping on calls to the nVidia TwinView function. No updated nVidia driver is available yet.

                      Here is the fix:

                      • Install all Windows Updates. It does not matter if updates are installed before or after installing VirusScan. If updates are made after VirusScan is installed, the shutdown process will ask to force- quit the nVidia and shstat processes. The problem is fixed on restart.
                      • Uninstalling and reinstalling the video driver also appears to work, but Windows Updates is a better option.
                      8517 0 VirusScan for Windows VirusScan, IBM Lenovo T61 In Kerberos for Windows 3.2.x, when I use multiple identities, changing the default identity does not always work. What should I do? This is a known issue with the Network Identity Manager (NIM) when you use more than one identity. On some occasions the default identity doesn’t change, or if there are more than two identities it changes to a different identity than the one specified. You need to repeat the action until the correct identity is listed as the default.

                      Note: To specify the default identity you will need to use the NIM GUI. This option is not available from the menu when you right click the NIM icon in the Taskbar Notification Area. See KfW 3.2.x: Managing Kerberos Identities.

                      8518 0 Kerberos for Windows kerberos for windows, kfw identities I know I'm typing my password correctly. Why am I getting errors when I try to login to jabber.mit.edu? As of July 2007, if your password has not been changed in a long time (before July 2000), you will be unable to login successfully to MIT Jabber until you change your password.

                      The password change is required to resolve a configuration conflict between the MIT Kerberos server and the Microsoft implementation of Kerberos version 5. Once the Kerberos password changes in the Athena realm, you should be able to log on to jabber.mit.edu. 8525 0 7166 Jabber Service and Clients linux, red hat, enterprise, red hat enterprise,gaim, instant messaging, rhel4, IM, jabber, rhel Why do I get "hesinfo: command not found", even though I've installed the hesiod package? Under RHEL 5, the hesinfo command, which previously was part of the hesiod package was put in its own separate RPM called hesinfo. If you are registered for RedHat Network you can get hesinfo by doing the following:

                      Prompt% yum install hesinfo 8538 0 7198 Red Hat Enterprise Linux linux, red hat, support, enterprise, network, RHN, hesinfo, rhel, rhel5, yum How do I keep my clock synchronized on my RHEL 5 machine? During install you are prompted to enter a time server. The time server at MIT is time.mit.edu. If you entered this when you installed your system, you do not need to take any further action. If you still need to set the time server:

                      1. Right-click on the date and time on the Gnome toolbar, and select Adjust Date and Time.
                      2. You may be prompted for your root password. If requested, enter it.
                      3. Open the "Network Time Protocol" tab.
                      4. Click Add. The words "New NTP Server" will be highlighted in the list on the left.
                      5. Type "time.mit.edu" in the highlighted box on the left, and press Enter
                      6. Click OK.

                        Result: The computer will briefly pause while it contacts the NTP server and sets the time, then the window will disappear. Your time server is set and your machine will stay synchronized automatically.
                      8549 0 7201 Red Hat Enterprise Linux linux, red hat, kerberos, enterprise, time, clock, rhel4, synchronized, redhat Is the Red Hat Enterprise 5 Installation Manual available online? Yes. A version of Red Hat's install guide is located at:

                      Red Hat's RHEL 5 Installation Guide

                      However, we recommend you review our Red Hat Enterprise 5 Product information and Release Notes as they contain MIT specific information.

                      8550 0 7212 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (RHEL4) linux, red hat, enterprise, install, rhel3 How to I open a terminal window in RHEL5? A: From the menu across the top of your screen, choose: Applications >> Accessories >> Terminal

                      Hint: To avoid having to navigate the menus each time you wish to start a terminal, add a Terminal menu command to the panel by using the following procedure:

                      1. Right click in the panel at the top of the screen and choose "Add to Panel"
                      2. Select "Application Launcher" from the dialog box that pops up.
                      3. Click the "Forward" button at the bottom of the dialog box.
                      4. Click on the little triangle to the left of the line "Accessories" to view the accessory menu choices.
                      5. Click on "Terminal" to select that as the menu command to be added to the panel.
                      6. Click on the "+ Add"button to add the command to the panel. Result: The terminal icon will appear in your panel.
                      7. Click the "X Close" button to close the "Add to Panel" dialog box.
                      8551 0 7109 Red Hat Enterprise Linux linux, red hat, terminal, enterprise It's not working. What do I do? Follow the instructions in the Troubleshooting guide.

                      If that doesn’t help, write to telephone-help@mit.edu or call 3-HELP (617-253-4357) for technical assistance.

                      8562 0 MITvoip Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone How can I tell what model of phone equipment I have? Your phone’s model number is on a sticker on the back of your phone. If you can’t find it, compare your phone to the diagrams and descriptions at Identifying Your Phone’s Model. 8563 0 MITvoip Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone Why is the dial tone on my phone is stuttering? You have a voice mail message waiting. See Basic Voice Mail Functions for instructions about playing and handling your messages. 8564 0 MITvoip Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone How many different logins, PINs, and passwords do I need to know? For the most common features, MITvoip is just like traditional telephony: You only need your voice mail PIN, a number of four or more digits.

                      If you want to use the MITvoip Web Interface, you will have to do a one-time setup of your login. After that, you will log in automatically whenever you use a browser that has your certificates installed. To learn more about this feature, see the MITvoip Web Interface User Guide.

                      Advanced users who would like to experiment with configuring their own devices will also have to set their Personal SIP Account password. For more information, please see Personal SIP Accounts.

                      8565 0 MITvoip Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone My display shows “4 new missed calls.” Does this mean I can find out who called me even if they didn’t leave a message? Yes. You can access a lot of information about missed calls, received calls, and placed calls through the Call Lists feature. Through these lists, you can return a call with a single button, see the name of the caller (if available), and save the caller’s name and number in your contact directory. Note that your Missed Calls count is not an indicator of how many messages you have waiting. It counts all calls, whether or not the caller left a message. For more information, see Call Lists and Contact Directory and Speed Dial. 8566 0 MITvoip Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone I can’t find some of my soft keys. Where did they go? Because you have a limited number of soft keys, only a certain number of commands can be visible at one time. When there are too many commands to fit on your display, one of the soft keys will be labeled More. Press the More soft key to show additional commands. 8567 0 MITvoip Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone How can I tell how many phone lines I have on my phone? If your phone has only one unique phone number, it is a single-line phone. If there are at least two unique numbers on your phone’s line keys, you have a multiple-line phone.

                      Regardless of how many phone numbers you have, a number might be assigned to more than one line key on your phone. Multiple line appearances allow you to manage multiple calls on the same line. If a phone number is a shared line, its phone icon will be half gray instead of black. 8568 0 MITvoip Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone When I check my voice mail messages, it doesn’t tell me the date and time of the message. How can I get that information? Press 5 after listening to a message. This plays the “envelope information,” including when it was sent and who the sender is.

                      Also, you can set your voice mail options so that this information will play automatically for every message:

                      1. Access your voice mail and enter your PIN followed by #.
                      2. Press 9 to open the User Options menu.
                      3. Press 3 to open the Message Playback Options menu.
                      4. Press 2 to toggle Message Envelope Playback on or off.
                      5. Press * repeatedly to back out of the menus and exit voice mail.
                      8569 0 MITvoip Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone My phone display has changed. My line key labels are gone, and it says “IS&T VoIP Service” across the top. What happened? How can I make this go away? This screen appears when you press the Services button. It’s showing you a brief web page about Voice over IP services. Use the up/down arrows to scroll.

                      There are links to useful contacts at the bottom of the page. To call one of these contacts, highlight its name and press the checkmark button.

                      To make this screen disappear, press the Services button again.

                      8570 0 MITvoip Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone How do I install Firefox on my Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 machine? Firefox is installed by default with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5. If you removed it or chose not to include it with a custom install, you can install it now as follows:
                      1. If you are not already using Red Hat Network to get operating system, security, and application updates for your Red Hat Enterprise Linux workstation, register now and follow the instructions provided. Red Hat Network service is free to MIT community members.

                      2. As root, enter the following command:

                        prompt> yum install firefox

                      Result: Firefox is installed or updated on your workstation as needed. If the most current version of Firefox is already installed, it will inform you that there is 'Nothing to do'.

                      8571 0 7166 Firefox linux, red hat, enterprise, red hat enterprise, firefox, mozilla, rhel, 5 Can I create custom fields for my queue? Yes, as long as you are a queue administrator. Go to Configuration>Queue>your-queue-name->Ticket Custom Fields>New custom field to create a new field. 8573 0 Custom Fields Request Tracker, RT, custom fields How do I enable Kerberos ticket forwarding under RHEL5? Recent versions of OpenSSH have Kerberos ticket forwarding turned off in the default configuration. To enable it for your local user account, you need to edit the file $HOME/.ssh/config using any text editor. The easiest way to do this under a normal login session is with the command:

                      Prompt> gedit $HOME/.ssh/config

                      Add these lines at the beginning of the file:

                      GSSAPIAuthentication yes
                      GSSAPIDelegateCredentials yes

                      Hint: The file may be appear blank when you edit it if you have not previously configured OpenSSH.

                      Save the file. Now you can now use Kerberos tickets and use ssh to connect to Athena, without being prompted for your password.

                      Note: You will still be prompted for your password if you do not have Kerberos tickets or if they have expired. 8576 0 7198 Red Hat Enterprise Linux linux, red hat, enterprise, kerberos, ticket forwarding, OpenSSH, ssh, Athena, authentication How can I install Adobe Reader as a plugin for my web browser under Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5? To install as a plug-in:

                      1. Become root.
                      2. Type the following:

                        Prompt> yum install acroread-plugin

                        Note: If you have not already installed the "acroread" package, you will be prompted to do so at this time.

                      Result: You can now view PDF files within your web browser. Depending on the web site you are viewing, you may or may not have to quit and restart your web browser after installing the plugin.

                      8577 0 7506 Adobe Acrobat Reader for Linux linux, red hat, enterprise, rhel, rhel4, install, adobe, reader, acrobat, plugin, mozilla, firefox How do I configure e-mail and browser settings for AdobeReader 7 for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5? See the Configure section of Adobe Reader 7 for Red Hat Enterprise 5 Linux: Installing and Configuring 8582 0 7506 Adobe Acrobat Reader for Linux linux, red hat, enterprise, rhel, rhel4, install, adobe, reader, acrobat, plugin, mozilla, firefox I don't see the Red Hat Supplementary CDs with the other ISO images for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5. Why not? We don't currently distribute the Supplementary CDs for Red Hat Enterprise 5 because they have End User License Agreements (EULAs) that we have not yet had time to fully review.

                      Many such ELUA agreements attempt to bind MIT to terms that MIT never signs, such as promising to indemnify against the acts of students.

                      We are currently reviewing the EULAs and hope to offer as many of the Extras as possible for a future release. 8583 0 7220 Red Hat Enterprise Linux linux, red hat, enterprise, redhat, rhel3, rhel4 What are the differences amongst the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 Client and Server options? The Red Hat web site describes various Enterprise 5 offerings including their relationship to former Red Hat 4 products.

                      http://www.redhat.com/software/rhel/compare/

                      Whereas Red Hat Enterprise 4 products differed only by a few packages and the AS product was the one that contained everything, Red Hat has put some effort into differentiating the Red Hat 5 products. Packages inappropriate for interactive computing such as Open Office have been removed from RHEL 5 Server. Such packages are only available in RHEL 5 Client.

                      The current product mix can be summarized as:

                      • RHEL 5 Server (often appearing in Red Hat product descriptions and documentation simply as "Red Hat Enterprise 5" with no additional descriptive terms in the name) is the baseline server product. It is intended for small service hosts. It is limited to 2 "sockets" (CPU chips, with 1 or more computing cores), and 4 virtualized guests/instances. Most MIT service providers will find this is the product to choose.

                      • RHEL 5 Advanced Platform is a scaled up version of Server, providing for unlimited sockets and virtualized instances. It also contains high availability filesystem (GFS) and failover (Cluster Suite) components. Unfortunately, the Red Hat site license that MIT has does not cover Advanced Platform. Customers needing Advance Platform will need to purchase a per-host license.

                      • RHEL 5 Client (often appearing in Red Hat product descriptions and documentation as "Red Hat Enterprise Desktop") is the baseline interactive client OS product. Most of the "fancy stuff" has been left out of this product with the expectation that customers will adopt one of the more advanced options if necessary.

                      • RHEL 5 Client Multi OS Option is for customers who need virtualization on the Desktop. Multi OS enables up to 4 virtualized guests/instances, but limits the system to 1 CPU socket, and 4 GB of memory. Red Hat's educational site license does not cover this option so it too is unavailable at MIT except to those customers who contact Red Hat and purchase per-host licenses.

                      • RHEL 5 Client Workstation Option removes the 4 GB memory limit, and contains support for up to 2 sockets. Most importantly, it contains the software development packages that Linux users traditionally expect on their desktops.

                        Workstation is the desktop option that most MIT customers will want. MIT customers subscribing to Red Hat Network through the MIT Satellite Server are auto-subscribed to the Workstation channel, and will be able to add the software development and other such packages without going back to the install media.

                      8584 0 7198 Red Hat Enterprise Linux linux, red hat, support, enterprise, rhel, rhel4, AS, WS, differences, ES, Desktop My RHN subscription seems to have broken. How do I re-register with the MIT RHN Satellite Server? Go to The MIT RHN Activation Site and click on the activate button. You will receive an email with instructions on how to obtain the latest version of the MIT RHN Activation script and run it. Follow the instructions to complete your registration with the MIT RHN Satellite server.

                      Important: If after performing this re-registering process, your RHN service is still failing, do not repeat the re-registration process. Instead contact the Computing Help Desk for additional help by calling 617.253.1103 or sending email to: unix-vms-help@mit.edu. 8585 0 7198 Red Hat Network (RHN) linux, red hat, support, enterprise, network, RHN Which variety of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 should I run? And where do I get it? There are many options for running Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5. Make your choice based on the hardware architecture and intended use.

                      For a description of the differences amongst the various Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 product options, see What are the differences amongst the Red Hat Enterprise 5 Client and Server options?

                      In practice, most MIT service providers will go with the Red Hat Enterprise 5 Server with no additional options, and interactive desktop users will go with Red Hat Enterprise 5 Client with the Workstation option (which is how the software delivery channels are configured by default for customers who register for Red Hat Network via MIT's RHN Satellite Server.)

                      Once you know your hardware type and what variety you need, you can request install media via interdepartmental mail:

                      Or you can fetch the ISO Images and burn your own install media by visiting MIT's Red Hat Linux Software Distribution.

                      The top level directory is currently rhel-5.0. When you open that link, you will see subdirectories corresponding to hardware architecture and product type.

                      Within each directory there are a number of files such as rhel-5-client-i386-disc1.iso. These are ISO disk images. Each complete set will produce a series of disks.

                      Once you have the ISO images, you need to burn the data to CD. See the stock answers for Burning CDs/ISO Images

                      If you have questions or concerns, contact the UNIX and Linux Help Desk. Call 617.253.1103 or send email to: unix-vms-help@mit.edu. 8586 0 7198 Red Hat Enterprise Linux linux, red hat, support, enterprise, rhel, rhel5 Some mit.edu mail is ending up in my Spamscreen folder. How do I prevent mail loss? MIT Spam Screening uses SpamAssassin on the MIT email servers to lessen the impact on the MIT community of an increased volume in spam messages. Enabling this product decreases the amount of spam you receive but cannot eliminate it entirely. There are sometimes cases where an email will be directed to the wrong folder. To troubleshoot specific messages and to ensure legitimate email gets through to the proper location:

                      • Set up and maintain the allow/deny lists on your Spam Screening Preferences page.

                        Note: “Allow” rules entered on your Spam Screening Preferences page are applied at the MIT mail servers, which deliver mail to either your Inbox or Spamscreen folder. This is not the case for “Allow” rules set in your email client, including the Allow list in MIT WebMail.

                      • Examine mail messages for the appropriate "X-Spam-Flag" and "X-Spam-Score" headers. The "Flag" header should be "YES" for mail that goes to the spamscreen folder and "NO" for mail that stays in the inbox. Most of the time, the Flag setting will be directly based on whether the score is above or below your spam score threshold.

                      • If the X-Spam-Flag decision for "YES" or "NO" is not correct, examine the "From", "Return-Path", and "To" headers, and compare these headers against your Spam Screening Allow/Deny lists

                      For more information on headers, see MIT Spam Screening: Headers.

                      If you need help in troubleshooting specific email messages, contact the Computing Help Desk and include the full headers in the message, as well as your personalized spam screening settings.

                      For more information on IS&T's spam screening service, see Spam Screening at MIT.

                      8608 0 Spamscreen How do I view hidden files in Windows XP and 2000? Go to Control Panels > Folder Options > View tab and select Show hidden files and folders. 8614 1 7020 Windows 2000 Professional Windows XP, Windows 2000, hidden files How do I configure Open Office to recognize a new printer on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4? Different distributions of Linux integrate printers and Open Office differently. Instructions for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 are below. For other distributions, see the instructions for: Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 and Athena.

                      Under RHEL 4, select Applications -> System Settings -> Printing.

                      Result: You have activated the Printer Configuration tool which is fully documented in Chapter 26. Printer Configuration of the Red Hat Enterprise 4 System Administration Guide.

                      Note: Make sure you click on the "Apply" button to commit to the creation of the new printer. Otherwise it just looks like you've created a new printer.

                      The new printer will be found when Open Office is restarted.

                      Note also: The RHEL 4 OpenOffice documentation does, in fact tell you to use the OS Printer configuration, but does not mention that you need to restart Open Office to see the effects. 8622 0 7227 OpenOffice.org linux, red hat, enterprise, printing, lprng, open office, openoffice.org, star office How do I configure Open Office to recognize a new printer on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5? Different distributions of Linux integrate printers and Open Office differently. Instructions for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 are below. For other distributions, see the instructions for: Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 and Athena.

                      Under RHEL 5, select System -> Administration -> Printing.

                      Result: You have activated the Printer Configuration tool Chapter 33. Printer Configuration of the Red Hat Enterprise 5 Deployment Guide.

                      As soon as a printer is added with the aid of this tool, Open Office will offer it when the "Print..." menu command is issued. There is no need to restart Open Office for new printers to be detected.

                      Note: When RHEL 5 did the Open Office integration, they did not change the printer setup documentation, and instead of telling you to use the OS Printer setup, it tells you to run a program spadmin which is either not installed at all, or hard to find. In any event, use of spadmin is not appropriate for RHEL 5. 8623 0 7227 OpenOffice.org linux, red hat, enterprise, printing, lprng, open office, openoffice.org, star office How do I configure Open Office to recognize a new printer on Athena? Different distributions of Linux integrate printers and Open Office differently. Instructions for Athena Linux are below. For other distributions, see the instructions for: Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 and Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.

                      Athena Linux pre-configures Open Office for all the general use printers found on campus.

                      In the unlikely event that you need to configure in a printer of your own, you will need to use the spadmin utility. Getting hold of this utility is a little tricky if you are not familiar with how Athena has organized the various lockers to support the various versions of Open Office.

                      1. Find out the version of OpenOffice you are running by issuing the menu command:
                        Help -> About OpenOffice.org

                      2. Look for the line of text below the pretty OpenOffice logo that gives a full version number, for example 2.2.1 or 2.2.

                      3. In a terminal window, enable the spadmin by adding the appropriate locker substituting the version number for "VERS" in the command:

                        add -f ooffice_vVERS

                        for example:

                        Prompt> add -f ooffice_v2.2.1

                      4. Run the spadmin utility:

                        Prompt> spadmin

                      5. Select "New Printer", and "Add a printer" on the next screen.

                      6. On next screen, pick the closest printer driver you can find from the list to the printer you have (an exact match is usually not critical).

                      7. On following screen, set "print command-line" as follows:

                        lpr -Pprintername

                        where printername should be replaced by the actual name of your printer.

                      8. On following screen, set "name" as the actual name of your printer (same as printername above).

                      9. Enter Finish, then Close on the following screen.

                      Result: Your printer will be visible as soon as you restart Open Office.

                      If you use Open Office on both Athena Suns and Athena Linux systems, you will need to run spadmin on both platforms because the configuration files are kept in separate for the separate platform types.

                      If using spadmin seems like too much trouble, you can always print to a file, and use the regular lpr command to print the PostScript file. 8624 0 7227 OpenOffice.org linux, red hat, enterprise, printing, lprng, open office, openoffice.org, star office How do I start Open Office? Different distributions of Linux integrate Open Office differently. Generally, if Open Office is installed, you can start it from the command line as follows:

                        Prompt> ooffice

                      Athena works this way, as do Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 and 5. Additionally startups for Open Office can be found in the menus.

                      On Athena the generic OpenOffice.org window will start from a variety of menu entries:

                        Math/Plotting -> Spreadsheets -> Open Office
                        Graphics/Multimedia -> Image Editing/Viewing -> OpenOffice
                        Editing/Publishing -> Desktop Publishing -> OpenOffice

                      Under Red Hat Enterprise 5 the following menu entries are examples of startups for Open Office components:

                        calc, the spreadsheet component starts from:

                          Applications -> Office -> Spreadsheet

                        writer, the document preparation component starts from:

                          Applications -> Office -> Word Processor

                      Under Red Hat Enterprise 4 the various components of OpenOffice are under:

                        Applications -> Office

                          Openoffice.org Calc (spreadsheet)
                          Openoffice.org Draw (line drawings)
                          Openoffice.org Impress (slide presentations)
                          Openoffice.org Math (equation formatting)
                          Openoffice.org Writer (word processing)

                      8625 0 7227 OpenOffice.org linux, red hat, enterprise, printing, lprng, open office, openoffice.org, star office I am getting errors when trying to send mail via Windows Mail. I am using MIT's outgoing server: outgoing.mit.edu Change the Windows Mail default outgoing server from port 25 to port 465, and verify that the "This server requires a secure connection (SSL)" checkbox is checked.

                      Documentation is available at: http://itinfo.mit.edu/article.php?id=8452.

                      Step 17 of the documentation describes how to do this from the Internet Accounts: Properties dialog box. 8632 0 Windows Mail windows,mail,error,outgoing,server I am getting errors when sending mail via Windows Mail. I am not using MIT's outgoing server (outgoing.mit.edu), but am using a third party email account and outgoing server (e.g. smtp.comcast.net, outgoing.verizon.net, etc.) The problem could be McAfee 8.5.0i. If you are using this virus protection program, please note that it does NOT include WinMail.exe in its list of exceptions for accessing port 25. You must manually add WinMail.exe to McAfee by doing the following:

                      1. Right-click the McAfee VirusScan shield icon displayed in the lower right-hand corner of your monitor (near the PC's clock).

                      2. Select VirusScan Console... at the top of the menu.

                      3. From the list of Tasks select and double-click Access Protection.

                      4. On the Access Protection tab, select Anti-virus Standard Protection from the Categories listing on the left.

                      5. Under Rules (on the right side), select Prevent mass mailing worms from sending mail.

                      6. Click Edit.

                      7. In the Processes to exclude field enter: "WinMail.exe".

                      8. Click OK.
                      8633 0 Windows Mail email,windows,mail,error 8639 1 8633 VirusScan for Windows 8640 1 8632 VirusScan for Windows In Fetch 5.0 (and later), where did all those listings under the Shortcuts menu come from? Fetch uses a technology called Bonjour that lets computers automatically find services available on a local network. Fetch discovers any local FTP or SFTP servers and adds them to your shortcuts menu. You will still need an account and password for restricted machines. For more information see: http://www.fetchsoftworks.com/FetchWebHelp/Contents/Concepts/Rendezvous.html. 8645 0 FTP - Secure File Transfer (SecureFX, Fetch) Fetch, Bonjour I am experiencing a problem with the MITvoip Console on Mac OS X 10.5. The fonts on all of the buttons are illegible. Confirm that the machine has Flash Player 9 installed. The Flash Player is a free download. 8666 0 MITvoip voip, mitvoip, flash, sylantro I'm a non-MIT user of the MIT Wiki Service. How do I change my password? Log in, then go to: https://wikis.mit.edu/users/changemypassword.action 8677 0 MIT Wiki Service mit, wiki, wikis, change, password How do I request that a plugin be installed for the MIT Wiki Service? Confluence plugins need to be installed globally. We take the cautious approach to installing plugins, particularly those provided by third-parties. However, we will do our best to evaluate and install plugins which are deemed safe, which will benefit the community, and which are a safe bet to be supported into the future. In order to minimize the possibility of unforeseen compatibility issues, we will generally attempt to install plugins between terms.

                      Plugin requests should be directed to wiki-support@mit.edu 8678 0 MIT Wiki Service mit, wiki, wikis, reqiest, plugin, plug, in, confluence, plug-in What is the quota for my MIT Wiki space? At present there is no quota. A basic amount of storage will always be available free of charge, but it is possible that a quota will be imposed at some point in the future. 8679 0 MIT Wiki Service mit, wiki, wikis, quota, cost, storage Why can't I find Gaim on my Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 machine? Due to legal issues, the Gaim messaging program had to be renamed pidgin. While Red Hat Enterprise Linux ships with gaim, it is renamed to pidgin the first time you update your system. Other than the name, the programs are the same. You should not notice any significant differences. 8680 0 7166 Jabber Service and Clients linux, red hat, enterprise, red hat enterprise,gaim, instant messaging, rhel4, IM, jabber, rhel Why can't I find Gaim on my Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 machine? Due to legal issues, the Gaim messaging program had to be renamed pidgin. While Red Hat Enterprise Linux ships with gaim, it is renamed to pidgin the first time you update your system. Other than the name, the programs are the same. You should not notice any significant differences. 8681 0 7166 Red Hat Enterprise Linux linux, red hat, enterprise, red hat enterprise,gaim, instant messaging, rhel4, IM, jabber, rhel How do I back up databases hosted in FileMaker Server? Backing up your FileMaker database is a two-step process. You can create a scheduled task in FileMaker Server to create a back-up copy of the database, which it stores locally on the host machine. However, this backup copy could also be lost in the event of a system failure (such as a hard drive failure), so you must also save the backup copy to an external location in order to protect your data. This can be done using the TSM backup service, or you can save it to another storage location, such as an external hard drive or another machine.

                      To schedule a backup task in FileMaker Server:

                      1. Start the Admin Console and go to Schedules.
                      2. Choose Actions >Create a Schedule and click Perform Action.
                      3. Select Back Up Databases and click Next.
                      4. Choose a backup frequency and click Next.
                      5. Select the databases or folders that you’d like to include in the backup and click Next.
                      6. Specify the location of the Backup Folder.
                      7. Check the box for “Verify backup integrity” (optional, but recommended) and click Next.
                      8. Modify the schedule details, if desired, and click Next.
                      9. Specify a name for this scheduled task.
                      10. Uncheck the “Send email notification” box, or enter an email address to receive notification of failed backups and click Next. Note: You must configure SMTP in order to use this feature.)
                      11. Click Finish.

                      You can find information on how to register for TSM and back up your data at: http://web.mit.edu/ist/topics/backup/index.html Make sure that your TSM backup includes the Backup Folder specified in your FileMaker Server backup task. You should also make sure that your TSM backup does not include the directory that contains the live database files. Attempting to back up the live files, rather than the copies created by the FileMaker Server backup, could result in data corruption. You can find the location of this folder in the Admin Console, by going to Database Server >>Default Folders. 8683 0 FileMaker Server 9 FileMaker Server 9, database I want to use email notification feature of FileMaker Server 9 to receive database warnings and errors. How do I set that up? You can set up email notification in the Admin Console:

                      1. Go to General Settings>Email notification.
                      2. Enter the desired “from” and “reply-to” email addresses.
                      3. Enter outgoing.mit.edu for the SMTP Server Address.
                      4. Set the Port to 25.
                      5. Do not check the box for SMTP Authentication.
                      6. Use the Test SMTP Settings button to test your settings (optional, but recommended).
                      7. Check the box for Enable Email Notifications.
                      8. Enter the email address that should receive the notifications.
                      9. Select whether you would like notification for just errors or warnings and errors
                      10. click the Save button to save your changes.

                      McAfee Virus Scan for Windows may block outgoing mail generated by FileMaker Server. If this occurs, add FileMaker Server to the list of exceptions to the mass mailing rule:

                      1. Right-click the McAfee VirusScan shield icon displayed in the lower right-hand corner of your monitor (near the PC's clock).
                      2. Select VirusScan Console... at the top of the menu.
                      3. From the list of Tasks select and double-click Access Protection.
                      4. On the Access Protection tab, select Anti-virus Standard Protection from the Categories listing on the left.
                      5. Under Rules (on the right side), select Prevent mass mailing worms from sending mail.
                      6. Click Edit.
                      7. In the Processes to exclude field enter: fmsadmin.exe.
                      8. Click OK.

                      Important Note: FileMaker Server does not support password authentication with SSL, which is MIT’s recommended configuration. MIT’s mail system currently allows email to be sent without authentication, but this may be discontinued in the future. Please also be aware that unauthenticated email is more likely to be marked as spam, so be sure to add the "from" email address to your Spamscreen Allow list.

                      8685 0 FileMaker Server 9 FileMker Server 9, database How do I encrypt traffic between FileMaker Server and FileMaker Pro? To enable SSL encryption:
                      1. Open the FileMaker Server Admin Console.
                      2. Go to Configuration>Database Server>Security.
                      3. Check the box for Secure connections to FileMaker Server.
                      4. Stop the database server software: click on the button, set the desired delay time, and click OK.
                      5. After the delay time has elapsed, restart the database server software: click on the button.
                      8686 0 FileMaker Server 9 FileMaker Server 9, database I'm installing FileMaker Server 9 on a Macintosh, and am trying to launch the Admin Console for the first time, but I'm getting the following error: "Unsupported JNLP version in launch file: 1.5. Only version 1.0 is supported with this version. Please contact the application vendor to report this problem." To fix this problem:
                      1. Find and select the downloaded file admin_console_webstart.jnlp. (The file should be located where your browser saves downloaded files.)
                      2. In the Mac OS X Finder, go to File > Get Info, or press Command + I.
                      3. Change the Open with from the default of Java Web Start (11.5.0) to Java Cache Viewer 11.5.0.
                      4. To apply to all JNLP files, click Change All, then click OK in the dialog box.

                      You should now be able to double-click and launch the application from JNLP without an error.>/p>

                      Note: The FileMaker Server 9 Admin Console requires Java 5. If you have not already done so, run Software Update from your Apple Menu, and install Java for Mac OS X 10.4, Release 5.

                      8687 0 FileMaker Server 9 How do I tell what my default application for opening PDFs is? On Mac OS X, Preview is the built-in, default PDF viewer. To check,
                      1. Locate a PDF file on your system.
                      2. Choose File>Get Info.
                      3. In the Info window, look for what is displayed under Open with: (you may need to click the arrow to display the section).

                      Windows does not have a built-in, default PDF viewer. To check if a viewer is installed:

                      1. In Windows XP, go to Start>Control Panel >Folder Options>File Types. In Windows Vista, go to Start>Default Programs>Set Associations.
                      2. Scroll through the Extensions and look for .pdf. If .pdf is not listed, download Adobe Reader from http://www.adobe.com/
                      8691 0 Macintosh Acrobat, .pdf 8692 1 8691 Windows How do I change the default application for opening PDFs to Adobe Reader? Check to see that you have Adobe Reader installed. If not, go to the Adobe site, http://www.adobe.com/ then download and install Reader.

                      To set Reader as the default on Mac OS X:

                      1. Select any PDF file and choose File>Get Info.
                      2. From the Open with: drop-down menu, choose Adobe Reader.
                      3. Click Change All, and in the subsequent dialog box, click Continue.

                      On Windows, if no other PDF viewer is installed, once Adobe Reader is installed, it becomes the default. If another PDF viewer was the default:

                      1. In Windows XP, go to Start>Control Panel>Folder Options >File Types. In Windows Vista, go to Start>Default Programs >Set Associations.
                      2. Highlight .pdf, then click Change and choose Adobe Reader.
                      8693 0 Macintosh Acrobat, .pdf 8694 1 8693 Windows How do I configure Pidgin to access MIT's Jabber server? As follows:

                      Note: Pidgin adopts the new naming convention that changes Jabber which has become an umbrella term for a lot of related instant messaging technology to XMPP the official name for the core messaging protocol. So when you want to "configure for Jabber" you need to look for the new name, "XMPP".

                      1. Start Pidgin
                        Result: The login window appears.

                      2. Click on the Accounts button.
                        Result: The accounts window appears.

                      3. Click on the Add button.
                        Result: The add account window appears.

                      4. Under Protocol select "XMPP".
                        Result: The configuration options for XMPP are listed.

                      5. Enter the following settings:
                        • Screen Name: Your MIT username/Kerberos principal
                        • Domain: mit.edu
                        • Resource: We recommend leaving this at the default for the first system you set up, and then that you choose a unique location for additional computers running Pidgin.
                        • Password: We recommed leaving this blank so your password is not stored locally.


                      6. Click on the "Advanced" Tab.
                        Result: Several more setting options appear.

                      7. Enter the following settings:
                        • Connect server: jabber.mit.edu
                        • Leave the default for all other settings.

                        Result: Your new account is saved and will show up on the list in the accounts window.

                      8. In the acccounts window, click Close
                        Result: The accounts window closes and you are returned to the login window. Your new Jabber account should be listed in the Accounts drop-down menu.

                      9. You can test your configuration by logging in to the MIT jabber server. Select your new Jabber account from the drop down menu and enter your MIT/Kerberos password. Click Ok.
                        Result: Your buddy list will appear and you're ready to start chatting.
                      8695 0 7166 Jabber Service and Clients linux, red hat, enterprise, red hat enterprise,gaim, instant messaging, rhel4, IM, jabber, rhel, athena, pidgin, xmpp How do I install Pidgin on my Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 machine? Pidgin is installed by default after the first time your Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 machine takes an update. If you removed it or chose not to include it with a custom install, you can install it now as follows:
                      1. If you are not already using Red Hat Network to get operating system, security, and application updates for your Red Hat Enterprise Linux workstation, register now and follow the instructions provided. Red Hat Network service is free to MIT community members.

                      2. As root, enter the following command:

                        prompt> yum install pidgin

                      Result: Pidgin is installed on your workstation.

                      8696 0 7166 Jabber Service and Clients linux, red hat, enterprise, red hat enterprise,gaim, instant messaging, rhel4, IM, jabber, rhel, athena, pidgin, xmpp In Thunderbird 2.0, when I forward a message with an attachment of any sort the MIT mail servers bounce it back as an executable. How can I stop this from happening? By default, Thunderbird 2.0 will forward messages as an attachment instead of inline in the message. The attachment type it forwards is blocked as an executable file on the MIT mail servers. To prevent this from happening, you can try to do the following:

                      Windows
                      Open Thunderbird > Go to Tools > Options > Composing > Change Forward Message from "As Attachment" to "Inline"

                      OS X
                      Thunderbird > Preferences > Composition > General > Change Forward Message from "As Attachment" to "Inline"

                      8714 0 Thunderbird Thunderbird retrieves my mail very slowly when VirusScan's OnAccess starts up. How do I improve Thunderbird's speed? Disable the Scan on Reads and add additional exclusions for Thunderbird:
                      1. Click on Start > Programs > Network Associates > VirusScan Console.

                      2. Right-click On-Access scan and select Properties.

                      3. In the left-pane click All Processes.

                      4. In the right-pane enable the Use different settings for high-risk and low-risk processes option.

                      5. On the left side click on Low-Risk processes.

                      6. In the right-pane click ADD.

                      7. Select the process thunderbird.exe and clickOK.

                      8. Select the Detection tab.

                      9. Disable When reading from disk.

                      10. Enable When writing to disk.
                        Note: Only the option on writing to disk must be enabled.

                      11. At the bottom of the page click on Exclusions.

                      12. Click on Add to include the paths listed below:
                        Note: For each new added exclusion un-check theOn-Read option.

                        - c:\documents and settings\\Application Data\Thunderbird
                        - c:\program files\Mozilla thunderbird
                        - c:\program files\mozilla.org\mozilla
                        - c:\program files\common files\mozilla.org

                      13. After adding all the above click OK to close the exclusions window.

                      14. Click OK.

                      15. Press to close VirusScan Console.
                      8715 0 Thunderbird When VirusScan detects a new email that might have a Virus, it asks me to choose ignore, continue, clean, quarantine, or delete. If I choose clean or delete, it will delete the entire local folder rather than the individual message. How do I prevent losing my Inbox folder? Set the VirusScan to only quarantine files -- not delete. You should also add the mail folder to the Exclude list to prevent this from happening. 8716 0 Thunderbird Can I use Thunderbird with certificates? You can import the MIT Certificate Authority by going to Tools > Options > Privacy > Security > View Certificates > Authorities > Import and select the MIT CA. 8720 0 Thunderbird How do I configure Thunderbird to use a second From: address? You can set up identities in Thunderbird so when composing email, you can choose an identity the specifies a different From: address than your own email address. To do this:
                      1. Go to Tools > Account Settings.
                      2. With your username@mit selected in the left hand pane, click on the Manage Identities button.
                      3. In the next window click Add....
                        Result: This produces a tabbed window where you can fill in a name, email address, and reply-to email address.

                      After you've created the identity, you can choose it from a dropdown list in the Compose window that displays after you click the Write button to start a new message.

                      8721 0 Thunderbird How do I turn off sorting by subfolder in Thunderbird? Go to View > Sort by. You should see that Sort by Group is selected at the bottom of the menu. Choose Unthreaded. The inbox should now be sorted normally. 8722 0 Thunderbird How do I add a signature to my emails in Thunderbird? You can create a signature file in Wordpad or Word and save this to your desktop or other folder. Then open Thunderbird.
                      1. Go to Tools > Account settings.

                      2. Click on the Choose button in the Attach this signature section and browse to the desktop or other folder where you saved the signature file.

                      3. Choose this file and click OK to close the Tools window.

                      Now this signature will be added to your outgoing emails.

                      8723 0 Thunderbird How do I get a copy of the messages sent to my MIT Mail saved to my local machine when using Thunderbird configured using IMAP?
                      1. Open Thunderbird.

                      2. Go to Tools Menu > Message Filters > New > For Incoming Message Match any of the following

                      3. Change First field to : To Second Field: Contains Third: Your MIT Username

                      4. Change Move Message to ( which is current default) to "Copy Message to " Second field should be a folder on your local machine.

                      That will leave a copy on the MIT Mail Servers and provide a copy of that mail locally ( for backup purposes or whatever)
                      Note:This will only copy messages sent to your account directly, not mailing lists.

                      8724 0 Thunderbird Why won't Thunderbird save my "Sent" mail? Some people have an intermittent problem when Thunderbird tries to save a copy of Sent mail back onto their mail server. The Thunderbird connection hangs after sending the message. The message is sent, and the message is uploaded to the server, but Thunderbird cannot send any more mail until it is quit and restarted.

                      The root cause of the problem is a bad interaction between Thunderbird and MIT's IMAP servers. There is no current solution. There are two workarounds: you can save sent mail into a local folder (not a server folder), or you can Bcc: all your mail to yourself, to get copies.

                      8725 0 Thunderbird Do I  need a cost object when I register for one of the service levels? The cost object is only used if you exceed the 15GB storage limit for three months in a row.  The first month you exceed the limit,  you will be sent a notice to reduce the amount of data stored. See Maintaining the Limit Within Service Levels (the link is http://itinfo.mit.edu/article.php?id=8706) for more information. 8745 0 TSM TSM, Backup Testing This is a test

                      This is only a test.

                      8759 0 About Kerberos Why does the OpenAFS initial setup fail with the error, "Existing lock /var/run/yum.pid: another copy is running. Aborting"? This is caused by a conflict with the utility that periodically looks to see if there are any updates available. The program is yum-updatesd. You will reboot to activate AFS anyway, so there's no real harm in killing yum-updatesd. Find the process ID of the script running yum-updatesd, and kill it. For example:
                        prompt% ps -ax | grep yum-updatesd
                        2940 ? S 0:01 /usr/bin/python /usr/sbin/yum-updatesd
                        4194 pts/2 S+ 0:00 grep yum-updatesd

                        prompt% kill 2940
                      8762 1 7201 Red Hat Enterprise Linux linux, red hat, openafs, enterprise, afs, error How do I adjust my MITvoip phone’s clock when we change between standard and daylight savings time? Your phone will automatically “spring forward” and “fall back,” so you don’t have to reset your clock. 8763 0 MITvoip Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone, daylight savings, time, change, fall back, spring forward Can I use an old headset with my MITvoip phone? It depends on the kind of headset you have. If the connector on your headset fits into the headset port on the back of your MITvoip phone, then it will probably work easily. For some models, you might have to buy an adapter cable or adjust some of the internal switches. For help with using an old headset, contact Telephone Client Support at 3-HELP (617-253-4357) or telephone-help@mit.edu. 8764 0 MITvoip Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone, headset, phone How can I stop getting voice mail messages by email? You can turn email notifications off through the MITvoip Web Interface with Notification Settings. You will find an option to turn off email notifications on the Activate Notification page under Notify me through Email.

                      For more detailed instructions, see Notification Settings. 8765 0 MITvoip Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone, voice mail, email, e-mail If the power goes out, will my phone work? How would I make an emergency call? As with previous ISDN telephones, MITvoip phones will not work if the power goes out. They also must have a working network connection. However, there are other ways you can get help in an emergency:

                      • You can make an emergency call from a cell phone. Just remember to tell emergency services where you are because cell phones do not have a fixed location.
                      • IS&T has begun an initiative to install emergency Blue Light phones inside campus buildings. Because these phones are wired separately from other telephones, it is unlikely that both MITvoip and the Blue Light phones would fail at the same time.
                      • Some analog phones have been left in places where phones must be operational in an emergency (elevators, defibrillators, and offices of personnel with key emergency responsibilities).

                      When there is a problem with the power, the display on your phone will go blank. When power is restored, your phone will automatically reboot and resume functions as normal. This will clear your call lists, just as if you had manually rebooted your phone.

                      If the display goes blank but other devices do not seem to be affected by a power outage, please contact Telephone Client Support at 3-HELP (617-253-4357) or telephone-help@mit.edu. 8766 0 MITvoip Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone, power outage, emergency, calls, call, calling Why does my phone ring when I have it forwarded? When you forward your calls to another number, your phone will ring once when a call comes in. This serves as a reminder that your calls are being forwarded so you don’t forget to turn the feature off when you return to your office. 8767 0 MITvoip Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone, forward, forwarding, ring What are “soft keys”? They are keys that change their function depending on what you’re doing with your phone. You will find them directly below the display on your phone. As a key changes its function, a new label will appear above it on the display. Soft keys put the functions you need at your fingertips when you need them and cut down on the number of total buttons on your phone.

                      For example, when your phone is idle, one of your soft keys is labeled New Call, which will give you a dial tone to place a new outgoing call. If you are talking to someone on your phone, you will have different soft keys that pertain to handling an active call, including Transfer and Conference. If you put a call on hold, one of your soft keys will change to Resume, which allows you to pick up the call you put on hold. 8768 0 MITvoip Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone, soft keys How can I receive an email notifying me when I’ve received a voice mail message? You can change your email notifications through the MITvoip Web Interface with Notification Settings. Use Set Up Notification to specify your email address, customize the email header and text, or have an audio file of the message sent as an attachment. Use Activate Notification to turn on email notifications and set rules to limit notifications to urgent messages only.

                      For detailed instructions, see Notification Settings. 8769 0 MITvoip Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone, email, voicemail I frequently have to transfer calls to a particular number. Can I have one of my keys customized to do that? Depending on how your phone is configured, it might be possible to get a customized function key. Ask your internal technical support staff for more information.

                      In the mean time, you can simplify transfers by setting a speed dial to that number on one of your unused line keys. Then you only need to press one key to dial the number. You also might find the “blind” transfer function useful; see Transferring a Call for more information. 8770 0 MITvoip Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone, email, transfer, calls How do I forward my calls off campus? You can set call forwarding options on the MITvoip Web Interface with the MITvoip Console. Use the Reach Me pane to access All calls to.

                      For more detailed instructions, see Reach Me (Call Forwarding and Routing). 8771 0 MITvoip Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone, email, forwarding, calls, forward, off campus What are the arrow keys for? The arrows keys help you navigate through lists on the display, like the menus, calls lists, and contact directory entries. You can use the checkmark button to select an item. If your phone has an X button, you can use that to delete a character when you are making an entry.

                      When your phone is in idle mode and there are no lists open, the arrow keys are one-touch shortcuts to your lists:

                      • Up: Speed Dial List
                      • Down: Missed Calls List
                      • Right: Placed Calls List
                      • Left: Received Calls List

                      For more information about these functions, see Call Lists and Contact Directory and Speed Dial. 8772 0 MITvoip Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone, arrow, keys There’s a red light blinking on my phone. What does it mean? That is the Message Waiting Indicator, and it means that you have received new voice mail messages. The light will go off when you check your messages. See Basic Voice Mail Functions for instructions about playing and handling your messages. 8773 0 MITvoip Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone I’m trying to check my messages from someone else’s MITvoip phone. How do I get to my voice mailbox from their phone? When you use any MITvoip phone to call the voice mail access number, the system will ask for the PIN for that phone’s voice mailbox. To get to the main voice mail system prompt, press *# when prompted for a PIN. You will then be able to specify your voice mailbox. For more information, see Listening to Your Messages. 8774 0 MITvoip Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone, voice mail How do I transfer a call directly to someone’s voice mail? Transfer the call as usual, but press *90 before dialing the extension. For detailed instructions, see Transferring a Call.

                      Note: There is currently a bug in this feature that prevents you from transferring a caller to the voice mailbox of the number that the caller is on. For example, if you pick up a call on Jane’s line, you cannot transfer that caller to Jane’s voice mail. The vendor expects to resolve this issue in the next upgrade. 8775 0 MITvoip Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone, voice mail, transfer When I call the voice mail access number from off campus, it prompts me to enter my voice mailbox number. How many digits should I enter? Enter the last five digits of your phone number. This is your voice mailbox number. 8776 0 MITvoip Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone, voice mailbox number Is it possible to record a telephone conversation using my MITvoip phone? No. The Federal Communications Commission imposes very strict rules about recording telephone conversations, so IS&T has not provided this option. 8777 0 MITvoip Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone, recording, calls Can I make another one of my MITvoip phone numbers appear on my desk phone? If you are the owner of multiple phone numbers, you can set which numbers appear on which of your phones. You must be a listed owner for both the device you are modifying and the phone number you want to add.

                      1. Go to http://voip.mit.edu/. [Certificates required]
                      2. Click on the link SIP device management in the left-hand navigation pane.
                      3. Find the phone you want to modify in the list and click on it.
                      4. To assign a new or second appearance of a phone number:
                        1. Click the Assign new SIP account radio button.
                        2. Enter the 10-digit phone number into the box next to it.
                      5. Click Update Settings.
                      6. Click Reboot Device or manually reboot the phone.
                      8778 0 MITvoip Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone, recording, calls Why doesn't TSM scheduled backup apply changes I make to my configuration files? After modifying your configuration, your TSM Scheduler needs to be restarted. The easiest way to do this is to reboot. 8788 0 TSM tsm,scheduler,configure,reboot Why aren't my login scripts being run automatically and/or showing an error message (admin)? Here are two possible answers for the admin:

                      Note: Users see: Why aren't my login scripts being run automatically and/or showing an error message (user)?
                         
                      1. If scripts don't run at all, they might be assigned to the user as logon scripts (in the "User Configuration" section of the Group Policy) without the GPO Loopback option to be set to replace in the assigned Group Policy. Generally, we use startup scripts not login scripts (in the "Computer Configuration" section). It is also possible that permissions on the Group Policy object restrict to whom these policies apply--either through Security Groups or WMI filters.

                      2. There are a number of other possible options for failure to run the logon/startup script. For example, it could be insufficient access to the script files as well as incorrect paths being specified. Lastly, if it's a custom script, it is possible that there are syntax errors in the code that prevent it from running, or command files referenced that are not in the correct location or do not exist at all (e.g., Active Perl, Mirror Distrib folder).
                      8795 0 114 win.mit.edu: Container Administration windows, central, windows, domain, cwd, win.mit.edu, winathena, central How can a container admin see which printers are available? There is no central Windows print service that lists the location of all printers on campus. Printers can be accessed directly using the \\servername\printername format. You can publish your printer objects in your Active Directory Container/OU to provide such a service to your user community. 8803 0 114 win.mit.edu: Container Administration windows, central, windows, domain, cwd, win.mit.edu, winathena, central How can a container admin add printers for his/her machine or container? For Windows XP client machines, use the WIN.MIT.EDU printer settings.

                      Network printers are printers that are shared by a Windows machine in the domain. If the server is named "server.mit.edu" and the shared printer is "printername," then the full name of the network printer is "\\server.mit.edu\printername." Any printer published in the Active Directory will be of this form.

                      • If this policy is enabled, the network printers specified in the list box (click Show... to view/edit) will be installed so that all users of the affected machines can print to them. The listbox should contain only printers shared via a server in the domain, of the form "\\server.mit.edu\printername". Make sure to fully qualify the name of the server, including the domain suffix. Do NOT use the form "\\server\printername".

                      • You can also specify a default printer by typing its name in the "Default printer" edit box. (Use the same "\\server.mit.edu\printername" format, making sure that it is one of the printers from the list box.) This printer will be forced to be the default for all users who log on to the affected machines. If this box is left blank, the default printer will not be forced.

                      • If the "Delete network printers if..." checkbox is checked, other network printers which may have been previously installed on the affected machines (even via this policy) will be deleted. If the checkbox is unchecked, such printers will remain installed on affected machines. It is recommended to check this box as it will tend to "clean up" unwanted network printers. (Note: this will not affect or delete local printers on the machines, including KLPR printers. It will also not affect or delete any per-user printers.)

                      • If this policy is disabled, network printers will not be managed via group policy on the affected machines.

                      8804 0 114 win.mit.edu: Container Administration windows, central, windows, domain, cwd, win.mit.edu, winathena, central How can a container admin see which software has been installed through the Domain? The easiest method is to use RSOP.MSC (Resultant Set of Policies) on a client machine to get a summary of all applicable policies applied and, therefore, all assigned Software packages.

                      Note: Please be aware that even if a software package is listed it might still be filtered through Security Groups. 8805 0 114 win.mit.edu: Container Administration windows, central, windows, domain, cwd, win.mit.edu, winathena, central, printing When I try to sign up for a BlackBerry Internet Service account, I receive the following error: "Your account is not accessible via HTML browser. Please use your device to access BlackBerry Internet Services." This means you attempted to setup your email on the BlackBerry itself, which created a shell account. To access BlackBerry Internet Services on the web, you will need to contact your carrier's BlackBerry support:

                      Verizon Support: (800) 922-0204

                      Sprint Support:
                      -Personal: (888) 211-4727
                      -Business: (800) 927-2199

                      8839 0 PDAs, Smart Phones, and BlackBerrys BlackBerry, mobile device When I try to sign up for a BlackBerry Internet Service account, I receive an error similar to the following: "This device belongs to a different carrier..." This means the device hasn't been properly provisioned by the carrier. To resolve this issue, you must verify that the BlackBerry 8830 has been activated. To activate it, follow the instructions included with the device. Once activation has been verified, you must also update the device's Host Routing Tables.

                      To update the Host Routing Tables on the BlackBerry, go to Options > Advanced Options > Host Routing Table. Click the Menu button, then click Register Now.

                      This will pull down provisioning and account information from the carrier that is necessary for the device to function properly. Wait about 10 minutes, then try again to sign up for the BlackBerry Internet Services account. If you still cannot sign up, contact your carrier.

                      Verizon Support: (800) 922-0204

                      Sprint Support:
                      -Personal: (888) 211-4727
                      -Business: (800) 927-2199

                      8840 0 PDAs, Smart Phones, and BlackBerrys BlackBerry, mobile device What is BES and what is BIS? BES is the BlackBerry Enterprise Server used in Microsoft Exchange environments. BES offers seamless access to email, calendar, and contacts over the air. This is the optimal BlackBerry environment, as it requires little up-front setup by the end user.

                      BIS is the BlackBerry Internet Services, used by individuals and non-Microsoft Exchange environments, providing access to up to ten personal or business email accounts. BIS is currently what MIT supports for access to MIT email.

                      8841 0 PDAs, Smart Phones, and BlackBerrys BlackBerry, mobile device How do I reset my BlackBerry 8830 World Edition? Remove the backing plate and then remove the battery. Replace the battery and power up the device. 8842 0 PDAs, Smart Phones, and BlackBerrys BlackBerry, mobile device In Firefox 2.0.0.13 and later, why am I being asked to "choose a certificate to present as identification" when I visit a web page the requires an MIT personal certificate? Firefox 2.0.0.13 changed the default behavior of personal certificates to prompt the user each time a web site requests a certificate. The old behavior, of not prompting a user, made it easier for malicious web site to track users activities by requesting the client certificate, even though they were from a different domain.

                      You will need to select OK in response to this message when visiting MIT pages that require a personal certificate.

                      Note: You can revert to the old behavior by going to:

                      Windows: Tools -> Options -> Advanced, and within the Encryption tab, select from the Certificates box, Select one automatically.

                      Macintosh: Firefox -> Preferences -> Advanced, and within the Encryption tab, select from the Certificates box, Select one automatically.

                      For more information on this issue see:

                      Mozilla Foundation Security Advisory 2008-17

                      CVE-2007-4879

                      8844 0 Firefox Mozilla Firefox, certificate In Firefox 2.0.0.13 and later, why am I being warned that "this site has requested that you identify yourself with a certificate" when I visit a web page the requires an MIT personal certificate? Firefox 2.0.0.13 changed the default behavior of personal certificates to prompt the user each time a web site requests a certificate. The old behavior, of not prompting a user, made it easier for malicious web site to track users activities by requesting the client certificate, even though they were from a different domain.

                      You will need to select OK in response to this message when visiting MIT pages that require a personal certificate.

                      Note: You can revert to the old behavior by going doing the following:

                      Windows: Tools -> Options -> Advanced, and within the Encryption tab, select from the Certificates box, Select one automatically.

                      Macintosh: Firefox -> Preferences -> Advanced, and within the Encryption tab, select from the Certificates box, Select one automatically.

                      For more information on this issue see:

                      Mozilla Foundation Security Advisory 2008-17

                      CVE-2007-4879

                      8845 0 Firefox Mozilla Firefox, certificate How do I determine if a completed Journal Voucher has been posted? Using SAPweb to determine whether a completed journal voucher has been posted, from the Accounting tab go to JV/Credit Card Report, select Posted Journal Vouchers, enter the document number and select a document type and click Run Report.

                      Using SAPgui to determine whether a completed journal voucher has been posted, from the MIT SAP Easy Access screen, follow the menu path Role ZMIT >> Journal Vouchers >> JV Reports >>JV s Posted.

                      In the screen that appears, enter the JV Document Number in the Document Number field. Remove all other information, including the Posting Date, and click on the execute checkmark.

                      If your JV has been posted it will be displayed.

                      Another way to tell: from the MIT SAP Easy Access screen, follow the menu path Role ZMIT >>Reports>>Transaction Reports>>JVs Parked.

                      In the screen that appears, in the Originator's SAP Userid field, enter your userid. Remove all other information, including the Posting Date, and click on the execute checkmark.

                      If you don't see your journal voucher in the list that appears, you can assume it has been posted.

                      8850 0 Journal Voucher SAP, SAPweb Can I have both Office 2004 and Office 2008 installed on the same machine? Yes, you can. 8869 0 Office 2008 for Mac office, office for mac, office 2004, office 2008, Office 2004, Office 2008, Microsoft Office How can I set up Office 2008 so that all the new files will be saved automatically in the 97-2004 format? This is not a global setting so you have to do these steps for the three Office applications: Word, Excel, and PowerPoint.

                      Word:

                      • Under the Word menu, choose Preferences.
                      • Click on output and sharing; then save.
                      • Under Save word files as, choose Word 97-2004 Document (.doc) from the pulldown menu and click on OK.

                      Excel

                      • Under the Excel menu, choose Preferences.
                      • Click on Sharing and Privacy, then on Compatibility.
                      • Choose Excel 97-2004 Document (.xls) from the pull down menu and click on OK.

                      PowerPoint:

                      • Under the Powerpoint menu, choose Preferences.
                      • Click on the Save icon at the top.
                      • Under Save PowerPoint files as, choose PowerPoint 97-2004 Document (.ppt) from the pull down menu and click on OK.

                      Each document saved from this point will automatically be saved in the 97-2004 format. Once you save, this option is for all Office applications.

                      8870 0 Office 2008 for Mac office 2008, Office 2008, Microsoft Office 2008 I purchased a machine that has Vista installed. Can I downgrade to Windows XP and run instances of a supported operating system within VMware Workstation? Under the MSCA at MIT, machines purchased with Vista cannot be downgraded to Windows XP. Vista must remain the base operating system, however, you can run up to a total of 4 instances of Windows XP or Vista as a guest operating system within VMware Workstation. 8881 0 7362 Virtualization (VMware) vmware, virtualization, virtual, machine, windows, xp, vista, downgrade I purchased a machine that has Vista installed. Can I downgrade to Windows XP and run instances of a supported operating system within VMware Workstation? Under the MSCA at MIT, machines purchased with Vista cannot be downgraded to Windows XP. Vista must remain the base operating system, however, you can run up to a total of 4 instances of Windows XP or Vista as a guest operating system within VMware Workstation. 8882 1 8881 Microsoft Campus Agreement License vmware, virtualization, virtual, machine, windows, xp, vista, downgrade I purchased a machine that has Vista installed. Can I downgrade to Windows XP? Under the MSCA at MIT, machines purchased with Vista cannot be downgraded to Windows XP. Vista must remain the base operating system. 8883 0 8881 Microsoft Campus Agreement License vista, downgrade, xp, windows I am a student using VMware Workstation or VMware Fusion. How many instances of a supported Windows operating system can I have on my machine? Each student with a machine authorized for an upgrade under the Campus Agreement is entitled to run 4 virtualized instances of a Microsoft Operating System on one machine. 8884 0 7362 Virtualization (VMware) vmware, virtualization, virtual, machine, windows, license, instances I am a student using VMware Workstation or VMware Fusion. How many instances of a supported Windows operating system can I have on my machine? Each student with a machine authorized for an upgrade under the Campus Agreement is entitled to run 4 virtualized instances of a Microsoft Operating System on one machine. 8885 1 8884 Microsoft Campus Agreement License vmware, virtualization, virtual, machine, windows, license, instances I am a faculty or staff member using VMware Workstation or Fusion. How many instances of a supported Windows operating system can I have on my machine? Faculty and staff may have up to 4 virtualized instances of a Microsoft Operating System on each MIT-owned machine. Different virtualized versions of Microsoft OS (XP, Vista etc.) may be used on the same machine. 8886 0 7362 Virtualization (VMware) vmware, virtualization, virtual, machine, windows, license, instance I am a faculty or staff member using VMware Workstation or VMware Fusion. How many instances of a supported Windows operating system can I have on my machine? Faculty and staff may have up to 4 virtualized instances of a Microsoft Operating System on each MIT-owned machine. Different virtualized versions of Microsoft OS (XP, Vista etc.) may be used on the same machine. 8887 1 8886 Microsoft Campus Agreement License vmware, virtualization, virtual, machine, windows, license, instance As a faculty or staff member, can I run both Windows XP SP2 and Vista as guest operating systems within VMware Workstation or Fusion? Yes. Faculty and staff can run 4 virtualized instances of either Windows XP SP2 or Vista or a mixture thereof on each MIT-owned machine. 8888 0 7362 Virtualization (VMware) vmware, virtualization, virtual, machine, windows, license, instance, guest, vista, xp As a student, can I run both Windows XP SP2 and Vista as guest operating systems within VMware Workstation or Fusion? Yes. Students can run 4 virtualized instances of either Windows XP SP2 or Vista or a mixture thereof on their own machine. 8889 0 8888 Microsoft Campus Agreement License vmware, virtualization, virtual, machine, windows, license, instance, guest, vista, xp As a faculty or staff member, can I run both Windows XP SP2 and Vista as guest operating systems within VMware Workstation or Fusion? Yes. Faculty and staff can run 4 virtualized instances of either Windows XP SP2 or Vista or a mixture thereof on each MIT-owned machine. 8890 1 8888 Microsoft Campus Agreement License vmware, virtualization, virtual, machine, windows, license, instance, guest, vista, xp As a student, can I run both Windows XP SP2 and Vista as guest operating systems within VMware Workstation or Fusion? Yes. Students can run 4 virtualized instances of either Windows XP SP2 or Vista or a mixture thereof on their own machine. 8891 1 8889 Virtualization (VMware) vmware, virtualization, virtual, machine, windows, license, instance, guest, vista, xp What is Bridged Networking (VMware)? Bridged networking connects a virtual machine to a network using the host computer's Ethernet adapter. The virtual machine is seen by the network as having its own IP address and ethernet hardware address as if it were an autonomous physical machine. 8892 0 8889 Virtualization (VMware) vmware, virtualization, virtual, machine, networking, bridged, network, ethernet What is NAT Networking (VMware)? Network Address Translation (NAT mode) gives a virtual machine access to network resources using the host computer's IP address. 8893 0 8889 Virtualization (VMware) vmware, virtualization, virtual, machine, networking, nat, network, mode, address, translation What is Host Only Networking (VMware)? Host-only networking creates a network that is completely contained within the host computer. 8894 0 8889 Virtualization (VMware) vmware, virtualization, virtual, machine, networking, host, only, network How do I connect to the VPN after installing VMware Fusion? When I launch the VPN client, I get "Error 51." When you get this error:

                      You need to reset VPN networking configuration by restarting your machine. Alternatively, you can reset your VPN networking configuration by running the following command in your terminal window: 

                       sudo /System/Library/StartupItems/CiscoVPN/CiscoVPN restart
                      8895 0 8889 Virtualization (VMware) vmware, virtualization, virtual, machine, networking, vpn Why am I warned that a file "does not exist and therefore cannot be connected as a CD-ROM image" when I start a virtual machine on VMware Fusion? The error looks something like this:

                      You're probably seeing it because virtual machines can be configured to simulate a CD-ROM drive using a CD-ROM image file. This is often done during the setup of a new virtual machine using a downloaded CD or DVD installer disk image. When the CD-ROM image file is deleted or moved, VMware give this warning and disconnects the virtual CD-ROM.

                      To configure the virtual machine to use the CD-ROM drive on your computer:

                      1. Shut down the virtual machine.
                      2. Select "Settings" from the Virtual Machine menu.
                      3. From this screen, select "CD/DVD" under "Removable Devices".
                      4. Be sure that "Connected" is checked, and select "Automatically detect physical CD/DVD drive".
                      5. Click OK.

                        Result: The virtual machine will now use the physical CD/DVD drive the next time it is started. These settings are virtual machines specific, and will only apply to the virtual machine you selected to edit.
                  8896 0 8889 Virtualization (VMware) vmware, virtualization, virtual, machine, networking, vpn I want to make a backup/copy of my VMware virtual machine. What is the best way to do so? To make a backup copy of a virtual machine created with VMware, just copy the folder to another location. When you power on the copy, you will be asked if you have moved the virtual machine or copied it. Select that you "Moved It". This will keep all of the settings the same. If you select the "Copied It" option, a new UUID and MAC address will be generated, which could cause Windows Activation to come up and can also cause Linux machines to have problems with the Ethernet devices.

                  You will not be able to use a backed-up virtual machine at the same time as the original because you will have a MAC Address conflict on your network. If you need to be able to run the backed-up virtual machine at the same time as the original, you should make a copy using the "Copied It" option. 8898 0 8889 Virtualization (VMware) vmware, virtualization, virtual, machine, backup, back, up, copy Why is the time wrong in my virtual machine (VMware)? This is a common occurrence and can have a variety of causes, including variable clock rates on some CPUs. An effective way to address it is to install VMware Tools in the VM, and to turn on time synchronization via the Options -> Miscellaneous Options tab.

                  You should generally not use other forms of clock synchronization including Windows Time service or MIT's Network Time Protocol (NTP) server time.mit.edu. For more information, see http://kb.vmware.com/kb/1318 8899 0 8889 Virtualization (VMware) vmware, virtualization, virtual, machine, time, clock, wrong, sync, tools Can I run a virtual Athena machine on VMware? Athena guest operating systems are technically possible, but not yet recommended or supported by IS&T. There are several known issues in the areas of networking, licensing, authentication, and time synchronization. The IS&T Vmware project team is currently reviewing these issues and may offer Athena guest operating system support in the future if they are resolved.

                  8900 0 8889 Virtualization (VMware) vmware, virtualization, virtual, machine, time, clock, wrong, sync, tools Why am I warned that "this virtual machine may have been moved or copied" when I start a virtual machine (VMware)? You will see this warning if you moved, renamed or copied a virtual machine file. If you moved the virtual machine file to another location or renamed it, select I moved it. If you duplicated the virtual machine file or copied it to another machine, select I Copied it.

                  8902 0 8889 Virtualization (VMware) vmware, virtualization, virtual, machine, networking, vpn Why, in my Macintosh login Keychain list, are there certificates for individuals other than myself? Does that mean they could get to secure web sites using my Mac? There are multiple ways another user's certificate can be added to your keychain, but the most common cause is a user sending you a secure e-mail using the S/MIME standard. Messages sent with S/MIME include the sender's public certificate, which Mail automatically adds to your keychain when the message is viewed. A user's public certificate cannot be used to access secure websites and does not give them access to your machine or data. 8905 0 Certificates certificates, Mac How do I configure a virtual machine running in VMware Fusion to use an MITnet printer? To configure and use a network printer in a virtual machine you should follow the same steps as you would for a traditional windows machines. See Printing at MIT for more information on configuring specific operating systems. 8906 0 8889 Virtualization (VMware) vmware, virtualization, virtual, machine, fusion, printer, printing In VMware Fusion 1.x, I noticed a printer called "_#VMwareVirtualPrinter." What is it for and why can't I print to it? A: According to VMware, the _#VMwareVirtualPrinter printer is an artifact left over from an unimplemented feature and should not have been included with the shipping product. It does not work and can safely be deleted. 8907 0 8889 Virtualization (VMware) vmware, virtualization, virtual, machine, fusion, printer, printing If I'm already using Parallels on my machine, should I upgrade to VMware Fusion 1.x? Not necessarily. If Parallels is working for you and you're able to find support outside of IS&T, we recommend that you stay on Parallels for the time being. You should consider migrating to VMware Fusion if Parallels charges for an upgrade (VMware Fusion is free to all MIT faculty, staff and students ) or if you would like to receive support from IS&T. 8908 0 8889 Virtualization (VMware) vmware, virtualization, virtual, machine, parallels, upgrade, fusion I have set my calls to forward on a schedule with the MITvoip Console’s ComSchedule feature, but my calls are still ringing at my desk phone. Because of a bug, the ComSchedule feature set via the MITvoip Console does not interpret the times you enter correctly. To correct this, enter the times one hour later than you actually want call forwarding to take effect. For example, if you want your calls to forward 10-11AM, set ComSchedule for 11AM-12PM.

                  Be sure you click the Save button after you have created your ComSchedule entries; you should see a red message reading “ComSchedule settings saved.” Also, click the ComSchedule radio button to activate the feature. 8912 0 MITvoip Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone, Sylantro, web interface, call forward, call routing, reach me, find me follow me VMware Fusion prompted me that a new version of the software was available, but I no longer receive the message even though I didn't upgrade. What's going on? When you are prompted that an update is available and choose not to upgrade, VMware Fusion will not prompt you again for eight days. To download the most recent version of VMware Fusion, you can visit IS&T's VMware distribution site.

                  If you wait several days, the prompt to upgrade will appear again and look something like this:

                  8915 0 8889 Virtualization (VMware) vmware, virtualization, virtual, machine, update, prompt, vpn Is there a 64-bit Windows TSM client? Yes, there is. Please refer to 64-Bit Windows TSM Client. 8917 0 TSM TSM, Windows I just installed Flash on my Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 workstation. Why am I being told I need to install it? On 64 bit Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5, you need an additional package "nspluginwrapper" that enables 32 bit Flash (A 64 bit version is not yet available) to work in 64 bit Firefox. To get this package:

                  1. Become root.
                  2. Use yum as follows to install the package:
                    prompt% yum install nspluginwrapper

                  Result: The nspluginwrapper package is installed on your workstation. You may need to shut down and restart your programs or system before you can use Flash with them. 8923 0 Red Hat Enterprise Linux SAP, SAPweb, voucher How do I forward my departmental email (Example: jdoe@sloan.mit.edu, jdoe@csail.mit.edu) to my MIT email address? You must contact your department's internal IT Help Desk. If you are unsure of who to contact internally, you may contact the Computing Help Desk for assistance in identifying your appropriate local IT resource. 8939 1 8945 Email Forwarding email, forwarding, forward, department email, sloan, csail My email address is incorrect in the online directory. How do I change it? To change or update your contact information in the online directory:

                  Faculty and Staff:

                  1. Go to SAPweb Self Service.
                  2. Click on the Personal Information tab.
                  3. In the left-hand navigation menu, click on Work Address and Phone.
                    Result: Your personal information will display.
                  4. In the Communication Information section, change your email address.
                  5. Click the Save button at the top of the screen.

                  Note: If your name is misspelled or you have legally changed your name, download the Employee Name Change form and follow the instructions.

                  Students:
                  Undergraduates and graduates can update their information using WebSIS.

                  Directory changes should be reflected the day after you make the submission through SAP or WebSIS. If you do not see the correction, contact Accounts.
                  Note: This process does not create a new email account.

                  8941 0 Accounts email, directory, online directory, change, search I am no longer officially employed or a student at MIT, but I am still working in my department. How can I continue getting access to my email account?

                  You must be sponsored by a faculty or staff member.

                  If you are unsure how long you will have access to your account without sponsorship, see How long will my account remain active after I've left MIT? 8942 0 Accounts email, account, active, termination, sponsor, guest I am a Temp/Contractor working for MIT. How do I get an MIT email account? You must be sponsored by an MIT employee (such as your supervisor) to obtain a guest account. 8943 0 Accounts account, email, temp, temporary, contractor, guest How long will my account remain active after I have left MIT? Accounts are usually deactivated once a year in January, based on lists received from Personnel and the Registrar. The Athena User Accounts team begins the process in the fall by issuing warnings to people who are on the list for deactivation. For example, if you leave in July and do not make special arrangements, your account will be deactivated in seven months (the following January). If you leave in October, your account's default deactivation would be fifteen months later.

                  You may contact Accounts to have your account removed earlier or to make other arrangements, such as sponsorship.

                  If you do not plan to check your MIT email account, you may want to:

                  • Set up an Auto-responder that lets people know you are no longer at MIT, and what email to use.
                  • Notify list administrators that you should be removed from any group email lists to which you are subscribed.

                  If you are using a departmental email address (e.g., jdoe@sloan.mit.edu), you will need to get deactivation information from your local IT department.

                  Related: Email Forwarding Options at MIT and Alumni Email Forwarding for Life. 8944 0 Accounts email account, account, email, active, termination, access How do I forward my departmental email (Example: jdoe@sloan.mit.edu, jdoe@csail.mit.edu) to my MIT email address? You must contact your department's internal IT Help Desk. If you are unsure of who to contact internally, you may contact Accounts for assistance in identifying your appropriate local IT resource. 8945 0 Accounts email, forwarding, account, departmental, sloan, csail, math, broad Why does my email address say "unknown" in the online directory? If you are an MIT staff member and your email address is listed as "unknown", you must fill out your personal information on the Human Resources Employee Self Service website.

                  If you are an MIT student, you must update your information on WebSIS.

                  If you have questions, contact Accounts. 8946 0 Accounts email, online directory, directory, unknown, personal, information I am a Temp/Contractor at MIT and have been sponsored for an email account. Why isn't my information showing up in the online directory? If you have been sponsored for a guest account at MIT, your information is not provided to the online directory. You can contact the Accounts team to change your status from "guest" to "voucher" to have your name and email address included in the online directory. 8947 0 Accounts account, email, guest, sponsor, online directory, contact, information Why doesn’t the red light on my phone turn off after I check my voice mail messages? You probably have multiple lines on your phone. The red Message Waiting Indicator light (MWI) is still on because one of the other lines on your phone has new messages. You can check this by looking for an envelope icon on the other line keys.

                  You can turn the MWI on or off for each of the lines on your phone separately with the Device Management tools (see Account and Device Management). Or, contact Telephone Client Support at telephone-help@mit.edu or 3-HELP (617-253-4357) for assistance. 8948 0 MITvoip Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone, MITvoip, red light, MWI, voice mail Why does the “new missed calls” display keep appearing even when I’m not getting calls? And why is the “new missed calls” count much higher than it should be? You probably have multiple lines on your phone. The Missed Calls List includes all unanswered calls placed to any line assigned to your phone, not just your primary line. The Missed Calls List does not indicate which line received a particular call.

                  If you find the “new missed calls” count distracting, you can disable the Missed Calls List entirely with the Device Management tools (see Account and Device Management). Or, contact Telephone Client Support at telephone-help@mit.edu or 3-HELP (617-253-4357) for assistance. 8949 0 MITvoip Voice over IP, VoIP, Telephone, MITvoip, missed calls How can I forward email received at my MIT email address to another email address? Go to Email at MIT: Forwarding Your Email for instructions on how to forward your mail and how to stop forwarding.

                  Note: These instructions do not include information about the MIT Alumni Association email forwarding for life service. For information on this service, go to Email forwarding for Life FAQs. 8951 1 8979 Accounts email, forward, forwarding, email forwarding, e-mail forwarding, gmail, yahoo, hotmail How do I set a master password in Firefox 2.0.x and 3.0.x? Firefox 2.0.x and 3.0.x on Linux and Athena

                  1. Go to the Edit menu and select Preferences.
                  2. Click the "Security" icon in the "Preferences" window.
                  3. Check the box, "Use a master password".
                    Result: The "Change Master Password" window appears.
                  4. Enter and re-enter your password.
                    Warning: Do not use your Kerberos password!
                  5. Click OK.
                  6. In the "Preferences" window, if you do not want Firefox to save your passwords to web sites, uncheck "Remember passwords for sites".
                  7. Close the "Preferences" window.

                  Firefox 2.0.x on Macintosh OS X

                  1. Go to the Firefox menu and select Preferences.
                  2. Click the "Security" icon in the "Preferences" window.
                  3. Check the box, "Use a master password."
                    Result: The "Change Master Password" window appears.
                  4. Enter and re-enter your password.
                    Warning: Do not use your Kerberos password!
                  5. Click OK.
                  6. In the "Preferences" window, if you do not want Firefox to save your passwords to web sites, uncheck "Remember passwords for sites".
                  7. Close the "Preferences" window. 8953 0 Firefox firefox, password, master, set How do I tell if my email is on the Exchange email server or the UNIX email server? Unless you or your department has chosen to be an early adopter of the Exchange Email and Calendaring Service, your email is on the UNIX email server. To check which server your email is on, login to Athena and issue the following command at your prompt:

                    chpobox your-username

                    Be sure to replace your-username with your MIT username. The result will list a "Type". IMAP means your mail is going to UNIX email server. EXCHANGE means your mail is going to the new Exchange email and calendaring server.

                    The following example shows the results for the user "oddball" who is on the UNIX email server.

                    athena% chpobox oddball User oddball, Type IMAP, Box: oddball.po (oddball@PO12.MIT.EDU) Modified by tom.dbadmin@ATHENA.MIT.EDU on 08-mar-2000 04:47:13 with mrtest 8965 0 Exchange Email and Calendaring exchange, email, calendaring, server, unix